Microsoft Power BI PL-300 Exam Questions

MEMORIAL DAY SALE IS ON 🔥 | FEW HOURS LEFT | BUY 2 & GET ADDITIONAL 25% OFF | Use Coupon -
MEMORIAL
Microsoft / By SkillCertPro
Microsoft Power BI (PL-300) Exam Questions
Total Questions: 1013 – 16 Mock Exams
Practice Set 1
Your results are here!! for" PL-300 Practice Test 1 "

0 of 65 questions answered correctly
Your time: 00:00:04
Your Final Score is : 0
You have attempted : 0
Number of Correct Questions : 0 and scored 0
Number of Incorrect Questions : 0 and Negative marks 0
Average score
53.45%
Your score
0.00%
You can review your answers by clicking view questions.
Important Note : Open Reference Documentation Links in New Tab (Right Click and
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65

Answered
Review
1. Question
You have a Power BI model that contains the following tables:
Consider a new table named SchoolYearDate which has the same columns schema as the Date table. You wa
Enrollments by SchoolYearDate and Calendar Month.
How can you achieve the task?
Add SchoolYearDate to the model and create a one-to-many relationship with the Enrollments Table.
Append SchoolYearDate into the Date table.
Union SchoolYearDate and Date as one table.
Delete Date Table and use SchoolYearDate as the main Date table.
Unattempted
The right answer is:
Append SchoolYearDate into the Date table.
The Date table and the SchoolYearDate one have the same structure: since you want to filter the Enrollment
Calendar Month, you can append them into one query.
Check the Append applications here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data
2. Question
Consider the table shown in the picture:
After you pivot columns, the table appears as shown in the following picture:
How can you resolve the error in row 3?
The solution must preserve all the data.
Remove Errors from column 3.
Remove Duplicates from the Key Column.
Change the Data Type of the Value column.
Modify the Aggregate Value Function of the pivot.
Unattempted
The correct answer is:
Modify the Aggregate Value Function of the pivot.

When you use the Pivot feature, you have to take care of the Aggregate Value Functions displayed in the Ad
duplicated values, you do not have to select the Sum option:
Read more here:
– https://databear.com/power-bi-pivot-and-unpivot-
columns/#:~:text=To%20do%20this%20go%20into,following%20pivoted%20result%20will%20appear.
3. Question
Consider two Microsoft SQL Server databases named SQLtest and SQLlive. Both the server databases conta
You create a new Power BI Desktop project based on 50 tables from SQLTest. Before publishing the report t
project to tables in SQLlive.
What should you do in the Query Editor, with a low administrative effort, in order to meet the goal?
Edit the on-premises gateway settings.
Configure the Data source settings.
Change manually the data source for each table.
Copy the model into another PowerBI Project.
Unattempted
The correct answer is:
Configure the Data source settings.
This is the only option that makes sense: in fact, in the Power Query editor, by going to Home> Data source
of the data for the whole model you are working on.
4. Question
All cells in the date column must contain a date. You want to replace null values with the date from the previo
Which command should you run in Power Query?
Fill, and then Down.
Replace Errors.
Remove errors.
Date, and then Earliest.
Unattempted
Fill, and then Down.
You are not required to remove any values, but to use some of the existing ones to fill the null cells. The Fill
null values with the value above.
Check how to achieve this task here:
– https://www.excelcampus.com/powerquery/fill-down-blank-null-cells-power-query/
5. Question
Your colleague has shared with you a file containing a dataset about global market sales. After importing it ins
a quality profile of the dataset.
How can you achieve this task?
From Power Query, check the data profiling functionalities.
Create a table visual which contains all the dataset columns, then order columns by errors and blank value
Create a DAX calculated column that uses the FILTER function.
From Power BI Desktop, set a Page Filter that includes only errors and blank rows.
Unattempted
From Power Query, check the data profiling functionalities.
Check how can you get a Profiling Report in Power BI here:
– https://radacad.com/create-a-profiling-report-in-power-bi-give-the-end-user-information-about-the-data
6. Question
Consider two tables named Tab1 and Tab2 that retrieve data from an Oracle database. Both tables have the s
data from Tab1 and Tab2.
Select the right command to use.
Append Queries.
Combine Files.
Merge Queries.
Merge Rows.
Unattempted
Append Queries.
In this case, as you have additional rows of data that you’d like to add to an existing query, you need to appe
Examine a deep explanation between merge and append here:
– https://radacad.com/append-vs-merge-in-power-bi-and-power-query
7. Question
Consider the tables shown in the picture:
The tables come from a Microsoft SQL Server database.
The Enrollments table contains more than two million rows. You plan to import a sample of data from the Enr
There are two ways to achieve the goal from the following options, select them.
From Query Editor, create a column by using Custom Column command
From Query Editor, filter the table by Enrollment_date.
From Query Editor, add a SELECT statement that uses a WHERE clause.
In the Power BI Service, create a calculated table.
From Query Editor, create a custom column that SAMPLE Function.
Unattempted
The right answers are:
1. From Query Editor, add a SELECT statement that uses a WHERE clause.
When you retrieve data from an SQL Database, you can filter which range of data you want to work on by cli
Read more here:
– https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/How-to-create-Select-query-with-where-clause-with-AND-cond
2. From Query Editor, filter the table by Enrollment_date.
By applying a filter on the Enrollment[Enrollment date] column, you are selecting the range of data row.
8. Question
Consider the table shown in picture 1:
You want to configure the table as shown in picture 2:
Which command should you use?
From the Split Column menu, click By Delimiter.
From the Extract menu, click Text After Delimiter.
From the Format menu, click Trim.
From the Extract menu, click Last Characters.
Unattempted
From the Extract menu, click Text After Delimiter.
As you are required to reshape an existing column and not to create a new one, the right menu to choose fro
From here, by choosing the Text After Delimiter option, you will able to specify the delimiter (-) and obtain th
9. Question
You have imported a data source in Power BI Desktop, now you plan to use Power Query to add some data t
You notice that the data model presents a huge list of queries that make it difficult to organize the transforma
Which best practice can you adopt in Power Query to solve this issue?
Append queries when it is possible.
Reduce the list of queries by importing small parts of the original dataset.
Create a group of queries to classify the data-transformations.
Re-name all the queries with a classification syntax.
Unattempted
Create a group of queries to classify the data-transformations.
Check all the benefits of grouping queries here:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/6-new-updates-in-power-query-july-2014/#groups
10. Question
You want to replace the ”-” value in the DISCOUNT_CODE column with the text ”NO_DISCOUNT”.
Which M function completes the following formula?
Text.Replace
Column.ReplaceValue
Text.Clean
Table.ReplaceValue
Unattempted
Table.ReplaceValue
Table.ReplaceValue replaces an existing value with a new value in the specified columns of a table.
Check the difference between this function and Text.Replace one here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-replacevalue
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/text-replace
11. Question
Consider a Power BI Model containing the tables shown in the picture.
Course[CourseName] contains NULL values. You plan to add a new column to the Course table that uses the
=if [CourseName]=null then “NA” else [CourseName]
Select the option available in the Query Editor to meet the goal.
Index Column.
Column From Examples.
Conditional Column.
Pivot Column.
Unattempted
Conditional Column.
A conditional column is a column based on a condition imposed on an existing column.
Examine in-depth its potentials here:
– https://radacad.com/conditional-column-in-power-bi-using-power-query-you-can-do-anything
Check the difference with a Column from Examples here:
– https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GUwtPIKtqO0
12. Question
You are working on the Contoso Sales report in Power BI. It relies on a large dataset.
The Sales[DateKey] column is in the Date/time format as shown:
What can you do to improve performance when you are getting data in Power BI?
Compress the databes into a zip file.
Use the CALENDARAUTO function in DAX.
Separate date and time into two distinct columns before importing them into Power BI.
Delete the Sales[DateKey] column.
Unattempted
Separate date and time into two distinct columns before importing them into Power BI.
In order to improve our Power BI model performances, it is really important to work at the data source level.
optimize the modeling experience, there is the split between the date and time if they come from a single co
Check the following link to discover more options:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/get-data/8-performance-issues
13. Question
In your Power BI report, you have the Sales table that has the following column:
The Sales table contains one million records per month. You want to minimize the data model size. Plus, you
can you meet the two goals?
Create a calculated measures with the COUNTROWS function.
Create a calculated table with the SalesAmount column.
Use the Group by function in Power Query, aggregating sales by DateKey and StoreKey using Sum as op
Use the Group by function in Power Query, aggregating sales by DateKey and StoreKey using Count Row
Unattempted
Use the Group by function in Power Query, aggregating sales by DateKey and StoreKey using Count Rows a
Power Query offers a useful tool to summarize rows and count a certain number of records. It is possible to
a table with a fewer number of rows. Here is what happens with our Sales table:
Check the following link for more:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-common-query-tasks#group-rowshtt
query/group-by
14. Question
You want to import 50 Microsoft Excel files to Power BI Desktop. All the files share the same structure and a
folder. You plan to import all Excel files into one table.
How can you achieve the goal?
Add a Microsoft Excel data source and select all the files in the folder
Add every single file to the model and then use the Merge Queries command.
Add a folder data source and use the Combine Files command.
Add a folder data source and use the Append Queries command.
Unattempted
Add a folder data source and use the Combine Files command.
Discover more here:
– https://support.microsoft.com/en-ie/office/combine-files-in-a-folder-with-combine-binaries-power-query-94b
15. Question
You want to create a custom column that hides the first seven digits of the NationalCode. The values in the n
following format: xxx-xx-0000
Select the proper order of targets to complete the formula:
Text.Insert - Text.Start
Text.Insert - Text.Replace
Text.Replace -Text.Start
Text.Insert - Text.end
Unattempted
Text.Replace -Text.Start
If you focus on the first row, the question is asking you to convert the cell value 111-21-8932 into xxx-xx-893
meets this purpose is Text.Replace: it returns the result of replacing all occurrences of an existing text value
The Text.Start function is necessary to give to the Text.Replace function the position of the replaced new va
Analyze them here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/text-replace
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/text-start
What is the difference with Text.Insert? Follow the link to discover more:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/text-insert
16. Question
You have connected a Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) cube to Power BI Desktop, generating
The query retrieves 10,200 records. After checking the data source, you discover that there are 21,300 record
How can you ensure that the query retrieves all 21,300 records?
Delete the Remove Duplicates steps.
Change the query to use Direct Query mode.
Change the query to use Import connection mode.
From Power Query, select Unpivot Columns command.
Unattempted
Delete the Remove Duplicates steps.
Check how it works here:
– https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/remove-duplicates-power-query-d9cffc69-dc5d-4d94-8b66-7277
17. Question
You have created a query to append the rows of three different tables that contains product data into one tab
Now you need to set-up a new ID Column to be sure that every row in the Products table contains a unique v
How can you meet the goal?
Add an Index Column to Products Table.
Select a Product Table Column and click Remove Duplicates.
Add a Column from Examples to Products Table.
Add a counter column to Products Table.
Unattempted
– Add an Index Column to Products Table.
– Select a Product Table Column and click Remove Duplicates.
Power Query allows users to index rows in a table thanks to the “Add index column” tool. In order to get rid
remove them by right clicking on selcted column in the Power Query Editor.
Check how to create an Index Column from the scratch here:
– https://yodalearning.com/tutorials/learn-how-create-index-columns-using-power-query/
18. Question
Consider the following tables:
You plan to create a relationship between the Enrollments table and the Courses table on the Course_ID colu
What task do you need to perform before creating the relationship?
In the Courses table query, use the Table.TrasformColumnTypes function.
In the Course table query, use the Table.TrasformRows function.
In the Enrollments table query, use the Tables.GetRelationships function.

In the Enrollments table query, use the Table.TrasformRows function.
Unattempted
In the Courses table query, use the Table.TrasformColumnTypes function.
In order to realize the relationship, the two columns must be set with the same data type: the Table.Trasform
Check the difference with the Table.TrasformRows here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-transformcolumntypes
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-transformrows
19. Question
You have the tables shown in the picture:
There is a relationship between tables, you want to create a report in Power BI Service that shows TotalPaid
N.B. Only the required columns must be shown in the report.
Select the right configuration of EnrollmentID column and TeacherID column.
From Query Editor, click on "Choose Columns" and remove the TeacherID column, then in the report view
From Query Editor, select EnrollmentID and click Remove other Columns then select TeacherID and click
From Query Editor, select EnrollmentID and click Remove Columns then select TeacherID and click Hide.
From Query Editor, select EnrollmentID and click Hide then select TeacherID and click Remove Duplicates
Unattempted
From Query Editor, click on “Choose Columns” and hide the EnrollmentID column, then select TeacherID an
You can remove columns in Power Query by clicking “Choose Column” from the Home Tab.
EnrollmentID in necessary to realize the relationship between the tables, so you can simply hiding it in the re
the described purpose, so you can get rid of it.
20. Question
Consider two tables named Course and Teacher.
In the picture, you can find a sample of data for the tables. You want to know which Teacher is responsible fo
Which kind of Join should you use?
Left Join.
Right Join.
Outer Join.
Inner Join.
Unattempted
Inner Join.
This is the merging join type that returns only the rows existing in both the left and right table.
Check how the different join types work here:
– https://www.tutorialgateway.org/joins-in-power-bi/
21. Question
You have imported a dataset in Power BI Desktop from an Excel File. During the tables profiling, you discover
– ColumnA presents several values starting with space;
– ColumnB contains several non-printable characters.
Which couple of commands should you use to fix the above column errors?
ColumnA: TRIM - ColumnB: CLEAN
ColumnA: LENGHT - ColumnB: TRIM
ColumnA: CLEAN WHITE SPACES - ColumnB: TRIM
ColumnA: CAPITALIZE EACH WORD - ColumnB: CLEAN
Unattempted
ColumnA: TRIM – ColumnB: CLEAN
In the Power Querry editor, select the text column you want to shape and the right click on them. This menu
Trim is used to getting rid of white spaces, while Clean is the good choice to remove the non-printable chara
Check the following link to see an application:
– https://gcomsolutions.co.uk/blog/power-bi/power-query-trim-and-clean/
22. Question
Consider the table named Courses shown in the picture:
You plan to create a relationship between the Courses table and another table called Enrollments.
Which function let you optimize the query for Courses before creating the relationship?
Table.IsDistinct
Table.Join
Table.Group
Table.Distinct
Unattempted
Table.Distinct
The Course table has some duplicates: thanks to the table function Table.Distinct, you can remove duplicated
Check the difference between Table.Distint and Table.IsDistinct here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-distinct
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-isdistinct
23. Question
Consider a column named Product_SKU. The values in the column have the following format:
• 7271-1123×998
• 7271-1123×945
• 7271-1123×924
The values after x in the Product_SKU column indicate the SKU extension. You plan to create a custom colum
extensions.
Select the right order of functions to complete the following formula:
AFTERDELIMITER - REMOVERANGE
POSITIONOF - REMOVERANGE
POSITIONOF - TRIMEND
AFTERDELIMITER - RELATIVEPOSITION
Unattempted
AFTERDELIMITER – RELATIVEPOSITION
Your goal is to transform the value ”7271-1123×998” into ”998”.
Text.AfterDelimiter returns the portion of a text after the specified delimiter: in this case, our delimiter is ”x”
The RelativePosition.FromEnd in the formula is a piece of optional information: it is working as an index, to s
should be considered and that the indexing needs to be done from the end of the input.
Check their syntax here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/text-afterdelimiter
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/relativeposition-fromend
24. Question
How do you know that the TotalCost column has 0% of empty rows?
Thank to the DAX PERCENTAGES formula.
Thanks to the column quality tool in Power Query.
Thanks to the column distribution tool in Power Query.
Thanks to the column profile tool in Power Query.
Unattempted
Thanks to the column quality tool in Power Query.
Data profiling is a Data Preview option in the Power Query Editor useful to better understand the data inside
distribution and Column profile are all available tools.
You can discover how to activate them by following these guidelines:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools
25. Question
Consider a table named Enrollments that contains a column named StudentID. The Data Type of StudentID is
tables in Power BI Desktop, you discover that the StudentID column contains several non-numeric values. Yo
StudentID column set to 0.
The solution must request a low transformation effort.
From Query Editor, open Advanced Editor and use Text.Remove function.
From Query Editor, select the StudentID column and click Remove Errors.
From Query Editor, select the StudentID column. Click Replace Errors and set a value of 0.
From Query Editor, open Advanced Editor and use Text.Format function.
Unattempted
From Query Editor, select the StudentID column. Click Replace Errors and set a value of 0.
26. Question
Consider a Power BI report that contains a Pie chart and a Line chart on the same page. The Line chart displa
Pie chart displays the total Enrollments by course.
You want to ensure that when you select a year on the Line chart, the Pie chart remains unchanged.
How can you perform this task?
Edit the interactions from the Format menu.
Delete the relationship between the Enrollments table and the Date table.
Set a visual level filter on the report page.
Set a visual level filter on the Pie chart.
Unattempted
Edit the interactions from the Format menu.
Check here how to control visuals interactions:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions
27. Question
You are configuring a Gauge Chart. Where do you set the Goal?
Power Query.
Calculated column.
Format settings.
DAX Formula.
Unattempted
Format settings.
It is possible to manually set Minimum, Maximum, and Target values from the Format pane:
Check how to set a Gauge diagram here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-radial-gauge-charts
28. Question
Consider a table that contains the last two years of sales data. You want to identify the outliers.
Which type of visual best fits your needs?
Key Influencers.
Bar chart.
Scatter plot.
Area chart.
Unattempted
Scatter plot.
The Scatter Plot visual allows identifying the outliers. They are an observation of data that does not fit the re
Check how to set up the Scatter plot here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-scatter
29. Question
You plan to use R Scripting in Power BI Desktop to create several visualizations.
Which actions should you perform to use R scripting in Power BI Desktop?
You don't need to perform any action: R scripting is available in Power BI Desktop by default.
Download and install RStudio on the computer that has Power BI Desktop installed.
Download and install R plug-in for Power BI Desktop.
Download and install Microsoft R on the computer that has Power BI Desktop installed.
Unattempted
Download and install Microsoft R on the computer that has Power BI Desktop installed.
Discover how to create your R visuals here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/service-r-visuals
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-r-visuals
30. Question
Consider a report in Power BI Desktop that contains several donut charts and a date slicer.
You plan to create a slide show that displays the donut charts filtered by different years. You want that the sli
What should you do before publishing the report?
Filter the donut charts by using the slicer, then create bookmarks.
Configure page level filters, and then create groups that use the Bin group type.
Configure drillthrough filters for each bar chart, and then select Selection Pane.
Configure report level filters, and then create groups that use the List group type.
Unattempted
Filter the bar charts by using the slicer, then create bookmarks.
Check how to configure bookmarks, and how to play with slicers here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-bookmarks
– https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_Afcj8mT5_Q
31. Question
Your workspace contains 10 dashboards. You want to allow users to find data by using natural language quer
What should you do to meet the goal?
From the properties of the dashboard, modify the Q&A settings.
From the Power BI Desktop disallow Q&A option to the reports.
From the properties of the datasets, modify the Q&A settings.
Pin a Q&A tile into the dashboards.
Unattempted
The answer is:
From the properties of the datasets, modify the Q&A settings.
Check how to enable and use Q&A from Power BI Service with the following screenshot:
32. Question
Consider the following table scheme:
Note that in the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a form
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyy
You are in charge of building a Power BI report following these requirements:
The Enrollments managers ask for a visual to analyze enrollment performance versus enrollment targets. You
across months.
Which visualization object should you select?
Multi row card.
KPI.
Gauge.
Key Influencers.
Unattempted
KPI.
In order to meet the Enrollments Manager requirements, you have to set up the “Trend Axis” available in the
Check how KPI visual works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-kpi
33. Question
You want to use Python Scripting in Power BI Desktop in order to create several visualizations. After you have
BI Desktop, you try to run the following code:
from matplotlib import pyplot;
ax = pyplot.gca();
dataset.plot.line(x = ‘Courses’, y = ‘Total Enrollments’, color = ‘green’, ax = ax)
Power BI Desktop returns the following error message:
How can you fix the issue?
You should add the following command to the script: pyplot.show();
You must enable the Pyhton Visuals before running code.
You need to refresh the IDE settings.
You must refresh the dataset origin connection.
Unattempted
You should add the following command to the script: pyplot.show();
Without this command, the script is not complete.
Check how Python and Power BI interact here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-visuals
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-scripts
34. Question
You have a table named Enrollments with the following columns:
– StudentID;
– CourseID;
– Date;
– CourseName;
– FeePaid.
You create a report that contains a Stacked Column Chart that shows the count of Students by CourseName,
placed in the visualization tooltip for the chart.
What should you do first?
Create a new report page and set it as Tooltip.
Disable the tooltip option from the Format pane of the Stacked Column Chart.
Set the CourseName column as Tooltip field.
Set the StudentID column as Tooltip Field.
Unattempted
Create a new report page and set it as Tooltip.
Check how to customize tooltips in Power BI here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips
35. Question
You create a Power BI Desktop project named Enrollments_BI that contains a table with the following column
– StudentID;
– StudentName;
– City;
– ProvState;
– Country.
You configure a bar chart to display the number of students by Country, and drill down to ProvState, and in th
You publish the Enrollments_BI project to Power BI Service and plan to share it with your colleagues: how co
N.B. Your colleagues must be able to use the Drill Down feature.
Solution: You create a dashboard and pin the Bar Chart visualization to it, then share the dashboard with your
Does this solution meet the goal?
No
Yes
Unattempted
No.
This solution doesn’t work because the Drill Down feature is not currently available for dashboards experienc
with your colleagues.
36. Question
Consider a table containing the following columns.
– Date;
– Funds;
– Expenses.
You configure a Line and Clustered Column Chart as the following:
– Date Column as Shared Axis
– Funds Column as Line Values
– Expenses Column as Column Values
You notice that the Line Values doesn’t’ match the correspondent Y-axis Values and it is set on the top of the
How can you fix the visualization?
Set to Auto the Y-axis 'start' and 'end' settings.

Remove the Default Summarization from the Funds column.
Remove the Default Summarization from the Expenses column.
Edit the data type of Funds column as a Whole Number.
Unattempted
Set to Auto the Y-axis ‘start’ and ‘end’ settings.
By changing this setting, you create consistency between the two scale values.
Explore how to create a Line and Clustered Column Chart here:
– https://www.tutorialgateway.org/line-and-clustered-column-chart-in-power-bi/
37. Question
You have created a Power BI dashboard that contains visualizations of sales data.
You want to enable sample questions that users can ask when using the Q&A option.
What do you need to modify in the Power BI Settings?
Reports.
Dashboards.
Datasets.
Workbooks.
Unattempted
Datasets.
Check how to enable and use Q&A and Cortana from Power BI Service and Power BI Desktop here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi
38. Question
You plan to create a Corporate Power BI Desktop Project that will be shared with the entire organization.
You need to customize the report with both the corporate colors of your organization and a set of custom icon
The solution must request the lowest administrative effort.
Select the visualization you want to add to the report, then edit their color properties from the Format Pa
Configure an XML file and then import it in Power BI Desktop as Custom Theme.
Configure a JSON file and then import it in Power BI Desktop as Custom Theme.
Access to Power BI Theme Gallery and import a blank theme, then customize it.
Unattempted
Configure a JSON file and then import it in Power BI Desktop as Custom Theme.
Check how to use report themes here:

– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-report-themes
39. Question
Your Power BI report contains a clustered bar chart that has Sales[ReturnAmount] as the value and Product[P
You want to improve the visual by adding a horizontal line that shows which products have a return amount a
How could you reach the goal?
In the Analitycs pane for the clustered bar chart, add a Percentile line set to 50%.
In the Format pane for the clustered bar chart, add a Constant line and set it to 0.5.
In the Analitycs pane for the clustered bar chart, add a Constant line and set it to 0.5.
In the Analitycs pane for the clustered bar chart, add a Trend line.
Unattempted
In the Analitycs pane for the clustered bar chart, add a Percentile line set to 50%.
The Analytics pane is a subsection of the Visualizations pane in Power BI. It is a great feature that gives the o
to some visuals. Here is what happens in our question’s context:
Check the link to discover more options for the Analytics pane:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane
40. Question
You have a dashboard named Sales_01. Q&A is enabled on the dashboard. When users try to get the count o
ask for the count of subscribers, they receive the expected results. You want to ensure that both queries will
Which action should you perform?
Edit Synonyms from Power BI Desktop.
Edit tables from Power Query in Power BI Desktop.
Edit Relationships from Power BI Desktop.
Edit Synonyms from Power BI Service.
Unattempted
Edit Synonyms from Power BI Desktop.
A good practice to improve the Q&A experience is adding synonyms from the Power BI Desktop Model view
Check how to do it here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/natural-language/q-and-a-best-
practices#:~:text=To%20add%20synonyms%2C%20in%20Power,column%20or%20table%20introduces%
41. Question
Consider a table named Students with the following columns:
– StudentID;
– StudentName;
– City;
– ProvState;
– Country.
You are creating a Power BI report that includes a bar chart to display the number of students by location. Yo
of students by Country, and drill down to ProvState, and in the end to City.
Select the right configuration of the drill down in the bar chart.
In the Legend field, add ProvState. In the Axis field, add Country and City.
In the Value field add all the columns in the following order: Country, ProvState, City.
In the Value field, add Country. In the Axis field, add ProvState and City.
In the Axis field, add all the columns in the following order: Country at the top, followed by ProvState and
Unattempted
In the Axis field, add all the columns in the following order: Country at the top, followed by ProvState and Ci
Check the full procedure to configure a drill experience in a visual here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-drill
42. Question
You are building a complex report in Power BI, full of visuals.
You want to be sure that the user will read it in a logical way when he/she uses the keyboard.
On what should you have to work on?
Filters hierarchy.
Tab order.
Page order.
Layer order.
Unattempted
Tab order.
Tab order is the order in which users interact with the items on a page using the keyboard. In order to chang
possible to open the Selection pane and select Tab order.
Check here the interaction between the keyboard navigation and your reports:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-accessibility-consuming-tools
43. Question
Consider a table named Enrollments that contains enrollments data for Europe. Check the sample dataset in t
You try to create a map to show Enrollments by Area, but you find out that the map doesn’t work.
What can you do to fix the map visualization?
Add a column that contains latitude and longitude.
Create a table named Country and create a relationship with the Enrollments table.
Select the Area field. From the Modeling tab, change the Data Category.
Select the Area field. From the Modeling tab, change the Data Type.
Unattempted
Select the Area field. From the Modeling tab, change the Data Category.
In the Report View or Data View, you can specify the data category for a column so that Power BI Desktop k
visualization.
Check how to specify data categories here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-data-categorization
44. Question
You have a Microsoft Excel file named Enrollments.csv that contains data about Student Enrollments by Regi
After you have imported the Excel file to Power BI Desktop, you create a bar chart showing the Enrollments a
Unfortunately, the Enrollments amount value appears as the count of Enrollments amount instead of the sum
You need to modify the query to ensure that the data appears correctly.
How can you fix the issue?
Change the Data Type of Enrollments amount column to Whole Number.
Create a calculated column that use the SUM function.
Delete the query, import the data into Microsoft One Drive for Business, and then from Power BI Service
import.
Create a calculated measure that uses the SUMX function.
Unattempted
Change the Data Type of Enrollments amount column to Whole Number.
Data Types and Data Categories are often automatically attributed by the Power BI intelligence when data so
Sometimes, it happens that those software engine assumptions need to be manually changed in order to ma
the Enrollment values had been probably transposed as a text type.
Check how many Data Types you have, and how you can aggregate them here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-data-types
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-
aggregates#:~:text=Types%20of%20data&text=The%20service%20can%20even%20aggregate,distinct%2
45. Question
Your Power BI model contains two tables named StoreVisits and Date. After you have created a measure to c
it in a report visualization as shown in the picture.
You found that the total number of customer visits was 60,000 and that there were only 5,000 customer visit
of visits was 90,000 and that there were only 10,000 visits in October.
How can you fix the report visualization?

Disable the default Summarization to the Number of visits column.
Modify the measure to use the sum DAX function.
Create a relationship between the StoreVisits and the Date table.
Modify the measure to use the Count function.
Unattempted
Create a relationship between the StoreVisits and the Date table.
A lot of visual problems often come from issues in relationships between the data they are intended to show
combines data from two different tables will not work properly.
46. Question
An area chart shows the discount quantity over years. Therefore, when you hover the mouse over a data poin
certain year:
How could you provide additional information about the discount amount, on the black label?
The result should be as the following picture:
Add the DiscountAmount column on the secondary values.
Add the DiscountAmount column on the tooltip.
Set a drillthrough option for the visual.
By right-clicking on the visual, select Analyze.
Unattempted
Add the DiscountAmount column on the tooltip.
Check how to customize tooltips in Power BI here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips
47. Question
Your principal asks you to print some Power BI reports in order to physically share them with the other collea
When you start to print the reports, you notice that some tables show less rows than they really have.
How can you solve this issue?
Change the table visual to a matrix visual.
Group the rows of the table to reduce its size.
Extend table visual to the whole page.
Create a Paginated Report.
Unattempted
Create a Paginated Report.
When you print a report as pdf.file in Power BI, only the current view will be printed: therefore, if you stop sc
only rows that will be printed are the ones you saw on the page. To solve this limitation you can use the Pag
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/paginated-reports/paginated-reports-report-builder-power-bi
48. Question
Consider a table named Enrollments containing the sample data shown in the picture.
After you have created a stacked bar chart to display CourseName by StartingDate, you notice that the axis sh
the drill down in the chart to display CourseName by year, by week, and day.
What is the first task to do?
From the Format Pane of the Chart set the type of the Y-Axis to Categorical.
Create a new table that has columns for the date, year, week, and day.
From the Format Pane of the Chart set the type of the X-Axis to Categorical.
Unattempted
Create a new table that has columns for the date, year, week, and day.
When a column is formatted as a date, Power BI will display a drillable hierarchy of year, quarter, month and
column that includes it.
49. Question
You plan to create a custom visualization for Power BI. What do you install first?
Microsoft Azure PowerShell
Node.js
Power BI Service
JavaScript
Unattempted
The right answer is;
Node.js
Check how to install the developer environment here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/visuals/custom-visual-develop-tutorial
50. Question
Consider a table named Enrollments that contains the following three measures:
– A measure named Total Enrollments Last Year shows the Enrollments from the previous calendar year. The
– A measure named Total Enrollments This Year shows the Enrollments from the current calendar year. The
– A measure named Total Sales Difference based on the following DAX formula: Enrollments[Last Year] – En
You need to create the following visualization.
You plan to create a Gauge visualization by using the measures above. Select the right configuration for the v
Value: Total Enrollments this Year - Maximum Value: Total Enrollments this Year - Target Value: Total Enr
Value: Total Enrollments this Year - Maximum Value: Total Enrollments last Year - Target Value: Total Enr
Value: Total Enrollments last Year - Maximum Value: Total Enrollments last Year - Target Value: Total Enr
Value: Total Enrollments last Year - Maximum Value: Total Enrollments this Year - Target Value: Total Enr
Unattempted
Value: Total Enrollments this Year – Maximum Value: Total Enrollments last Year – Target Value: Total Enrol
Check how to set a Gauge diagram here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-radial-gauge-charts
51. Question
You add Country and Enrollments columns to a table visualization in Power BI Desktop and the result appears
Why does it show three rows of data instead of six?
Data Category of Country is set to Country.
The Enrollments column data type is set to text.
Because of Default Summarization on Country.
Because of Default Summarization on Enrollments.
Unattempted
Because of Default Summarization on Enrollments.
Discover more about the Default Summarization here:
– https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vJNjLTc8NF0
52. Question
You are analyzing the Customer Sales monthly report and you notice that the Churn Rate metric is strangely i
You want to understand which variables may affect this result.
Which solutions can help you to explore the possible causes in Power BI Desktop?
Decomposition tree visual.
Enable the Auto ML.
Use the Gauge visual.
Use the Key Influencer visual.
Unattempted
– Decomposition tree visuals.
– Use the Key Influencer visual.
Check how these visuals work here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers
53. Question
Your Organization plan to create a Power BI App which would include Power BI dashboards and other custom
The App will be available to all Organization users. You need to be sure that all the PowerBI users will have ac
NB The solution must request the lowest administrative effort.
Add each user to the app workspace and give him "member" permissions.
Create an Office 365 Group named "all organization users" and give it app workspace "member" permissio
Create an Office 365 group named "all organization users" and share the link to get the App.
Ask the PowerBI admin for enabling permission to install the app automatically to all users.
Unattempted
Ask the Power BI admin for enabling permission to install the app automatically to all users.
Check how to automatically install apps here:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/it-it/blog/automatically-install-apps/
54. Question
You have an app workspace. You collaborate in the app workspace with a user named User_01. User_01 is a
create a report that retrieves data from a Microsoft SQL Server database. You want that User_01 can edit the
from powerbi.com.
Select the right order of the actions to achieve the goal.
From Power BI Service, create a report - From Power BI Service share the report in the App Workspace -
User_01 to export data from the report.
From Power BI Service, create a report - From Power BI Service share the report with User_01.
From Power BI Desktop, add a data source - From Power BI Desktop, create a report - From Power BI De
Service.
From Power BI Desktop, create a report - From Power BI Desktop, publish the report to the Power BI Se
Gateway (personal mode).
Unattempted
From Power BI Desktop, add a data source – From Power BI Desktop, create a report – From Power BI Des
Service.
User_01 is already a member of the workspace. You don’t need extra-steps after you publish the report to th
55. Question
You have a report named Sales in an app workspace named Sales_BI. User_01 is a member of the Sales_BI.
You have enabled the option ”Allow users to build new content using the underlying dataset” from the report
What will happen to the underlying dataset? Select the true statements.
Row-level security restrictions on the dataset are in effect.
You haven't made a copy of the dataset. The dataset still resides in its original location.
You have made a copy of the dataset. The dataset is duplicated in your workspace.
Unattempted
– You haven’t made a copy of the dataset. The dataset still resides in its original location.
– Row-level security restrictions on the dataset are in effect.
Check how to create reports based on datasets from different workspaces here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-discover-across-workspaces
56. Question
You manage a list of reports for the sales team of your company. The company operates across different regi
manager.
You need that the sales managers can interact with the data from their region. In addition, you want that sale
Note that the datasets use row-level security (RLS).
Disable Row Level Security.
Create a Power BI app that contains all the reports and give access permissions to the sales managers.
Create a new workspace, duplicate the datasets and reports, add the sales managers as owners of the w
Publish the reports to a workspace and store the datasets in another one.
Unattempted
Create a Power BI app that contains all the reports and give access permissions to the sales managers.
RLS can’t restrict access to the layout of the report. With Apps, users can interact with the app content but c
57. Question
Your company asks you for finding methods to standardize the creation and the sharing of Power BI content a
NB. Your company owns a Premium Capacity.
Which solutions should you advise?
Power BI Report Server.
Deployment pipelines tool.
Row Level Security (RLS)
Enable Power BI users logs from the Microsoft Admin Portal.
Unattempted
Deployment pipelines tool.
The Deployment Pipelines tool enables BI creators in an enterprise with Premium capacity, to manage the lif
Check how The Deployment Pipelines tool works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/deployment-pipelines-overview
58. Question
You have a Power BI app workspace that contains 30 reports shared with 55 users of your organization.
You plan to start a reports maintenance program. You need to know which reports present a critical usage.
How can you achieve this task?
Check the activity log by using the Power BI Management cmdlets for PowerShell.
Request to the Power BI admin enabling usage metrics for content creators.
Go to the Health tab in the Capacity settings area in the Admin portal.
You can use the Power BI Premium Capacity Metrics App.
Unattempted
Request to the Power BI admin enabling usage metrics for content creators.
Check how to Monitor usage metrics for Power BI dashboards and reports here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-usage-metrics
59. Question
You have a table named ‘Enrollments’ stored on a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
You want to add the Enrollments table to a Power BI dashboard as a tile.
What is the tile configuration?
From Excel, import the workbook to PowerBI Desktop, then publish it to PowerBI Service.
From the Power BI service, upload the Excel workbook.
From the Power BI service, import the data from the Excel workbook.
From the Power BI tab in Excel, pin the table.
Unattempted
From the Power BI tab in Excel, pin the table.
Check how Pin a tile to a Power BI dashboard from Excel here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-tile-from-excel
60. Question
You plan to publish a report from Power BI Desktop to Power BI Service.
The report retrieves data from an Azure SQL Database. How can you ensure that users of your organization w
report on the Power BI Service?
In the Power BI service's Settings page, select the Datasets tab, choose the dataset that uses DirectQue
Deploy an on-premises data gateway (personal mode). Connect to the data by using the DirectQuery Dat
Deploy an on-premises data gateway (personal mode). Connect to the data by using the Live Connectivity
Deploy an on-premises data gateway. Connect to the data by using the DirectQuery Connectivity mode.
Unattempted
In the Power BI service’s Settings page, select the Datasets tab, choose the dataset that uses DirectQuery,
The Azure SQL Database can work in DirectQuery Mode without using an on-premises data gateway.
Check more details here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-directquery#publish-to-the-power-bi-
61. Question
A Power BI user in your organization has published a report to the Web. The report contained sensitive data.
What can you do to prevent the reports from being published on the Web?
From Azure AD remove the PowerBI Pro license from the user.
From the app workspace settings remove the user as a member.
From the Power BI Admin portal, disable the Publish to web setting.
From the Power BI Pro, delete the embedded codes.
Unattempted
From the Power BI Admin portal, disable the Publish to web setting.
Check how Publish to Web settings work here:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/heads-up-the-publish-to-web-default-is-changing-and-it-affects-w
62. Question
Your organization owns a consistent number of dashboards on Power BI. Your goal is to ensure that when us
dashboard, they can see the ones that contain Personal Identifiable Information.
Which function best fit your needs?
Row Level Security.
Tiles.
KPIs.
Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels.
Unattempted
Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels.
Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels provide a simple way for your users to classify critical cont
access to the content.
Check here how IPSL work:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview
63. Question
Your organization plan to use the Power BI Service to get several visualizations from data stored in a custom
The developers ask for pushing data into the Power BI Service from the custom app.
How can you ensure this task?
Go to Office 365 Admin portal and register a web app.
Go to Tenant Setting from PowerBI admin portal and set the API permissions.
Go to app.powerbi.com and create an empty report.
Go to dev.powerbi.com/apps and register an application.
Unattempted
Go to dev.powerbi.com/apps and register an application.
The first step you should do is to register a new app and select the Power BI APIs that your application need
the Power BI Application Registration Tool and from the Azure Portal.
Check the complete procedure here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/register-app#register-with-the-power-bi-a
64. Question
You have a report named Sales_01. You plan to publish Sales_01 to a Blog, but you need to be sure that the r
report page.
Which View Mode should you set for the Sales_01 report?
Fit to Width.
Custom size.
16:09
Actual Size.
Unattempted
Actual Size.
Check all the page display settings in a Power BI report here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-display-settings
65. Question
Your company stores sales data on a Microsoft SQL Server. You are responsible for creating a Power BI repo
the sales data. In particular, you must be sure that the report doesn’t show negative amounts for sales data.
How can you review data in Power Query before creating the data model?
Create a column from examples and fill it with positive values only from the total_sales column.
Select Column profile, and then select the total_sales column.
Select the total_sales column and filter out negative values.
Select the total_sales column and delete all the negative values.
Unattempted
Select Column profile, and then select the total_sales column.
The data profiling tools provide effective ways to clean, transform, and understand data in Power Query Edit
Check all the features here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools
Use Page numbers below to navigate to other

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
← Previous Post Next Post →

We help you to succeed in your certification exams
We have helped over thousands of working professionals to achieve their certification goals with our practice
tests.
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
BROWSE ALL PRACTICE TESTS
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 2

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
48.46%
Your score
0.00%
Important Note : Open Reference Documentation Links in New Tab (Right Click and Open in New Tab).
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
After you have created a report in the Power BI Service, you plan to give access to external users by
publishing the report to a Web site. You want that the report published on the Web site will be updated as
the data is refreshed.
Select the correct task to perform in the Power BI Service.
Enable the Publish to Web Option from Tenant settings.
Publish the report to the web. In the Web Site, use the embed code URL.
In the Web Site, paste the URL of the app workspace.
Add all the users as members in the app workspace, then use the URL of the report.
Unattempted
Publish the report to the web. In the Web Site, use the embed code URL.
Check how Data refresh work in your embedded report here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-publish-to-web#updates-to-
reports-and-data-refresh
2. Question
Your Power BI Desktop project contains a report named Sales_1.
Sales_1 connects to a Microsoft SQL Server database by using DirectQuery connection. After you have
published the Sales_1 report to the Power BI service, the visualizations don’t work.
How can you solve the issue?
Install the on-premises data gateway (personal mode) and republish the report.
Install the on-premises data gateway and configure a data source.
Configure the Microsoft SQL Server database credentials on Power BI Service.

Refresh the Microsoft SQL Server database connection from Power BI Desktop and then republish
the report.
Unattempted
Install the on-premises data gateway and configure a data source.
You need an on-premises data gateway between on-premises data (data that isn’t in the cloud) and
several Microsoft cloud services, such as Power BI Service.
Check how on-premises data gateway works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-onprem
3. Question
You have a dashboard named PublicData_01, you need to share it with two external users who already
have a Power BI Pro license. What should you do first?
Public the dashboard to Web.
Create a new office 365 group named "external users" and share the PublicData_01 dasboard with it.
Plan to get Power BI Premium Capacity.
Enable external sharing in the Tenant Settings from the PowerBI admin portal.
Unattempted
Enable external sharing in the Tenant Settings from the Power BI admin portal.
Check how to share content with external users here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/admin-tenant-settings
4. Question
Consider the files described in the picture:
Which files can you import in Power BI as a dataset?
Dataset 4.
Dataset 2.
Dataset 1.
Dataset 3.
Dataset 5.
Unattempted
-Dataset 2.
-Dataset 4.
Check Power BI dataset limitations here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-get-data#considerations-and-
limitations
5. Question
A Microsoft Excel Workbook, which contains several Power View sheets, is stored on Microsoft One Drive
for Business. You want to replicate the Power View sheets as reports in the Power BI Service.
Which action must you perform?
Get the data from SharePoint Online, and then click Connect.
From Excel, click Publish to Power BI, and then click Upload.
From Excel, click Publish to Power BI and then click Export.
Get the data from Microsoft OneDrive for Business, and then click Import.
Unattempted
1. Get the data from Microsoft OneDrive for Business, and then click Import.
2. From Excel, click Publish to Power BI and then click Export.
Check how to relate an excel workbook with the Power BI Service here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-excel-workbook-files#import-or-
connect-to-an-excel-workbook-from-power-bi
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-publish-from-excel
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-excel-workbook-files
6. Question
You have got a YouTube channel where you weekly post Power BI tutorials.
You want to add one of your videos to a tile in the Subscritions&Views dashboard.
Which type of tile should you add?

Image attachement.
Video.
Custom streaming data.
Text box.
Unattempted
Video.
It is possible to customize Power BI dashboards by adding special tiles with text boxes, web contents,
custom streaming data, and videos from Youtube or Vimeo.
Follow the link to discover how simple it is:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-add-widget#add-web-
content
7. Question
You have a Power BI model that contains two tables named Enrollments and Students. Your sales team
asks for view only data that has a CountryRegionName column value of ‘UK’ and a CourseName column
value of ‘AdvancedExcel’.
What do you need to perform in Power BI Desktop?
From Power BI Desktop, create a new role that has the following filter. [[CountryRegionName] = "UK
&& [CourseName] = "AdvancedExcel".
In Query Editor hide all data except for 'UK' and 'AdvancedExcel'.
From Power BI Desktop, create a new role that has the following filters. [CountryRegionName] = "UK
[CourseName] = "AdvancedExcel".
Add two filters to a report: CountryRegionName is 'UK' CourseName is 'AdvancedExcel'.
Unattempted
Add two filters to a report: CountryRegionName is ‘UK’ CourseName is ‘AdvancedExcel’.
The sales team ask simply for a filter on the data, you don’t need to enable Row Level Security (RLS).
Check how report filters work here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter
8. Question
After you have created a report in Power BI Desktop, you want to embed it into the Microsoft SharePoint
site of your organization.
Select the three actions you should perform in sequence.
Publish the report to the Power BI service - Obtain an embed link for SharePoint - Pin a live page.
Publish the report to the Power BI service - Obtain an embed link for SharePoint - Add a webpart to a
page.
Save the report into a .pbix file - Import the .pbix file into Power BI Service - Publish the report into
Microsoft OneDrive.
Publish the report to Power BI Service - Pin a live page - Add a webpart to a page.
Unattempted
Publish the report to the Power BI service – Obtain an embed link for SharePoint – Add a webpart to a
page.
Check the complete guide about how to embed a Power BI project report in SharePoint Online here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/sharepoint-scenario-embed-report
9. Question
You manage a Power BI dashboard named Restaurants_SalesData which contains some tiles that display
the last week’s sales performance for each restaurant.
When the dashboard refreshes data it takes too much time to be ready, because the refresh involves the
last five years’ sales data.
How can you optimize the data refresh performance?
Enable the Incremental Refresh in Power BI Service.
Configure the Incremental Refresh in Power BI Desktop and enable it in Power BI Service.
Schedule the refresh daily at 00:00AM.
Configure the Gateway with DirectQuery Connection.
Unattempted
Configure the Incremental Refresh in Power BI Desktop and enable it in Power BI Service.
Check the benefits of enabling Incremental Refresh for large datasets here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-premium-incremental-refresh
10. Question
Your company stores sales data on a Microsoft SQL Server Analysis. You used Power BI Desktop to create
a report that shows the current sales year.
Then, you publish the report on the Power BI Service to share data with other company’s users.
You need that users who access the report from Power BI Service can interrogate the last update of data
from the SSAS.
What should you implement to meet the goal?
The OData Feed.
The On-premises data gateway.
Edit query caching.
The Microsoft OneDrive subscription.
Unattempted
The On-premises data gateway.
“When you publish a Power BI Desktop file with a live connection to a tabular model to your Power BI
site, an on-premises data gateway must be installed and configured by an administrator.”
Find more details here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-analysis-services-tabular-data
11. Question
You plan to create a dashboard that will be shared with all the members of your organization. You want to
embed a company video hosted on the Company YouTube channel into the dashboard.
What should you do?
Edit the report in Power BI Desktop and add a Video visualization.
Download the video and Upload it on Microsoft OneDrive for Business, then paste the URL video in
the dashboard from PowerBI Service.
To the dashboard, add a tile that uses a video content source.
To the dashboard, add a tile that uses a Web content source.
Unattempted
To the dashboard, add a tile that uses a video content source.
Check how to add a video to a dashboard here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-add-widget#add-a-video
12. Question
Your Company uses Power BI to manage sales reports.
Often, these reports are exported as PDF files. The Company’s policy requires that the exported reports
are encrypted.
What can you use to meet this requirement?
Edit export permissions options in the Company Tenant.
Edit datasets security options.
Use sensitivity labels.
Use Row Level Security.
Unattempted
Use sensitivity labels.
When data is exported from Power BI to Excel, PowerPoint, or PDF files, Power BI automatically applies
a sensitivity label on the exported file and protects it according to the label’s file encryption settings.
Check here how IPSL work:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview
13. Question
You have an Enrollments report that contains a set of visualization and a slicer to filter the data by year.
After you publish the report in Power BI Service you want to create a dashboard that contains all the
visualizations, slicer included.
What should you do?
Pin each visualization to the dashboard and then add a calendar tile.
Pin the report as a live page.
Create an app workspace.
Filter the report by year and then pin each visualization to the dashboard.
Unattempted
Pin the report as a live page.
Check how to pin an entire report page, as a live tile, to a Power BI dashboard here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report
14. Question
Your city has more than 6 million inhabitants.
A specific municipal office records every new birth in an Azure SQL Database.
Your company is in charge of monitoring the correlation between the numbers of birth and the hospitals’
available rooms by creating a specif Power BI report.
As data are frequently updated and it is required that they must be visible in ten minutes after every
update, how should the company configure the data connection?
Importing the datasource every ten minutes.
Connecting to SharePoint online.
Connecting to the data source with Live Connection.
Connecting to the data source with DirectQuery.
Unattempted
Connecting to the data source with DirectQuery.
DirectyQuery is the best choice when you have to work with a large dataset that needs to be regularly
updated: DirectQuery doesn’t consume memory because there will be no second copy of the data
stored. DirectQuery means Power BI is directly connected to the data source. Anytime you see a
visualization in a report; the data comes straight from a query sent to the data source.
Check the link to understanding how to configure this Connectivity mode:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-directquery
15. Question
You are the admin of a Power BI workspace named DeltaCompanySales.
Your colleagues require access to the workspace in order to carry out the following task:
User A needs to create and publish Power BI apps.
User B needs to publish reports and delete dashboards.
Which user role should you assign to each user?
N.B. The solution must require the least privilege possible.
User A Admin and User B Member.
User A Member and User B Contributor.
User A Member and User B Viewer.
User A Member and User B Member.

Unattempted
User A Member and User B Contributor.
Check the roles available in the Power BI workspace here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-new-workspaces
16. Question
You have a dashboard named Sales_01 hosted on your Company Workspace. You need to share the
dashboard with external guest users giving them editing and manage content permissions.
How guest users can be integrated into the Organization users Tenant?
Enable Power BI Premium Capacity.
It is a tricky question: External users can have only view access.
Add guest users to Azure Active Directory.
Enable the Share content with 'external users' feature from the Power BI admin portal.
Unattempted
Add guest users to Azure Active Directory.
Check how to Distribute Power BI content to external guest users with Azure AD B2B here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-azure-ad-b2b
17. Question
You created a dashboard that contains a card visual that shows total enrollments in the current year. Your
customer access to the dashboard from a workspace with the viewer role.
The customer wants to receive a notification about the daily total enrollments shown on the card.
Create a data alert.
Add the customer to a security group.
Share the dashboard with the user.
Create a subscription.
Unattempted
Check how subscription works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-report-subscribe
18. Question
You have a set of visualizations configured as shown in the picture:
You decide to embed them into a public Website.
Select the visualizations that you can embed into the Website.
Visual 3.
Visual 4.
Visual 2.
Visual 1.
Visual 5.
Unattempted
-Visual 3
-Visual 5
Check the complete list of limitations for the Publish to Web option here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-publish-to-web#limitations
19. Question
Note that the region_id column is managed by only one sales manager.
You are in charge of building a Power BI report by following these requirements:
– You must create a visual that shows sales by region.
– Every Enrollments Manager wants to see the Enrollments data of the Region he manage only.
– Enrollments Managers require a report that contains the number of enrollments.
You need to create a Power BI solution that allows Enrollments Managers to access reports with the
permissions required.
What do you include in your solution?
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Country table where name = UserName().
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Country_Manager table where country_id =
UserPrincipalName().
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Enrollments_Manager table where username =
UserName()
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Enrollments table where sales_id = username
Unattempted
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Enrollments_Manager table where username =
UserName().
By both enabling the RLS on the model and using the UserName() DAX function you can dynamically
filter the data based on a username in DAX. In this case, every Enrollments Manager needs to filter only
the data related to the country he manages.
Check the follwing link to discover how RLS and UserName() function work together:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/using-username-in-dax-with-row-level-
security/#:~:text=The%20trick%20to%20getting%20the,within%20the%20Power%20BI%20service.
20. Question
Your team plan to use Power BI for BI reporting activities. Which activities are allowed with a Power BI
free license?
Access a published Power BI app.
None of them.
Share dashboards created in My Workspace.
Modify reports in an app workspace.
Unattempted
Access a published Power BI app.
Check Power BI feature list for consumers and others with free licenses here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-features
21. Question
You have created an app workplace in your PowerBI Service that contains several reports.
You need to provide a user@01datapower.com with the ability to edit and publish reports.
Select the right solution.
Modify the members of the app workspace.
Set the (RLS) Row LEvel Security from PowerBI Desktop.
From the app workplace, click Update app, and then configure the Access settings.
Configure security group from Azure AD.

Unattempted
Modify the members of the app workspace.
Check roles and permissions in the app workspace here:
22. Question
Your Organization asks to ensure that all the Power BI users who create the region sales reports will be
aware of the availability of a high-quality data source.
On behalf of Power BI Admin, how can you achieve this task?
From the Tenant Settings of Power BI, enable the certification section, then select users or groups
who can certify datasets.
Create a new app workspace that contains only the high-quality dataset and add all the organization
users as members of the workspace.
From the Tenant Settings of Power BI, enable the data protection, then add sensitivity labels to the
dataset.
From the Tenant Settings of Power BI, remove the 'build and share permissions' to all organization
users.
Unattempted
From the Tenant Settings of Power BI, enable the certification section, then select users or groups who
can certify datasets.
If you are Power BI Admin, you can enable the certification of datasets and dataflows as authoritative
sources for critical information.
Check how to do it here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-setup-certification
23. Question
Consider the previous question scenario.
You have a Power BI Workspace named SalesTeamBI Workspace. Michael is a Power BI user who has
access to SalesTeamBI Workspace. He is also a member of a Security Group named Sales_Team.
You must prevent Michael from exporting data from SalesTeamBI Workspace.
Solution: From the Microsoft Office 365 Admin center, you modify the properties of the Sales_Team
Security Group.
Does this solution resolve the issue?

NO
YES
Unattempted
NO.
Security Groups are used for granting access to resources like SharePoint sites.
Check the comparison of Microsoft Groups here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/compare-groups?view=o365-
worldwide
24. Question
Your company asks you to create a Machine Learning Model in order to estimate next season sales.
You plan to use Power BI to achieve this task, thanks to its straightforward Auto ML tool.
Select the sequence of the right steps to enable and use the Auto ML tool.
Get Power BI Premium - Create a Dataflow for the historical data - Add a Machine Learning Model.
Install the Auto ML addon in Power BI Desktop - Import a training dataset in Power BI Desktop -
Launch the Auto ML tool.
Get Power BI PRO - Create a Dataflow for the historical data - Add a Machine Learning Model.
Create a Dataflow for the historical data - select the ML model to apply - Start the training of Auto
ML.
Unattempted
Get Power BI Premium – Create a Dataflow for the historical data – Add a Machine Learning Model.
Check how the Auto ML tool works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/service-machine-learning-automated
25. Question
Your organization has subscripted a Microsoft Office 365 license.
However, users who try to access the Power BI Service receives the error message shown in the picture.
In order to ensure that all users can have access to the PowerBI Service, what should you do first?
Refresh 'all users' security group from Azure AD.
From the properties of each app workspace, modify the member settings.
From Microsoft Azure PowerShell, run the Set-MsolCompanySettings cmdlet.
From Power BI Admin portal, modify the Tenant settings.
Unattempted
From Microsoft Azure PowerShell, run the Set-MsolCompanySettings cmdlet.
Set-MsolCompanySettings cmdlet sets company-level configuration settings.
Check here the list of its parameters:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/msonline/set-msolcompanysettings?
view=azureadps-1.0
26. Question
Consider the previous question scenario.
Solution: From Tenant settings in the PowerBI Admin Portal, you modify the Developer Settings.

YES.
NO.
Unattempted
NO.
There is no correlation between the question topic and the Developer Settings.
Check what Developer Settings allow you to manage here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-portal#developer-settings
27. Question
You need to create a Power BI app workspace that will be accessible by 10,000 users. The dashboard
contains sensitive data and you want that it will be updated every 1 hour.
What should you do?
Assign each user a Power BI Pro license.
Configure the app workspace for Premium capacity.
Create the app workspace by using an account with a Power BI Pro license.
Publish the dashboard on the Web.
Unattempted
Power BI Premium is the option that best fits full accessibility and shareability of app workspaces.
Check all the Power BI Premium features here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-premium-what-is
28. Question
Your Organization plan to get Power BI Premium. Which parameters will influence the subscription pricing?
Number of Users.
Number of Cores.
Amount of Capacity.
Number of pre-exsiting Power BI PRO licenses.

Unattempted
Number of Cores.
Check details about the Capacity nodes here:
29. Question
You need to use Power BI Embedded to distribute reports into a Web application. You want that reports
display live data.
Select the right data source to use.
Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) database.
Microsoft Azure Data Warehouse.
Microsoft Azure SQL Database.
Microsoft Azure LiveInsight.
Unattempted
Microsoft Azure SQL Database.
You can achieve the goal by using Microsoft Azure SQL Database and DirectQuery Connection mode.
Check how to use Azure SQL Database with DirectQuery here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-azure-sql-database-with-direct-connect
30. Question
Your customer owns a custom BI App based on PowerBI Embedded technology. He requests to scale up
the capacity available for his custom BI App.
What do you need to change?
The licensing plan from Office 365 admin center.
Tenant settings from the PowerBI admin portal.
The Workspace settings from PowerBI Service.
Pricing tier from Azure Portal.
Unattempted
Pricing tier from Azure Portal.
Check the procedure to scale a capacity here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/azure-pbie-scale-capacity
31. Question
You are using Power BI Desktop optimized for Power BI Report Server to create a report.
Select three types of visualizations that will work correctly when you will publish the report to the PowerBI
Report Server.
Funnel charts.
Bubble maps.
Breadcrumbs.
Custom visuals.
R visuals.
Unattempted
– Bubble maps
– Custom visuals
– Funnel charts
The other options are not supported by Power BI Report Server.
Check Power BI Report Server features here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/report-server/compare-report-server-service
32. Question
Your organization has a Microsoft SharePoint Online site named Enrollments where can access over 1000
users.
After you have created a report in an app workspace on Power BI Service, you embed the report into a
page on the Enrollments site by using the Power BI web part.
You must ensure that all over the 1,000 users can view the report from the Enrollments Sharepoint site.
Which option should you do first?
Disable the Embed content in apps setting from the Tenant settings in Power BI.
Enable anonymous access for the Enrollments site.
Configure Sharepoint Online for public reports.

Unattempted
Check all the Power BI Premium features here:
33. Question
Solution: From the Microsoft Office 365 Admin center, you remove Michael from the All Users security
group.
YES.
NO.
Unattempted
NO
There is no correlation between removing a user from ‘All Users’ Security Group and from the
‘Sales_Team’ Security Group.
Check how the Security Groups work here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/admin/email/create-edit-or-delete-a-security-group?
view=o365-worldwide
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/power-bi-weekly-service-update-1027/
34. Question
Your company follows a security protocol about data management for which information can’t be provided
over the Internet.
You need to plan a solution to ensure that the company will be compliant with the security policy also
when using Power BI Service.
What should you include in your recommendation?
The on-premises gateway for Power BI.
Using Row Level Security (RLS).
Power BI report Server.

Microsoft Azure ExpressRoute.
Unattempted
Microsoft Azure ExpressRoute.

ExpressRoute is an Azure service that lets you create private connections between Microsoft datacenters
and infrastructure that’s on your premises or in a colocation facility.
Check all ExpressRoute features here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/expressroute/expressroute-introduction
35. Question
You have a Power BI report in an app workspace. You plan to embed a report from the app workspace into
a line-of-business application by using Power BI Embedded and APIs REST.
Which information should you provide to the application developers?
The application token and the report URL.
The access key and the report ID.
The report URL and a user name.
The app workspace name and the access key.
Unattempted
The application token and the report URL.
Developers need the application token and the information inside the report URL.
Check how to Embed Power BI content into an application here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/embed-sample-for-customers
36. Question
You plan to create custom BI solutions based on the API for the Power BI service.
Select the three operations that developers can achieve by using the API.
Retrieve rows from a dataset.
Refresh an imported dataset.
Create a dataset.
Add rows to a dataset.

Unattempted
The rights answers are:
-Create a dataset
-Add rows to a dataset
-Refresh an imported dataset
Check what you can do with Power BI Rest APIs here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/automation/overview-of-power-bi-rest-api
37. Question
You are a Power BI admin and plan to add a specific user named User_01 as a member to a workspace
named SalesData_01.
You choose to use Powershell to achieve the task. Complete the following cmdlet:
-Id 3244f1c1-01cf-457f-9383-6035e4950fdc.
report id 3244f1c1-01cf-457f-9383-6035e4950fdc.
SalesData_01.
DataGroup.
Unattempted
You are a Power BI admin and plan to add a specific user named User_01 as a member to a workspace
named SalesData_01.
You choose to use Powershell to achieve the task. Complete the following cmdlet:
-Id 3244f1c1-01cf-457f-9383-6035e4950fdc.
Check a list of resources for PowerShell modules targeting Power BI here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/microsoftpowerbimgmt.workspaces/add-
powerbiworkspaceuser?view=powerbi-ps
38. Question
You have distributed an app from a workspace to a group of users, giving them Build and Share
Permissions. Later, you decide to remove access to the app for some users.
You want to be sure that Build and Share Permissions will be also removed.
From Power BI admin Portal you need to remove build and share permissions to specific users.
You need to manage datasets permissions to remove build and share permissions.
You need to enable the (RLS) Row Level Security to restrict the dataset access.
Removing users access to the app automatically remove their build and share permissions.
Unattempted
You need to manage datasets permissions to remove build and share permissions.
Check how to remove Build and Share permissions for a dataset here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
39. Question
You manage an app workspace named School Enrollments in the Power BI service. You need to manage
the members that have access to the app workspace.
NOTE: You must use the minimum administrative effort.
Select the right option:
From the Office 365 Admin center, click Groups.
From the Azure AD, click Users.
From the Power BI Admin portal, click Users.
From the Power BI Admin portal, click Tenant settings.
Unattempted
From the Office 365 Admin center, click Groups.
Check how Office 365 Groups and Power BI work together here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-manage-app-workspace-in-power-
bi-and-office-365
40. Question
You have shared a Power BI app named OrgApp with your Organization by the AppSource. The privacy for
the OrgApp is set to Private. A user reports that OrgApp does not appear in the My organization
AppSource.
What should you do to fix the problem?
From the app workspace settings, add all the organization's users as a member.
From the app workspace, share the datasets.
From the app workspace, click Update app, configure the Access setting, and then click Update app.
From the tenant settings in the PowerBI admin portal enable the privacy settings for the App.
Unattempted
From the app workspace, click Update app, configure the Access setting, and then click Update app.
Check how to distribute a Power BI App here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps
41. Question
You are the admin of an app workspace where you collaborate with the other 5 members.
Select the action that the members of the app workspace can’t perform.
Delete a report shared in the app workspace.
Delete dashboard shared in the app workspace.
Remove other member users.
Create a new dashboard.
Unattempted
Remove other users as members.
Check the app workspace roles features here:
42. Question
You have the following tables in your Power BI model:
There is a many-to-one relationship between Sales[ProductKey] and Product[ProductKey], and between

Sales[StoreKey] and Stores[StoreKey].
To resctrict data acces, you create two different Role-level security (RLS), with the following filters:
– Store[State] = ”USA”
– Product[ProductName] = ”T-shirts”
What a user will be able to see if he is a member of both the two RLS?
The member will see all the data that have ''USA'' as Store[State] or ''T-shirts'' as
Product[ProductName].
The member will see all the data except the ones that have ''USA'' as Store[State] or ''T-shirts'' as
The member will see all the data except the ones that have ''USA'' as Store[State] and ''T-shirts'' as
The member will see all the data that have ''USA'' as Store[State] and ''T-shirts'' as
Unattempted
The member will see all the data that have ”USA” as Store[State] or ”T-shirts” as Product[ProductName].
The addition of two different RLS filters allows the member of both of them to see data for the RLS_1 as
well as for the RLS_2, not just their intersection.
Check the link to discover how to create roles:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance#create-roles
43. Question
You create a Power BI Desktop project that retrieves data from a Microsoft SQL Server by using
DirectQuery Connection mode.
Your queries generate two tables named Enrollments and Teacher. A sample data of tables is shown in the
picture.
You want to get more efficient queries, so you plan to enable the Assume Referential Integrity option.
Is it a good solution in this case?
YES
NO
Unattempted
NO.
A requirement to assume Referential Integrity is that data in the From column in the relationship is
never Null or blank.
Check how Referential Integrity works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-assume-referential-integrity
44. Question
Consider two tables named Document and Users. You can check the structure of the tables in the
following picture:
The columns Checked_by, Approved_by and Not_Approved_by present a Many-to-One relationship on the
column User_ID in the Users table.
N.B. Only the relationship between Checked_by and User_ID is marked as Active Relationship.
You need to count the number of documents edited by each User, filtered by ‘Checked_by’, ‘Approved_by’
and ‘Not_Approved_by’.
Solution: Before setting visualizations, create a DAX formula using CALCULATE, COUNT and
USERELATIONSHIP functions.
YES.
NO.
Unattempted
YES.
Before setting visualizations, you need to create two calculated measures that enable the ‘Approved_by’
and ‘Not_Approved_by’ filters by using the USERELATIONSHIP function.
45. Question
Your database contains the tables shown in the picture.
Check the information stored in the following columns:
– Date[Month] in the mmyyyy format
– Date[Date_ID] in the ddmmyyyy format
– Date[Date_name] in the mm/dd/yyyy format

– Monthly Drop out[Month_ID] in the mmyyyy format
The only relationship is between the Course table and the Monthly Drop Out table by the CourseID
Column.
You plan to create a visualization that displays a sum of Enrollments[Total Paid] by month for the
Enrollment date column and the Starting date column.
How do you model the data?
Create a one-to-many relationship from Date[Date_ID] to Enrollments[Enrollments date] and a many-

to-many relationship from Date[Date_ID] to Starting Date[Date_ID].
Create a many-to-many relationship from Date[Date_ID] to Order[Order_date]
Add a second Date table named Starting date to the model. Create a one-to-many relationship from
Date[Date_ID] to Enrollments[Enrollment date] and a one-to-many relationship from Starting
Date[Date_ID] to Enrollments[Starting date].
Create a calculated measure that uses the RELATED function
Unattempted
Add a second Date table named Starting date to the model. Create a one-to-many relationship from
Date[Date_ID] to Enrollments[Enrollment date] and a one-to-many relationship from Starting
Date[Date_ID] to Enrollments[Starting date].
This solution is not recommended when you manage large datasets; but in this case, it properly works.
46. Question
You have set a parameter named ExcelDataSet which contains the location-path of a Microsoft Excel data
source.
Now, you want to update the query to get dynamic use of the parameter instead of set-up copies of the
location-path within each query.
Solution: Modify the source step of the queries and use ExcelDataSet as the file path.
Yes.
No.
Unattempted
Yes.
You can use parameters in Power BI to dynamically reference different Data Sources.
Check how parameters work here:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/it-it/blog/deep-dive-into-query-parameters-and-power-bi-templates/
47. Question
Consider a Power BI model with the following tables:
– Course (Columns: CourseID, CourseName)
– Enrollments (Columns: EnrollmentsID, EnrollmentsDate, CourseID, TeacherID, TotalPaid)
– Teacher (Columns: TeacherID, TeacherName)
You want to create the following measure: SoldCourse = DISTINCTCOUNT(Enrollments[CourseID])
You must create the following relationships:
– Enrollments to Course
– Enrollments to Teacher
N.B. The measures must display the number of courses sold and the teacher who is responsible for it.
Select the right configuration of relationships.
Relationship: Many-to-One and Cross Filer Direction: Both
Relationship: One-to-Many and Cross Filer Direction: Both
Relationship: One-to-One and Cross Filer Direction: Single
Relationship: Many-to-One and Cross Filer Direction: Single
Unattempted
Relationship: Many-to-One and Cross Filer Direction: Single
This is a typical Star Schema, where the Enrollments table works as the fact table (the many side of the
relationship), and the Course and Teacher ones work ad the dimension tables (the one side of the
relationship).
Discover more about the Star Schema here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema
48. Question
Your colleague passes you a Power BI report named “DeltaCompanySales” requesting support to optimize
the report loading performances.
DeltaCompanySales retrieves data from an imported dataset that contains one table with 15 million rows.
The report is a single page with 12 PowerBI default visuals. The customer complains about the report
performances when loading data and interacting with visuals.
What do you suggest to increase report performances?
Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.
Change the data connectivity to DirectQuery.
Convert all DAX Calculated Measures into Calculated Columns.
Change the data connectivity to Live.

Unattempted
Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.
The first operation you can do in order to optimize the data loading performances is removing
unnecessary columns and rows.
Check the other best practices here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/import-modeling-data-reduction
49. Question
You have a CSV file that contains employees’ badging. This file contains a column named “Starting Time”.
The data in “Starting Time” is in the following format: 2021-01-10 at 09:00.
You want to analyze the Badging trend by the Starting Time column and use a built-in date hierarchy. What
should you do?
Create a column by example that starts with 2021-01-10.
Create a column by example that starts with 2021-01-10, then set the data type of the new column to
Date.
Create a new Date table using the CALENDAR function.
Duplicate the Starting Time column and use the TRIM function.
Unattempted
Create a column by example that starts with 2021-01-10, then set the data type of the new column to
Date.
After creating a column from example, you should set that column as Date Column in order to properly
use the built-in date hierarchy.
50. Question
Consider a Microsoft Excel 2016 workbook based on a Power Pivot model.
The model contains the following tables:
– Item(columns: Item_id, Item_Name)
– Sales (columns: Order_id, Order_Date, Item_id, Store_id, Total_Paid)
– Stores (columns: Store_id, Store_address)
The model has the following relationships:
– Sales to Item
– Sales to Stores
After you have imported the Power Pivot model in PowerBI you need to generate a report that displays the
count of Items sold by each Store.
Which task you should perform before creating the report?
Create a one-to-one relationship between Product and Store.
For each relationship, change the Cross filter direction to Both.
Change a many-to-one relationship between Item and Stores.
For each relationship, change the Cardinality to One to one (1:1).
Unattempted
For each relationship, change the Cross filter direction to Both.
By setting the bi-directional filter you will able to cross filter Item and Store tables.
Check how the cross filter direction works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
51. Question
You plan to import in Power BI Desktop a set of tables from a Microsoft SQL Server.
The Database Engineer created a single view in Microsoft SQL Server that joined the fact and dimension
tables in the underlying query as you need to reduce your effort in Power BI modeling data.
Does this solution work?
YES.
NO.
Unattempted
NO.
You need to model data in Power BI Desktop when using the import data connection mode. In this case,
the Developer doesn’t reduce your effort.
Learn how to model data in Power BI here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/model-data-power-bi/1-overview-power-bi
52. Question
Check the tables shown in the picture.
Consider a many-to-one relationship from Order table to Date table that uses Order[Purchase_date] and
Date[Date]. The Cross filter direction of the relationship is set to Single. You want to create a visualization
that displays the following two measures:
– Count of OrderID by Month based on the Purchase_date
– Count of OrderID by Month based on the Shipping_date
Which task you should perform before creating the measure?
Create an inactive many-to-one relationship from Order[Shipping_date] to Date[Date].
Create another measure that uses the RELATED function.
Create an inactive many-to-many relationship from Order[Purchase_date] to Date[Date].
Create an active many-to-many relationship from Order[Purchase_date] to Date[Date].
Unattempted
Create an inactive many-to-one relationship from Order[Shipping_date] to Date[Date].
By setting an inactive relationship between Order and Date table you will able to use also the
Shipping_date filter in the measure.
Check how active and inactive relationship work here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
53. Question
Consider a Power BI model with two tables named Enrollments and Date. Enrollments contains five
columns named StudentID, TotalPaid, EnrollmentDate, AttendanceDate, and StartingDate. The Date table
contains only one column named Date. The tables have the following relationships:
– Enrollments[EnrollmentDate] and Date[Date]
– Enrollments[AttendanceDate] and Date[Date]
– Enrollments[StartingDate] and Date[Date]
The active relationship is on Enrollments[EnrollmentDate]. You plan to create measures to count both the
number of Enrollments by [AttendanceDate] and the Enrollments by [StartingDate].
You plan to create measures to count both the number of Enrollments by [AttendanceDate] and the
Enrollments by [StartingDate].
NOTE: You can’t meet the goal by duplicating data or loading additional data.
Solution: You should create two copies of the Date table named AttendanceDate and StartingDate, then
you create a measure that uses the new tables.
Yes
No
Unattempted
NO.
This option requires duplicating data.
54. Question
Consider a Power BI model with two tables named Enrollments and Date. Enrollments table contains five
columns named StudentID, TotalPaid, EnrollmentDate, AttendanceDate, and StartingDate.
The Date Table contains only one column named Date. The tables have the following relationships:
Enrollments [EnrollmentDate] to Date[Date]
Enrollments [AttendanceDate] to Date[Date]
Enrollments [StartingDate] to Date[Date]
N.B. You can’t meet the goal by duplicating data or loading additional data.
Solution: You create measures that use the CALCULATE, COUNT, and USERELATIONSHIP DAX functions.
No
Yes
Unattempted
YES.
By using USERELATIONSHIP function you specify the relationship to be used in a measure.
Check the following pattern: CALCULATE(COUNT(Enrollments[StartingDate]),

USERELATIONSHIP(Enrollments[StartingDate], ‘Date'[Date])).
Check how USERELATIONSHIP function works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userelationship-function-dax.
55. Question
Your company has a Microsoft Sharepoint Online portal that contains different document libraries. One of
these libraries holds a list of sales reports saved as Microsoft Excel files which have all the same structure.
You need to use Power BI Desktop to only download the sales reports library from Sharepoint.
Get data from a SharePoint Online folder, enter the site URL, and then select Extract & Load.
Get data from a SharePoint Online folder and enter the site URL. Edit the query and filter by the path
to the sales reports library.
Get data from a SharePoint Online list, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.
Get data from a SharePoint Online library and enter the site URL. Filter by the path to the sales
reports library.
Unattempted
Get data from a SharePoint Online folder and enter the site URL. Edit the query and filter by the path to
the sales reports library.
By getting data from the SharePoint Online folder, you are able to see all of the files from all of the
folders of the site. This might be a pretty long list, thus you can filter on the “Folder Path” column and
select the folder where your data is being stored.
Check this link to get more insights:
– https://powerbi.microsoft.com/sv-se/blog/combining-excel-files-hosted-on-a-sharepoint-folder/
56. Question
You plan to create measures to count both the number of Enrollments by [AttendanceDate] and the
Solution: You create measures that use the following functions: CALCULATE, COUNT, and FILTER DAX
function.
NO.
YES.
Unattempted
YES.
You can simply create a measure using the FILTER function since all columns you need are in the same
table.
Check the following pattern CALCULATE(COUNT(Table[Column]), FILTER(Table,

NOT(ISBLANK(Table[Column)))).
57. Question
Note that in the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a
format of yyyymm.
The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of
yyyyww.
You are in charge of building a PowerBI report following these requirements:
– Region Managers need a visual to analyze weekly enrollments and returns.
– You must create a relationship between the Weekly_Returns table and the Date table to meet the
Region Managers goal.
What should you do?
Add the Weekly_Returns data to the Enrollments table by using RELATED DAX functions.
Create a one to one relationship between the Weekly Returns table and the Date table by using
"Month" and "Month_ID" columns.
First, create a new calculated column named date_id in a format of yyyymmdd inside the
Weekly_Returns table, then use the calculated column to make a relationship to the Date table.
Unattempted
First, create a new calculated column named date_id in a format of yyyymmdd inside the
Weekly_Returns table, then use the calculated column to make a relationship to the Date table.
Your goal is to let Region Managers use a PowerBI visual to analyze weekly enrollments and returns. We
are talking about two different aggregations, one on Enrollments Table and one on Weekly Returns
Table. The Date table works as a Dimension table. You can easily create a relationship between
“Enrollments” and “Date”, but the process comes with complications about the Weekly Return Table.
You need to create a calculated column in date format or integer in order to create a relationship between
the Return Table and the Date one.
58. Question
Consider a Power BI Desktop project named InsuranceBI that retrieves data from a Microsoft SQL Server
by using DirectQuery connection. You are working on three tables named Insurance, Account and
Customer.
Check the sample data for the tables shown in the picture.
You need to model a relationship from the Account Table to the Insurance Table and from the Account
Table to the Customer Table by joining the ID_Acc column.
How should you meet the goal?
Add two new columns Ins.ID and Ins.Account to the Account table.
Add a new column that combines the Ins.ID and Ins.Account columns both in the Insurance table and
Customer table.
You must retrieve data by the Import Connection mode before model the relationship
Create the relationship between Insurance and Customer tables and set the Cross Filter Direction to
Both.
Unattempted
Add a new column that combines the Ins.ID and Ins.Account columns in the Insurance and Customer
tables.
You need to join the text strings inside Ins.ID column and Ins.Account column into one text string by
using the CONCATENATE function.
Check how to use CONCATENATE function here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/concatenate-function-dax
59. Question
Consider the tables named ‘Orders’ and ‘Date’ shown in the picture. You want to create a calculated
column that shows the day’s difference between the order reception and the order shipping.
N.B. Both Order_date and Order_Shipping are connected to the Date table. But Order_date is an active
relationship, while Order_shipping is inactive.
Which function should you include in the DAX formula to create the calculated column?
RELATED
DATEVALUE
USERELATIONSHIP
DATEDIFF
Unattempted
DATEDIFF
In this case, Order_date and Shipping_date columns are in the same table. You can simply use the
DATEDIFF function to create the calculated column.
Check how DATEDIFF function works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/datediff-function-dax
60. Question
Consider the Power BI model shown in the picture.
The Product Table has a relationship to the Product Category Table on the SKU column.
Here, you can check a sample of data inside the tables:
Product Table:
SKU: HD-001, Product: GymSmartwatch, Color: Blue
SKU: HD-002, Product: XSound Headphones, Color: Black
SKU: HD-003, Product: Laptop Pro 2000, Color: Green
Product Category Table:
SKU: HD-001, Category: Smartwatch
SKU: HD-002, Category: Headphone
SKU: HD-003, Category: Computer
You need to use in your Power BI report a Hierarchy that shows two levels: product and category.
Solution: From Power Query, merge the tables and then create the hierarchy.
NO.
YES.
Unattempted
The right solution is:
YES.
In order to create a Hierarchy in Power BI, all the involved columns need to be in the same table.
Check how the Power Query Merge function works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data#combine-
queries
61. Question
Consider two tables named Document and Users. You can check the structure of the tables in the
following picture:
The columns Checked_by, Approved_by and Not_Approved_by present a Many-to-One relationship on the
column User_ID in the Users table.
N.B. Only the relationship between Checked_by and User_ID is marked as Active Relationship.
You need to count the number of documents edited by each User, filtered by ‘Checked_by’, ‘Approved_by’
and ‘Not_Approved_by’.
Solution: Create a table visualization in Power BI Report tab and add User_ID, Checked_by, Approved_by
and Not_Approved_by to the Values field.
YES.
NO.
Unattempted
NO.
This solution does not allow seeing the ‘Approved_by’ and ‘Not_Approved_by’ filters. It also does not
specify how to get the Count of documents edited by each user.
62. Question
You are modeling data in Microsoft Power BI. Your data model is made of a Microsoft SQL Server table
named Enrollments that has 20 million records. You need to import a sample of the data from the
Enrollments table.
Solution: Add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Does this meet the goal?
Yes.
No.
Unattempted
Yes.
You need to apply the filter before the data is imported. Thus you need to add a WHERE clause to the
SQL statement.
63. Question
Solution: You should create a calculated table, then you create a measure that uses the new table. Does
this solution resolve the issue?
NO.
YES.
Unattempted
NO.
By creating a calculated table you are duplicating data or loading additional data.
64. Question
Consider two tables named Courses and Teachers. Check a sample of data tables in the following picture:
You want to set a many-to-one cardinality between tables, but it appears as not available in the relationship
settings as shown in the picture.
What should you do before creating the Many-to-One relationship?
From Query Editor, click Remove Duplicates from Teachers Table.
Add a new index column to the Courses Table named Teacher Name.
From Query Editor, filter out Blank Values from Teacher Table.
From Query Editor, click Remove Errors from Courses Table.
Unattempted
From Query Editor, filter out Blank Values from Teacher Table.
Teacher ID in Teacher Table contains blank values and this is not allowed for columns on the one side of
the many-to-one relationship for columns that are used as the primary key of a table.
65. Question
You have a Power BI report that retrieves data from an SQL database named CompanyBI_01.
Your company wants to build a second SQL database that works as a development database.
The data structure available in the new development database is the same as the CompanyBI_01 one.
Now, you need to easily switch the data source in your Power BI Desktop environment between the
development database and the CompanyBI_01 one.
Which is the simplest action that ensures you do that?
Use the REPLACE function in DAX.
Create a XML file with both the database names, then import it to the dataset.
In the Power Query Editor, create a new parameter based on the data source and set it as the report
source.
Enable the DirectQuery connection mode.
Unattempted
In Power Query Editor, create a new parameter based on the data source and set it as the report source.
“Parameters in Power Query are a useful way to change values dynamically in your Get Data and
Transform process. Parameters can be used to change values without opening the Power Query
(Transform Data) window in the Power BI Desktop, and they are helpful even in the Power BI Service in a
way that you can change values manually without the need to open PBIX file in the Desktop and re-
publish it.”
Click here to read more:
– https://radacad.com/change-the-source-of-power-bi-datasets-dynamically-using-power-query-
parameters

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 3

Your time: 00:00:01
Average score

Your score
0.00%
Important Note : Open Reference Documentation Links in New Tab (Right Click a
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65

Answered
Review
1. Question
Consider the Power BI model shown in the picture.
The Product Ta
Table on the SKU column.
Here, you can check a sample of data inside the tables:
Product Table:
SKU: HD-001, Product: GymSmartwatch, Color: Blue
SKU: HD-002, Product: XSound Headphones, Color: Black
SKU: HD-003, Product: Laptop Pro 2000, Color: Green
Product Category Table:
SKU: HD-001, Category: Smartwatch
SKU: HD-002, Category: Headphone
SKU: HD-003, Category: Computer
You need to use in your Power BI report a Hierarchy that shows two levels: product and category.
Solution: Create a DAX expression that uses CONCATENATEX function between the Product column and the
NO
YES
Unattempted
NO.
The CONCATENATEX function concatenates the result of an expression evaluated for each row in a table. Th
hierarchy creation.
2. Question
Your database contains the tables shown in the picture:
You plan to create a chart that displays total Enrollments[Total Paid] by Course[Name]. Before creating the vis
Which action should you perform? There are two right options.
Create a relationship between the Enrollments table and the Courses table. Then, to the Enrollments tabl
RELATED('Courses'[Course ID]) DAX formula.
To the Enrollments table, add a measure that uses the COUNTX('Enrollments'[Total Paid]) DAX formula.
Create a relationship between the Enrollments table and the Courses table.
To the Enrollments table, add a measure that uses the COUNTA('Enrollments'[Enrollment ID]) DAX form
Unattempted
1. Create a relationship between the Enrollments table and the Courses table.
2. Create a relationship between the Enrollments table and the Courses table. Then, to the Enrollments table
RELATED(‘Courses'[Course ID]) DAX formula.
The first thing to do to create a visualization that combines two different tables is creating a relationship betw
work: in this scenario, the shared key between Enrollments and Course tables is [CourseID]. It is a many-to-o
As COUNT and COUNTX will not get the amount of order, the second valid step is to use the RELATED func
from the ”many-side” of the relationship to the ”one-side”. The function follows an existing many-to-one rela
column in the related table. If a relationship does not exist, you must create a relationship.
Check how RELATED works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/related-function-dax
3. Question
Suppose you have a Power BI model based on the following two tables:
– Enrollments (columns name: Enrollments_ID, Enrollments_amount, DateID)
– Date (columns name: DateID, Date, Month, Week, Year)
There is an active relationship between Enrollments and Date.
You want to create a measure to calculate the Enrollments for the same period from the previous year.
Select the right DAX formula.
SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]) / CALCULATE(SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]), SAMEP
SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]) - CALCULATE(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]), DATESYID('D
CALCULATE(SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))
CALCULATEx(SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]), DATEADD('Date'[Date], -1, YEAR))
Unattempted
CALCULATE(SUM(Enrollments[Enrollments_amount]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Date'[Date]))
Check the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR function here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax
4. Question
Consider the following two tables:
– Sales (columns: SalesID, OrderDate, Salesman)
– Date (columns: Date, Month, Week, Year)
There is a relationship between Sales[OrderDate] and Date[Date].
Suppose you want to create a goal for the number of sales made in the current year and set it as 10% higher
year.
Select the proper order of the DAX functions to complete correctly the following formula:
CALCULATE - COUNT - PREVIOUSYEAR

COUNTX - FORMAT - DATEADD
CALCULATE - SUMX - PREVIOUSYEAR
COUNT - CALCULATE - SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
Unattempted
CALCULATE – COUNT – PREVIOUSYEAR
The COUNT function counts the number of cells in a column that contain non-blank values: the formula need
for the PREVIOUS YEAR and to multiply the extrapolated values for 1.10 to set the desired goal.
Check here the three functions:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/count-function-dax
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/previousyear-function-dax
5. Question
You plan to create a DAX formula to filter the total enrollments of the 2019 year.
How should you complete the formula shown in the picture, in order to effectively use it apart from the other
ALL.
FORMAT.
VALUES.
ALLEXCEPT.
Unattempted
ALL.
It is not possible to apply two date filter together. If you don’t use the ALL function properly, the DAX formu
will be applied to the report.
Check how the DAX ALL function works here: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/all-function-dax
6. Question
Your database contains the tables shown in the picture:
Check the information stored in the following
– Date[Month] in the mmyyyy format
– Date[Date_ID] in the ddmmyyyy format
– Date[Date_name] in the mm/dd/yyyy format
– Monthly Drop out[Month_ID] in the mmyyyy format
The only relationship is between the Course table and the Monthly Drop Out table by the Course ID Column.
After you have imported the database in PowerBI, you need to calculate the number of enrollments.
Which option meets the goal?
Create a calculated measure that uses the SUMX(Enrollment ID DAX formula.
Create a calculated column that uses the SUM(Enrollment ID) DAX formula.
Create a calculated measure that uses the COUNTA(Enrollment ID) DAX formula.
Create a calculated column that uses the COUNTA(Enrollment ID) DAX formula.
Unattempted
Create a calculated measure that uses the COUNTA(Enrollment ID) DAX formula.
As the question requires to calculate the whole number of Enrollment, you have to stick to a Filter context an
use a measure instead of a calculated measure.
The COUNTA function counts the number of cells in a column that are not empty: it allows you to aggregate
ID columns.
The SUMX function is not the right option because is an aggregator used between two different columns of
Check the difference between COUNT and COUNTA here:
-https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/counta-function-dax
7. Question
You plan to create a measure named YTDPreviousEnrollments that will be used in a table visualization. YTDP
(YTD) enrollment amount of the previous year for the same month.
Check the picture for a sample of the desired data:
Select the proper order of DAX formula targets that calculate the YTDPreviousEnrollments.
CALCULATE - TOTALYTD
CALCULATE - DATEADD
CALENDAR - DATEADD
FILTER - DATEDIFF
Unattempted
CALCULATE – DATEADD
8. Question
Consider the table named Enrollments shown in the picture:
You need to create the following measure:
Total Enrollments This Year = SUM([Enrollments])
Suppose you want to compare the current yearly enrollments to the previous year by another measure.
Complete the following DAX formula with the right targets:
SUMX - PREVIOUSYEAR
DATEADD - CALCULATE
CALCULATE- DATEADD
CALCULATE - SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
Unattempted
CALCULATE + DATEADD
Check the DATEADD function Syntax here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/dateadd-function-dax
9. Question
You have a Power BI model for sales data. You create a measure to calculate the year-to-date sales. You need
previous year for the same time period.
Which DAX function should you use?
DATEADD
ENDOFYEAR
TOTALYTD
DATESYTD
Unattempted
DATEADD
When you are asking to compare data along a period of time, the DATEADD function is the correct choice.
In this case, after you have created the measure that calculates the year-to-date sales with TOTALYTD, you n
year for the same time period. Using DATEADD, you can shift backward in time by 12 months from the date
Check the difference between the function features here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/totalytd-function-dax
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/datesytd-function-dax
10. Question
Suppose you have a Power BI model based on the following two tables:
– Enrollments (columns: Enrollments_ID, Enrollments_date, Enrollments_amount, CourseID)
– Courses (columns: CourseID, Course_name)
There is an active relationship between Enrollments and Courses.
You want to create a measure to rank the courses based on their total enrollment amount.
RANK(ALL('Courses' [Course_ID]), SUMX(RELATEDTABLE(Enrollments), [Enrollments_amount]))
RANKX(ALL(Enrollments), SUMX(RELATEDTABLE(Courses), [Enrollments_amount]))
RANKX(ALL(Courses), SUMX(RELATEDTABLE(Enrollments), [Enrollments_amount]))
TOPN(ALL('Courses' [Course_ID]), SUMX(RELATEDTABLE(Sales), [Enrollments_amount]))
Unattempted
RANKX(ALL(Courses), SUMX(RELATEDTABLE(Enrollments), [Enrollments_amount]))
The RANKX function returns a rank number of value among all possible values of expression evaluated for al
Check the RANKX function here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/rankx-function-dax
11. Question
You plan to join a fact table named ActivityLog to a date table dimension named ActivityDate.
The date value in ActivityLog is a DateTime column named ActivityStart. The date value in ActivityDate is a nu
the YYYYMMDD format.
What should you do in the model before you create the relationship?
Change the Data Type of ActivityStart to Date.
Create a measure in ActivityLog that uses the FORMAT DAX function.
Create a calculated column in ActivityLog that uses the FORMAT DAX function.
Change the Data Type of DateID to Date.
Unattempted
Create a calculated column in ActivityLog that uses the FORMAT DAX function.
In order to create a relationship, you need to have a shared key between two tables.
Having a DateTime column in ActivityLog[ActivityStart] means to have cells showing the date as well as the
On the other hand, having a number column in the YYYYMMDD format in ActivityDate[ DateID] means to ha
In order to create consistency between the two tables, is not enough to change data type: you need to add a
ActivityLog[ActivityStart] filled with the same information of ActivityDate[DateID].
12. Question
You have a Power BI model that contains two tables named Enrollments and Date. Enrollments table contain
named EnrollmentsAmount, EnrollmentDate and EnrollmentID. You want to create a measure to sum the las
Note: you have to start from the last date an enrollment was made and reject any filters set on the report.
ALLEXCEPT - DATEADD
CALCULATE - DATESYTD
DATEADD - LASTNONBLANK
CALCULATE - DATEADD
Unattempted
DATEADD – LASTNONBLANK
Thanks to LASTNOTBLANK you can retrieve the last filled row date; then, with the DATEADD function, you
Check the two functions here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/lastnonblank-function-dax
13. Question
You want to see the sum of the Sales[SalesAmount] for the Contoso brand by creating a new Quick Measure
How you are supposed to set the following fields?
Calculation: Running totals, Base Value: Count of Sales Amount, Field: Contoso, Direction: Ascending
Calculation: Filtered Value, Base Value: Count of Sales Amount, Filter: BrandName, Select a value: Conto
Calculation: Running totals, Base Value: Sum of Sales Amount, Field: Contoso, Direction: Ascending
Calculation: Filtered Value, Base Value: Sum of Sales Amount, Filter: BrandName, Select a value: Contoso
Unattempted
Calculation: Filtered Value, Base Value: Sum of Sales Amount, Filter: BrandName, Select a value: Contoso
Quick measures are a powerful tool able to perform simple function without using DAX. There are many diff
you in shaping your measure accordingly to the calculation type you want to have. here is what happens with
Discover more possibilities in the following link:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-quick-measures
14. Question
Consider the following scenario:
You need to create a relationship between the Monthly Drop out table and Date[Date ID].
What should you do before you create the relationship?
In the Monthly Drop Out table, create a new calculated column named Date_ID that uses the ddmmyyyy
In the Date table, create a new calculated column named Month_ID that uses the yyyydd format.
To the Date table, add a calculated column that uses the RELATED(Monthly Drop Out[Month_ID]) DAX fo
To the Order table, add a calculated column that uses the RELATED(Monthly Drop Out[Month_ID]) DAX f
Unattempted
In the Monthly Drop Out table, create a new calculated column named Date_ID that uses the ddmmyyyy for
As in question number 15, in order to create a relationship, you need to have a shared key between two tabl
As it doesn’t make sense using RELATED without a relationship, the only correct option is creating a new ca
that recalls the Date ID columns of the Date table.
Check why you can’t use RELATED here:

– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/related-function-dax
15. Question
– Monthly Appointments[Month] is in the mmyyyy format;
– Monthly Appointments[Date_name] is in the mm/dd/yyyy format.
You plan to display the month as the following ‘jan2017’.
To meet the goal, you must add a calculated column. Select the proper order of the DAX functions to complet
CONCATENATEX - MMM
CONCATENATE - MMM
COMBINE - MMM
CONCATENATE - MM
Unattempted
CONCATENATE – MMM
CONCATENATE joins two text strings into one text string: in this case, you are asked to join the month value
in the YYYY format (”2017”).
While COMBINE function does not exist, check the difference between CONCATENATE and CONCATENAT
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/concatenate-function-dax
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/concatenatex-function-dax
16. Question
Consider the tables shown in the picture:
You need to create a new table that displays the top 5 Students by the total of attended courses.
CALCULATE - TOPN
CALCULATE - VALUES
FILTER - RANKX
CALCULATE - RANKX
Unattempted
CALCULATE – TOPN
The TOPN function returns, in fact, the top N rows of the specified table.
Check its syntax here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/topn-function-dax
17. Question
Consider the table Product_Sales shown in picture 1:
You need to create a measure to rank total sales by product as shown in picture 2.
Which of the following DAX formulas should you use?
RANKX(ALL('Product_Sales'), [SalesAmount],,DESC, Dense)
RANKX([Product], [SalesAmount],,DESC, Dense)
RANKX(ALL('Product_Sales' [Product]), [SalesAmount],,DESC, Skip)
RANKX(ALL('Product_Sales'), [SalesAmount], Asc)
Unattempted
RANKX(ALL(‘Product_Sales’), [SalesAmount],,DESC, Dense)
Check why you need to use DENSE instead of SKIP enumeration parameter here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/rankx-function-dax
18. Question
You want to create a bar chart visualization to show the count of course enrollments by year that have an Enr
create a measure that will be used in the bar chart visualization.
COUNT - VALUE
COUNTROWS-FILTER
CALCULATE - COUNT
CALCULATE - FILTER
Unattempted
COUNTROWS-FILTER
The COUNTROWS function allows you to count the number of rows, then you filter every row with a value g
Check how the COUNTROWS function works here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/countrows-function-dax
19. Question
Consider a PowerBI model with two tables named Enrollments and Date. Enrollments contains five columns
AttendanceDate, and StartingDate. Date Table contains only one column named Date.
The tables have the following relationships:
The active relationship is on Enrollments[EnrollmentDate] .You plan to create measures to count both the num
NOTE: You can’t meet the goal by duplicating data or loading additional data.
Solution: You create measures that use the CALCULATE, COUNT, and USERELATIONSHIP DAX functions.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Yes
USERELATIONSHIP specifies the relationship to be used in a specific calculation between two columns. Eve
overrides any other active relationships that might be present in the model but not mentioned in the function
For more, check here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userelationship-function-dax
20. Question
Consider you want to add a date table named Date to your Power BI model. That table will contain the follow
include the following date range:
from 1st January 2018 to 31st December 2019.
Select the right DAX functions that must be included in the formula.
DATE
CALENDAR, DATE
CALENDAR, YEAR, MONTH
CALENDARAUTO, YEAR, MONTH
Unattempted
CALENDAR, YEAR, MONTH
You can create a date table with a specific range of dates by using the CALENDAR function.
Check the difference with CALENDARAUTO here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/model-date-tables
21. Question
You have a measure that calculates the year-to-date sales. You need to compare the year-to-date sales with t
Select the right DAX function for the second purpose.
DATESVTD
LASTDATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
DATEADD
TOTALYTD
PREVIOUSYEAR
Unattempted
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
Check the function here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax
22. Question
You are creating appointment schedules for your clients. Consider the following data from a query named Ap
You need to visualize the data as shown in the following picture by using a matrix visualization:
Select the proper order of DAX formula targets which allows you to create the measure that will display the c
COUNTX - UPPER
COUNTROWS-UNICHAR
SUM - LOWER
CALCULATE - UNICHAR
Unattempted
COUNTROWS-UNICHAR
Check how COUNTROWS and UNICHAR can work together here:
– https://blog.crossjoin.co.uk/2017/04/11/the-dax-unichar-function-and-how-to-use-it-in-measures-for-data-vis
23. Question
Consider the following sample data:
You want to create a calculated column to display the date in the following format: January 01, 2020.
FORMAT([Date], "MMM") || FORMAT([Date], "DD") || FORMAT([Date], "YYYY")
FORMAT('Date_Table' [Date], "MMM") || FORMAT('Date_Table' [Date], "DD") || FORMAT('Date_Table' [D
FORMAT([Date], "MMMM DD, YYYY")
FORMAT([Date], "M") || FORMAT([Date], "D") || FORMAT([Date], "Y")
Unattempted
FORMAT([Date], “MMMM DD, YYYY”)
“MMMM” is a user-defined date/time format that shows the month as a full month name.
Check the full custom date and time formats list for the FORMAT function here:
– https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/custom-date-and-time-formats-for-the-format-function
24. Question
You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power Bl. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server ta
than 500 million records. During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the
Solution: You write a DAX expression that uses the FILTER function.
Yes
No
Unattempted
FILTER is a DAX function, we usually write DAX function to get some calculatable column, Calculated measu
FILTER returns a table that represents a subset of another table or expressions
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-function-dax
25. Question
Solution: You add a report-level filter that filters based on the [Fact Internet Sales] date.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Report level Filter used to filter the records from Power BI report pages. The question is to filter the record d
Power BI desktop.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter
26. Question
You have a prospective customer list that contains 1,500 rows of data. The list contains the following fields:
*First name
*Last name
*Email address
*State
*Region
*Phone number
You import the list into Power Query Editor.
You need to ensure that the list contains records for each State to which you want to target a marketing camp
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Open the Advanced Editor.
Select Column quality.
Enable Column profiling based on entire dataset.
Select Column distribution.
Select Column profile.
Unattempted
By default, Power query loads the preview of data for the first 1000 rows, and hence column quality also loo
the profiling for the entire dataset.
Column quality: To show the percentage of empty rows
Enable Column profiling based on the entire dataset: As we have 1500 rows in our dataset (by default it sho
Column Profile- This is one of the most important features. As you can see for the selected column, you can
measures like #Count, #error, #empty, #distinct, #Unique, #Empty string, Min, Max.
https://exceleratorbi.com.au/data-profiling-in-power-bi/
https://theexcelclub.com/data-profiling-views-in-power-query-excel-and-power-bi/
27. Question
You have the dataset shown below
You need to ensure that the visual shows only the 5 cities that have the highest sales profit.
What should you do?
Add a calculated column to the table that uses the TOPN function. In the visual, replace Sales with the ca
Add a calculated column to the table that returns the city name if the city is in the top 5, otherwise the ca
visual, replace Sales with the calculated column.
Add a Top N filter to the visual.
Configure the Sales measure to use the RANKX function.
Unattempted
In Filter panel, drag the City and from Advanced filtering select Top 5 based on Sales Profit Column
https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/mastering-microsoft-power/9781788297233/378a5195-3e98-4cc1-bcd3
28. Question
DRAG DROP –
You are creating a dataset from a JSON file that contains an array of documents.
You need to import attributes as columns from all the documents in the JSON file. The solution must ensure
hierarchies in Microsoft Power BI reports.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list
the correct order.
1. Expand the records

2. Add columns that use data type conversion
3. Convert the list to table

3. Set the data types
1. Expands the Columns

3. Set the data types
1. Convert list to Table

2. Expand Column
3. Set Date type

3. Expands the Columns
Unattempted
https://radacad.com/analyse-the-json-file-with-power-query
https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/4621/using-power-bi-with-json-data-sources-and-files/
You tube link
https://youtu.be/MMAG4CyWoOU
29. Question
You are creating an analytics report that will consume data from the tables shown in the following table.
There is a relationship between the tables. There are no reporting requirements on [emp_id] and [employee_p
should you configure for [emp_id] and [employee_photo] column?
Box 1. emp_id : delete

Box 2. employee_photo : delete
Box 1. emp_id : hide

Box 2. employee_photo : delete
Box 1. emp_id : hide

Box 2. employee_photo : hide
Box 1. emp_id : delete

Box 2. employee_photo : hide
Unattempted
Hide the emp_id and delete the employee_photo. We can’t delete emp_id as it was used in the relationship.
https://radacad.com/what-fields-to-hide-in-your-power-bi-
solution#:~:text=You%20can%20also%20easily%20hide%20multiple%20fields%20in,it%2C%20turn%20t
30. Question
You have the visual shown below
You need to show the relationship between [Sales Amount] , [Total Product cost] By [category name] and [ye
What should you do?
Add a slicer for the year
From the Analytics pane, add an median line
Create a DAX measure that calculates YTD growth
Add a play axis for Scatter plot visual
Unattempted
https://ironic3d.com.au/categorical-charts/power-bi-scatter-and-bubble-chart
https://radacad.com/storytelling-with-power-bi-scatter-chart
31. Question
You have two Azure SQL databases that contain the same tables and columns. For each database, you create
Customers. You need to combine the Customer tables into a single table. The solution must minimize the siz
refresh in powerbi.com.
What should you do?
Box 1: Merge queries

Box 2: Disable including the query in report refresh
Box 1: Append queries

Box 1: Append queries as New

Box 1: Append queries as New

Box 2: Disable loading the query to the data model
Box 1: Merge queries as New

Box 2: Disable loading the query to the data model
Unattempted
https://excelkingdom.blogspot.com/2017/12/how-to-append-queries-or-tables-in.html
https://radacad.com/performance-tip-for-power-bi-enable-load-sucks-memory-up
32. Question
You need to configure the visual as shown below
What will you add to the visual?
a measure
a trendline
a forecast
an Average line
Unattempted
You can add the Forecast from Analytics pane of line chart visual. You must specify the input for Forecast len
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/Forecasting-Line-chart/td-p/509624
33. Question
You have an Azure SQL database that contains sales transactions. The database is updated frequently. You n
fraudulent transactions. The data must be visible within ten minutes of an update. How should you configure
Set Data Connectivity mode to Import.
Set the Command timeout in minutes setting.

Add a SQL statement.
Set Data Connectivity mode to Direct Query
Unattempted
Correct answer is Set Data Connectivity to Direct Query mode
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-directquery
34. Question
You have a large dataset that contains more than 10 million rows. The table has a DateTime column named D
model. What should you do?
Trim the Date column
Split the Date column into two columns, one that contains only the time and another that contains only th
Round the hour of the Date column to start of Hour.
Change the data type of the Date column to Text
Unattempted
Datetime datatype is huge than sum of date and time datatype sizes. Date and time will improve compressio
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/get-data/10-check
35. Question
Your company has employees in 50 states. The company recently decided to associate each state to one of th
You have a data model that contains employee information by state.
The model does NOT include region information. You have a report that shows the employees by state.
You need to view the employees by region as quickly as possible.
What should you do?
Create a new aggregation that summarizes by state.
Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List
Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to Bin
Unattempted
List is for string type columns

Bin is for numeric and date columns
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-grouping-and-binning
36. Question
You have a line chart that shows the number of employees in a department over time. You need to see the to
over a data point.
Add a salary to the tooltips.
Add salary to the drillthrough fields.
Add a salary to the visual filters.
Unattempted
https://powerbi.tips/2018/09/how-to-use-tooltips-in-power-bi/
37. Question
You open a query in Power Query Editor. You need to identify the percentage of empty values in each column
option should you select?
Column quality
Column profile
Column distribution
Show whitespace
Unattempted
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Community-Blog/Data-Profiling-in-Power-BI-Power-BI-Update-April-2019/
We can see the empty, valid and Error % of selected table
38. Question
You have a table that contains sales data and approximately 1,500 rows. You need to identify outliers in the ta
area chart
donut chart
scatter plot
pie chart
Unattempted
http://datacornering.com/how-to-identify-outliers-in-microsoft-power-bi/
39. Question
You create the following step by using Power Query Editor = Table.ReplaceValue(SalesLT_Address,”1318″,”1
row has a value of 21318 Lasalle Street in the AddressLine1 column. What will the value be when the step is
1319
21319 Lasalle Street
1318
21318 Lasalle Street
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-replacevalue
40. Question
What is the benefit of using a report tooltip?
To give users additional information about a report visual, such as the author name and modified date
To provide additional detail that is specific to the context of the data that is being hovered over.
To give users the ability to export data from the visual.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips
41. Question
You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contain
data in Logged is in the following format: 2019-12-31 at 09:59. You need to be able to analyze the complaints
hierarchy.
What should you do?
Change the data type of the Logged column to Date
Apply a transform to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new
Create a column by example that starts with 2019-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date
Use Split by delimiter option to split date and time by providing “at” delimiter.
Unattempted
Use power query and apply split transformation on Logged column.
-Change the data type of the Logged column to Date – Wrong (as it will throw error because of “at” word is
-Apply a transform to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new c
you will not get data as 2019-12-31)
-Use Split by delimiter option to split date and time by providing “at” delimiter-Wrong (As we need to set the
we will not able to create hierarchy)
-Create a column by example that starts with 2019-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date -C
-Use Split by delimiter option to split date and time by providing “at” delimiter.- Wrong (As we need to set th
we will not able to create hierarchy)
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/how-to-split-columns-in-power-bi/
https://www.exceljetconsult.com.ng/home/blog/power-query-split-date-and-time-into-separate-columns/
42. Question
You have a Microsoft Power Bl report. The size of the PBIX file is 1024 MB. The report is accessed by using a
powerbi.com. The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 mil
twice a day at 09:00 and 18:00. The report is a single page that contains 15 custom visuals and 10 default vis
visuals when they access and interact with the report You need to recommend a solution to improve the perf
recommend?
Split the visuals onto multiple pages.
Replace the default visuals with custom visuals
Increase the number of times that the dataset is refreshed.
Remove the unused column from the model
Unattempted
References:
https://maqsoftware.com/expertise/powerbi/power-bi-best-practices
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/power-bi-optimization
43. Question
You need to create a visualization that compares revenue and cost over time. Which type of visualization shou
stacked area chart
donut chart
line chart
waterfall chart
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-line-
chart#:~:text=Create%20a%20line%20chart%201%20Start%20on%20a,template%20from%20the%20Vis
44. Question
You are developing a report page. Some users will navigate the report by using a keyboard, and some users w
You need to ensure that the users can consume the content on a report page in a logical order.
What should you configure in Microsoft Power BI Desktop?
the tab order
the layer order
the bookmark order
the X position
Unattempted
Correct answer: the tab order
https://datasavvy.me/2018/12/26/tab-order-enhances-power-bi-report-accessibility/
45. Question
What does the decomposition tree not enable you to do?
Conduct root cause analysis to understand a measure better.
Conduct what-if analysis with built-in parameters.
Automatically analyze selected dimensions to find where a measure is highest or lowest.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree
46. Question
You have a report that contains a bar chart and a column chart. The bar chart shows customer count by custo
month. You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the to
segment.
How should the visual interactions be set on the column chart when the bar chart is selected?
filter
Highlight
No impact
Unattempted
The correct answer is Highlight as Highlight will show the portion
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-reports-filters-and-highlighting
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions
47. Question
Where can you configure and set data alerts?
Data alerts can be set only in Power BI service on specific visuals such as KPI cards, gauges, and cards.
Data alerts can be set only in Power BI desktop on specific visuals such as KPI cards, gauges, and cards.
Data alerts can be set only in Power BI desktop and Power BI service on specific visuals such as KPI card
Unattempted
Data alerts can be set only in Power BI service on specific visuals. You can set alert on Dashboards on specif
48. Question
Your company has training videos that are published to Microsoft Stream. You need to surface the videos dire
type of tile should you add?
Video
custom streaming data
text box
web content
Unattempted
correct answer web content
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream/portal-embed-video
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-add-widget#add-web-content
49. Question
Is it possible to create a relationship between two columns if they are different DATA TYPE columns?
Yes
No
Unattempted
No, both columns in a relationship must be sharing same data type
50. Question
You have a custom connector that returns ID, From, To, Subject, Body, and Has Attachments for every email
records are returned. You build a report analyzing the internal networks of employees based on whom they s
from reading the analyzed emails. The solution must minimize the model size.
What should you do?
Implement row-level security (RLS) so that the report recipients can only see results based on the emails
Remove the Subject and Body columns during the import.
From Model view, set the Subject and Body columns to Hidden.
Unattempted
By removing the columns like Subject and Body during import can help to reduce the size of model.
51. Question
You have sales data in a star schema that contains four tables named Sales, Customer, Date, and Product. Th
Most often, you will use the purchase date to analyze the data, but you will analyze the data by both dates ind
You need to design an imported dataset to support the analysis. The solution must minimize the model size a
Which data modeling design should you use?
On the Date table, use a reference query in Power Query and create active relationships between Sales a
Duplicate the Date query in Power Query and use active relationships between both Date tables.
Use the Auto Date/Time functionality in Microsoft Power BI and do NOT import the Date table.
Create an active relationship between Sales and Date for the purchase date and an inactive relationship fo
Unattempted
By duplicating the date query will not help us to minimize the model size.
In active relationship can be activated on the fly using USERELATIONSHIP () dax function so answer D is cor
https://www.biinsight.com/role-playing-dimensions-in-power-bi/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships
52. Question
You are creating a visual to show the ranking of product categories by sales revenue. Your company’s security
of your Microsoft Power Bl tenant Which approach provides the widest variety of visuals while adhering to th
Use default or any custom visuals from the marketplace.
Use default or certified custom visuals.
Use default visuals or custom visuals uploaded from a .pbiviz file.
Use only default visuals
Unattempted
https://datasavvy.me/2019/02/28/what-data-is-being-sent-externally-by-power-bi-visuals/
53. Question
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employe
numerical amount representing US dollars.
You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.
Solution: You create an average line by using the Salary measure.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Question is to create a reference line to show a reference to show median salary not average salary
https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_percentile.php
54. Question
Solution: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
Yes
No
Unattempted
The 50th percentile is also known as the median
55. Question
Solution: You create a constant line and set the value to .5.
Yes
No
Unattempted
You need to use the Analytics icon from the Visualization section and set Median line properties
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane
56. Question
What visual should be used to display outliers?
line chart
scatter chart
clustered column chart
Unattempted
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/scatter-chart-in-power-bi/
57. Question
Solution: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
Yes
No
Unattempted
You can write the WHERE clause to the SQL Statement while using the SQL server as your data source. You
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/connect-power-bi-to-sql-server/
58. Question
What can be achieved by removing unnecessary rows and columns?
Deleting unnecessary rows and columns will reduce a dataset size and its good practice to load only nece
It is not necessary deleting unnecessary rows and columns and it is a good practice to keep all metadata
Deleting unnecessary rows and columns can damage the structure of the data model.
Unattempted
The correct answer is A
https://guyinacube.com/2019/08/22/2-ways-to-reduce-your-power-bi-dataset-size/
https://radacad.com/optimising-power-bi-data-models
59. Question
If you have two queries that have different data, but you want to concatenate the results into one query with
you perform?
Append
Merge
Combine columns
Unattempted
Append will take two tables and combine it into one query.
https://radacad.com/append-vs-merge-in-power-bi-and-power-query
60. Question
You’re creating a Power BI report with data from an Azure Analysis Services Cube. When the data refreshes i
the Power BI report. How should you connect?
Import
Connect Live
Direct query
Unattempted
Azure analysis service can be connected with Power BI using direct query and import mode. But here in this
in the power bi report once data refresh done so we should use Connect live connectivity mode.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-analysis-services-tabular-data
61. Question
Your company plans to completely separate development and production assets such as datasets, reports, an
recommend an application lifecycle strategy. The solution must minimize maintenance to update access and p
assets.
What should you recommend?
Create one workspace for development. From the workspace, publish an app for production
Create separate workspaces for development and production. Grant the end users access to the producti
In the same workspace, create separate copies of the assets and append DEV to the names of the copied
workspace
Create production reports in a separate workspace that uses a shared dataset from the development wor
production workspace
Unattempted
https://visualbi.com/blogs/microsoft/powerbi/application-lifecycle-management-power-bi/
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/create-power-bi-workspace/
62. Question
You create a dataset sourced from dozens of flat files in Azure Blob storage. The dataset uses incremental ref
and several related reports to Microsoft Power BI Premium capacity. You discover that the dataset refresh fai
a possible cause of the issue?
You selected Only refresh complete periods
The data type of the column used to partition the data changed.
A filter is missing on the report
Query folding is not occurring.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-premium-incremental-refresh#query-folding
63. Question
You have a data model that contains many complex DAX expressions. The expressions contain frequent refer
functions. You need to recommend a solution to minimize the use of the RELATED and RELATEDTABLE func
Split the model into multiple models
Hide unused columns in the model
Merge tables by using Power Query.
Transpose
Unattempted
You can perform merge transformation in Power Query editor to minimize the load of RELATED(and RELAT
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data
64. Question
You have the following three versions of an Azure SQL database:
* Test
* Production
* Development
You have a dataset that uses the development database as a data source. You need to configure the dataset
between the development, test, and production database servers from powerbi.com.
What will you do?
Create a parameter and update the queries to use the parameter
Create a query for each database server and hide the development tables.
Set the data source privacy level to Organizational and use the ReplaceValue Power Query M function.
Create a JSON file that contains the database server names. Import the JSON file to the dataset
Unattempted
https://radacad.com/change-the-source-of-power-bi-datasets-dynamically-using-power-query-parameters
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-query-parameters
65. Question
You need to create a visualization that compares revenue and cost over time. Which type of visualization shou
waterfall chart
stacked area chart
line chart
pi chart
Unattempted
You can use a line chart that compares revenue cost over time.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-line-
chart#:~:text=Create%20a%20line%20chart%201%20Start%20on%20a,template%20from%20the%20Vis

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 4

Your time: 00:00:04
Average score
53.85%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
You have a Microsoft Power BI data model that contains three tables named Orders, Date, and City. There
is a one-to-many relationship between Date and Orders and between City and Orders. The model contains
two row-level security (RLS) roles named Role1 and Role2.
Role1 contains the following filter. City[State Province] = “Minnesota”
Role2 contains the following filter. Date[Calendar Year] = 2020
If a user is a member of both Role1 and Role2, what data will they see in a report that uses the model?
The user will see data for which the State Province value is Minnesota and the Calendar Year is 2020
The user will see data for which the State Province value is Minnesota or the Calendar Year is 2020.
The user will see only data for which the State Province value is Minnesota
The user will receive an error and will not be able to see the data in the report.
Unattempted
Member can see either see the data for Role 1 or Role 2 but not both.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
2. Question
You have multiple dashboards. You need to ensure that when users browse the available dashboards from
powerbi.com. they can see which dashboards contain Personally Identifiable Information (Pll). The solution
must minimize configuration effort and impact on the dashboard design.
data classifications
Active Directory groups
Tiles
Comments
Unattempted
Data classification tags show up next to the dashboard name, letting anyone viewing it know the level of
security that should be applied to the dashboard and the data it contains.
You can put tags like HBI (High Business Impact), LBI (Low Business Impact), and MBI (Medium
Byuinsess Impact) etc and it will sjow on top of each dashboard.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-data-classification
3. Question
You are developing a sales report that will have multiple pages. Each page will answer a different business
question.
You plan to have a menu page that will show all the business questions. You need to ensure that users can
click each business question and be directed to the page where the question is answered.
The solution must ensure that the menu page will work when deployed to any workspace.
What should you include on the menu page?
Create a text box for each business question and insert a link
Create a button for each business question and set the action type to Bookmark.
Create a Power Apps visual that contains a drop-down list. The drop-down list will contain the
business questions.
Unattempted
By creating a button and using the Action property you can create a menu page and select navigation by
creating bookmarks.
https://radacad.com/bookmarks-and-buttons-making-power-bi-charts-even-more-interactive
4. Question
You create a dashboard by using the Microsoft Power Bl Service. The dashboard contains a card visual that
shows total sales from the current year. You grant users access to the dashboard by using the viewer role
in the workspace. A user wants to receive daily notifications of the number shown on the card visual.
What should the user can do?
Create a data alert.
Share the dashboard to the user.
Unattempted
A user can create an alert rule for the card visual and select the frequency to get the notification.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts
5. Question
You build a report to help the sales team understand its performance and the drivers of sales. The team
needs to have a single visualization to identify which factors affect success. Which type of visualization
should you use?
Line and clustered column chart
Key influencer
Funnel chart
Q&A
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers
6. Question
You have four sales regions. Each region has multiple sales managers.
You implement row-level security (RLS) in a data model. You assign the relevant distribution lists to each
role.
You have sales reports that enable analysis by region. The sales managers can view the sales records of
their region. The sales managers are prevented from viewing records from other regions. A sales manager
changes to a different region. You need to ensure that the sales manager can see the correct sales data
What should you do?
Change the Microsoft Power BI license type of the sales manager.
From Microsoft Power BI Desktop, edit the Row-Level Security setting for the reports.
Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group.
Manage the permissions of the underlying dataset.
Unattempted
AD Security groups make the most sense for a business spread across 4 regions. having to change the
security permissions in Power BI every time there is staff turnover is a lot of admin. Adding/removing a
security group takes a couple of seconds and is hassle-free
https://www.fourmoo.com/2018/02/20/dynamic-row-level-security-is-easy-with-active-directory-security-
groups/
7. Question
You are configuring a Microsoft Power BI data model to enable users to ask natural language questions by
using Q&A.
You have a table named Customer that has the following measure.
Customer Count = DISTINCTCOUNT(Customer[CustomerID])
Users frequently refer to customers as subscribers. You need to ensure that the users can get a useful
result for “subscriber count” by using Q&A.
The solution must minimize the size of the model.
What should you do?
Add a synonym of "subscriber" to the Customer table.
Add a synonym of "subscriberID" to the CustomerID column.
Add a description of "subscriber count" to the Customer Count measure.
Set Summarize By to None for the CustomerID column.
Unattempted
https://blog.pragmaticworks.com/optimizing-power-bi-qa-with-synonyms-phrasing-using-cloud-modeling
8. Question
You use an R visual to produce a map of 500,000 customers. You include the values of [CustomerID],
Latitude, and Longitude in the fields sent to the visual. Each customer ID is unique.
In powerbi.com, when users load the visual, they only see some of the customers.
What is the cause of the issue?
The visual was built by using a different version of R
Too many records were sent to the visual.
The data comes from a Microsoft SQL Server source.
The data is deduplicated.
Unattempted
Data size limitations – data used by the R visual for plotting is limited to 150,000 rows. If more than
150,000 rows are selected, only the top 150,000 rows are used and a message is displayed on the
image. Additionally, the input data has a limit of 250 MB.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/service-r-visuals
9. Question
You have a Microsoft Power Bl dashboard. You need to ensure that consumers of the dashboard can give
you feedback that will be visible to the other consumers of the dashboard.
What should you use?
Subscribe
Comments
Mark as favorite
Unattempted
You can add comments in the Power BI report and Power Bi dashboard to give some feedback
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-comment
10. Question
You have a Microsoft SharePoint Online site that contains several document libraries. One of the document
libraries contains manufacturing reports saved as Microsoft Excel files. All the manufacturing reports have
the same data structure. You need to load only the manufacturing reports to a table for analysis. What
should you do on Microsoft Power Bl Desktop?
Get data from a SharePoint Online list, enter the site URL and then select Combine & Load
Get data from a SharePoint Online folder and enter the site URL. Edit the query and filter by folder
path.
Get data from a SharePoint Online folder, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load
Get data from a SharePoint Online list and enter the site URL. Edit the query and filter by folder
Unattempted
Once you are able to get data from the SharePoint folder, let’s do some filtering on the “Folder Path”
column and select the folder where your data is being stored so you only get the files from it.
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/combining-excel-files-hosted-on-a-sharepoint-folder/
11. Question
You have several reports and dashboards in a workspace. You need to grant all organizational users to read
access to a dashboard and several reports.
Solution: You publish an app to the entire organization.
Yes
No
Unattempted
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/distribute-to-large-audiences-with-power-bi-apps/
12. Question
You need to grant all organizational users to read access to a dashboard and several reports.
Solution: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each report and
dashboard with the group.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Use App and publish to entire organisation
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps
13. Question
You have several reports and dashboards in a workspace. You need to grant all organizational users to read
access to a dashboard and several reports.
Solution: You assign all the users the Viewer role to the workspace.
Yes
No
Unattempted
If you assign the viewer role, then he can read all the reports and dashboards, but here according to this
question, we need the users to read access to a dashboard and several reports.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps
14. Question
You publish a Microsoft Power BI dataset to powerbi.com. The dataset appends data from an on-premises
Oracle database and an Azure SQL database by using one query. You have admin access to the workspace
and permission to use an existing On-premises data gateway for which the Oracle data source is already
configured. You need to ensure that the data is updated every morning. The solution must minimize
configuration effort.
Which two actions should you perform when you configure scheduled refresh? Each correct answer
presents part of the solution.
Deploy an On-premises data gateway in personal mode.
Set the refresh frequency to Daily.
Configure the dataset to use the personal gateway.
Configure the dataset to use the existing On-premises data gateway.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-onprem
15. Question
You have a report that contains three pages. One of the pages contains a KPI visualization. You need to
filter all the visualizations in the report except for the KPI visualization. Which two actions should you
perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point
Add the same slicer to each page and configure Sync slicers.
Edit the interactions of the KPI visualization.
Configure a page-level filter
Edit the interactions of the slicer that is on the same page as the KPI visualization.
Configure a report-level filter.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions
16. Question
You have the tables shown in the following table.
The Impressions table contains approximately 30 million records per month.
You need to create an ad analytics system to meet the following requirements:
* Present ad impression counts for the day, campaign, and [Site_name]. The analytics for the last year is
required.
* Minimize the data model size.
Create a calculated measure that aggregates by using the COUNTROWS function.
Create a calculated table that contains Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date.
Group the impressions by Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date. Aggregate by using the
CountRows function.
Create one-to-many relationships between the tables.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/countrows-function-dax
17. Question
You are creating a Microsoft Power BI data model that has the tables shown in the following table.
The Products table is related to the ProductCategory table through the [ProductCategoryID] column.
You need to ensure that you can analyze sales by product category.
How should you configure the relationships from Products to ProductCategory? To answer, select the
appropriate options in the answer area.
Box 1: Many to Many

Box 2: Both
Box 1: One to Many

Box 2: Both
Box 1: One to One

Box 2: Single
Box 1: Many to One

Box 2: Single
Unattempted
As per the question, the relationship should be from Products to ProductCategory.
The product will be many sides of the relationship whereas ProductCategory will be on One side of the
relationship (*:1)
https://radacad.com/many-to-one-or-many-to-many-the-cardinality-of-power-bi-relationship-demystified
18. Question
You have a dataset named Pens that contains the following columns:
*Unit Price
*Quantity Ordered
You need to create a visualization that shows the relationship between Unit Price and Quantity Ordered.
The solution must highlight orders that have a similar unit price and ordered quantity.
Which type of visualization and which feature should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
Box 1: A line chart of Quantity Ordered and Unit Price by item

Box 2: Find where the distribution is
different
Box 1: A scatter plot of Quantity Ordered and Unit price by item

Box 2: Automatically find clusters
Box 1: A column chart of Quantity Ordered and Unit Price by year

Box 2: Automatically find clusters
Unattempted
https://www.tutorialgateway.org/power-bi-clusters/
19. Question
DRAG and DROP
You are modeling data in a table named SalesDetail by using Microsoft Power Bl. You need to provide end-
users with access to the summary statistics about the SalesDetail data. The users require insights on the
completeness of the data and the value distributions. Which three actions should you perform in
sequence?
To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in
the correct order
Box 1: Create a blank query as a data source

Box 2: Specify the following query.
=Table.Distinct(#”SaleDetail”)
Box 3: Create a visual for the query table
Box 1: Create a blank query as a data source Service

Box 2: Specify the following query.
=Table.Profile(#”SaleDetail”)
Box 1: Create a parameter that uses Common Data Service as a data source
Box 2: Specify the
following query. =Table.Profile(#”SaleDetail”)
Unattempted
https://radacad.com/create-a-profiling-report-in-power-bi-give-the-end-user-information-about-the-data
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-profile
20. Question
You have five sales regions. Each region is assigned a single salesperson.
You have an imported dataset that has a dynamic row-level security (RLS) role named Sales. The Sales role
filters sales transaction data by the salesperson. Salespeople must see only the data from their region.
You publish the dataset to powerbi.com, set RLS role membership, and distribute the dataset and related
reports to the salespeople.
A salesperson reports that she believes she should see more data.
You need to verify what data the salesperson currently sees.
What should you do?
Use the Test as role option to view data as the salesperson's user account
Filter the data in the reports to match the intended logic in the filter on the sales transaction table
Instruct the salesperson to open the report in Microsoft Power Bl Desktop
Use the Test as role option to view data as the Sales role.
Unattempted
https://www.sqlshack.com/introduction-to-row-level-security-in-power-bi/
21. Question
DRAG and DROP
You are using existing reports to build a dashboard that will be viewed frequently in portrait mode on
mobile phones.
You need to build the dashboard.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence?
To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in
the correct order.
Select and Place:
1. Open Dashboard
2. Create a phone layout of existing reports
3. Change the dashboard view to
phone view
4. Rearrange, resize, or remove items from the phone view
1. Open Dashboard
2. Create a
phone layout of existing reports
3. Change the dashboard view to phone view
4. Rearrange, resize, or
remove items from the phone view
1. Pin items from the reports to the dashboard

2. Open the dashboard
3. Change the dashboard view
to phone view
1. Open the dashboard

2. Change the dashboard view to phone view
3. Create a phone layout of
existing reports
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-create-dashboard-mobile-phone-view
22. Question
You have a Microsoft Power Bl workspace. You need to grant the user capabilities shown in the following
table.
The solution must use the principle of least privilege. Which user role should you assign to each user?
Admin
Contributor
Member
Viewer
User 1: Member
User 2: Admin
User 1: Member
User 2: Contributor
User 1: Member
User 2: Admin
User 1: Admin
User 2: Contributor
Unattempted
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Community-Blog/Power-BI-New-Workspace-Experience-Power-BI/ba-
p/765305
23. Question
You need to create a visual as shown in the following exhibit
The indicator color for Rolling 12 Denied is based on Prior rolling 12.
Conditional Formatting: Background color
Format by : Color scale
Conditional Formatting: Font color

Format by : Color scale
Conditional Formatting: Font color

Format by : Rules

Format by : Field value

Format by : Rules
Unattempted
https://data-flair.training/blogs/power-bi-conditional-formatting/
24. Question
What type of expression supported by Power BI while extracting data?
SQL, MDX, DAX
SQL, Python, R
SQL, DAX, M
Unattempted
If you want to write an expression wile importing data. Power BI supports DAX, SQL and MDX while
importing data.
25. Question
You have a sales system that contains the tables shown in the following table.
The Date table is marked as a date table. DatelD is the date data type. You need to create an annual sales
growth percentage measure. Which DAX expression should you use?
CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[DatelD])
SUM(sales[sales_amount]) - CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[DatelD]))/ CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR ('Date'[DateID])
CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]), DATESYTD('Date'[DatelD]))
SUM(sales[sales_amount]) - CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[DatelD])
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax
26. Question
You have the visual shown below-
What is the name of the visual?
Decomposition tree visual
Key Influencer
Breaking down custom visual
Horizonal bar chart
Unattempted
27. Question
How do you use an inactive relationship in a single measure?
Change the active relationship in the Modeling tab.
Delete one relationship.
Use the USERELATIONSHIP function.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userelationship-function-dax
28. Question
You receive revenue data from Contoso that must be included in Microsoft Power Bl reports.
You perform an initial load of the data from a Microsoft Excel source as shown in the below image
You plan to create several visuals from the data, including a visual that shows revenue split by year and
product. You need to transform the data to ensure that you can build the visuals.

Box 1 : Select Use First rows as header
Box 2: Select Department and Product and Unpivot columns
Box 3: Rename the third column as Year and Fourth Column as Revenue
Box 1 : Select Use Header as First row

Box 2: Select Department and Product and Unpivot columns
Box 1 : Select Use First rows as header

Box 2: Select Department and product and Unpivot Other
columns
Unattempted
https://radacad.com/pivot-and-unpivot-with-power-bi
29. Question
You are creating a Microsoft Power Bl imported data model to perform basket analysis. The goal of the
analysis is to identify which products are usually bought together in the same transaction across and within
sales territories.
You import a fact table named Sales as shown –
The related dimension tables are imported into the model.
The SalesRowID and AuditID can be removed from the model without impeding the analysis goals?
Yes
No
Unattempted
Both the columns SalesRowID and AuditID can be removed from the model without impeding the
analysis goals.
As these fields hold the information related to Sales Details and data processing time (log) which are not
necessary to perform basket analysis.
30. Question
sales territories.
Both the OrderDateKey and OrderDate columns are necessary to perform the basket analysis?
Yes
No
Unattempted
OrderDatekey can be used to establish a relationship with the Date dimension and the Order date can be
used to analyze the sales by order date.
As basket analysis is to analyze which products are frequently purchased or ordered. The goal of basket
analysis is to analyze the relationship between events.
Note: Two products are related when they are present in the same basket. In other words, the event
granularity is the purchase of a product.
31. Question
sales territories.
The TaxAmt column must retain the current number of decimal places to perform the basket analysis?
Yes
No
Unattempted
It is not necessary to retain the decimal values of TaxAmt column (decimal data type) for basket analysis.
As basket analysis is to analyze which products are frequently purchased or ordered. The goal of basket
analysis is to analyze the relationship between events.
Note: Two products are related when they are present in the same basket. In other words, the event
granularity is the purchase of a product.
32. Question
You need to calculate the last day of the month in the balance sheet data to ensure that you can relate the
balance sheet data to the Date table. Which type of calculation and which formula should you use?
To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Type of Calculation: A DAX Calculated column

Formula :
ENDOFQUARTER(DATE('BalancedSheet'[Year],BalancedSheet'[Month],1),0)
Type of Calculation: A DAX Calculated measure

Formula :
ENDOFQUARTER(DATE('BalancedSheet'[Year],BalancedSheet'[Month],1),0)
Type of Calculation: A M query custom column
Formula : Date.EndOfMonth(#date[year],[month],1))
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/date-endofmonth
33. Question
Consider the data from the Adventure Works bicycle company.
In the below screenshot, What will be the Impact on multi-card visual (Visual 1) and Column chart visual
(Visual 3) If I make a selection of Unites States in a bar chart (Visual 2)?
Visual 1: No impact
Visual 3: Cause filter interaction
Visual 1: No impact
Visual 3: Cause Cross filter interaction
Visual 1: No impact
Visual 3: No impact
Visual 1: Cause filter interaction

Visual 3: No Impact
Unattempted

https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/4784/power-bi-visual-interactions/
https://blog.enterprisedna.co/how-to-control-the-interactions-of-your-visuals-in-power-bi/
https://radacad.com/control-the-interaction-in-power-bi-report
34. Question
Litware, Inc. Case Study
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would
like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You
must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the
time provided.
-Overview
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Microsoft Power Bl dashboards and reports.
The company plans to leverage data from Microsoft SQL Server databases, Microsoft Excel files, text files,
and several other data sources.
Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
– Existing Environment Sales Data
Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.
In the Date table, the date column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of
yyyymm. The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a
format of yyyyww. The region_id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Data Concerns
You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You plan to verify the sales data
for negative sales amounts.
Reporting Requirements
Litware identifies the following technical requirements:
* Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
* Regional managers require a visual to analyze weekly sales and returns.
* Sales managers must be able to see the sales data of their respective regions only.
* The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
* The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
*Users must be able to see the month in reports as shown in the following example: Oct 2020.
*The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship
month independently.
Question:
You need to create the required relationship for the executive’s visual. What should you do before you can
create the relationship?
Change the data type of sales[sales_id] to Text.
Change the data type of sales [region_id] to Decimal Number
Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number.
In the Sales table, add a measure for sum(sales_amount).
Unattempted
35. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
What should you create to meet the reporting requirements of the sales department?
a calculated column that use a formula of COUNTA(Sales[sales_id])
a calculated measure that uses a formula of COUNTROWS(Sales)
a calculated column that uses a formula of SUM(Sales[sales_id])
a measure that uses a formula SUM(Sales[sales_id])
Unattempted
36. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to create relationships to meet the reporting requirements of the customer service department.
What should you create?
a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id] and another one-to-

many relationship from Date[date_id] to Weekly_Returns[week_id]
a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id] to Date[date_id] and a one-to-many relationship

from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to Date[date_id]
a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id] and another one-to-many

relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_ship_date_id]
an additional date table named ShipDate, a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id]

to Date[date_id], and a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to ShipDate[date_id]
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
37. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to create a relationship between the Weekly_Returns table and the Date table to meet the
reporting requirements of the regional managers. What should you do?
Add the Weekly_Returns data to the Sales table by using related DAX functions.
Create a new table based on the Date table where date-id is unique, and then create a many-to-many
relationship to Weekly_Return.
In the Weekly_Returns table, create a new calculated column named date-id in a format of yyyymmdd
and use the calculated column to create a relationship to the Date table.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/custom-date-and-time-formats-for-the-format-function
38. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to create a calculated column to display the month based on the reporting requirements. Which
DAX expression should you use?
FORMAT('Date'[date], "MMM YYYY")
FORMAT('Date' [date], "M YY")
FORMAT('Date'[date_id], "MMM") & "" & FORMAT('Date'[year], "#")
FORMAT('Date' [date_id], "MMM YYYY")
Unattempted
39. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to address the data concerns before creating the data model. What should you do in Power
Query Editor?
Transform the sales_amount column to replace negative values with 0.
Select Column distribution.
Select Column profile, and then select the sales_amount column.
Select the sales_amount column and apply a number filter.
Unattempted
As per scenario:
Data Concerns
You can address this by “Transform the sales_amount column to replace negative values with 0” from
Power query Editor either by using Power Query Editor or M-Query
40. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to provide a solution to provide the sales managers with the required access. What should you
include in the solution?
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager table where name = UserName().
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager table where username =
sales_manager_id.
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager table where username =
UserName()
Create a security role that has a table filter on the Region_Manager table where sales_manager_id =
UserPrincipalName().
Unattempted
You can create a security role inside the Power BI desktop that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager
table where username = UserName()
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/using-username-in-dax-with-row-level-security/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-rls
https://radacad.com/dynamic-row-level-security-with-power-bi-made-simple
41. Question
time provided.
-Overview
Data Concerns
Question-
You need to create a visualization to meet the reporting requirements of the sales managers. How should
you create the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
1. Visualization type: KPI

2. Indicator: Sales[sales_amount]
3. Trend axis: Date[month]
4. Target goals:
Targets[Sales_target]
1. Visualization type: Gauge

2. Indicator: Sales[sales_amount]
4. Target
goals: Targets[Sales_target]
1. Visualization type: Gauge

2. Indicator: Targets[Sales_target]
4. Target
goals: Sales[sales_amount]
1. Visualization type: Donut chart

2. Indicator: Targets[Sales_target]
4. Target goals: Sales[sales_amount]
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-kpi
42. Question
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces outdoor equipment. Contoso has quarterly board
meetings for which financial analysts manually prepare Microsoft Excel reports, including profit and loss
statements for each of the company’s four business units, a company balance sheet, and net income
projections for the next quarter.
Data and Sources
Data for the reports come from three sources. Detailed revenue, cost, and expense data come from an
Azure SQL database. Summary balance sheet data comes from Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central.
The balance sheet data is not related to the profit and loss results, other than they both relate dates.
Monthly revenue and expense projections for the next quarter come from a Microsoft SharePoint Online
list. Quarterly projections relate to the profit and loss results by using the following shared dimensions:
date, business unit, department, and product category.
Net Income Projection Data
Net income projection data is stored in a SharePoint Online list named Projections in the format shown in
the following table.
Revenue projections are set at the monthly level and summed to show projections for the quarter.
Balance Sheet Data
The balance sheet data is imported with final balances for each account per month in the format shown in
There is always a row for each account for each month in the balance sheet data.
Dynamics 365 Business Central Data
Business Central contains a product catalog that shows how products roll up to product categories, which
roll up to business units.
Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and
department level.
Business Issues
Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also,
there is usually at least one issue each quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell
reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the reports because the products
and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.
Requirements:-
1. Planned Changes -Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using
Microsoft Power BI. The company wants to how long it takes to populate reports to less than two days.
The company wants to create common logic for business units, products, and departments to be used
across all reports, including, but not limited, to the quarterly reporting for the board.
2. Technical Requirements -Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimal manual effort.
The company wants to provide a single package of reports to the board that contains custom navigation
and links to supplementary information. Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must
be minimized as much as possible.
3. Security Requirements – The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. A mail-
enabled security group will be used to share information with the board. The analysts responsible for each
business unit must see all the data the board sees, except the profit and loss data, which must be
restricted to only their business unit’s data. The analysts must be able to build new reports from the
dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but any reports that the analysts build must not be included
in the quarterly reports for the board. The analysts must not be able to share the quarterly reports with
anyone.
4.Report Requirements – You plan to relate the balance sheet to a standard date table in Power BI in a
many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least one of the balance sheet reports in
the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous
quarter. Projections must contain a column named RevenueProjection that contains the revenue projection
amounts.
The relationships between products and departments to business units must be consistent across all
reports.
The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
– Revenue trends over time
– Ending balances for each account
– A comparison of expenses versus projections by a quarter
– Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
– A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter during the prior year
Question:-
How should you distribute the reports to the board? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Box 1: Using a workspace membership

Box 2: A mail-enabled security group
Box 1: Using an app

Box 2: A mail-enabled security group
Box 1: Using an app

Box 2: A dynamic distribution list
Box 1: Using a workspace membership

Box 2: A dynamic distribution list
Unattempted
As per security requirements, we need to use mail-enables security group and app (App provides
custom links and custom navigation)
https://technologyblog.rsmus.com/data-analytics/sharing-and-security-in-power-bi-service/
43. Question
Data and Sources
Balance Sheet Data
department level.
Business Issues
Requirements:-
anyone.
amounts.
reports.
Question:-
What is the minimum number of datasets and storage modes required to support the reports?
a single imported dataset
a single DirectQuery dataset
two DirectQuery datasets
two imported datasets
Unattempted
See the reporting requirement in the case study
Azure SQL database and Microsoft Dynamics are required to build reporting requirement
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-understand
44. Question
Data and Sources
Balance Sheet Data
department level.
Business Issues
Requirements:-
anyone.
amounts.
reports.
Question:-
Users want a column like Apr-20 for reporting purposes. How you will create this?
FORMAT (Date[Date], "MMM- YYYY")
FORMAT (Date[Date], "MM -YYYY")
FORMAT (Date[Date], "MMM -YY")
FORMAT (Date[Date], "M- YYYY")
Unattempted
Use this DAX formula for a calculated column : Column = FORMAT(Date[Date], “MMM YY”) .
45. Question
Data and Sources
Balance Sheet Data
department level.
Business Issues
Requirements:-
anyone.
amounts.
reports.
Question:-
How you will create a custom Date Calendar?
CALENDARAUTO()
Date =
ADDCOLUMNS (
CALENDAR (DATE(2000,1,1); DATE(2020,12,31));
"Month"; FORMAT ( [Date]; "MM" );
"Month Name"; FORMAT ( [Date]; "MMM" );
"Quarter"; "Q" &
FORMAT ( [Date]; "Q" );
"Year"; YEAR ( [Date] )
)
CALENDAR ("2000 01 01 ","2020 12 31")
Unattempted
We need to create a DAX formula to create a calendar table for reporting requirements
46. Question
You use Power BI Desktop to prepare data. You examine data quality in Power Query.
You need to discover the number of errors in a column.
Which two Data preview options should you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Show whitespace
Column profile
Column quality
Column distribution
Unattempted
Column quality and Column profile are the two Data preview options that show the number of errors in a
column. Column quality shows the percentage of valid, error, and empty values in a column. If you hover
the mouse over Column quality, the number of errors is displayed. Column profile shows statistics and
the distribution of data for a column. The statistics include the number of errors.
Column distribution is an option in Power Query that shows the distribution of data for all columns.
Column distribution does not show the number of errors.
Show whitespace is a Data preview option in Power Query that displays white space characters,
including line feeds, in data cells. Show whitespace does not show the number of errors.
47. Question
What is the use of “Select Related Table” option while importing data from SQL Server?
It will also import views related to selected tables
It won't import any extra table or view.
It will import tables that have a physical relationship with the selected table.
It will import the tables that have similar schema
Unattempted
Select related tables will import all other tables that have a relation with this table.
48. Question
You are creating a dataset and modeling the data for a Power Bl report. The report should contain up-to-
date information. The tables in the data model are shown in the exhibit and are described below:
• Sales has the details of sales made to customers and has a large number of records. Many new records
are added daily.
• Customer is the list of customers. Customers have a few thousand records and there are additions and
updates regularly.
• Territory is the geographical area for the sales teams. Territories are rarely updated.
• Date is a date table created with DAX.
You need to select the correct storage mode to meet your company’s requirements.
Which storage mode should you use for the following requirement?
“Use Q&A in reports”
Live Connection
Dual
Import
DirectQuery
Unattempted
You should use the Import storage mode to be able to use Q&A in your report. Q&A features are not
available if the table has a storage mode of DirectQuery. The Import storage mode allows all Power Bl
service features such as Q&A to be used.
49. Question
“Live Connection is used when connecting to multidimensional data sources, such as Analysis Services”
Select whether the above statement is True or False.
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
50. Question
You import an Excel spreadsheet into Power Bl Desktop. The spreadsheet contains manufacturer, model,
and specifications of the computers deployed in your company.
You need to examine the quality of the data. The results of Data Preview are shown in the below images.

For the following statement, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
“The DeviceID column is a candidate for the primary key for this table.”
No
Yes
Unattempted
The DevicelD column is a candidate for the primary key for this table. When the distinct and unique
counts are the same, the column contains unique values. The DevicelD column can be used as the
primary key for this table.
51. Question
You plan to use dataflows to perform extract, transform, and load processing on data stored in the
Common Data Service to prepare it for Power Bl reports.
You need to set up the dataflows to process and store data. Which components should you use for the
following process?
“Store data in dataflows using….”
JSON files
Common Data Model folders
OneDrive for Business
Unattempted
You can store dataflow data in Common Data Model (CDM) folders A CDM folder contains one or more
CSV files for each entity, plus a JSON metadata file. Dataflows can also populate Common Data Service
entities.
You cannot store dataflow data in JSON files. Dataflows create CSV files. A JSON file is used to describe
the metadata for the entities in a dataflow.
You cannot store dataflow data in OneDrive for Business. The OneDrive for Business that is associated
with a Power Bl workspace is not used by dataflows.
52. Question
Overview:
You work for a company that uses Power Bl for financial reporting. Analysis and insights for sales are now
required.
Existing Environment:
Power Bl service is used and workspaces have been created. Power Bl Desktop is installed.
Data Sources:
Sales data is stored in an Azure SQL database. Dimension data for Territory and Country is held in an Excel
workbook in SharePoint Online.
Sales schema – The schema for the sales data is shown in the Schema exhibit. Product Ids are
alphanumeric and consist of three letters followed by three numbers. The Sales amount is net of any taxes
The Tax rate is 20 percent on all sales.
Territory workbook – The data for territories is shown in the Territory workbook exhibit.
Issues:
You observe the following issues:
The labels for country are not consistent for territories.
The labels used are not the commonly used names in your company.
The labels do not follow naming corporate standards with capitalization, no special characters, and no
abbreviations.
Users must be able to analyze sales by product type.
The tax amount on sales must be available in visualizations.
Sales managers are unable to create visualizations for sales grouped by Product type.
Sales managers must only be able to see sales for their territory.
Sales Schema
Territory Workbook
QUESTION
You need to address the naming issue.
Replace the underscores with spaces in column names.
Replace the values in the data.
Rename column names containing abbreviations.
Unpivot the Product Name column
Unattempted
It is recommended that you use the naming that is commonly used within your organization. This helps
avoid confusion over what a visualization contains. You should replace underscores with spaces. You
should also rename abbreviations such as Mgr_Sales. Short abbreviations can cause confusion.
You should not replace data values. Changing data will not affect the labels.
You should not unpivot a column. Unpivoting a column creates a new column containing the column
name.
Unpivoting a column copies the column name into the data.
53. Question
You create a Power Bl dataset from your organization’s data warehouse using DirectQuery with the tables
shown in the below schema exhibit.
You create a calculated table named Country from the dataset for unique values of country in the table
named Customer.
You generate visualizations for the sales data including showing sales by product manager. The product
manager data is not in the data warehouse. The product manager data is in an Excel workbook on your
local computer as shown in the Workbook exhibit below.
You do not have the Power BI On-Premises Gateway installed. You need to explain to the user when the
data in the visualizations was last refreshed.
Visuals referring to the Country table show the values from..
when the user selected Refresh dashboard tiles
when the dataset was last refreshed
when the table was created
when the user pressed F5
the latest values in the data warehouse
Unattempted
Visuals referring to the table named Country show the values from the latest values in the data
warehouse. Country is a calculated table based on the Sales table. Normally, calculated tables always
show the data when the dataset is refreshed, but if the calculated table refers to a DirectQuery table,
visuals that refer to the DirectQuery table always show the latest values in the underlying source, the
data warehouse.
54. Question
You create a dataset using multiple data sources that contain similar tables. You need to reduce the
number of tables in the dataset to make the data model simpler and the creation of visuals easier.
Which method should you use to combine the tables for the below scenario? Select the appropriate
method.
Scenario: A folder containing JSON documents containing the same structure
Append Queries
Combine Files
Merge Queries
Unattempted
You should use the Combine Files (binaries) method to combine files with the same file type and
structure in a folder and create a single table. You can import Excel, JSON, and text files with the
Combine Files method.
55. Question
You import an HR dataset into Power Bl Desktop.
You need to see how many empty and error rows are in a dataset, as shown below.
Which two data quality options can you use to meet your goal? Each correct answer presents a complete
solution.
Column distribution
Column profile
Custom column
Column quality
Unattempted
You can use the Column quality and Column profile options to check empty or error values. Column
quality allows you to analyze valid, error, or empty values for all columns in a single view. Column profile
allows you to analyze value distribution along with empty or error values for the selected column.
You should not use the Column distribution option to check empty or error values. Column distribution
allows you to show distinct and unique values for all columns in a single view.
You should not use the Custom column option to check empty or error values. The custom column
option allows you to create a new column from Power Query editor either by using an example or
providing a column formula.
56. Question
You create a Power Bl report using an Excel workbook stored on OneDrive for Business as the data source
in Power Bl Desktop.
You need to replace the Excel workbook with a new version that contains updated data.
For the following statement(s), select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
“The Excel workbook must have the same structure as the original workbook.”
Yes
No
Unattempted
The Excel workbook must have the same structure as the original file. If the columns are different either
with more columns, fewer columns, or differently named columns, this will break the report.
57. Question
You have Employee and Salary tables in a data model. You need to include employee salaries in the
Employee table, as shown in the below images.
Before transformation:
After transformation:
Which transformation should you use? Choose the correct answer
Append queries
Merge queries
Merge queries as new
Append queries as new
Unattempted
You should use the Merge queries transformation to include employee salaries in the employee table.
This transformation allows you to merge two or more tables into an existing table based on a column
that is common between all participating tables. This is like a join in SQL.
You should not use the Append queries transformation. This transformation allows you to combine two
or more tables into an existing table If all participating tables have the same schema. This is like a union
in SQL.
You should not use the Append queries as new transformation. This transformation allows you to
combine two or more tables into a new table if all participating tables have the same schema. This is like
a union in SQL.
You should not use the Merge queries as new transformation. This transformation allows you to merge
two or more tables into a new table based on a column that is common between all participating tables.
This is like a join in SQL.
58. Question
Your company moved from a self-service approach to an increasingly centralized approach. The IT team
created a SQL Server Analysis Server (SSAS) for you to use.
When using live connections for SSAS, why might the Relationships view disappear in Power BI?
The Relationship view is hidden by default because changes are pushed back to the underlying SSAS
data model.
The relationship view is only available for data from SQL Server.
The model's relationships are managed in SSAS, not in Power Bl Desktop.
Live connections automatically determine the relationships between tables.
Live connections do not support cross-table formulas.
Unattempted
59. Question
Select the feature that allows you to navigate through HTML tags to get the data from a website?
Scaffolding
Get JSON Data
Web Scraping
Unattempted
Web Scraping is the new feature of Power bi that allows navigating through HTML tags to get data from
the website.
60. Question
“You plan to use dataflows to perform extract, transform, and load processing on data stored in the
You need to set up the dataflows to process and store data.
Which components should you use for the following process?
“Store dataflows using….”
Azure SQL Database
Power BI Datasets
Azure Data Lake Gen2
Common Data Service
Unattempted
You should store dataflows in Azure Data Lake Gen2 storage. Azure Data Lake can either be managed by
the Power BI service or an Azure Data Lake that you create In Azure.
Dataflows can extract data from Azure SQL Server and the Common Data Service. Power Bl datasets can
be populated from a dataflow.
61. Question
You are a data analyst using Power Bl with Power Query to connect and get the data.
You use the Common Data Service as a data source.
You need to investigate query performance issues, but the View Native Query option is disabled.
What is a possible cause for the View Native Query option being disabled?
The Common Data Service does not support Query folding.
There is a conditional column transformation step.
There is a measure on the dataset.
The storage mode is set as Import.
Unattempted
The View Native Query option in Power Query is disabled if Query folding is not possible for the data
source and transform steps you have specified. Query folding improves performance by using native
queries against the data source. The Common Data Service does not support Query folding. The View
Native Query option will always be disabled when using the Common Data Service connector.
Some transformations will prevent query folding. Adding a conditional column as a step to Query
Settings in Power Query will not prevent query folding.
Defining measures in Power BI does not affect query folding. Measures are typically aggregations and
are calculated at the time of the request.
The Import storage mode can achieve query folding for relational data sources. Using the Import storage
mode will not disable the option.
62. Question
You are a business intelligence analyst for a worldwide organization.
You create a Power Bl report that shows sales for your organization.
You need to provide a version of the report that filters the data for a single country.
Your Solution:
1) Add a report-level filter.
2) Share the report.
3) Check the Share report with the current filters and slicers option.

No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. The Share report with current filters and slicers option will share the filtered
version of the report. This sharing option creates a bookmark to filter the report data. The URL emailed
when you share the report includes the bookmark.
The user will have access to the underlying dataset and so may be able to view data for other countries.
If you need to restrict access to data from other countries, you should implement Row Level Security
(RLS).
63. Question
are added daily.
updates regularly.
“Use Customer and Territory as slicers”
Dual
DirectQuery
Import
Live Connection
Unattempted
You should use the Dual storage mode for slicers on the Customer and Territory tables. Slicers filter the
data on the report page. If there are simple relationships in the model, Dual-mode can improve
performance using either caching with the Import storage mode or executing a join relationship with the
DirectQuery storage mode. The Dual storage mode allows Power Bl to use either Import or Direct Query
depending on the visualizations on the report.
64. Question
Your data model contains the following tables:
• Calendar table: 25K rows that are updated rarely
• Product table: 2K rows that are updated monthly
• Sales table: 10M rows that are updated regularly and changes need to be reflected immediately
You need to identify the best storage mode for the data model tables.
Which storage mode should you use for each of the below tables? To answer, select the appropriate
option.
Tables: Product; Sales; Calendar
DirectQuery; Import; DirectQuery
Import; DirectQuery; Import
DirectQuery; DirectQuery; Import
Import; DirectQuery; DirectQuery
DirectQuery; Import; Import
Unattempted
You should use Import as the storage mode for the Product and Calendar tables. The Import method is
preferred when you have fixed or static rows with a low volume of data, meaning a few thousand rows
that are updated infrequently. In the Import method, data is cached into Power Bl.
You should use DirectQuery as the storage mode for the Sales table. The DirectQuery method is
preferred when you have a huge volume of data consisting of millions of rows. It is also useful in cases
where any changes to the table need to be reflected immediately in the data model or report. In the
DirectQuery method, queries are directly sent to the underlying data source.
65. Question
Which view shows the graphical representation of data tables structure in query editor?
Query Dependency
Advanced Editor
Manage Data-source
Unattempted
Query dependency reflects the structure and hierarchy of tables in graphical format.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 5

Your time: 00:00:02
Average score
51.65%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
named Customer.
Visuals referring to the Product Managers table show the values from..
when the workbook was last loaded

Unattempted
Visuals referring to the Product Managers table show the values from when the workbook was last
loaded. Refresh is not supported for Excel workbooks imported from a local drive. If you need Excel data
to be updated when the dataset is refreshed, you should move the worksheet to OneDrive for Business
or install the Power BI On-Premises Gateway.
2. Question
How do you connect to Excel files that contain target figures? The solution should involve minimum
manual work when new Excel files are created.
Connect to the files with Folder connector and use the Combine Binaries functionality
Connect to a new file each month, perform transformations, and use Append function in Power
Query Editor to combine all targets in the same table
Unattempted
Connecting to files separately will take time if there are a lot of files in the folder. It’s always better to
connect to the folder if files have the same structure. If you copy new files in that folder with the same
structure, that file will be loaded automatically without doing any change to data sources.
3. Question
In Power Query, how does referencing a query differ from duplicating a query?
Referencing uses the original query as a lookup table.
Referencing works on external data sources, while duplicating does not.
When you reference a query, any changes to the original query fail to reflect in the new query.
Referencing uses the original query as the source and it can be used in other queries for the further
processing
Unattempted
Duplicate is generally used when you would like to create a similar query and you do not want to type the
same code. You can make changes to this query.
Reference in Query means you would like to use that Query results in some other queries where your
original query remains as a base Query and it can be used in other queries for further processing.
4. Question
Overview:
required.
Data Sources:
Issues:
abbreviations.
Sales Schema
Territory Workbook
QUESTION
You need to create the relationship to support the Sales Manager’s visualizations.
What should you do before creating the relationship?
Change the data type of Sales[Productld] to Whole number.
Create a measure for sum of Sales[Amount].
Change the data type of Product[ProductTypeld] to Whole number.
Add a transformation to add a calculated column to extract the numeric value from
Product[Productld].
Unattempted
You should change the data type of Product[ProductTypeld] to Whole number. Data types on fields that
are used in relationships must have the same data type. An incorrect data type will prevent you from
deriving hierarchies or creating proper relationships with between tables. To analyze sales by product
type, you need a relationship between the Sales and Product tables. The Productld is a text field in both
tables. You additionally need a relationship between the Product and Product Type tables. The Product
Typeld is a whole number in ProductType but a text field in Product. You need to change the data type of
the field in Product to match the data type in ProductType.
You should not add a transformation with a calculated field to extract the numeric value from
Product[Productld]_ The related field on Product is a text field. Extracting the numeric value will not help
create a relationship between the Sales and Product tables.
You should not Change the data type of Sales[Productld] to Whole number. The Productld is
alphanumeric and contains letters and numbers. Changing the datatype to Whole number will cause an
error.
You should not create a measure. Measures are used to create aggregations and KPls for use in
visualizations. Measures will not help with creating the relationship between the tables.
5. Question
As part of a large Bl project, you have created a new dashboard for consumption by the HR team. After
opening the Get Data menu option and selecting SQL Server, you are not sure which Data Connectivity
mode to select. If you want the data to automatically refresh as you interact with visualizations which
option should you choose?
Import
DirectQuery
Unattempted
DirectQuery — No data is imported to Power Bl Desktop. As you create or interact with a visualization,
Power Bl Desktop queries the underlying data source, i.e. you’re always viewing current data.
6. Question
You are analyzing data quality on a set of data that you imported with Power Query.
You need to use the correct Data Preview options to analyze the data.
Which Data Preview option should you use to find the below data quality issue?
“Find the number of distinct and unique rows for all columns”
Column quality
Monospaced
Column profile
Column distribution
Show whitespace
Unattempted
You should use Column distribution to find the number of distinct and unique rows for all columns.
Column distribution shows the distribution of data for all columns. Column distribution shows the
number of distinct and unique rows for all columns. You should be aware that the preview is based on
the first 1,000 rows. You should select the Column profiling based on the entire data set to verify that
the columns are profiled for all rows.
7. Question
are added daily.
updates regularly.
“Create a calculated table using DAX”
Dual
DirectQuery
Live Connection
Import
Unattempted
You should use the Import storage mode to be able to create a calculated table. Many DAX queries
cannot be used with DirectQuery. Only DAX queries that can be translated into queries on the source
data can be used. You are unable to create a calculated table using DirectQuery and must use the Import
storage mode if you need a calculated table.
8. Question
You are a business intelligence developer. You need to use data contained in Azure Analysis Services to
build your report. You need to connect this data source.
What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Dual
Connect Live
Import
DirectQuery
Unattempted
Connect live is used when connecting to multidimensional data sources, such as Analysis Services.
Connect live is one of the two options available when connecting to Azure Analysis Services in Power Bl
Desktop.
Import is also one of the two options available when connecting to Azure Analysis Services in Power BI
Desktop. Connect live is preferred because there are some limitations with Import mode, and Connect
live will also refresh the data from Analysis Services automatically.
You should not use DirectQuery. This storage mode is not available for Analysis Services. You use
DirectQuery with relational data sources such as SQL Server.
You should not use Dual mode. Dual mode can improve performance using either caching with the
Import storage mode, or executing a join relationship with the DirectQuery storage mode. Because
DirectQuery is not supported, Dual is not supported for Analysis Services.
9. Question
You plan to use dataflows to perform extract, transform, and load processing on data stored in the
You need to set up the dataflows to process and store data.
Which components should you use for the following process?
“Create dataflows using….”
Azure Data Factory
DAX
Power Query
Unattempted
You should use Power Query to create dataflows. Power Query is an extract and transformation tool that
can read data from many different services, perform transformation on that data, and then can store it in
a dataflow.
You should not use DAX functions to create dataflows. Power Query uses the M language.
You should not use Azure Data Factory to create dataflows. Azure Data Factory uses mapping data flows
to transform data. Mapping data flows are not the same technology as Power Platform dataflows.
10. Question
Solution:
1) Add a parameter to the dataset for country.
2) Add a query parameter specifying the parameter and country.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You can define parameters in the dataset and define the country as a
parameter. The report will show the data filtered by the parameter.
You can specify the parameter to be a single country. In the data sources you can use the parameter to
filter the data by country. The dataset, and the report, will only include data for that country.
11. Question
You have a Power BI dataset that uses import storage mode with scheduled refreshes during the day. You
need to make the date/time that the data was last refreshed easily visible on reports and dashboards.
Are the following four actions correct and in sequence? Select Yes if true, otherwise No.
1. Open Power Query Editor.
2. Add a new blank query.
3. Click on Advanced Editor.
4. Add M code to create a table column using DateTime.Local
Yes
No
Unattempted
First, you should open Power Query Editor. Power Query can create a table that contains a column
displaying the date/time when the dataset was refreshed.
Next, you should create a new blank query. You need to create a new query to generate a table with the
refresh date/time.
Then you should click on Advanced Editor. You need to be able to add custom M code to create a table
with the refresh date/time.
Finally, you should add M code to create a table column using DateTime.Local. The following M code will
create such a table:
let
Source = #table(type table [Date Refreshed=datetime], {{DateTIme.LocalNow() } } )
in
Source
12. Question
Solution: Add a query string parameter specifying the table/field and country.

No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You can pass parameters in the URL as a query string. The report will show
the data filtered by the parameters in the query string.
Each report page has its own URL. Adding query string parameters to the URL will pre-filter the report.
You can specify table and fields in the query string and restrict the data based on the name of the
country.
The user will have access to the underlying dataset and so may be able to view data for other countries
by editing the URL. If you need to restrict access to data from other countries, you should implement
Row Level Security (RLS).
13. Question
You import an HR dataset into Power Bl Desktop.
You need to find distinct and unique rows for each column in a dataset appearing in a single view, as
shown below.
Which data quality option should you use?
Column distribution
Column profile
Column quality
Custom column
Unattempted
You should use the Column distribution option to check distinct and unique rows for each column in a
dataset. Column distribution allows you to show distinct and unique values for each column in a single
view.
You should not use the Column profile option to check distinct and unique rows. Column profile allows
you to analyze value distribution along with distinct and unique values for the selected column.
You should not use the Column quality option to check distinct and unique rows. Column quality allows
you to analyze valid, error, or empty values for all columns in a single view.
You should not use the Custom column option to check distinct and unique rows. The custom column
option allows you to create a new column from Power Query editor either by using an example or
providing a column formula.
14. Question
Power Query emphasizes making changes using which of the following?
Formula bar
Server
Graphical user interface (GUI)
Command line
Unattempted
15. Question
You need to examine the quality of the data. The results of Data Preview are shown in the following
images.
“The DeviceType column can be used as a dimension”
Yes
No
Unattempted
The DeviceType column cannot be used as a dimension. The DeviceType column has unique values, but
two of the labels are Laptop. This is probably because there are spaces on one of the Laptop labels. You
must cleanse the column to remove spaces, or use Replace Values, before you can use it as a dimension.
16. Question
“Find the number of errors in a column.”

Show whitespace
Column quality
Column distribution
Monospaced
Column profile
Unattempted
You should use Column quality to find the number of errors in a column. Column quality shows the
number and percentage of valid, error, and empty values in a column. You should be aware that the
preview is based on the first 1,000 rows. You should select the Column profiling based on entire data set
to verify that all errors are found.
17. Question
You have Employee, Contractor, and Consultant tables in a data model, as shown in the below image.
You need to combine these tables to create a new table. Which transformation should you use?
Merge queries
Append queries
Unattempted
You should use the “Append queries as new” transformation to combine employee, contractor, and
consultant tables Into a new table. This transformation allows you to combine two or more tables Into a
new table if all participating tables have the same schema. This is like a union in SQL.
You should not use the Append queries transformation. This transformation allows you to combine two
or more tables into an existing table if all participating tables have the same schema. This is like a union
in SQL.
You should not use the Merge queries transformation. This transformation allows you to merge two or
more tables Into an existing table based on a column that is common between all participating tables.
You should not use the Merge queries as new transformation. This transformation allows you to merge
two or more tables into a new table based on a column that is common between all participating tables.
18. Question
Your manager encounters slowness with a Power Bl report. The network and server are operating at
optimal speed.
You need to identify issues affecting report performance.
Which two tools can you use to meet your goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Performance Analyzer
Query Diagnostics
SQL Server Profiler
Performance Monitor
Unattempted
You can use Performance Analyzer to identify Power Bl report performance issues. Performance analyzer
shows you how much time it takes to render a visual. It also measures the amount of time it takes to
retrieve data.
You can also use Query Diagnostics to identify Power Bl report performance issues. Query Diagnostics
allows you to diagnose query performance and transformations included in it. A query could have
multiple steps. A step could be a transformation or a simple query. A transformation involves adding or
removing a column, replacing a value, or calculating age from dates.
You should not use Performance Monitor. Performance Monitor is a Windows utility that allows you to
collect different performance counters on target machines. However, you already know that computers
are operating at optimal levels.
You should not use SQL Server Profiler. SQL Server Profiler is a tool that is used to collect and trace
SQL- related performance issues like a slow query or tracking an event. It does not apply to Power BI.
19. Question
You use the Power Bl Desktop to prepare data.
You examine data quality in Power Query. You need to discover anomalies in the data.
Which option should you use?
Column distribution
Data connectivity mode
Column profile
Column quality
Unattempted
You should use Column distribution. Data anomalies are outliers in the data. Finding the anomalies helps
you identify what the normal distribution of the data looks like and, it identifies data that should be
investigated. The Column distribution option in Power Query shows the distribution of data that allows
you to find the anomalies.
Column quality is an option in Power Query that shows the number and percentage of valid, error, and
empty values in a column. Column quality does not assist in identifying anomalies.
Column profile is an option in Power Query that shows the statistics and distribution of data in a column.
Column profile does not identify anomalies.
The Data connectivity mode is the option you can use when connecting to data to set the storage mode
as Import or Direct Query. The Data connectivity mode does not assist in helping find anomalies.
20. Question
are added daily.
updates regularly.
“Display visualizations contain current Sales data”
DirectQuery
Import
Dual
Live Connection
Unattempted
You should use the DirectQuery storage mode to display visualizations containing current Sales data.
DirectQuery does not cache data but instead executes a query against the data source to return the data.
DirectQuery should be used on tables with large amounts of data where you need to ensure that you are
viewing the most up-to-date data.
21. Question
You import sales data using Power Query to apply a series of transformation steps after the query has
been executed.
There are errors, as shown in the below exhibit for the Rename Column step.
You need to resolve the errors without losing any data. How should you resolve the errors? To answer,
select the appropriate options from the drop-down menus.
Remove the step from Query Settings.
Change the Data source settings.
use the Remove Errors feature
Unattempted
You should remove the step from Query Settings. The error is probably caused by the column in error no
longer being in the data. The column has either been removed or renamed. By deleting the step, you can
let the other transformations be applied.
You should not use Remove Errors to fix the step-level error. This feature removes rows with errors. It
does not solve an error in a step.
You should not change the Data source settings to fix the step-level error. Data source settings contain
the data source type, its location, and credentials for accessing the data. Changing the data source
settings will not resolve the step error.
22. Question
You import sales data using Power Query to apply a series of transformation steps after the query has
been executed.
There are errors, as shown in the below exhibit for Cells.
You need to resolve the errors without losing any data. How should you resolve the errors? To answer,
select the appropriate options from the drop-down menus.
use the Remove Errors feature
use the Replace Errors feature
Remove the column.
Unattempted
You should use the Replace Errors option to fix the cell-level error. This allows you to specify a
replacement value for the cells in error. The data in the cell could not be converted to a numeric value.
This is because the value contains alpha characters. Only one cell is affected, so this is not an operation
error.
You should not remove the column to fix the cell-level error. Removing the column will resolve the error,
but you will lose all the data for that column.
You should not use Remove Errors to fix the cell-level error. Remove Errors removes entire rows with
errors in the selected column. This will resolve the error, but you will lose all the data for those rows.
23. Question
A dataset is available in Power Bl service online. Would you be able to import data from Power Bl Service
online using Get Data Power Bl dataset ?
No
Yes
Unattempted
Yes, if you select this option it will show you all workspace you are member of. You can import dataset
from any workspace.
24. Question
“Find the number of distinct, unique, and empty rows for a single column”
Column distribution
Column quality
Monospaced
Show whitespace
Column profile
Unattempted
You should use Column profile to find the number of distinct, unique, and empty rows for a single
column. Column profile shows statistics and the distribution of data for a single column. The statistics for
Column profile include the number of distinct, unique, and empty rows. You should be aware that the
preview is based on the first 1,000 rows. You should select the Column profiling based on the entire data
set to verify that the column contains unique values.
25. Question
You need to examine the quality of the data. The results of Data Preview are shown in the following
images.
“A visualization containing the average amount of storage available for each DeviceType can be created
using the Storage column.”
No
Yes
Unattempted
A visualization containing the average amount of storage available for each DeviceType cannot be created
using the Storage column. The Storage column is a Text column. You cannot average a text column. The
data is also in different units of measure: GB and TB. You would need to perform a series of
transformations to extract the numeric value and convert TB into GB.
26. Question
You are analyzing data quality for a dataset in Power BI. You use Power Query to preview the data.
You need to examine the quality of the data. For each of the following statements, select Yes if the
statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
1. You can use Data Preview to analyze the first 500 rows in the dataset by default;
2. You can use Data Preview to analyze the entire dataset;
3. You should enable Power Query background refresh to ensure that preview data is up to date
Yes;
No;
No
Yes;
Yes;
Yes
No;
Yes;
No
No;
No;
No
No;
No;
Yes
Yes;
No;
Yes
Unattempted
By default, you can use Power Query to examine the first 1000 rows of your dataset, not the first 500
rows.
You can change the data preview to analyze the entire dataset. To change the number of rows analyzed,
select the profiling status in the status bar and select Column profiling based on the entire data set.
You should not enable Power Query background refresh to ensure that preview data is up to date. This
can result in preview data becoming out of date. The preview data is cached and not updated when then
the dataset is refreshed. You should disable background refresh by unchecking the Allow data preview to
download in the background option in the Power BI Desktop options.
27. Question
Your company’s product data is held in an Azure SQL Server database. Your company has an endorsed
dataset available in the Power Bl service that contains the company’s product catalog and sales data in a
common model that standardizes how product data is reported.
You use Power BI Desktop to create reports.
You need to create a new report on product data that is consistent with the standardized data.
What should you do?
Create a new local dataset connecting to the Azure SQL database
Create a new .pbix file and use Power Bl dataflows to connect to the endorsed dataset
Edit a .pbix file with an existing connection to the Azure SQL database and connect to the endorsed
dataset
Create a new .pbix file and connect to the endorsed dataset
Unattempted
The Power Bl Desktop can connect to datasets in the Power Bl service that have been shared or
published. This is called Power Bl service live connection. You can then build your own reports based on
this dataset and publish those reports to the Power BI service.
You should not edit a .pbix file with an existing connection to the Azure SQL database and connect to the
endorsed dataset. You cannot connect to a shared dataset if your .pbix file already contains a connection
to another data source. You can only connect to one dataset in each report.
You should not create a local dataset and connect it directly to the Azure SQL database. The endorsed
dataset should be used instead because it will contain the products, product structure, hierarchy,
columns, calculations, and measures that you should use to build reports. By connecting to the source
data in Azure SQL Database, you might not correctly use products in your reports.
You should not use Power Bl dataflows to connect to the dataset. You create datasets from a dataflow
Dataflows are the Data Transformation layer in Power BI. Datasets are where modeling, calculations, and
measures are created.
28. Question
Overview:
required.
Data Sources:
Issues:
The labels for the country are not consistent for territories.
abbreviations.
Sales Schema
Territory Workbook
QUESTION
You need to make sure that the labels for the country are consistent. What should you do?
Apply the Convert to a List transform to the Country column.
Apply the Replace Values transform to the Country column.
Apply the Remove duplicates transform to the Country column.
Set the Data category to Country.
Unattempted
You should apply the Replace Values transform on the Country column to change the country names so
that they are consistent.
You should not use the Remove duplicates transform. This will delete records from the table.
You should not use the Convert to a List transform. This will remove all other columns from the table.
You should not set the Data category to Country. This will simply enable Power 81 to use the data in
geographical visualizations but will not make the country names consistent.
29. Question
You use Power BI Desktop to prepare data.
You import a set of data using Power Query. You need to identify whether a column contains only unique
values.
Which two Data preview options can you use to meet your goal? Each correct answer presents a complete
solution.
Column profile
Column quality
Column distribution
Monospaced
Unattempted
You can use either Column distribution or Column profile to show if the values in a column are unique.
Column distribution shows the distribution of data for all columns. Column profile shows statistics and
the distribution of data for a column. The statistics include the number of unique values. You should be
aware that the preview is based on the first 1,000 rows. You should select the Column profiling based on
the entire data set to verify that the column contains unique values.
Column quality shows the number and percentage of valid, error, and empty values in a column. Column
quality does not show if the values are unique.
Monospaced shows text with the same spacing and makes it easier to read values. Monospaced does
not show if the values are unique.
30. Question
method.
Scenario: Multiple tables with a common key between them
Append Queries
Combine Files
Merge Queries
Unattempted
You should use the Merge Queries method to combine two tables into one using a column that is
common in both tables. The Merge Queries method performs an operation similar to a JOIN in SQL. You
can specify whether the merge performs an inner or an outer Join.
31. Question
What can you accomplish with a data gateway?
Download Report
Report Publish
View Report
Refresh Data
Unattempted
Gateway is used to refresh the data from on-premises servers to online Power BI Service.
32. Question
method.
Scenario: Multiple tables with the same columns containing data for each month
Combine Files
Merge Queries
Append Queries
Unattempted
You should use the Append Queries method to combine two tables into one by adding the rows from
both tables to a single table. The tables must have the same structure. The Append Queries method
concatenates the rows into a single table.
33. Question
When using the “Split Column by Delimiter” transformation, which option may result in more than two
new columns?
None of these
At the right-most delimiter
At the left-most delimiter

At each occurrence of the delimiter.
Unattempted
Using “At each occurrence of the delimiter”, the number of columns will depend on the number of times
a delimiter is used in string/text.
34. Question
Overview:
required.
Data Sources:
Issues:
abbreviations.
Sales Schema
Territory Workbook
QUESTION
You need to be able to show the amount of tax in visualizations.
You use Power Query.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? Select the order in which the possible steps needs
to be performed.
Possible steps:
1) Add a custom column named Tax to Sales
2) Pivot the Amount column.
3) Set the formula to be [Amount] / 5
4) Duplicate the Amount column.
5) Change the Data Type to Decimal number.
Step 1 > 3 > 5
Step 4 > 3 > 5
Step 2 > 1 > 5
Step 1 > 5 > 3
Unattempted
You should perform the following steps in order:
1. Add a custom column named Tax to Sales.
2. Set the formula to be [Amount] / 5.
3. Change the Data Type to Decimal number.
First you should create a custom column. This opens the Custom column formula window.
Next, you should set the Custom column formula to be the Amount field divided by 5. This calculates the
20 percent tax. You cannot set the formula until you add the custom column.
Finally, you should set the data type of the Tax column to be a decimal number. The column default is
Any data type. You cannot change the data type until after you have added the column and defined Its
formula.
You should not duplicate the Amount column. Duplicating the column does not allow you to change its
values or calculate the tax amount.
You should not Pivot the Amount column. You should use Pivot columns to convert flat data into a table
with aggregate values for each unique value in the column. The data schema in the exhibit is not flat.
Using Pivot columns will not assist in calculating the tax amount.
35. Question
named Customer.
Visuals referring to the Sales table show the values from..
when the dataset was last imported
Unattempted
Visuals referring to the Sales table show the values from the latest values in the data warehouse. The
Sales table uses DirectQuery. DirectQuery always shows the latest data from the source data.
36. Question
“The Excel workbook can be edited in Power BI”
Yes
No
Unattempted
You cannot edit your Excel workbook in Power Bl_ If you edit the workbook in OneDrive for Business, the
changes will be imported into Power Bl automatically.
37. Question
“The Excel workbook must have the same file path and name as the original workbook.”
No
Yes
Unattempted
You can change the file path for an Excel file in Data source settings in Power Bl Desktop. The file can be
in a different folder on your local computer and can have a different name.
38. Question
You use Power Bl to create visualizations of the financial data in the below exhibit.
You need to create a measure for the average profit for products for use in visualizations.
You need to ensure that the measure you create will behave correctly when used with CALCULATE
functions.
How should you create the measure? To answer, select the appropriate measure.
Average Product Profit = SUMMARIZE(CALCULATE(VALUES('financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(KEEPFILTERS('financials'[Profit]))
Average Product Profit = AVERAGEX(KEEPFILTERS(VALUES('financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(AVERAGE('financials'[Profit]))
Average Product Profit = FILTER(AVERAGE(VALUES('financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(ALL('financials'[Profit]))
Average Product Profit = AVERAGE(KEEPFILTERS(VALUES('financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(ALL('financials'[Profit]))
Average Product Profit = CALCULATE(AVERAGE(VALUES('financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(KEEPFILTERS('financials'[Profit]))
Unattempted
You should use the AVERAGEX function to evaluate the average for each row of a table. The AVERAGEX
function evaluates the expression for each row, so when you are using the measure in visualizations with
filters applied, the average will be calculated correctly. If you use the AVERAGE function, you will just
have the average over all the rows. AVERAGEX has two parameters: a table and an expression.
You should use the KEEPFILTERS function to override the standard behaviour of the CALCULATE
function. If you do not use KEEPFILTERS, the CALCULATE function will override the filters in the
measure. If you use KEEPFILTERS, the filters of the CALCULATE function and the measure will be
combined. KEEPFILTERS returns a table.
You should use the AVERAGE function in the CALCULATE function to determine the average profit. As
the AVERAGE is inside the CALCIJLATE, the filters for the measure and the filters applied to the
measure will be used to calculate the average profit. The Average function has one parameter, a column.
You should not use the ALL function. The normal behaviour for DAX expressions containing the ALL
function is that any filters applied will be ignored.
You should not use the CALCULATE function. CALCULATE evaluates an expression with a filter. The
parameters for CALCULATE are an expression followed by one or more filters.
You should not use the FILTER function. FILTER returns a table.
You should not use the SUMMARIZE function. SUMMARIZE returns a table containing summary values.
39. Question
You create a dataset and a report that contain several visuals in Power Bl. The dataset uses the
DirectQuery storage mode.
Users complain of performance issues when using visuals on the Power Bl report.
You need to optimize the report. What should you do?
Switch off interactions between visuals.
Turn off single select under Slicers.
Change the cross filter directions on relationships to 30th.
Use the CALCULATE DAX function with filters to define measures.
Unattempted
You should switch off interactions between visuals. Cross-highlighting and cross-filtering interactions
causes queries to be submitted to the data source every time a user clicks on a visual when DirectQuery
is used. You should disable interactions either at the report level or for each visual to solve the
performance issues that users are reporting.
You should not change the cross filter direction on relationships to Both. Bi-directional relationships can
generate queries that do not perform well.
You should not turn off single select under Slicers. Allowing multi-selection in slicers causes performance
issues because each time a user selects another entry on a slicer, a new query is sent to the data source.
You can add an Apply button to only send the queries once on slicers and filters.
You should not use the CALCULATE DAX function with filters to define measures. The use of
CALCULATE with filters can generate queries that do not perform well.
40. Question
You have tables named Employee and Region. These tables are connected through an active relationship
using the RegionlD column.
A group of employees can be assigned to a single region.
You configure row-level security (RLS) for a Power Bl report so regional managers can only see the data of
assigned employees. You need to fix the relationship between the Employee and Region tables so RLS can
work.
Select Apply security filter in both directions
Set the Cross filter direction option to Single.
Set the Cross filter direction option to Both.
Set cardinality to one-to-one between the Employee to Region tables.
Unattempted
To fix the relationship between the Employee and Region table so RLS can work, you need to perform
the following two tasks:
1. Set the Cross filter direction option to Both.
2. Select Apply security filter in both directions.
By setting the Cross filter direction option to Both, you allow filters and the slicer to propagate in both
directions. You can filter results based on any attribute of The Employee or Region table. It also enables
you to select Apply security filter in both directions. This will propagate RLS filters to tables.
A one-to-many cardinality relationship between the Employee and Region tables is not possible. The
Region table has unique values, while the Employee table contains multiple region values. The correct
relationship should be one-to-many from the Region table to the Employee table.
Setting Cross filter direction to Single would limit the ability to filter the Employee table based on region.
Setting Cross filter direction to Single would not allow you to propagate RLS filters to the tables.
41. Question
You create a data model and report in Power Bl desktop. The report runs well in the development
environment, but when deployed to production, the model and report have performance issues.
You need to improve the model’s performance.
Solution: Summarize the data & create aggregations.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution does meet the goal. Summarizing data is the most effective technique to reduce model size
and improve performance.
42. Question
You have a table of Purchase Orders (POs), a sample of which is shown in the exhibit.
There are relationships with other tables on the PO Number, PO Date, and Vendor columns.
You need to optimize model performance.
Remove the PO prefix from the PO Number column and change the data type to Whole Number.
Change the format of the PO Amount column to Currency.
Mark the Purchase Orders table as the date table.
Add a new column to the Purchase Order table and perform a lookup to set the Vendor Id from
Vendor column.
Unattempted
You should remove the PO prefix from the PO Number column and change the data type to Whole
Number. The model will achieve the highest optimizations with numeric column data, which uses value
encoding. Text columns use hash encoding that will adversely affect performance.
You should also add a new column to the Purchase Order table and perform a lookup to set the Vendor
Id from Vendor column. The column should use the following function:
Vendor Id = LOOKUPVALUE(Vendor[Vendor Id],Vendor[Vendor],’Purchase Order'[Vendor]).
You should then recreate the relationship using the Vendor ID and not the Vendor name. Using numeric
values in relationships instead of text will improve the model performance.
You should not change the format of the PO Amount column. The format does not affect the
performance of the model.
You should not make the Purchase Orders table the date table. A date table requires contiguous and
unique dates. The Purchase Orders table does not meet either of these requirements. You should create
a Date table separately.
43. Question
You load sales data into Power BI. Your organization uses many different terms for sales data such as
revenue, net sales, and total sales.
You need to configure the Sales table and its columns for users to successfully use the Q&A feature in
Dashboards.
Solution: Manage aggregations on the Sales table. Does this solution meet the goal?
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal. You should not manage aggregations. Aggregations improve query
performance for big data sets and reduce table and dataset size. Aggregations do not assist Q&A with
terminology.
44. Question
You plan to create a report in Power Bl for your company’s sales using the schema shown in the below
exhibit.
You plan to create a visual that shows monthly sales to compare with the previous month’s sales. You
need to create a measure to determine the previous month’s sales.
How should you create the measure?

CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), DATEADD(Sales[Date].[Date], -1, YEAR))
CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -1, MONTH))
SUMX(FILTER(Sales, Sales[Date] IN DATESINPERIOD(Sales[Date], LASTDATE(Sales[Date]), -1,

MONTH)), Sales[Amount])
CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -1, YEAR))
CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -4, QUARTER))
Unattempted
You should use the following DAX function:
CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -1, MONTH))
The PARALLELPERIOD shifts the dates by the number of periods. The period is specified in MONTH and
the number is -1. This generates the date range for the previous month.
You should not use the CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -1,

YEAR)) function. The period is specified in YEAR. The number of intervals is -1. This will generate the
date range for the previous year, not the month. The PARALLELPERIOD function is similar to the
DATEADD function except that PARALLELPERIOD always returns full periods. The date range generated
will be from January 1 of the previous year for Sales[Date] to December 31.
You should not use the CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), PARALLELPERIOD(Sales[Date].[Date], -4,

QUARTER)) function. The period is specified in a QUARTER. The number of intervals is -4. This will
generate the date range for the previous year because there are four quarters specified in the measure.
The date range generated will begin from January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.
You should not use the CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), DATEADD(Sales[Date].[Date],-1,YEAR))

function. This period is specified in YEAR. This will generate the date range for the previous year, not the
month. The date range generated will be 365 days before the SALES[Date].
You should not use the SUMX(FILTER(Sales, Sales[Date] IN DATESINPERIOD(Sales[Date],

LASTDATE(Sales[Date]), -1, MONTH)), Sales[Amount]) function. This will generate the date range for the
current month, not the previous month.
45. Question
You are configuring row level security (RLS) roles for a Power Bl report.
You need to define which rows are available when creating a role.
What should you create?
DAX expression
Parameter
Measure
M formula
Unattempted
You should create a DAX expression to use as a filter for the RLS role. The expression will return true or
false for records, and this determines which rows in the dataset are displayed for the user’s role.
You should not use Power Query and create an M expression. The M language is the data transformation
language of Power Query. M is not used with RLS roles.
You should not use Measures. Measures are aggregations of data values and are often used as Key
Performance Indicators (KPls). Measures are not created when defining RLS roles.
You should not use Parameters. Parameters are used as query parameters with datasets or as what-if
variables on reports. Parameters are not created when defining RLS roles.
46. Question
You have tables named Calendar and Transactions as shown in the below exhibits.
Transactions
Calendar
The Transactions table has a column named Sales that contains the sales value of each transaction. The
Sales column summarization property is set to Don’t summarize.
You need to calculate year-to-date sales using a quick measure.
How should you complete the measure as per the below quick measure setup fields?
Quick Measure
Calculation: year-to-date total

Base value: Sum of Sales
Date: Date
Calculation: Sales
Base value: year-to-date total
Date: [Calendar].[Day]
Calculation: year-to-date total

Base value: Sales
Date: [Calendar].[Day]
Calculation: Sum of Sales
Base value: Sales
Date: Date
Calculation: year-over-year change

Base value: Sum of Sales
Date: Date
Unattempted
You should complete the quick measure as follows:
Calculation – Year-to-date total
Base value – Sum of Sales
Date – Date
Quick measures provide a built-in set of calculations. You should use the Year-to-date total option in the
Calculation field. This will provide you with two additional options to choose: the base value and date
value. You should use Sum of Sales in the Base value field. This will aggregate the Sales column values
from the Transactions table. To calculate the year-to-date total, you also need to provide the date value.
You should choose the date column in the Calendar table. This column will be used by Power Bl time-
intelligence to calculate the year-to-date sales total.
You should not use Year-over-year change calculation. This calculation allows you to determine yearly
growth for your sales.
You should not use Sales. Sales is a column in the Transactions table that does not have a default
summarization. Even if it had a default summarization, you would need to change the base value option
to Sum of Sales since you want to calculate total sales.
You should not use [Calendar].[Date]. This is not a date column. For time-intelligence to work correctly,
you need to provide a date column that has continuous dates.
47. Question
You have sales data as shown in the below exhibit.
You need to create visualizations that display the sales for each quarter and the percent change from the
same quarter in the previous year.
Which DAX function should you use to create the measure?
DIVIDE(SUM('Orders'[Price]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date])), CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date])))
DIVIDE(SUM('Orders'[Price]) - SUM('Orders'[Price]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
DATEADD('Date'[Date].[Date], -1, QUARTER)), SUM('Orders'[Price]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
DATEADD('Date'[Date].[Date], -1, QUARTER)))
SUM('Orders'[Price]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]), DATEADD('Date'[Date].[Date], -1,

QUARTER))
SUM('Orders'[Price]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))
Unattempted
You should use the following DAX function:
DIVIDE(SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Date'[Date])), CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Date'[Date])))
The DAX SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR function evaluates dynamically the period for the previous year. You
then subtract the value from the same period and divide by that value to calculate the percentage. The
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR generates a date range shifted one year from the dates in the date field. If you
are aggregating or filtering your data by a date period, SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR generates a date range
for the corresponding dates in the previous year.
You should not use either of the expressions using DATEADD. These expressions calculate the
difference in amounts of the quarter with the previous quarter, not the difference of the same quarter in
the previous year.
DIVIDE(SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),

DATEADD(‘Date'[Date].[Date], -1, QUARTER)), SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),
DATEADD(‘Date'[Date].[Date], -1, QUARTER))) calculates the difference of the quarter with the previous
quarter, not the difference with the quarter in the previous year.
SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Date'[Date])) is the

difference in amounts from one period to the same period last year. It is not a percentage.
SUM(‘Orders'[Price]) – CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]), DATEADD(‘Date'[Date].[Date], -1, QUARTER))

is the difference in amounts from the previous quarter. It is not for the same quarter in the previous year.
It is not a percentage.
48. Question
You plan to create a report in Power Bl for a manufacturing company. The company purchases parts and
assemblies finished products. The company works from Monday to Friday and is closed on holidays. You
have a date table created using DAX functions from the dates in the Productlnventory table. The schema
for the tables is shown in the below exhibit.
You plan to create a visual that shows the trend over time of inventory levels for both parts and finished
products on the last production day each month.
You need to create a measure to determine the inventory level for the visual. Which two DAX functions can
you use to meet the requirements? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
CALCULATE (SUM(Productlnventory[lnventory Count] ), FILTER(Productlnventory,

Productlnventory[lnventory Count] = MAX(Productlnventory[lnventory Count] )))
CALCULATE (SUM ( Productinventory[lnventory Count]), LASTNONBLANK ( Productlnventory[Date],

SUM(Productlnventory[lnventory Count]) ))
CALCULATE (SUM ( Productinventory[lnventory Count]), LASTDATE ( DateTable[Date] ))
CALCULATE (SUM ( Productinventory[lnventory Count]), LASTDATE ( Productinventory[Date] ))
CLOSINGBALANCEMONTH (SUMX( Productinventory, [Inventory Count]), Productinventory[Date] )
Unattempted
You can use either of the following DAX functions:
CALCULATE (SUM ( Productinventory[lnventory Count]), LASTDATE ( Productinventory[Date] ))
or
CALCULATE (SUM ( Productinventory[lnventory Count]), LASTNONBLANK ( Productlnventory[Date],

SUM(Productlnventory[lnventory Count]) ))
In (SUM ( Productlnventory[lnventory Count] ), LASTDATE ( Productlnventory[Date] )), the LASTDATE

DAX function gets the latest date in the period from the dates in the Productlnventory table. This will be
the last date in the month in the Productlnventory table.
In (SUM ( Productlnventory[lnventory Count] ), LASTNONBLANK ( Productlnventory[Date],

SUM(Productlnventory[lnventory Count]) )), the LAST NONBLANK DAX function gets the latest date in
the period from the dates in the Productlnventory table. This will be the last date in the month for which
there is data.
You should not use the CLOSINGBALANCEMONTH DAX function. This function will only show inventory
levels where there is an inventory count on the final day of the month. If the final day of the month is a
weekend or holiday, there will be no inventory level calculated.
You should not use the measure containing the MAX function on Inventory Count. This measure will
calculate the highest inventory level at any point during the month, so you will not be able to show a
proper trend on a month by month basis.
You should not use the measure containing the DateTable_ Date tables always contain every possible
date with no gaps. LASTDATE(DateTable[Date]) will always be the final day of the month. If the final day
of the month is a weekend or holiday, there will be no inventory level calculated.
49. Question
You have an Orders table that contains two date columns: OrderDate and ShippingDate, as shown in the
below exhibit.
A Date table has two relationships to the orders table for the two date fields. The relationship on the
OrderDate column is the active relationship.
You need to create visualizations that display the total price of orders for each quarter based on both the
OrderDate and the ShippingDate columns.
How should you create the measure for sales by shipping date?
Sales by Shipping Date = SUMX(CALCULATE(Orders[Price]),

USERELATIONSHIP(Orders[ShippingDate], 'Date'[Date]))
Sales by Shipping Date = SUM(CALCULATE(Orders[Price]),

Sales by Shipping Date = CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]), RELATED(Orders[ShippingDate],

'Date'[Date]))
Sales by Shipping Date = CALCULATE(SUM(Orders[Price]),

Sales by Shipping Date = SUMX(CALCULATE(Orders[Price]), RELATED(Orders[ShippingDate],

'Date'[Date]))
Unattempted
You should use the CALCULATE function. CALCULATE evaluates an expression with a filter. The
parameters for CALCULATE are an expression followed by one or more filters. You need to use the
CALCULATE function so that you force the filter to use the inactive relationship on ShippingDate.
You should use the SUM function to calculate the total. SUM totals a column.
You should use the USERELATIONSHIP function to override the active relationship and use the other
relationship on Shipping Date.
You should not use the CALENDAR function. The CALENDAR function is used to create a date table. You
should not use the SUMX function to calculate the total. SUMX evaluates an expression in a table, not a
column.
You should not use the RELATED function. RELATED uses the active relationship and returns a value
from the related table.
50. Question
Your company requirement is to define a fiscal year that starts from May.
You need to create a common date for a data model using DAX.
How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate option.
DATE = CALENDAR(5)
DATE = CALENDARAUTO(5)
DATE = CALENDARAUTO(4)
DATE = CALENDAR(4)
Unattempted
You should use the following expression:
Date = CALENDARAUTO(4)
You should use the CALENDARAUTO() function to automatically create the common date table for the
data model. This DAX function creates the date table based on the minimum and maximum available
dates in a data model. You can provide 4 as an argument to this function to end the fiscal year in April
and start the new fiscal year from May to meet the requirements.
You should not use the CALENDAR() function. This DAX function allows you to create a date table based
on the start and end date provided as an argument. The CALENDAR() function does not provide the
ability to define custom fiscal years. The following is the syntax for the CALENDAR() function:
Date = CALENDAR(startdate, enddate)
The following expression would create a Date table starting from 1 May, 2019 and ending with 30 April,
2021.
Date = CALENDAR(DATE(2019,05,01), DATE(2021,04,30))
51. Question
You create a data model in Power Bl for the schema shown in the exhibit.
There is a relationship between the Customer table and the Territory table using the TerritorylD column.
The Territory table contains unique values for TerritorylD.
You need to be able to create visualizations showing sales by territory and filter by sales person and sales
manager. How should you configure the relationship?
To answer, select the appropriate two options which represent a part of the solution.
Cardinality: Many-to-many
Cross filter direction: Both
Cross filter direction: Single
Cardinality: One-to-one
Cardinality: One-to-many
Unattempted
You should configure the cardinality as a one-to-many relationship. A territory can have many customers,
and each customer belongs to a single territory.
A one-to-one relationship means both columns contain unique values. There are multiple customers in
each territory. One-to-one cardinality is not the correct choice.
A many-to-many relationship means both columns can contain duplicate values. The Territory table
contains unique values. Many-to-many cardinality is not the correct choice.
You should configure the cross-filter direction as Both. Using both for the cross-filter direction allows you
to show the aggregate sales by territory when analyzing the data with other filters and labels.
The Single cross filter direction is used when the values at the many end of the relationship are being
aggregated. Using Single for the cross-filter direction will only allow you to filter by territory. You will not
be able to filter on other values from the Customer and Sales tables and show aggregate sales by
territory.
52. Question
Overview:
Company1 Pharmaceuticals develops, manufactures, and supplies healthcare products. Company1 has
annual reporting requirements including a balance sheet, income statement, and a profit and loss report for
the previous year with projections tor the current year. The reporting within the financial system is limited
and does not meet the Company’s requirements. Historically, producing these statements and reports has
taken significant manual effort that was error-prone, and it has not been possible to perform useful analysis
on financial data.
Planned Changes:
Power BI service and Power BI Desktop will be used to generate financial reports, statements, and analysis
tor financial data.
Data Sources:
The finance system holds all financial data including sales and expenses. The finance system holds the
chart of accounts. The finance system stores its data in an on-premises SQL Server. Sales prediction and
budget plans are stored in Excel workbooks in SharePoint Online.
Reporting Requirements:
The following information should be produced:
> Income trend
> Expenditure trend
> Comparison of income and expenditure for the current year with the previous year
> Comparison of planned income and expenditure for next year with the current year.
Users should also be able to:
> Drill down on data by country and territory.
> Drill down using the chart of accounts structure.
> Use the Q&A feature of Power BI.
Security Requirements:
C level executives should have access to all analysis. Country and Territory managers should only have
access to data for their country/territory.
Chart of Accounts:
Expenditure:
Income:
Predicted Sales:
Budget:
Data Model:
Question:
You are planning to configure the relationship between the Chart of Accounts and Predicted Sales to meet
the security requirements. You need to be able to apply the security filter in both directions. What should
you do?
Set the cross filter direction to Both.
Set the cardinality to One to many from Chart of Accounts to Predicted Sales.
Set the cross filter direction to Single.
Select the Make this relationship active option.
Unattempted
To meet the security requirements, you will need to use Row Level Security (RLS). RLS requires that you
configure the security filter in both directions. The Apply security filter in both directions checkbox is
disabled until the cross filter direction is set to Both.
Checking or unchecking the Make this relationship active option does not affect the availability of the
Apply security filter in both directions option.
Setting the cardinality of the relationship between the Chart of Accounts to Predicted Sales does not
affect the availability of the Apply security filter in both directions option.
Only setting the cross filter direction to Both enables the Apply security filter in both directions option.
You should not set the cross filter direction to Single. This unchecks and disables the Apply security filter
in both directions option.
53. Question
You create a Power Bl dataset and report that contains operational data. The data source is Azure SQL
Database. You use the Import storage mode.
You enable the Q&A feature in Power Bl dashboards.
Users are unable to use Q&A effectively because it does not understand terms your organization uses. You
review the terms used in Q&A. The top five terms are:
• Hot
• Work order
• SKU
• Rating
• Overload
You need to teach the Q&A the top five terms that it does not recognize. You also need to be able to use
Q&A with aggregations such as sum of and average of the work orders and revenue.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
1. You can use the Teach Q&A functionality on this dataset;
2. You can teach Q&A the above five terms;
3. You must create measures to be able to use the aggregations.
No;
No;
Yes
Yes;
Yes;
Yes
Yes;
No;
No
No;
Yes;
Yes
Yes;
No;
Yes
No;
No;
No
Unattempted
You can use the Teach Q&A functionality on datasets with a storage mode of Import. Import mode
supports many Power Bl features such as Q&A and Quick insights. You can refine Q&A by examining the
questions asked by users in Power Bl Desktop and then publish the report to the Power Bl service.
You cannot teach Q&A verbs such as Overload. You can only teach Q&A nouns and adjectives. Nouns,
like SKU, Work order and Rating, are used as synonyms for terms commonly used in your organization.
Adjectives like Hot, are used as filter conditions. You can review questions asked by users for up to 28
days. The questions are stored against your data model for 28 days. You can use these questions to add
suggestions and create new terms to help users with the Q&A feature.
You do not need to create measures to be able to use the aggregations. You can define an aggregation
such as sum of in the Q&A expression. You can define the ‘sum of work orders > 1000’ as ‘high
workload’. If you need more than one condition, you will need to create a measure with DAX and use the
measure in the condition.
54. Question
Dashboards.
Solution: Add Synonyms to the Sales table. Does this solution meet the goal?
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You should add synonyms to the table and its columns in the Modeling tab.
In Q&A, users ask questions using their own terminology and do not choose from a list of predefined
tables and columns. You can add synonyms so that Power Bl can identify the tables and columns when
using Q&A.
55. Question
You have a table named Sales as shown in the below exhibit.
You need to create a Product dimension using the Sales table ProductName column.
How should you complete the DAX expression to generate the Product table? To answer, select the
appropriate option.
Product = CALCULATE(Sales[ProductCategory])
Product = CALCULATE(Sales[ProdName])
Product = DISTINCT(Sales[ProductName])
Product = DISTINCT(Sales[ProdName])
Unattempted
You should use the following DAX expression to create the Product table:
Product = DISTINCT ( Sales[ProductName] )

In Power Bl you can create calculated tables from an existing Sales table. DAX expressions allow you to
gather distinct product names from the Sales table and populate them into a Product table.
You need the DISTINCT() function to gather distinct values. You provide the Sales table ProductName
column so it will gather distinct values from this column.
You should not use Sales[ProdName] or Sales[ProductCategory]. Using Sales[ProdName] or

Sales[ProductCategory] will create a product dimension based on these columns. You need to create a
Product dimension based on a ProductName column as required in the question.
You should not use the CALCULATE() function for this purpose. This function is used to evaluate an
expression, sometimes by applying a filter context. The following is the syntax:
CALCULATE(expression, filter1)
The following example shows the CALCULATE() function generating a sales value with the ProductName
filter applied.
Sales = CALCULATE( SUM(Sales[Sales Amount]), ‘Product'[ProductName] = “A”)
56. Question
Solution: Remove columns from the data model not used in reports.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. Removing unnecessary columns from the data model will reduce the model
size and improve the time taken to refresh the model. You should remove columns that are not used in
reports and not used in model structure or calculations. This is vertical filtering.
57. Question
You are building a Power Bl data model.
There are multiple management levels in your organization. You have an Employee table with the columns
shown in the below exhibits.
Employee Data
Employee Table
There is a self-join, one-to-many relationship on this table between Managerld and Employeeld.
You need to be able to see all levels of the management hierarchy and be able to create visualizations that
show data at each level of the hierarchy.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence?
1. Use the PATHITEM DAX function to extract the management levels.

2. Use the PATH DAX
function to extract a text column containing all the hierarchy of employee ids.
3. Create a new hierarchy
and add the management levels.
1. Use the COMBINEVALUES DAX function to create a text column containing the manager id and
employee id.
2. Create a new hierarchy and add the management levels.
3. Create a hierarchy on the
Employeeld and add the Managerld as the second level in the hierarchy.
1. Use the PATH DAX function to extract a text column containing all the hierarchy of employee ids.
3. Create a new hierarchy and
add the management levels.
3. Create a hierarchy on the
Employeeld and add the Managerld as the second level in the hierarchy.
Unattempted
3. Create a new hierarchy and add the management levels.
The issue faced is that there is an unknown number of levels in the parent-child relationship. Power Bl
cannot show the levels of the hierarchy. The levels in the hierarchy need to be extracted in a similar
manner to a Bill of Materials (BoM) explosion. Then, the hierarchy needs to be reconstituted as a Power
Bl hierarchy with fixed levels.
PATH and PATHITEM are functions that generate calculated columns to flatten a parent-child hierarchy.
The calculated columns can then be used to create a fixed-level hierarchy for use with visualizations.
First, you use the PATH DAX function to create a text column containing all the hierarchy of employee
ids. The PATH function creates a delimited text string for each employee containing all the ids for all
levels in the hierarchy, from top-level down to the employee.
Next, you use the PATHITEM DAX function to extract each management level from the column created
by the PATH function as a separate column. Finally, you should create a new hierarchy and add the
management levels using the columns created by the PATHITEM function.
You should not create a hierarchy on the Employeeld and add the Managerld as the second level in the
hierarchy. Creating such a hierarchy will not show all the management levels. It will only show data for
the manager and the manager’s direct reports.
You should not use COMBINEVALUES. COMBINEVALUES joins two or more text strings into one text
string. COMBINE VALUES is used to support queries against data sources with multi-column text
strings. COMBINEVALUES cannot extract the text strings for all levels in a parent-child relationship.
58. Question
Overview:
on financial data.
Planned Changes:
tor financial data.
Data Sources:
> Income trend
> Expenditure trend
Chart of Accounts:
Expenditure:
Income:
Predicted Sales:
Budget:
Data Model:
Question:
You plan to create visualizations for the income sheet and show the data changes by year for country and
territory.
You need to transform the income table to enable these visualizations.
Are the four actions mentioned below should be performed in sequence to achieve the goal? Select Yes if
true, otherwise select No.
1. Use the First Row as Headers transformation.
2. Select the year columns and Unpivot the columns
3. Rename the fourth column as Year and the fifth column as Sales Income.
4. Create relationships to the Chart of Accounts, Territory, and Year entities.
Yes
No
Unattempted
First, you should convert the first row of the Income table into headers using the Use First Row as
Headers transformation. This must be done before other steps to preserve the column names.
Then, you need to Unpivot the columns containing the values for each year. You should select the three-
year columns and use the Unpivot Columns transformation. This converts the three columns into two
columns containing the year and the value.
Next, you should rename the two new columns. The first of the two new columns is the attribute, and
you should name it Year. The second of the two new columns contain the values. You should rename the
value column to reflect that it contains the sales income.
Finally, you should create relationships with the other tables.
59. Question
Dashboards.
Solution: Set the row label on the Sales table. Does this solution meet the goal?
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. A row label allows you to define which column best identifies a row in a
table. This label allows Q&A to generate a more helpful visualization in Q&A. You should choose a
column and then use Q&A to verify that the column assists in creating visualizations.
60. Question
You are creating a report of financial transactions showing monthly trends. The source transaction table has
an excess of 10 million rows.
You need to optimize the report’s performance.
Create a summary table in the data source with the transaction data grouped by month.
Set the Storage mode on the transactions table to DirectQuery.
Create all visualizations on a single report page.
Set the Storage mode on the transactions table to Import.
Unattempted
You should create a summary table in the data source with the transaction data grouped by month. This
is the most effective technique to reduce the size of the model. The transaction table will contain records
for each transaction, but a summary table will contain one record per month, aggregating all of the
transactions over the month. This will significantly reduce the number of records in the dataset.
You should also set the Storage mode on the transactions table to DirectQuery. By using DirectQuery,
the data will not be held in the model, and queries will be sent to the database when users access
visualizations. If you use DirectQuery, performance will rely on the capacity of the data sources. If there
are latency or capacity issues at the data source, your performance will be degraded.
You should not set the Storage mode on the transactions table to Import. Import will import all
transactions into the model. This will significantly increase the size of the model and increase the take
taken to refresh the dataset. Summarizing in the dataset requires all records to be first loaded Into the
dataset and before they can be aggregated.
You should not create all visualizations on a single report page. You should reduce the number of visuals
on a report to improve performance.
61. Question
You create a Power Bl report containing several visuals.
Users report performance issues when using visuals on the Power Bl report.
You need to identify which visuals are taking the longest to process.
Which five actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate actions in the
correct order.
1. Start Query Diagnostics.

2. Enable tracing in Diagnostic Options.
3. Start recording in Performance
Analyzer.
4. Run Azure Speed Test.
5. Restart Power Bl Desktop.

2. Enable tracing in Diagnostic Options.
3. Add a blank report page.
4.
Run Azure Speed Test.
5. Stop recording and review the results.
3. Start recording in Performance Analyzer.
4. Interact with the visuals.

2. Start Query Diagnostics.
4. Run Azure
Speed Test.
Unattempted
You should perform the following actions in order:
3. Start recording in Performance Analyzer.
First, you should add a blank page to your report. Before running Performance Analyzer, you need to
clear the visual cache and data engine cache. Opening Power Bl Desktop on a blank page will not cache
the visuals.
Then, you should restart Power Bl Desktop. Restarting Power Bl Desktop will clear the data engine
cache.
Next, you should start recording in the Performance Analyzer tool.
Then, you should interact with the visuals to capture performance measurements.
Finally, you should stop recording and review the results.
You should not run the Azure Speed Test. Azure Speed Test measures the network latency from your
browser to each Azure Data Center. Azure Speed Test does not identify poorly performing visuals.
You should not run Query Diagnostics. Query Diagnostics is used to determine the processing that
occurs in Power Query. Query Diagnostics does not identify poorly performing visuals.
You should not enable tracing in Diagnostic Options. Tracing is used with Power Query Diagnostics when
creating queries in Power Bl. Query Diagnostic does not identify poorly performing visuals.
62. Question
Overview:
on financial data.
Planned Changes:
tor financial data.
Data Sources:
> Income trend
> Expenditure trend
Chart of Accounts:
Expenditure:
Income:
Predicted Sales:
Budget:
Data Model:
Question:
A visualization is created that shows the year, department, and forecast sales as shown in the below
exhibit.
Which relationship should you configure, and how should you configure that relationship to solve the data
problem?
1. The relationship to configure..
2. How to configure the relationship..
To answer, select the appropriate options.
1. Chart of Accounts and Budget

2. Set the cross filter direction to Both.
1. Chart of Accounts and Budget

2. Set the cardinality to One-to-One
1. Chart of Accounts and Predicted Sales

2. Set the cardinality to One-to-One
1. Chart of Accounts and Predicted Sales

2. Set the cross filter direction to Both.
Unattempted
You should configure the relationship between the Chart of Accounts and Budget. The visualization uses
data from Predicted Sales. The department on the Budget table is accessed via the relationships on the
Chart of Accounts table. The direction of the relationship between Chart of Accounts and Budget is a
one-to-many, so if the relationship has a cross filter set to single, the visualization cannot summarize by
the department. You should configure the relationship and set the cross filter direction to Both. This will
resolve the data error in the visualization.
You should not configure the Chart of Accounts and Predicted Sales relationship. Changing the cross
filter direction will not solve the issue because the issue is the cross filter direction on the relationship
between the Chart of Accounts and Budget tables.
You should not change the cardinality of the relationship. One-to-One is not valid for the relationship
given the data values in the tables.
63. Question
Overview:
on financial data.
Planned Changes:
tor financial data.
Data Sources:
> Income trend
> Expenditure trend
Chart of Accounts:
Expenditure:
Income:
Predicted Sales:
Budget:
Data Model:
Question:
You need to create a table containing unique countries, and a table of unique combinations of countries and
territories.
Which DAX expressions should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down
menus.
Country = VALUES('Predicted Sales'[Account Number])

Territory = SUMMARIZE('Predicted Sales',
[Territory], [Account Number])
Country = VALUES('Predicted Sales'[Territory])

Territory = SUMMARIZE('Country', [Territory],
[Account Number])
Country = DATATABLE('Predicted Sales'[Country])

Territory = SUMMARIZE('Predicted Sales',
[Territory], [Country])
Country = VALUES ('Predicted Sales'[Country])

Territory = SUMMARIZE('Predicted Sales', [Territory],
[Country])
Country = VALUES('Predicted Sales'[Country])

Territory = DISTINCT('Predicted Sales', [Territory],
[Country])
Unattempted
You should use the VALUES() function to gather distinct values from another table and populate a new
table. The VALUES function generates a one-column table of unique values. You should use the Country
column to create the country table. The Country column contains country values.
You should use the SUMMARIZE() function to gather unique combination values from columns in
another table and populate a new table. The SUMMARIZE function groups data. f you use SUMMARIZE
with two columns, it generates a table of the unique combination of the values in those columns.
You should use the Country and Territory columns when creating the Territory table.
64. Question
Solution: Hide the columns in the data model.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal. When a column is not needed in a visualization, you can hide it
from the Report view so it is not visible to users. Hidden columns are not searched when using Power
Bl. However, a hidden column is still processed.
Hiding a column does not reduce the size of the model or improve performance.
65. Question
You work on the optimization of a Power Bl report. The report has a table named Calendar and a table
named Transactions as shown in the below exhibits.
The report uses a measure named [Sales YOY % Growth] to calculate year over year sales growth. The
report also has a measure named [Sales] that calculates sales for a selected period. The measure
definitions are as follows:
Sales = SUM(Transactions [Sales])
Sales YOY % Growth = DIVIDE([Sales] – CALCULATE([Sales],

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date])), CALCULATE([Sales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date])))
You need to re-write the [Sales YOY % Growth] measure to improve report performance. To answer select
the appropriate option of DAX measure.
Sales YOY % Growth =

VAR SalesPrevYear = CALCULATE([Sales],
PARALLELPERIOD('Calendar'[Date])
RETURN
DIVIDE(([Sales] - SalesPrevYear), SalesPrevYear)

VAR PrevYearSales = CALCULATE([Sales],
PARALLELPERIOD(SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR)
RETURN
DIVIDE(([Sales] - SalesPrevYear),
SalesPrevYear)

VAR SalesPrevYear = CALCULATE([Sales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Calendar'[Date])
RETURN

VAR PrevYearSales = CALCULATE([Sales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Calendar'[Date])
RETURN
Unattempted
To improve the performance of the measure, you should use the following DAX expressions:
VAR SalesPrevYear = CALCULATE([Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date])
RETURN
DIVIDE(([Sales] – SalesPrevYear), SalesPrevYear)
You should use variables in your DAX for reusable calculations. In the original DAX expression, the
following DAX calculation was used twice:
CALCULATE([Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date])
You should use the same DAX expression, but to improve performance, you should assign this to a
variable named SalesPrevYear. Now you can refer to this variable multiple times in the modified DAX, so
it only evaluates the expression once.
To define the variable, you would use the following expression:
VAR SalesPrevYear = CALCULATE([Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date])
You should use SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR () function to calculate previous year sales for dynamic periods.
You should use ‘Calendar'[Date] as an argument for the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR () function to calculate
the last year date for selected period. The expression is similar to what was used in the original DAX. In
the final part of the DAX expression, should return the percentage growth using the following formula:
DIVIDE(([Sales] – SalesPrevYear), SalesPrevYear)
The Return keyword allows you to send back the results.
You should not use the VAR PrevYearSales option. Although you can use any name for a variable, in the
divide by expression the variable name that is used is SalesPrevYear. Defining a variable With
PrevYearSales will not work with the divide expression.
You should not use the PARALLELPERIOD() function. This function is used to calculate dates for a
selected period either forward or backwards. It requires a valid date, number of interval, and interval as
an argument. In the option set, you do not have all the available arguments for this function.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 6

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
52.36%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
You have two tables as shown in the exhibit. There are no unique values in either table. The tables are
related by the product name.
You need to create relationships in the data model to enable visuals to be created that contain data from
both tables.
How should you model these tables?
Create a table that contains unique IDs and create two one-to-many relationships.
Set the relationship cardinality to one-to-one between the two tables.
Set the relationship cardinality to one-to-many between the two tables.
Set the relationship cardinality to many-to-many between the two tables.
Unattempted
You should set the relationship cardinality to many-to-many between the two tables. Power Bl supports
many-to-many relationships. Many-to-many cardinality does not require unique values in either of the
tables in the relationship.
You should not create a table that contains the unique ids and create two one-to-many relationships. In
previous versions of Power Bl, many-to-many relationships were not supported and you needed to create
a table to intersect the other two tables. You should not create a third table because this adds to the size
of the dataset and the processing time when refreshing it.
You should not set the relationship cardinality to one-to-many between the two tables. One-to-many
cardinality requires unique values on one side of the relationship. There are no unique rows in either
table. One-to-many is the most common type of cardinality, and Power Bl will default to this cardinality. A
one-to-many relationship will provide better performance.
You should not set the relationship cardinality to one-to-one between the two tables. One-to-one
cardinality requires unique values on both sides of the relationships.
2. Question
You create a report using the RegionalSales table as shown in the exhibit. You use the PERCENTILEX.EXC
function in a measure to calculate the 95% percentile for the Sales column in the RegionalSales table as
shown below:
Percentile95 = PERCENTILEX.EXC(RegionalSales, RegionalSales[Sales], 0.95)
When you add the measure to a line chart visualization, an error is shown with unsupported percentile.
You need to resolve the error and show the 95% percentile on the visual. What should you do?
Replace the function with the PERCENTILEX.INC function.
Use binning and add 20 bins to the value column.
Add a forecast to the visualization at 95% confidence level.
Replace the function with the PERCENTILE.EXC function.
Unattempted
If the PERCENTILEX.EXC function returns errors, it is because there are not enough values in the range
for the k-value specified as the desired percentile range. To resolve the error, you should use the
PERCENTILEX.INC function. PERCENTILE.INC uses a slightly less accurate algorithm, but it works for
any value of k between 0 and 1.
You should not use the PERCENTILE.EXC function. The PERCENTILE.EXC function has the same
limitations as PERCENTILEX.EXC and will error if there are too few values in the range.
You should not use binning. Binning will not resolve the issue of too few values in the range.
You should not add a forecast. A forecast will not resolve the issue of too few values in the range.
3. Question
You have a very large dataset, and you want to reduce its size. A table called Telemetry contains multiple
records per day with the datetime, deviceid, devicetype, readingtype, and readingvalue.
You need to produce reports showing average values for devicetype and readingtype. The Telemetry table
is set to DirectQuery storage mode. You need to create aggregations for date, devicetype, readingtype,
and readingvalue.
Which of the following five actions should you perform in sequence?

1. Create a new table named Telemetry_Aggregate containing the columns to hold aggregate data.
2.
Select the Telemetry table and select Manage aggregations.
3. Select the Telemetry_Aggregate table as
the aggregation table.
4. Select the Summarization type.
5. Select the table and column from the
Telemetry table.
1. Select the Telemetry table and select Manage aggregations.

2. Select the Telemetry table as the
aggregation table.
3. Select the Telemetry_Aggregate table and select Manage aggregations.
4. Set the
storage mode for the Telemetry table to Import.
1. Select the Telemetry table as the aggregation table.

2. Select the Telemetry table and select
Manage aggregations.
3. Create a new table named Telemetry_Aggregate containing the columns to
hold aggregate data.
4. Set the storage mode for the Telemetry table to Import.
5. Select the
Summarization type.
2.
Select the Telemetry table as the aggregation table.
3. Select the Telemetry_Aggregate table as the
aggregation table.
4. Select the table and column from the Telemetry table.
5. Select the Summarization
type.
Unattempted
2. Select the Telemetry table and select Manage aggregations.
3. Select the Telemetry_Aggregate table as the aggregation table.
5. Select the table and column from the Telemetry table.
First, you should create a new table named Telemetry_Aggregate containing the date, devicetype,
readingtype, and readingvalue columns to hold aggregate data. You must create this table before you can
specify the aggregations.
Next, you must select the table you want to aggregate, Telemetry, and select Manage aggregations. This
will open the Manage aggregations dialog window.
Then, you must select the table to aggregate into, Telemetry_Aggregate. This will then display the
columns in that table.
Finally, for each column in the aggregate table, you should select the Summarization Type (Group By,
Count, Sum, Average) and then select the Telemetry table as the Detail Table and then the column from
the Telemetry table as Detail column. When finished, click on Apply All to create the aggregations.
You should not set the storage mode for the Telemetry table to Import. The detail table’s storage mode
must be set to DirectQuery.
You should not select the Telemetry table as the aggregation table. The Telemetry table is the detail
table, not the aggregation table.
You should not select the Telemetry_Aggregate table and select Manage aggregations. You should
manage aggregations for the detail table, Telemetry, not the aggregation table, Telemetry_Aggregate.
4. Question
You are modeling sales data as shown in the below exhibit.
You need to show the variance of sales for the different product types. You decide to use a Quick measure.
How should you configure the Quick measure? Select the correct column names for the Quick Measure
setup.
Base Value = Order Number
Category = Amount
Base Value = Amount
Category = TypeName
Category = Order Number
Base Value = TypeName
Unattempted
You should use Amount from the Sales table as the Base value. The Base Value is the column you want
to aggregate.
You should use the TypeName from the Product Type table as the Category. The Category is what you
will group the variance by.
You should not use the Order Number column. Order Number is the unique reference for the Sales table
and is not required for the variance.
5. Question
You create a Power Bl report for regional sales data.
You write a measure to calculate the Percentage of Sales. The measure is calculating the percentages
incorrectly as shown in the exhibit named Incorrect below.
Incorrect
You need to re-write the measure so that the percentage is correct for each country and region and the
total percentage is 100 percent. The measure should calculate the percentages as shown in the below
exhibit named Correct.
Correct
How should you re-write the measure? To answer, select the appropriate option from the drop-down
menu.
Percentage of Sales = DIVIDE(SUM(RegionalSales[Sales]), CALCULATE(SUM(RegionaISaIes[Sales]),

REMOVEFILTERS() ))

ALL(RegionalSales[Country]) ))

ALLSELECTED('RegionalSales'[Region]) ))
Unattempted
You should configure the measure using REMOVEFILTERS as shown below:
Percentage of Sales = DIVIDE(SUM(RegionalSales[Sales]), CALCULATE(SUM(RegionalSales[Sales]),

REMOVEFILTERS()))
The REMOVEFILTERS function removes all filters in the context so the grand total is used to calculate
the percentages for the country and region rows.
You should not use ALL(RegionalSales[Country]). This will only show the percentages for the country
rows. The region sub-total rows will all show a percentage of 100 percent because the filter will only
calculate for the country rows. Additionally, the country percentage calculated is the percentage for the
region, not the percentage of the grand total.
You should not use ALLSELECTED(‘RegionalSales'[Region]). This will only show the correct percentages
for the region sub-totals. The country rows will all show a percentage of 100 percent because the filter
will only calculate for the region rows.
6. Question
Overview:
on financial data.
Planned Changes:
tor financial data.
Data Sources:
> Income trend
> Expenditure trend
Chart of Accounts:
Expenditure:
Income:
Predicted Sales:
Budget:
Data Model:
Question:
You have a visualization that shows the Budget amount by Account Number. You need to enable the drill
down on the chart of account structure on the visualization.
Are the four actions mentioned below should be performed in sequence to achieve the goal? Select Yes if
true, otherwise select No.
1. Click on the Parent Account Number column and select New hierarchy.
2. Click on the Account Number column and select Add to hierarchy.
3. In the visualization, replace the Account Number with the new hierarchy
4. Enable drill down on the visualization.
No
Yes
Unattempted
First, you should create a hierarchy by clicking on the Parent Account Number column and selecting New
hierarchy. A hierarchy is required to implement the drill-down functionality. This creates a new hierarchy
with the Parent Account Number as the top level in the hierarchy. You can add further columns to the
hierarchy.
Then, you should click on the Account Number column and select Add to hierarchy. This adds the
Account Number column as the second level in the hierarchy.
Then, you should replace the Account Number with the new hierarchy in the visualization. You need to
add the hierarchy to the visualization before you can enable drill down.
Finally, you should enable drill down on the visualization. Enable drill-down allows the users to drill down
on the visualization.
7. Question
You work for a retail organization that uses Power Bl. The schema for the tables is shown in the below
exhibits.
The Customer table contains the names and IDs of the customers. The Product table contains the ids and
names of the products. When a customer purchases from the retail establishment, a record in the Basket
table is created to link the Customer to that purchase. The Products added to their Basket are stored in the
Basket Items table.
You need to find the number of customers who purchased the same set of products. You add a slicer for
Product Name to your report to choose the set of products.
How should you create the measure to count the number of customers who purchased the products
selected? To answer, select the appropriate option.
ProductsSelected = COUNT('Product'[ProductID])
PurchasedSelected = IF(COUNT('Basket
Items'[ProductID]) [ProductsSelected], 1, 0)
CustomerCount = SUM(VALUES(Customer[CustomerID]),
[PurchasedSelected])
ProductsSelected = COUNTX('Product'[ProductID])
PurchasedSelected = SUM(COUNTX('Basket
CustomerCount = SUM(VALUES(Customer[CustomerID]),
ProductsSelected = DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[ProductID])
PurchasedSelected =
IF(DISTINCTCOUNT('Basket Items'[ProductID]) [ProductsSelected], 1, 0)
CustomerCount =
SUMX(VALUES(Customer[CustomerID]), [PurchasedSelected])
ProductsSelected = COUNTX('Product'[ProductID])
PurchasedSelected = SUMX(COUNTX('Basket
CustomerCount = IF(VALUES(Customer[CustomerID]),
Unattempted
You should use the following DAX functions:
ProductsSelected = DISTINCTCOUNT(‘Product'[ProductID])
PurchasedSelected = IF(DISTINCTCOUNT(‘Basket Items'[ProductID]) [ProductsSelected], 1, 0)
CustomerCount = SUMX(VALUES(Customer[CustomerID]), [PurchasedSelected])
You should use the DISTINCTCOUNT function to count the number of ProductsSelected and
PurchasedSelected. You need to find the number of products on the slicer and the number of baskets
with the same number of products purchased.
You should use the IF function to create a true or false value if the number of items in the basket
matches the number of products selected. This measure is not very useful on its own but will be used in
the CustomerCount measure.
You should use the SUMX function to determine for each row in the Customer table if the measure in
the second argument is true. The X function evaluates each row in turn. CustomerCount is the number of
customers who bought all of the products selected on the slicer.
8. Question
You import a table into Power BI. The schema is shown in the below exhibit.
You need to configure the columns in the table.
Which Summarize option should you recommend for aggregating the columns for use in visualizations?
Amount: Sum
Order Number: Average
DateKey: Count
Amount: Sum
Order Number: Count
DateKey: None
Amount: Sum
Order Number: Sum
DateKey: Average
Amount: None
Order Number: Count
DateKey: Average
Unattempted
You should use the Sum aggregation for the Amount field. Amount is a decimal number, and analysis of
total sales will be required for visualizations. Adding aggregations will reduce the size of the model and
improve performance.
You should use the Count aggregation for the Order Number field. Order Number is an integer and is the
unique reference for the Sales table. The type of visualizations that will be required for Order Number is
the number of orders placed, so a count is the best aggregation option.
You should not use aggregation for the DateKey field. DateKey is a Date/time field. There are no useful
aggregations for dates. You should not perform aggregations unless necessary because aggregations
cause loss of detail.
You should not use Average as an aggregation for the Sales table. If you use Average, you will not be
able to calculate the sum of sales.
9. Question
You have tables named Employee and Salary, as shown in the below exhibit.
You have a slicer that filters employees based on Salary range. You have another slicer that filters
employees based on Company.
A visualization that shows employees along with salaries is not showing the correct values. You need the
Company slicer to show only values within the range of the Salary slicer. You need to fix the relationship
between the Employee and Salary tables.
Set the cross filter direction to single.
Set the cross filter direction to both.
Set cardinality to one-to-many from the Employee table to the Salary table.
Select Apply security filter in both directions.
Unattempted
To fix the relationship between the Employee table and the Salary table, you need to perform the
following two tasks:
• Set the cardinality of the relationship to one-to many from the Employee table to the Salary table.
• Set the cross filter direction to both.
By setting the cardinality of the relationship between the Employee and Salary tables to one-to-many,
you allow the Employee table to serve as the main dimension, and Salary can have multiple salary values
for each employee. By setting the cross filter direction to both, you allow filters and a slicer to propagate
in both directions. You can either filter results based on employee salary or any other employee attribute.
You can also filter the Company slicer based on selected Salary range values.
Setting the cross filter direction to single limits the ability to filter the Employee table based on salary. For
example, if you have another slicer that shows Company and you set the cross filter direction to single,
you would not be able to filter Company based on a specific salary range.
Selecting Apply security filter in both directions is required in cases where you have configured row-level
security (RLS). In this case you do not need to check this property. The scenario makes no mention of
RLS.
10. Question
You need to create time-series visualizations based on the dates in the table shown in the below exhibit.
Orders are received during the working week and are typically shipped within a week.
You need to define a date table to support visualizations. For each of the following statements, select Yes
if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
1. A date table must have a column with the Date data type.
2. You can mark the table named Sales as a date table.
3. You can create two date tables, one for order date and one for ship date, and mark both as date tables.
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. No
Unattempted
A date table must have a column with the Date data type.
You cannot mark the table named Sales as a date table. To mark a table as a date table, the date field
must be unique and must not have any missing dates. The table named Sales has multiple rows for
dates during the week and has missing dates for weekends because orders are only received during the
working week.
You can create two tables for order date and ship date and mark both tables as date tables. There is no
limit on the number of tables you can mark as date tables.
11. Question
You create a data model and report in Power Bl desktop. The data model contains multiple tables, many
relationships, and a set of measures.
Users report poor performance when using your report.
How can you identify the source of the performance issues?

use the Performance analyzer.
use the ALM Toolkit.
use the Tabular Editor.
use the DAX Studio tool.
Unattempted
You should use the Performance analyzer in Power Bl Desktop to identify the source of the performance
issues. Performance analyzer examines all aspects of your data model and report including DAX queries
and visuals. Performance analyzer allows you to sort by the longest running queries, so you can identify
performance bottlenecks and target these for further analysis.
You should not use the DAX Studio tool. DAX Studio allows you to analyze DAX queries for performance.
DAX Studio does not identify the DAX queries in a model that are performing badly. You must first use
the Performance analyzer to identify the poorly performing DAX queries.
You should not use the Tabular Editor. Tabular Editor is used to build and manage models. It does not
have any performance analysis features.
You should not use the ALM Toolkit. The ALM Toolkit compares Power Bl datasets and manages the
differential deployment of datasets to production environments.
12. Question
You create reports using the data model shown in the below exhibit.
You have the following measure that is performing poorly The measure calculates the change in sales each
year.
SalesChangeYoY = IF(SUM(Sales[Amount]), DIVIDE([SumofSales] – CALCULATE([SumofSales],

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Sales[Date])), CALCULATE([SumofSales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Sales[Date]))))
You need to improve the performance of the measure. What should you do?
Change the cardinality of both relationships to many-to-many
Create a calculated column containing the sales amount for the previous year
Change the cross filter directions on both relationships to Both

Rewrite the measures using DAX variables
Unattempted
You should rewrite the measures using DAX variables. The measure is recalculating the same period last
year twice and the sum of sales twice. Variables make measures more efficient because they remove the
need to evaluate the same expression twice, reducing processing time. You can create the measure as
follows.
SalesChangeYoY =
VAR SumofSales = SUM(Sales[Amount])
VAR SalesLastYear = CALCULATE ([SumofSales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR (Sales[Date]) )
RETURN IF(SumofSales, DIVIDE(([SumofSales] – SalesLastYear), SalesLastYear))
If you rewrite the measure with variables, you also reduce its complexity and make the DAX functions
more readable.
You should not change the cardinality of both the relationships to many-to-many. The cardinality will not
affect these measures or their performance. Changing the relationship to many-to-many is required when
the rows in both tables are not unique and you need to filter on values in the tables.
You should not create a calculated column containing the sales amount for the previous year. Calculated
columns are calculated for every row in the table. This will take more space in the dataset and longer to
process when refreshing the dataset.
You should not change the cross filter directions on both relationships to Both. Bi-directional
relationships require more processing and can negatively impact on performance.
13. Question
You have a table named Sales. You need to create a measure that calculates sales from the previous year
based on a dynamic period, as shown in the below exhibit.
Which two DAX expressions can you use to achieve your goal? Each correct answer presents a complete
solution.
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), DATEADD('Calendar'[Date].[Date], -1, MONTH))
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), DATEADD('Calendar'[Date].[Date], -1, YEAR))
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), PARALLELPERIOD('Calendar'[Date], -1, YEAR))
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Calendar'[Date]))
Unattempted
To create a measure that calculates the previous year’s sales, you should use one of the following DAX
expressions:
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), DATEADD(‘Calendar'[Date].[Date], -1, YEAR))
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Calendar'[Date]))
In the first DAX expression, are using the DATEADD() function to calculate last year’s date based on a
dynamic period. If the current filter context is July 2020, it will return July 2019. It can work with day,
month, quarter, and year intervals. The CALCULATE() function has two parts. The first part aggregates
the sales column, and the second part applies the filter context to the expression.
In the second DAX expression, are using the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR() function to calculate last year’s
date based on a dynamic period. This function is very similar to the DATEADD() function The only
limitation is that it can go back one year, while with the DATEADD() function you can go back or forward
by providing a number of interval arguments. The CALCULATE() function is very similar. The difference is
the second part, where you are using the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR() function to provide the filter context
to the expression.
You should not use the following expression:
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), PARALLELPERIOD(‘Calendar'[Date], -1, YEAR))
The PARALLELPERIOD() function cannot work with a dynamic period. If you compare sales from July
2020, it will return all of 2019 because it uses a static period.
You should not use the following expression:
_PY Sales = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Sales]), DATEADD(‘Calendar'[Date].[Date], -1, MONTH))
This expression calculates sales for the previous month. The DATEADD(‘Calendar'[Date].[Date], -1,
MONTH)) part calculates dates for the past month.
14. Question
You have a Product table and a Sales table that are connected through a one-to-many relationship using the
ProductName column, as shown in the exhibit.
You need to optimize model performance. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer
presents part of the solution.
Create a new one-to-many relationship between the Sales and Product tables using the ProductlD
column.
Create a new one-to-many relationship between the Product and Sales tables using the ProductlD
column.
Change the data type of the ProductName column from text to whole number in the Product table.
Remove the existing relationship based on the ProductName column between the Product and Sales
tables.
Unattempted
You should remove the existing relationship based on the ProductName column between the Product
and Sales tables. The ProductName column has a data type assigned as text in both tables, and this
causes model slowness.
You should also create a new one-to-many relationship between the Product and Sales tables using the
ProductlD column. The ProductlD column has a data type assigned as whole number in both tables, and
integer keys perform better than text keys when two tables are joined.
You should not create a one-to-many relationship between the Sales and Product tables using the
ProductlD column. The direction of the relationship is also important, and since the Product table has
unique Product values, it should be used for filter propagation, not the Sales table.
You should not change the data type of the ProductName column from text to whole number in the
Product table. This will cause other problems in your reports, and some of the visuals might not render
properly Since ProductName has a data type assigned as text, it might not be possible for Power Query
to transform all text values to whole numbers.
15. Question
Dashboards.
Solution: Mark the Sales table as the date table. Does this solution meet the goal?
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal. You should not mark the sales table as a date table. A date table is
required if you want to use time-intelligence measures. Setting the sales table as a date table does not
assist Q&A with terminology. You will also not be able to set the sales table as a date table because a
date table needs rows with unique dates.
16. Question
You create a report to help sales users understand their data. You need to use the appropriate type of
visualization for each of the requirements of the sales team.
Which visualizations should you use for each requirement stated below:
Identify outliers in customers with sales opportunities.
Scatter
Waterfall
Treemap
Card
Key influencers
KPI
Unattempted
The Scatter visual displays patterns in data and helps the user identify outlier values. You can use the
Scatter visual to show information about the customer and their sales opportunities to identify outliers in
the sales process.
17. Question
Which of the following visuals is not included as part of Power Bl and must be added as a custom visual?
Stacked Area
Histogram
Donut
Waterfall
Unattempted
Histogram is not added to Power Bl tools by default, it needs to be added as custom visual.
18. Question
You create multiple Power Bl dashboards. You define the data classifications and tags.
You need to show users how the data in the dashboards is classified.
1. Data classifications are defined at the tenant level.
2. Access to dashboards with data classification configured is controlled by Azure Active Directory (AD)
security groups.
3. The data classification for a dashboard is always displayed.
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. No
Unattempted
Data classification must be enabled for the tenant in the Admin Portal. Once you enable the feature, you
can define the data classifications. One of the classifications must be set as the default classification. All
existing dashboards will have the default classification defined.
Data classifications apply to the entire organization and cannot be limited to specific groups. You cannot
restrict a dashboard based on membership of an Azure AD security group.
The data classification for a dashboard is only displayed if the administrator has checked the Show Tag
option for the classification that the dashboard has been assigned to. If Show Tag is not checked, data
classification is not visible to users of the dashboard.
19. Question
You create the stacked column chart shown in the below exhibit.
When you hover over a data point in the visual you need to also show the value of goods sold, Total sales.
Enable Total labels on the visual
Add Total sales to Drill through on the visual
Enable Data labels on the visual
Add Total sales to Tooltips on the visual
Create a report tooltip page with a card visual for Total sales
Unattempted
You can add Total sales to Tooltips for the visual. The default tooltip for a visual display is the data point’s
value and category. In the exhibit, this will be the Product, Segment, and Units Sold. You can add custom
further data points as tooltips to the visual. After you add Total Sales to Tooltips, hovering over the visual
will show Product, Segment, Units Sold, and Total sales.
You can also create a report tooltip page containing a visualization for Total sales that replaces the default
tooltip. After creating a report tooltip page containing Total sales, hovering over the stacked column chart
displays the report tooltip and the Total sales value.
You should not add Total sales to Drill through on the visual. The drill-through feature is used to create a
report that focuses on a specific entity, such as Product or Segment.
You should not enable Data labels on the visual. This option shows the number of Units Sold for each
Segment of the stacked column. It does not show the Total sales. You should not enable Total labels on
the visual. This option shows the total number of Units Sold above each column. It does not show the
Total sales.
20. Question
After you have pinned a report visual to create a dashboard tile, you can later modify the visual’s properties
and the Power Bl service will automatically update the dashboard tile with the new visual property values.
Correct
Incorrect
Unattempted
lf you update a visualization that is used to create the tile, the tile doesn’t change. If you pinned a line
chart from a report and then you convert the line chart to a bar chart, the dashboard tile continues to
show a line chart. The data refreshes, but the visualization type does not.
21. Question
You have two dashboards in the same workspace named Production and Manufacturing. Your company
Power Bl administrator creates the following two dashboard data classifications:
• Medium Impact (MEDI) as default.
• High Impact (HIGH).
You need to use the newly created classifications in the dashboards. The Production dashboard should be
classified as Medium Impact. The Manufacturing dashboard should be classified as High Impact.
Set Data classification as Medium Impact.
Go to Production dashboard > settings.
Go to Manufacturing dashboard > settings.
Set Data classification as High Impact.

Unattempted
You can configure the dashboard data classification as follows:
Go to Manufacturing dashboard > settings and set Data classification as High Impact. You can also set
the data classification from the main settings gear icon at the top. There, you select Settings, then
choose Dashboard and set Data classification.
For the Production dashboard, you do not need to configure anything specific. This dashboard will use
the default classification, Medium Impact. When the Power Bl administrator creates the dashboard data
classification, the default classification is assigned to all dashboards that do not have any classification
previously configured.
22. Question
To create a column chart that displays Quantity by Color and can be drilled down to show Quantity by Stock
Item.
Which of the following solves the problem? More than one answer can be correct.
Put Color on Axis and Stock Item on Tooltips
Put Color and Stock Item on the axis
Put Color on axis and Stock Item on legend
Create a Stock Item hierarchy that includes Color and Stock Item and use the hierarchy on axis.
Unattempted
Putting in Tooltips or legend will not allow showing stock item names and drill-down options,
respectively.
23. Question
You create a report page and pin the page to a dashboard in the Power BI service. You receive many
enquiries from users asking you about the data and requesting additional visuals on the dashboard.
You need to enable the Q&A feature that appears as “Ask a question about your data” at the top of the
dashboard above the visuals.
How should you enable this feature?
Solution: Add Q&A button on the report page.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal The Q&A button would be added to the report canvas and shown in
the report and dashboard, not above all the visuals in the dashboard. The Q&A button launches the Q&A
explorer window.
24. Question
You create Power Bl reports and dashboards.
Your company has standard corporate colors and fonts that must be used on reports and dashboards.
There is a set list of colors for data in visuals. The colors are shades of red, crimson, and maroon. All tiles
should have a background color of light blue. Your company also wants to use different pictures for report
and dashboard backgrounds at special times during the year, such as holidays and the end of the
company’s financial year.
You need to customize themes to meet these requirements.
Which theme should you use for the following requirement?
“Set the tile background color”
Dashboard or report theme
Dashboard theme
Report theme
Unattempted
Background colors for tiles can only be set in dashboard themes. You can specify the tile background
color, the tile font color, and the tile opacity. The dashboard themes only work with tiles pinned from
reports. Dashboards created from pinning a live page do not use the dashboard theme.
25. Question
You have Power Bl Premium with assigned capacity. You have a dataset containing employee key
performance indicators (KPls).
You create a Power Bl report with a visual that shows employees with low scoring KPls. You pin the visual
to a dashboard and share the dashboard with users in Human Resources (HR).
HR users need to be able to generate a list of employees to investigate for poor performance and import
that list into their HR system.
What should you do?
Configure Cloud App Security.
Grant HR users the Reshare permission on the dataset.
Grant HR users Build permission on the dataset.
Apply a sensitivity label in the dashboard settings.

Unattempted
You should grant HR users the Build permission on the dataset. You can export data from a visual in a
dashboard to a CSV file. If you have filtered the visualization, then the .csv export will also be filtered.
Users require the Build permission to export the underlying data of the visual to work with it outside
Power Bl. If a user has Read permission on a workspace and dataset, they can export the data. Build
permission allows you to control whether users can download data from visuals without having to give
access to the workspace.
You should not apply a sensitivity label in the dashboard settings. Sensitivity labels do not affect access
to content within Power Bl. Sensitivity labels are not applied to data exported to CSV, but only to Excel,
PowerPoint, and PDF files.
You should not grant HR users the Reshare permission on the dataset. Reshare allows users to share a
dashboard or a report. Reshare does not allow you to export data from Power Bl.
You should not configure Cloud App Security. Cloud App Security allows you to monitor Power Bl for
user access and activity. Cloud App Security will prevent data from being exported to devices that do not
meet your Azure Active Directory conditional access policies. Cloud App Security will not enable or
disable HR users from downloading data from a Power Bl visual.
26. Question
What happens when you click on Focus mode of a tile in Power Bl dashboard?
The tile you selected expands and takes the full space
The Power Bl desktop file opens.
The Power Bl desktop file gets downloaded
The report from which the tile was pinned opens.
Unattempted
27. Question
Show the factors that affect the outcome of sales opportunities.
Waterfall
Treemap
KPI
Key influencers
Scatter
Card
Unattempted
The Key influencers visual is used to show the factors that affect the metric being analyzed. You can use
the Key influencers visual to determine the factors that affect whether a sales opportunity is won or lost.
28. Question
You create a Power Bl report to help users understand their data. You need to use the appropriate type of
visualization for each of the requirements.
Which visualizations should you use for the below-stated requirement?
“Take actions from within a report”
Power Apps
Python
D3
Unattempted
You can embed a Canvas Power App in a Power Bl report using the Power Apps visual. The Power App
can interact with the data in the report and with the other visuals. Users can use the Power App to
perform actions from within Power Bl reports and dashboards.
29. Question
You import a set of financial data and create a measure to show the percentage change since the previous
quarter.
You need to format a visualization to match the one shown in the exhibit.
The graduated color is determined by the percentage change since the previous quarter.
How should you configure the visual? Select the appropriate option for the two process steps.
Format by: Rules

Conditional formatting: Icons
Format by: Field value

Conditional formatting: Data bars
Conditional formatting: Font color

Conditional formatting: Background color
Format by: Color scale
Unattempted
You should enable the Background color option under Conditional formatting. This option sets the
background for the cells in the visualization.
You should then select Color scale as the Format by option. Color scale creates a graduated color scale
from the lowest to the highest value.
You should not choose the Font color option. This changes the color of the text in the cells and not the
background.
You should not choose the Data bars option. This adds horizontal bars in the cells that are longer the
higher the value of the cell.
You should not choose the Icons option. This adds icons in the left of the cell. There are sets of three
icons to indicate low, medium, and high values.
You should not choose the Rules option. Rules allow you to set specific colors for a range of values. In
the exhibit there are graduated colors, not specific colors.
You should not choose the Field value option. This allows you to set specific colors for a specific value in
a cell. In the exhibit there are graduated colors, not specific colors.
30. Question
You create a Power Bl report containing a corrplot R visual for a dataset that has 1 million rows of sales
data. You publish the report to the Power Bl service. Users can only see some of the sales data and an
error is displayed.
You need to identify the root cause of this issue. What is preventing all the data from be displayed?
The visual has too many rows.
The data rows are unique.
The report has been published in an app.
Corrplot is not supported in Powerbi.com.
Unattempted
The visual has too many rows. R visuals are limited to 150,000 rows. If there are more than 150,000
rows, only the top 150,000 rows are displayed and a message is displayed on the image. R aggregates
similar data automatically, but there must still be less than 150,000 data points for the R visual to display
data.
If the data is unique, it will be displayed for R visuals. R visuals group data by default, and duplicate rows
are not displayed.
Corrplot is supported in powerbi.com. Corrplot is published in CRAN. The Power Bl service supports R
packages published in CRAN.
R visuals are supported in Power Bl apps. R visuals are not supported with Publish to Web.
31. Question
You create several Power Bl report pages.
You need to make the report pages more interactive for users.
To answer, drag the appropriate Power Bl feature for the stated requirement.
“Create a view of a report page with the filters applied”
Bookmarks
Buttons
Comments
Selection pane
Unattempted
You can use the Bookmarks feature to store a report page and its configuration so that you can return to
that view later. Bookmarks keep the filters and slicers that have been applied to the visuals on the page.
32. Question
“Set the colors for data in visuals”
Report theme
Dashboard theme
Unattempted
Colors for data in visuals can be set on both dashboard and report themes. The data Colors element is
available in both dashboard and report themes.
33. Question
You work for a multinational company as a data analyst.
You create a Power Bl report for your company. The report has three pages containing visualizations of
sales data. You need to filter the visuals for all three report pages whenever a country is selected.
Create a bookmark for each page and for each country.
Add a page level filter to each of the three pages using Country as the data field.
Add a report level filter using Country as the data field.
Add a slicer to each of the three pages with Country as the field and configure Sync slicers.
Create a visual for Country and set the interaction behavior for each of the other visuals
Unattempted
The Sync slicers feature allows slicers on separate report pages to be synchronized so when a slicer is
changed on one page, the slicer is changed on the other pages simultaneously. By adding slicers for
Country on each page and configuring Sync slicers, the visuals on all pages will be filtered whenever a
country is selected on any page. This is one of the two ways to filter all visuals on all pages at the same
time.
Adding a report level filter for Country will filter all visuals on all pages. This is one of the two ways to
filter all visuals on all pages at the same time.
Adding a page level filter for Country will only filter visuals on that page. A page level filter will not filter
all visuals on all pages at the same time.
Adding a visual for Country and setting the interaction behavior for each of the other visuals will only
filter visuals on the same page. A visual for Country will not filter all visuals on all pages at the same
time. Bookmarks store a report page and its configuration so that you can return to that view later.
Bookmarks keep the filters and slicers that have been applied to the visuals on the page. Bookmarks are
for each page, not a set of pages, and therefore cannot be used to filter all visuals on all pages at the
same time.
34. Question
You have a matrix visual that shows Sales % and Sales by Product Line as shown in the exhibit.
The Sales % measure shows as a percentage the contribution of sales in that product line for overall sales.
You need to add a background color to the Sales measure as follows:
When the Sales % contribution is >= 15 and <=17 percent, highlight it in light yellow.
What should you do to configure conditional formatting? To answer, select the appropriate options for each
of the blank field.

is greater than or equal to 0.15 Number
Based on field > Sales
Format by > Color Scale
Based on field > Sales %
Format by > Rules
is less than or equal to 0.17 Number
Unattempted
You should configure conditional formatting for the Sales measure as follows:
Format by > Rules
Based on fields > Sales % measure
Rules: If value is greater than or equal to 0.15 Number and is less than or equal to 0.17 Number then
select light yellow.
When you choose to format by rules, you can add custom rules to define a range of percentage values
that you want to highlight in a specific color. You can define a range using the following operators:
greater than or equal to and less than or equal to. You can also specify that you want to use these values
as numbers.
You should use 0.15 and 0.17 as numbers. The Sales % measure is a percentage value. This means that
the decimal number 0.17 becomes 17% when converted to a percentage value. If you use 17, it will
become 1700% when converted into a percentage value. If you choose values to be used as
percentages, this will not work correctly with the stated rule of Sales % contribution is 15 and 17
percent. As per current limitations, you cannot apply rule-based formatting with percentage rules.
You should not use the color scale in the Format by field. This allows you to choose formatting from a
color scheme for minimum and maximum values based on the selected fields. You can use a diverging
color to distinguish between the minimum and the maximum value.
You should not use the field value in the Format by field. This allows you to choose formatting from an
already defined field in your model, which you can use for a color scheme.
You should not use Sales in the “Based on field” option. Here, formatting will be based on the Sales
measure values rather than the Sales % values, as required in this scenario.
35. Question
You create a Power Bl report for your company. The report has four pages containing visualization of
financial data. Page 1 contains visualizations that show income and expenditure. Page 2 contains
visualizations that analyze Accounts Payable. Page 3 contains visualizations on Accounts Receivable. Page
4 contains visualizations on Fixed Assets. You add a fifth page, home page.
How should you configure the home page to allow users to navigate to the report pages?
Solution:
• Create a bookmark for each report page.
• Add four buttons to the home page and set action type to Bookmark.
• On each button, select the bookmark for the page.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. Bookmarks store the report page and how it is configured. When you add a
button and set the Action type to Bookmark, it becomes a way of navigating to the report page for that
bookmark.
36. Question
Solution:
• Set Include in app to Yes for the report.
• Create a Power BI app.
• Enable navigation builder.
• Include the report in the navigation.
• Publish the app.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal These steps create an app containing the dashboards and reports in
the workspace. The app has a navigation pane. The navigation pane contains menu items for the
dashboards and reports. It does not include menu items for each report page.
37. Question
You create the report page shown in the below exhibit.
You need to configure the interactions of the visuals.
1. To make the Sales by Product visual show the portion of the segment selected in the Pie chart, you
should select the Sales by Product visual and edit the interactions on the Sales by Segment chart.
2. To not filter the Sales by Segment chart when a column in the Sales by Product visual is clicked, you
should set the interaction behavior to None.
3. To focus on the proportion of Sales by Product for a selected segment, you should set the interaction
behavior to Filter.
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. No
Unattempted
To change how other visuals interact with a visual of your choice, you should select that visual and then
change the interaction behavior on the rest of the visuals. To make the Sales by Product visual show the
portion of the segment selected in the Pie chart, you should select the Sales by Segment pie chart and
then edit the interactions on the Sales by Product chart. You should set the interaction behavior to either
filter or highlight.
Setting the interaction behavior to None will not filter the Sales by Segment chart when a column in the
Sales by Product visual is clicked. Setting the interaction behavior to None means that a visual is not
affected by any selection on the other visual.
To show the proportion of Sales for a selected segment you should set the interaction behavior to
Highlight. Filters remove all but the data you want to focus on. Highlighting is not filtering. It does not
remove data, but instead highlights the data you want to focus on, with the other data still visible but
dimmed. By highlighting you can see the proportion of the product sales for the segment.
38. Question
Which page view types are available in Power Bl Report View? Choose the correct answers.
Fit to Width
Fit to page
Full Screen
Actual Size
Unattempted
Full Screen is not a page view in Power BI.
39. Question
Show progress of sales opportunities won against target.
Scatter
Key influencers
Card
KPI
Waterfall
Treemap
Unattempted
The Key Performance Indicator (KPI) visual shows the progress made toward a measurable goal Sales
targets are a goal, and the sales won is the progress made. The KPI visual is the best option for showing
sales progress against their targets.
40. Question
Solution: Enable the Q&A option in Page information on the report page.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal The Q&A option on the report page allows Q&A to use the page as
an answer. You can add an alternate name for the report.
41. Question
You have a dashboard in Power Bl that has visuals created from data in the Common Data Service. The
dashboard contains a KPI visual.
You need to automate the notification of alerts when the KPI value exceeds a threshold. Which two
options are available when configuring an alert in Power Bl service? Each correct answer presents a
complete solution.
Push a notification to a mobile device
Send an email
Call a webhook
Run a Power Automate flow
Unattempted
When an alert rule is triggered, a notification is created that is visible in the notification center in Power
Bl. Alerts can optionally be sent by email.
A Power Automate flow can also be triggered by a Power Bl alert. The Power Bl connector contains the
trigger named “When a data driven alert is triggered”. You can create a Power Automate flow using this
trigger to send notifications using any of the connectors available with Power Automate, including text
messages, Microsoft Teams messages, email, and even social media posts.
Calling a webhook is not an option for a Power Bl data alert. Calling webhooks when an event is
triggered is a feature of the Common Data Service in the Power Platform.
If a user has the Power Bl mobile app installed, notifications will appear on their mobile device. If and
how notification of alerts appear on the mobile device is controlled by settings in the mobile app. You
cannot configure whether a mobile notification is sent when configuring alert rules in Power Bl service.
42. Question
Which fields are available when creating a Pie chart visualization?
Group
Value
Details
Legend
Unattempted
While creating a Pie chart, you get options for Legend, Details, and Values fields.
43. Question
Solution:
• Add four images to the home page and set action type to Page navigation.
• Select the destination page for each image.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. The Page navigation Action type is supported for shapes and images, not
just buttons. When you use the Page navigation Action type, you select the Report page you wish to
navigate to as the destination page. Clicking on the image will navigate to the Report page associated
with the image.
44. Question
You create a report in Power Bl.
You need to configure the page for use with screen reader software for partially sighted users.
What should you configure on the report page so that the screen reader follows a logical sequence?
Tab order
Focus mode
Layer order
Bookmark groups
Unattempted
You should set the Tab order for each visualization. You arrange the visuals in order by using the up and
down arrows in the Selection Pane, or by using drag and drop into the desired order. Tab Order is used
by keyboard users to navigate the report page. Screen reader software will follow the sequence set in
the tab order. You can also skip visuals by hiding the visual from the Tab order. Screen reader software
uses the Alt-Text on a visual to read about the visual.
You should not use Bookmark groups. Bookmark groups are a collection of bookmarks. Bookmarks
capture the currently configured view of a report page, including filters, slicers, and the state of visuals.
Bookmarks are not used by screen reader software.
You should not use Layer order. Layer order is used to control the order in which visuals are added to the
report page. This is important if you have visuals that overlap each other. Layer order is not used by
screen reader software.
You should not use Focus mode. Focus mode expands out a visualization on the screen to take the full
report canvas, hiding other visuals. You can still interact with the visual while in Focus mode.
45. Question
“Set the background image”
Report theme
Dashboard theme
Unattempted
Background images can be set in both dashboard and report themes. In a dashboard theme, you can
upload an image file. For a report theme, you must edit the theme JSON file and add a base64-encoded
string for the image.
46. Question
Which properties of a tile can be edited in the Power Bl dashboard from the Tile details window? Choose
the correct answers.
Subtitle
Color scheme
Title
Destination link
Unattempted
47. Question
By default, which filter level behaves the same as a slicer in a report in Power BI Desktop?
Report level filter
Visual level filter
Page level filter
Query level filter
Unattempted
When you create a slicer in a report, the slicer will filter the visualizations on the current page, similar to
page level filter.
48. Question
What is the specific name for visualizations added to a dashboard as displayed below?
Reports
Datasets
Tile
Bar charts
Unattempted
Create rich, interactive reports and real-time visualizations with Power Bl dashboards and tiles that you
add to your personal dashboards.
49. Question
You create a Power Bl report.
You need to improve report navigation.
Which options should you use for the stated task?
“Preserve visual selection of a specific report page”
Buttons
Bookmarks
Unattempted
You should use Bookmarks to preserve visual selection on a report page. Bookmarks allow you to
preserve the filter, slicer, and visual state selections of current page. You can view bookmarks as a
slideshow.
50. Question
You create a dashboard in Power Bl with several visuals.
You need to explain how the dashboard will appear on a mobile device using the Power Bl app. For each of
the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
1. By default, in the Power Bl mobile, all tiles on a dashboard appear with the same size in a vertical list.
2. Enabling Dashboard tile flow causes the tiles to be displayed on a mobile device as they are on a web
browser.
3. Creating a Phone view of a dashboard, allows you to resize and rearrange the visuals for the Power Bl
mobile app.
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. No
Unattempted
When you view a dashboard in portrait mode on a phone, by default the tiles are laid out one after
another in a vertical list. All tiles are the same size.
Dashboard tile flow aligns all visuals to the top left corner of the dashboard. It has no effect on how the
tiles are rendered on a mobile device.
You can create a Phone view for a dashboard. In this view you can resize, rearrange, and hide the visuals
without affecting the web view.
51. Question
“Show and hide visuals on a report page”
Bookmarks
Comments
Selection pane
Buttons
Unattempted
You can use the Selection pane to determine which items on a report page are visible and which items
are hidden. The selections are stored in bookmarks.
52. Question
Solution:
• Add four buttons to the home page and set action type to Page navigation.
• Select the destination page for each button.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. Buttons can be added to reports. There are a set of Action types for
buttons. One of the Action types is Page navigation. When you use this Action type, you select the
Report page you wish to navigate to as the destination page. Clicking on the button will navigate to the
Report page associated with the button.
53. Question
“Add report navigation, so users can directly go to a specific report page”
Buttons
Bookmarks
Unattempted
You should use Buttons to add report navigation. You can choose Page navigation as the button action
type and set the destination page. You can also set the button action type to Bookmark and set its action
to the destination bookmark.
54. Question
You have a report page named Sales which contains visual A, showing total sales for each city for the
selected year, as shown in the below exhibit.
You need to configure an interaction for this visual. When clicking Drill through, it should redirect to a detail
page that shows Sales for the selected city by Product Line and will preserve all the filters from the Sales
page.
Which four actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
On the Sales page, under the drill through option, set Keep all filters to On.
On the Sales page, under the drill through option, add City column as the drill through field.
Create a new page named Detail.
On the Detail page, under the drill through option, set Keep all filters to On.
Create a table visual named Visual B to show total sales by city and product line.
On the Detail page, under the drill through option, add City column as the drill through field.
Unattempted
You should perform the following actions:
• Create a new page named Detail.
• Create a table visual named Visual B to show total sales by city and product line.
• On the Detail page, under the drill through option, add City column as the drill through field.
• On the Detail page, under the drill through, option set Keep all filters to On.
To create a drill through interaction on Visual A, you first need to create a Detail page Then, place a table
visual on this page to show total sales by city and product line.
Next, on the Detail page, under the drill through option, add City column as the drill through field.
Finally, set Keep all filters to On on the Detail page, so that it can preserve all the filters from the Sales
page.
You should not use the drill through option to keep all filters to On on the Sales page. This would be
useful if the Sales page is being used as a drill through page and we want to keep all filters from calling
the page.
You should not use the drill through option and add City column as the drill through field for the Sales
page. This will allow you to create a redirection from any other page to the Sales page using the City
column by utilizing the same drill through feature.
55. Question
You create a Power Bl report. The report has multiple pages with many visuals.
Users need to be able to view this report on their mobile devices.
You need to optimize the report for use on mobile devices.
Which two optimizations can you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Set slicers to be responsive.

Set the page size.
Remove data labels.
Select and resize the visuals.
Apply a report theme.
Unattempted
In Power Bl desktop, you can switch to the mobile layout view of a report page. In this view, you can add
and remove visuals from the report to the mobile canvas. You can also resize the visuals. You should only
include important visuals in the mobile layout to optimize the report for mobile devices.
Additionally, you can resize slicers and make a slicer responsive so that it will resize automatically in the
mobile app.
You should not apply a report theme. Themes only change the colors and fonts used in visuals. Themes
do not change how visuals are organized in the mobile app.
You should not remove data labels. Properties for a visual such as data labels apply to both the desktop
and mobile view. You cannot change the properties for a visual, only for the mobile view. You should not
set the page size. The mobile app uses the mobile layout, if defined. You should switch to the mobile
layout view and arrange the visuals using the phone emulator canvas. The selected page size does not
affect the mobile layout.
56. Question
You need to configure data alerts for a dashboard.
Which three visuals can be configured for data alerts? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Gauge visual
KPI visual
Matrix visual
Card visual
Line visual
Unattempted
You can configure data alerts for card, gauge, and KPI visuals. Data alerts are only available from the
Power Bl service and can be configured for these three visuals. Data alerts allow you to send
notifications when a certain limit is reached. For example, you can create an alert to send a notification
when sales reach one million. You can also set alerts to send notifications if growth is negative.
Card visuals allow you to represent single value, either text or number. It is used to highlight the
importance of that attribute, like total sales in your report.
The Gauge visual allows you to track progress against a measurable goal. It can be used to visualize sales
against the yearly target. It shows a dial to represent the progress made and a pointer to represent the
target value.
The KPI visual allows you to track progress against a measurable goal. It can be used to visualize sales
against monthly targets.
You cannot configure data alerts for line or matrix visuals. A line chart plots a series of data points
connected through a line. The Matrix visual allows you to show aggregated results in tabular form.
57. Question
You create a report page in Power BI.
You need to create a dashboard that will be simultaneously updated whenever the report page is updated.
What should you do?
Pin the report to a new dashboard as a live page.
Enable Persistent filters in report settings.
Create a new dashboard and pin each of the visuals from the report page as individual tiles.
Enable Dashboard tile flow in dashboard settings.
Unattempted
You should pin the report to a new dashboard as a live page. Pinning a report as a live page enables
changes to the report to appear simultaneously in the dashboard tiles when the report page is refreshed.
You should not create a new dashboard and pin each of the visuals from the report page as individual
tiles.
If you pin individual visuals as tiles on a dashboard, the visuals are not automatically updated when the
report page is updated. The data is refreshed, but changes to the visualization are not. If you change the
type of visualization used when you created the tile, the tile does not change. For example, if you pin a
pie chart from a report page and then change the pie chart to a bar chart, the dashboard tile continues to
show a pie chart.
You should not enable Dashboard tile flow in dashboard settings. Dashboard tile flow aligns all visuals to
the top left corner of the dashboard. It has no effect on how dashboards are updated. You should not
enable Persistent filters in report settings. Persistent filters allow end users to save filters on the report.
It has no effect on how dashboards are updated.
58. Question
“Use scikit learn machine learning in visuals”

Python
Power Apps
D3
Unattempted
Scikit-learn is a Python library for creating and visualizing machine learning models.
59. Question
What is the file format used to define a theme for a Power Bl report?
Power BI Markup Language (PBIML)
Cascading Style Sheets (CCS)
JavaScript Object Notation (JSON)
Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Unattempted
JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) is the file format used to define a theme for a Power Bl report.
60. Question
“Use JavaScript to create visuals”
Power Apps
Python
D3
Unattempted
D3 is a JavaScript library for creating visuals. D3 is supported in Power Bl by adding a custom

visualization from AppSource.
61. Question
You create a report in Power Bl Desktop containing many visualizations.
You need to apply the fonts and colors to match your corporate standards. What should you do?
Customize the theme.
Set the Data colors on each visualization.
Set the font family on the page display settings.
Change the font on each visualization.
Unattempted
You should customize the theme. You can change the entire report, including setting corporate colors
and changing the font to be used for visuals and text on the page. The best practice is to create a
corporate theme and apply it to all reports and dashboards.
You should not change the font on each visualization. This will take a lot of effort and will not address the
requirement to change the colors used in visualizations.
You should not set the Data colors on each visualization. This will take a lot of effort and will not address
the font requirement. If you customize the Data colors on a visual, any colors applied by a theme will not
be applied until you use Revert to the default.
You should not set the font family on the page display settings. This is not inherited by visualizations on
the page and would only affect the report filters.
62. Question
You have a dashboard tile that shows the manufacturing effciency using a card visual. The manufacturing
effciency measure is formatted as a percentage. Your company requires a notification to be sent when
effciency drops below 70 percent.
You need to configure email alerts to meet this requirement.
Which four actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
Check the Send me email too checkbox and click Save and close.
Click the Save and close button.
Click the + Add alert rule button.
Choose Below in the Condition field and set the Threshold value to 0.7.
Choose Below in the Condition field and set the Threshold value to 70.
Choose More options on the Manufacturing efficiency card visual and click on Manage alerts.
Unattempted
• Choose More options on the Manufacturing efficiency card visual and click on Manage alerts.
• Click the + Add alert rule button.
• Choose Below in the Condition field and set the Threshold value to 0.7.
• Check the Send me email too checkbox and click Save and close.
You can configure data alerts on a card visual using the Manage alerts option. You can add a rule button
to define a rule for the alerts. You can choose the condition as Above or Below depending on the
requirement. In this scenario, you should choose Below and set the threshold value to 0.7 because this is
a percentage value.
You should not set the threshold value to 70. This will be considered 7000 when converted into a
percentage value.
You should not click the Save and close button. This will save and close the alert rule changes. You also
need to send an email notification, as required in the scenario.
63. Question
You work on the new filter pane experience for a Power Bl report.
What can you achieve by using the new filter pane experience?
1. Hide specific filters from report consumers.
2. Lock specific filters so report consumers cannot edit them.
3. Disable the search for the Filters pane.
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
Unattempted
You can achieve the following scenarios using the new filter pane experience:
• Hide specific filters from report consumers.
• Lock specific filters so report consumers cannot edit them.
• Disable the search for the Filters pane.
You can hide specific filters or the entire Filters pane from report consumers using the visibility button
available in the Filters pane.
You can lock specific filters for report consumers by using the lock button available on the filter card so
they cannot edit that filter.
You can disable the search for the Filters pane from settings: Options > Report Settings > Uncheck
[Enable search for the filter pane] option. By default, search for the Filters pane is enabled.
64. Question
Months are sorted alphabetically in Stacked bar chart. What can you do to sort it by month number?
Right Click on field in report view and select sort by, then select MonthNumber
Click on ellipses on Right Top Corner of visual > Sort by - MonthNumber
Modeling > Select Month Column > Sort By - MonthNumber
Unattempted
65. Question
Using the bookmarking features in the report designer in Power BI Desktop, there is a limitation of creating
only one bookmark per page in a report.
Is this statement correct?
No
Yes
Unattempted
You are allowed to create multiple bookmarks.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 7

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
51.88%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

Answered
Review
1. Question
“Share feedback on visuals with other users”
Buttons
Selection pane
Bookmarks
Comments
Unattempted
You can use the Comments feature to be added to the report page and to visuals on a page. Comments
are added by users to provide feedback or bring other users’ attention to a visual and are available in the
Power Bl service.
2. Question
You administer Power Bl for your organization.
You prevent users from adding custom visuals from Microsoft AppSource by disabling the Allow visuals
created using the Power Bl SDK option in the tenant settings of the Power Bl service.
You need to provide a set of custom visuals for users to add to their reports in the Power Bl service.
What should you do?
Publish the custom visuals to the Partner Center.
Apply an Active Directory Group Policy to set the EnableCustomMsuals registry key.
Give users the .pbiviz files for the permitted custom visuals to import themselves.
Add the permitted custom visuals to Organizational visuals.
Unattempted
You should add the permitted custom visuals to Organizational visuals. The option in tenant settings is
Allow visuals created using the Power BI SDK. This option allows users to add custom visuals from a file,
or from AppSource. The option is disabled by default and would prevent users from performing either
action.
Visuals added to the Organizational visuals page are not affected by tenant settings and are available to
all users. You should add the set of permitted custom visuals to the Organizational visuals.
You should not give users the .pbiviz files for the permitted custom visuals to import themselves. The
“tenant setting” prevents custom visuals from being uploaded from files as well as being added from
AppSource.
You should not apply an Active Directory Group Policy to set the EnableCustomVisuals registry key. This
registry key only affects Power Bl Desktop and does not allow custom visuals to be used with the Power
Bl service.
You should not publish the custom visuals to the Partner Center. You publish custom visuals to the
Partner Center as the first step to making the custom visual available in AppSource. Users are prevented
from using AppSource.
3. Question
You create a Power Bl dashboard for streaming data from Azure IOT devices.
You need to configure Power Bl to visualize the IOT telemetry data. For each of the following statements,
select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
1. The streaming data is added in the data model in Power Bl Desktop.
2. The real-time data visual is added directly to the dashboard.
3. Azure Stream Analytics can supply streaming data for Power BI.
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. Yes
3. No
Unattempted
Streaming datasets are created in the Power Bl service. Unlike other datasets, there is no schema to read
in streaming data from an external source. You create the streaming dataset in the workspace in the
Power Bl service.
To add the real-time data visual, you use the Add tile menu option in the dashboard, select the Custom
Streaming Data tile, and then select the streaming dataset.
Power Bl can be an output from Azure Stream Analytics to visualize real-time streaming data.
4. Question
“Preserve slicer selection of a specific report page”
Buttons
Bookmarks
Unattempted
You should use Bookmarks to preserve slicer selection on a report page. Bookmarks allow you to
preserve the filter, slicer, and visual state selections of current page. You can view bookmarks as a
slideshow.
5. Question
Solution: Enable the Q&A option in settings for the dashboard.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You must enable Q&A in the settings for the dashboard. This option shows
the Q&A search box at the top of the dashboard.
6. Question
Solution: Add the Q&A visual to the report page.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution does not meet the goal The Q&A visual would be added to the report canvas and shown in
the report and dashboard, not above all the visuals in the dashboard.
7. Question
You create a report about product sales and customer churn rates.
You need to restrict the visual to show the top five products with the highest churn rates.
Solution: Use the Q&A Visual to find the top five products.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You can use Q&A to ask a question to find the top five records and Q&A
will generate a visualization showing them. However, Q&A does not guarantee the order of the results.
8. Question
Imagine you have created a query named Customers in a Power BI Desktop to append the rows from three
external tables with customer data into a single output table named Customers.
What would be the best approach to add a new fabricated ID column to the Customers table to ensure that
every row in the Customers table contains a unique ID value?
Modify the data model by extending the Customers table with an Index column
Modify the data model by extending the Customers table with a Counter column
Modify the Customers query by adding a Counter column
Modify the Customers query by adding an Index column
Unattempted
Index column option is available in the query editor to add an indexed column starting from 0, 1, or
custom number.
9. Question
You have a dataset that contains survey results for the percentage of internet access by year, age, and
gender. The age of the respondents is between 15 and 85 years old.
You need to create a bar chart showing the percentage of internet access for equal age ranges of 10 years.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate actions from the
below listed options.
1. Set Group type to Bin.

2. Set the Bin type to Number of bins.
3. Set the Bin count to 7.
4. Set the
Bin size to 7.
1. Right click on the Age column and select New Group.

2. Set Group type to List.
3. Set the Bin size
to 7.

3. Set the Bin type
to Number of bins.

3. Set the Bin type
to Number of bins.
4. Set the Bin count to 7
Unattempted
3. Set Bin Type to Number of bins.
4. Set Bin count to 7.
First, you should right click on the Age column and select New Group. This opens the Groups dialog.
Next, you should set the Group type to Bin. The bin group type is used when you want to group numeric
or date values. Selecting the bin group type exposes the Bin type and Bin size fields.
Finally, you should set the Bin Type to Number of bins and set the Bin count to 7. There are 70 years
between the ages 15 and 85 To get bins that cover 10 years you should set the Bin count to 7. Setting
the Bin count to 7 will create age ranges of 10 years.
You should not set the Group type to List. The list group type is used when you want to group data
categories, not numeric values.
You should not set the Bin size to 7. There are 70 years between the ages 15 and 85. To get bins that
cover 10 years you can set the Bin size to 10 if the Bin type is set to Size of bins. Setting the Bin size to 7
will create age ranges of seven years.
You should not set the Set Bin count to 10. There are 70 years between the ages 15 and 85. To get bins
that cover 10 years you should set the Bin count to 7. Setting the Bin count to 10 will create age ranges
of seven years.
10. Question
You build a Power Bl report showing vendor purchases. The dataset contains five hundred to a thousand
rows.
You need to add a visual that enables users to easily identify the outliers in the data. Which type of visual
should you add?
Scatter chart
Chord
Key influencers
Decomposition Tree
Unattempted
You should add the scatter chart. The best visual to identify outliers is the scatter chart, which shows the
relationship between two numerical values. Scatter charts display patterns in large sets of data and are,
therefore, ideal for displaying outliers.
You should not add the key influencers visuals. The key influencers visual is an Al-powered visual that
allows users to discover import factors that affect their metrics. The visual contrasts the relative
importance of these factors. The Key influencers visual does not assist in identifying outliers.
You should not add the Decomposition Tree visual. It allows you to drill down into your data across
multiple dimensions. The Decomposition Tree visual is used to conduct root cause analysis. The
Decomposition Tree does not help users discover outliers.
You should not use the Chord visual. It displays the relationships between data in a matrix. The Chord
visual is used to show the similarities in the data. The Chord visual does not help users identify outliers.
11. Question
You are creating a Power Bl report for products ordered from vendors for the purchasing department. The
purchasing department monitors suppliers and their performance against a suite of metrics.
The department needs a visualization to assist in identifying the factors that affect vendor performance.
Which type of visualization should you add?
Key influencers
Q&A
KPI
Decomposition Tree
Unattempted
You should add the Key influencers visual. It is an Al-powered visual that allows users to discover
important factors that affect their metrics. The visual contrasts the relative Importance of these factors.
You should not add the Q&A visual. The Q&A visual allows users to ask questions about their data and
can generate visualizations. The Q&A visual will help users find quick answers on their data but it does
not help users discover the factors affecting metrics.
You should not add the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) visual. The KPI visual shows a target value and
the progress towards that target. The KPI visual is used to show metrics but does not help users
discover the factors that affect them.
You should not add the Decomposition Tree visual. It allows you to drill down into your data across
multiple dimensions. The Decomposition Tree visual is used to conduct root cause analysis. The
Decomposition Tree does not help users discover the factors affecting metrics.
12. Question
You create a Power Bl report that shows the visual in the below exhibit.
You need to show how the relationship between costs and sales changes over the months in the year.
What should you do?
Add a relative date slicer to the page.
Add the month column to the Play Axis option for the visual.
Create a quick measure to calculate the month-over-month change of sales.
Add a Ratio line in the Analytics pane.

Unattempted
You should use the Play Axis feature. Play Axis is an animation that can be used with the scatter chart
visual to show how values change over time. Play Axis acts like a dynamic slicer showing the values for
each time period in the series. You should add the month column to the Play Axis option for the visual.
This will add a start button to the visual. Upon clicking, the visual will step through each period and the
scatter bubbles will move as the period changes. The animation in the exhibit shows how the
relationship between costs and sales changes over time.
You should not add a Ratio line in the Analytics pane. The Ratio line feature draws a straight line using
the ratio of the values on the x and y axis. It does not show how values change over time. You should
not add a relative date slicer to the page. A relative date slicer filters the visuals using the relative number
of days. This slicer will simply show a subset of the data. It does not show how values change over time.
You should not create a quick measure to calculate the month-over-month change of sales. The quick
measure will calculate the difference of sales each month but will not illustrate how the relationship
between costs and sales change over time.
13. Question
Solution: Create a measure of the top five products using the RANKX DAX function.
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. The measure will return the top five records. The RANKX DAX function
returns the order (rank) for each product and this rank can be used to display products in order from
highest to lowest.
14. Question
You have a Power BI Pro license.
You want to use the Al features of Power BI to enhance your data.
1. You can analyze text in your dataset for positive or negative sentiment in Power Bl Desktop
2. The Key Influencers visual requires a Power BI premium subscription
3. You can create your own machine learning models and invoke the models from Power Bl Desktop.
1. No
2. No
3. No
1. No
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
Unattempted
Text analytics is one of the supported Al Insights available in Power Bl Desktop. It is also available in
Power BI service with Premium capacity. You can perform sentiment analysis, key phrase extraction, and
language detection.
Key Influencers does not require a Power Bl premium subscription and can be used without enabling Al
Insights.
You can create machine learning models in Azure Machine Learning. These models are available for use
within Power Bl Desktop and from within Power Bl service with Premium capacity
15. Question
The marketing team needs a new dashboard to show the uptake of social users on the company’s
corporate forum. The dashboard will contain one particular report that shows the total number of users that
registered for the site in each of the months of the year. For this report you want to create a dataset with a
calculated column that displays the date with the abbreviated month name followed by the four digit year
e.g. Jan 2018.
Which DAX expression should you use?
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], "MM yyyy")
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], "mm yyyy")
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], "MMM yyyy")
Unattempted
FORMAT converts a value to text according to the specified format.
16. Question
You are a data analyst for a retail organization.
You need to show a histogram of the quantity of items in a basket by the size of the basket. A sample set
of the data is shown in the below exhibit.
You create a measure for the count of the quantity column.
How should you create the histogram? Select the appropriate options for the visual fields.
The visual to use: Matrix chart
The axis on the visual: Quantity
The visual to use: Clustered column chart
The axis on the visual: Measure
The axis on the visual: Group
Unattempted
You should choose the Clustered column chart visual. A column chart visual in Power Bl shows the
relationship between two data points: a measure and a dimension. A histogram differs from a normal
column chart in that it only visualizes a single data point. To create a visualization showing a histogram,
you start from either a bar or column chart. You should use the quantity for the value on the visual.
You should not use a Matrix chart. A Matrix chart is a table of data and cannot be used for a histogram.
You should create a group for the axis of the histogram. A histogram groups data into ranges or buckets
and shows how many values are in each bucket. Creating a group with a number of bins and using the
group Will show the quantity data in a histogram.
You should not use a measure for the axis. You should use the values on the chart as the count of
quantity, not the axis.
You should not use the quantity for the axis. This would not generate a histogram. You should use the
values on the chart as the count of quantity, not the axis.
17. Question
You use the Key influencer visual to analyze which product lines influence customers’ decisions to choose
certain payment methods.
You need to create a key influencer visual, as shown in the exhibit.
Payment method is cash
Payment method is credit card
Payment method is e-wallet
How should you configure the visual? To answer, select the appropriate options for the setup screen
menus.
Explain by > Payment Method
Explain by > Product Line
Analyze > Payment Method
Analyze > Product Line
Explain by > Sales
Analyze > Sales
Unattempted
You should use the Payment method in the Analyze field and Product line in the Explain by field. The key
influencers visual analyzes what influences customers to choose certain payment methods like cash,
credit card, or e-wallet. It explains which product line has a higher tendency for a certain payment
method.
You should not use Product line in the Analyze field. The exhibit shows the analysis of payment method
by product line. If you use product line in the Analyze field, it will use the Explain by field to provide its
impact on the selected product line. You should not use Sales in the Analyze or Explain by fields. The
exhibit shows the analysis of payment method by product line.
You can choose only one attribute in the Analyze field and add multiple attributes to the Explain by field.
The Al feature will provide the impact of the Explain by attributes on the Analyze attribute. In some
cases, the Al feature might not be able to provide any insight. This might happen when there are not
enough rows to build a hypothesis.
18. Question
You are creating a Power Bl report for service requests received in your call center. The support
department wants to be able to perform ad hoc analysis on calls against the company product range and
determine the drivers behind incoming call volumes.
You need to allow users to perform root cause analysis.
Which visual should you use?
Key influencers
Treemap
Waterfall
Decomposition tree
Unattempted
You should use a Decomposition Tree visual. The Decomposition Tree visual is an Al-powered visual that
allows you to drill down into your data across multiple dimensions. The Decomposition Tree visual is
used to conduct root cause analysis. The Decomposition tree Visual allows you to analyze a business
metric however you want. Users can determine the high and low values for measures and use these to
derive their workload drivers.
You should not use a Key influencer visual. The Key influencers visual is an Al-powered visual that allows
users to discover import factors that affect their metrics. The visual contrasts the relative importance of
these factors. The Key influencers visual allows you to analyze a category within your data and discover
how that influences other data. The Key influencers visual does not assist in ad hoc root cause analysis.
You should not use a Waterfall visual. Waterfall charts are for understanding how an initial value is
affected by a series of changes. The Waterfall visual does not assist in root cause analysis.
You should not use a Treemap visual. Treemaps are for displaying large amounts of hierarchical data
understanding how an initial value is affected by a series of changes. The Waterfall visual does not assist
in root cause analysis.
19. Question
How to create a chart by “Asking Question” feature?
Modeling > Ask Question
Double Click on Report View
Home > Ask Question
Unattempted
You can create a chart by double-clicking on any point on canvas also by clicking the Ask Question button
inside the insert tab > Modeling toolbar page. With the earlier version, it was inside the home tab.
20. Question
Solution: Create a measure of the top five products using the TOPN DAX function.
No
Yes
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. The measure will return the top five records. However, the TOPN DAX
function does not guarantee the order of the results.
21. Question
Solution: Apply Top N filter on Visual (Visual level filter)
Yes
No
Unattempted
This solution meets the goal. You can apply a visual level filer with filter type set to TOP N to show the
top five products in a visualization.
22. Question
Which of the following strategies are recommended when designing the queries to import data from an
OLTP-style database into a Power Bl Desktop project?
Refactoring the imported tables into a multidimensional cube.
Normalizing the data model to make it better suited for data analysis and reporting
Refactoring the imported tables into a star schema.
Denormalizing the data model to make it better suited for data analysis and reporting.
Unattempted
Denormalization and start schema is desired to transform the data in the format that is best fit for
visualizations.
23. Question
You create a Power Bl report. You want users to analyze a dataset containing time series data to identify
patterns and trends.
You need to configure the report using an animation to show data changes over time. What are two
possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
Add the Time Brush visual from AppSource.
Add a Slicer to the report page and configure it as Relative Date.
Add the Play Axis (Dynamic Slicer) visual from AppSource.
Add a Scatter chart and set the Play Axis option.
Add the date field to the X Axis and set the Type to Continuous.
Unattempted
The Play Axis feature is an animation that shows how values change over time. The Play Axis is available
on the Scatter chart. Using a scatter chart and Play Axis is one of the two ways you can enable users to
analyze time series data.
The Play Axis (Dynamic Slicer) is a visual that you can add from AppSource_ This visual is not provided by
Microsoft but it is a certified visual. When it is added to a report page, it acts as a slicer. When you play it,
the other visuals on the page interact and show how their values change over time. This is the second
way you can enable users to analyze time series data.
You should not use a Relative Date Slicer. A Relative Date Slicer allows you to filter the visuals using the
relative number of days. This slicer will simply show a subset of the data. It does not assist in analyzing
data over time.
You should not use the Time Brush visual. The Time Brush visual filters time-based data by dragging or
brushing over a time period. This visual simply shows a subset of the data. It does not assist in analyzing
data over time. The Continuous type is available on the X Axis when a date column is selected.
Continuous helps with dates as it infers missing values and reduces the number of labels. However, it
does not assist in analyzing data over time.
24. Question
When you optimize a data model for Q&A, which factor is the most important?
Column names
Data model size
Row count
DAX Formulas
Unattempted
25. Question
What is true about using variables in DAX?
Variables are created only one time in the current context
Variables must be defined inside return
Maximum of 5 variables can be created per formula.
Unattempted
26. Question
What are the reasons for which you might use calculated tables?
To union tables
To create a table based on the result of a function or formula
To improve the speed and performance of an existing table

To perform different types of merge join
Unattempted
You can use calculated tables to create a table based on the result of a function/formula. For example,
you can use calculated tables to union tables and perform different types of merge join.
27. Question
You are creating a Power Bl report for products ordered by customers. You create a bar chart showing the
number of units sold by product.
You need to configure the chart to show the average number of units sold per order.
Right click on the units sold column in Fields, add a new group, and set the bin size to 50.
Create a measure using the AVERAGE DAX function and replace the number of units sold with the
measure.
Create a measure using the PERCENTILE DAX function at 50 percent and replace the number of
units sold with the measure.
Right click on the units sold in Values for the visual and change the summarization to Average.
Right click on the units sold in Values for the visual and set show values as percent of grand total.
Unattempted
Creating a measure using the AVERAGE DAX function on units sold calculates the average number of
units sold. Replacing the number of units sold with the measure will show the average number of
products per order in the visual.
The measure could be written like this:
Units Sold average per Product = AVERAGEX( KEEPFILTERS(VALUES(‘financials'[Product])),

CALCULATE(AVERAGE(‘financial'[Units Sold])))
Numeric fields are summarized using SUM by default. You can right click on the units sold in Values for
the visual and change the visual to use Average. This will also show the average number of products per
order in the visual.
You should not right click on the units sold column in Fields, add a new group, and set the bin size to 50.
This will create a new column, units sold (bin). There will be a bin for each group of 50 units sold. This
will not show the average units sold, but group the units instead.
You should not create a measure using the PERCENTILE DAX function at 50 percent and replace the
number of units sold with the measure. This will calculate the mid point in the range of the number of
units sold. This is not the average. Percentiles are used to show the distribution of data.
You should not right click on the units sold in Values for the visual and set show values as percent of
grand total. This will simply show the units sold as a percentage, it will not show the average number of
units sold.
28. Question
You create a Power Bl report containing a line chart that shows sales by month as shown in Exhibit 1
below.
Exhibit 1
You need to configure the visual as shown in Exhibit 2 below.
Exhibit 2
What should you do?
Add a trend line in the Analytics pane.

Add an Average line in the Analytics pane.
Add a Play Axis to the visual
Add a forecast in the Analytics pane
Unattempted
You should add a forecast in the Analytics pane. The forecasting feature is available for line charts in the
Analytics pane. The Forecast feature generates projected future values with a confidence level. The black
line in Exhibit 2 shows the predicted values and the grey shaded area indicates the upper and lower
bound of possible future values for the confidence level specified.
You should not add an Average line in the Analytics pane. The Average line feature draws a straight line,
typically horizontal, for the average of the values in the visual It does not forecast any values.
You should not add a trend line in the Analytics pane. The trend line feature draws a straight line, typically
at an angle, showing the best fit of the values in the visual. It does not forecast any values.
You should not add a Play Axis to the visual. The Play Axis is an animation that is used with scatter charts
to show how values change over time. It does not forecast any values.
29. Question
You have a table that contains details for your product sales as shown in the below exhibit.
The salesperson is recorded on each sale. You have 1000 products with data spanning 30 years.
You create a Power Bl report with visuals that contain aggregations with the following visuals:
• a column chart with products in the axis, but there are too many product columns displayed
• a bar chart with the year of order in the axis, but there are too many bars displayed
• a pie chart with the quantity of products per order as the legend but, there are too many slices
You need to combine the data to make the visual more readable.
How should you combine the data? To answer, select the appropriate option for each action.
1. List
2. List
3. List
1. List
2. List
3. Bin
1. Bin
2. Bin
3. Bin
1. List
2. Bin
3. List
1. Bin
2. List
3. List
1. List
2. Bin
3. Bin
Unattempted
You should use grouping with the List type to combine distinct categories of data, such as products, in
the column chart. Grouping of lists is used for categories of data where you need to combine distinct
categories, or lists of values, into larger categories.
You should use binning to combine the year data in the bar chart. Binning is similar to grouping, but it is
used for grouping continuous fields, such as numbers and dates.
You should use binning to combine numeric data in the pie chart Binning is similar to grouping, but it is
used for grouping continuous fields, such as numbers and dates.
30. Question
You use the Decomposition tree visual to analyze sales across different attributes, payment methods, and
product lines, as shown in the below exhibit.
You need to create the visual. How should you complete the configuration? To answer, select the
appropriate options for the setup menu.
Explain by (first field) > Sales
Explain by (second field) > Sales
Explain by (second field) > Product Line
Explain by (second field) > Payment Method
Explain by (first field) > Payment Method
Analyze > Sales
Unattempted
You should use the Sales measure in the Analyze field and the payment method and product line
measures in the Explain by field. Decomposition tree Al visuals allow you to analyze a measure across
multiple dimension attributes, providing easier understanding of how sales are distributed between
explain by attributes.
The exhibit shows the sales analysis, first by payment method and then by product line. You should not
use payment method or product line in the Analyze field. The Analyze field in the Decomposition tree will
take a measure or a quantitative value to be analyzed. Both payment method and product line are non-
quantitative values. According to the exhibit, you first need to explain sales distribution across different
payment methods and then how these sales are further distributed across each product line.
31. Question
You create a Power Bl report and dashboard.
You need to allow users to add new visuals to Power Bl dashboards with minimal configuration.
What should you do?
Add the Q&A visual to a report page and pin the page as a new dashboard.
Add the Q&A button to a report page and pin the page as a new dashboard.
Use the View insights option from a visual on a dashboard.
Enable the Q&A option in Page information on the report page.
Unattempted
You should use the View insights option on a visual on a dashboard. This opens the visual in focus mode.
Related insight visuals are generated. Users can pin the insight card to the dashboard.
You should not add the Q&A visual to a report page and pin the page as a new dashboard. Although the
Q&A visual can generate new visuals, users cannot pin these visuals to the dashboard.
You should not add the Q&A button to a report page and pin the page as a new dashboard. The Q&A
button launches the Q&A explorer window. Although the Q&A explorer can generate new visuals, users
cannot pin these visuals to the dashboard.
You should not enable the Q&A option in Page information on the report page. The Q&A option on the
report page allows Q&A to use the page as an answer. It does not allow visuals to be added to the
dashboard.
32. Question
You are building Power Bl dashboards using a dataset shared with you. The data is unfamiliar to you and
you do not know which visualizations to create.
You need to use the Quick Insights feature to help you build your report.
1. The Quick insights feature is available in Power Bl Desktop.
2. The Quick insights feature requires that the storage mode on the data source is set to DirectQuery.
3. The Quick insights feature can discover the overall trends in a time series.
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. No
Unattempted
The Quick insights feature is only available in the Power Bl web service. It is not available in Power Bl
Desktop.
The Quick insights feature requires that the storage mode is set to Import. The Quick insights feature
does not work with DirectQuery; it only works with data that is imported into Power BI.
The Quick insights feature can find several types of insights. One of the insights is Overall trends in time
series. Insights detects upward or downward trends in your time series data.
33. Question
Which of the following types of real-time datasets in Power Bl always store their data in Azure SQL
Database?
Streaming Datasets
Push Datasets
Hybrid Datasets
Unattempted
Streaming dataset doesn’t store data in the Azure SQL database.
34. Question
You need to assign the appropriate workspace roles to co-workers to perform certain tasks. You must use
the lowest permission level necessary to accomplish the tasks.
Which roles should you use? To answer, select the appropriate option.
“To publish apps”
Member
Contributor
Viewer
Unattempted
You should assign the member role to users so they are able to publish apps. The member role allows
you to publish or update an app.
35. Question
You have a Power Bl dataset that consists of a fact table and the market dimension tables as shown in the
exhibit. The fact table has 25,000 records. The market table has four records corresponding to business
areas, MarketA, MarketB, MarketC, and MarketD.
You create a Power Bl report containing visualizations for this data.
You need to configure Power Bl so that users can only see the data for the business area they belong to.
Which five actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate list of actions.
1. Select the dimension table.

2. Add a DAX expression to filter the data using market.
3. Create roles
4. Publish to Power Bl service.
5. Assign each user to a role.
1. Create roles in Power Bl Desktop.

3. Add a DAX expression to filter
the data using userprincipalname.
4. Select the fact table.

2. Add a DAX expression to filter the data using userprincipalname.
3.
Select the fact table.
3. Add a DAX expression to filter
the data using market.
Unattempted
3. Add a DAX expression to filter the data using market.
First, you should create a role for each business area in Power Bl Desktop. You must create roles before
any of the other steps.
Next, you should select the dimension table named Market. Filters provide better performance if the filter
is defined on the dimension table.
Then, you should add a DAX expression to filter the data. You should match the filter to the business
area, MarketA, MarketB, MarketC, or MarketD. The DAX filter expression will be written like [Market] =
“MarketA”. Then, you should publish to the Power Bl service. You must publish after defining the roles
and filters. You cannot assign users to roles in Power Bl Desktop, you can only assign users to roles in
Power Bl Service.
Finally, you should assign each user to a role in Power Bl Service.
You should not select the fact table. The filter expression should be created on the dimension table.
You should not add a DAX expression to filter the data using userprincipalname. The data in the fact table
or the dimension tables does not have a user email address to match to userprincipalname. The
userprincipalname function always returns the user in the format of their email address.
36. Question
You create a new workspace named Department and publish your Power Bl report to this workspace.
You need to distribute a report among the executives without giving them direct access to the workspace.
Which four options are essential for an app to be published for the first time? Each correct answer presents
part of the solution.
Under the Setup tab, provide the App name and description.
Select the Department workspace.
Under the Permissions tab, specify users who can view the app.
Under the Navigation tab, provide report name.
Click the Publish App button.
Click the Update App button.

Unattempted
• Select the Department workspace
• Click the Publish App button.
• In the Setup tab, provide the App name and description.
• In the Permissions tab, specify the users who can view the app.
The workspace is newly created and no one is assigned any permissions to this workspace. The
workspace needs to have content, only then will it show the Publish App button.
You should first select the workspace named Department and click the Publish App button. If you have
enabled the new look of Power Bl Service, you will be able to see the Create App button. If not, you will
see the Publish App button.
You also need to provide an App name and description in the Setup tab. You do not need to provide
anything in the navigation tab because the report name is already filled.
You need to provide in the permissions tab the email addresses of the users you want to share this app
with. You should not use the Click Update App button. This button will only appear if you have already
published the app. As mentioned earlier, since we are publishing an app for the first time, we can only
see the Publish app button. The Update App button allows you to update the content of an already
published app.
You should not use the Under Navigation tab to provide the report name option. By default, the
navigation tab picks a name that is the same as your report name in the workspace. This step is not
essential. You can change this name if you want this is an optional step.
37. Question
You create a Power Bl workspace in the new workspace experience.
You need to permit the following groups of users to access the workspace to perform specific actions on
workspace content. You must use the principle of least privilege.
• Users in GroupA must be able to publish Power Bl apps.
• Users in GroupB must be able to publish Power Bl reports.
• UserC must be able to build reports using the workspace datasets in different workspaces without any
additional configuration.
Which workspace role should you assign to the users? To answer, select the appropriate role to the below-
stated user.
“Users in GroupA”
Member
Viewer
Admin
Contributor
Unattempted
A user with the Member role can publish and update an app. The Contributor role cannot publish an app.
You should not use the Admin role. Users with Admin role have full privileges on the workspace. The
principle of least privileges means that if there is a role with fewer privileges that fulfills the
requirements, that role should be used instead.
You should not use the Viewer role. The Viewer role has read access to the content in the workspace. A
user with the Viewer role cannot create content or publish content in the workspace.
38. Question
Which of the following resources are automatically provisioned when you create a new app workspace in
the Power Bl Service?
A storage container for Power Bl resources including datasets, reports and dashboards
An Office 365 Group which triggers the creation of a SharePoint team site
An Azure Active Directory user account to serve as the workspace identity
A shared capacity which is used to host the workspace
Unattempted
The new workspace experience changes the relationship between Power Bl workspaces and Office 365
groups. You aren’t automatically be creating an Offce 365 group every time you create one of the new
workspaces.
39. Question
You create datasets, reports, and dashboards in Power Bl.
You need to make these assets easily available to other users and indicate how they should be used. You
need to configure the assets to meet the requirements.
To answer, select the appropriate option for the below requirement.
“Configure a dashboard so that the sensitivity of its data is visible”
Featured
Certified
Promoted
Data Classification
Unattempted
Data classification tags can be added to dashboards. These tags appear next to the dashboard name or
on the dashboard tile.
40. Question
Which workspace role should you assign to the users? To answer, select the appropriate role for the
below-stated user.
“UserC”
Viewer
Contributor
Admin
Member
Unattempted
Users in a workspace with the Contributor role automatically have Build permission for datasets in the
workspace. The Build permission means that they can build new content, such as a report, on the
dataset outside of the workspace.
41. Question
Overview:
Company1 is a manufacturing company that is adopting Power BI for its analytics and insights
requirements.
Power Bl Desktop and Power Bl Service will be used to generate reports and dashboards for Operations,
Human Resources, Sales, and Finance departments.
Management are concerned over access to data and reports.
You need to plan the setup, security and administration of the Power Bl environment.
You will run a pilot with the Sales department to verify your proposed configuration before deploying the
other departments.
Existing environment:
Company1 has Office 365 deployed.
Company1 uses Azure AD Security groups for access control.
Office 365 Groups are used for collaboration.
Data Sources:
Excel spreadsheets will be the source of data for the pilot.
There are other data sources that will be used after the pilot:
SQL Server
SharePoint lists
JSON files
Zendesk
Report development:
There is a team of business intelligence analysts who will create the reports and dashboards.
This team will load, transform, and cleanse the data. They will then model the data and create datasets for
use across the organization.
Changes made by the developers should be automatically deployed to users.
Security requirements:
Developers should not have access to production data.
Developers should not have access to reports and dashboards in production.
Business users should not have access to developer data or assets.
Board members must be able to access select reports and dashboards.
Excel files used in reports should only be accessible from their workspace.
Users must only have access to the data in their department.
Users in the Sales department must only have access to data in their territory.
The reports and dashboards for a department should only be accessible by business users in the same
department.
Business users should not be able to edit the reports and dashboards. Business users should not be able
to create new reports or dashboards.
Board members are not part of the company network.
Requirement:
How should you configure Power Bl workspaces to meet the security requirements for management of
reports and dashboards?
Create a workspace for development. Create a deployment pipeline and assign the development
workspace to the development stage. Define data source rules, and deploy to test and production.
Create separate workspaces for development and production Share the dataset from the developer
workspace to the production workspace. Create the reports and dashboards in the production
workspace.
Create a single workspace. Publish an app for business users.

Create a single workspace. Share the reports and dashboards with business users.
Unattempted
When you create a deployment pipeline and select a workspace, Power Bl automatically creates the
other two environments, Testing and Production, when you deploy your content. Each workspace in the
pipeline has different users so developers will not have access to the assets in the testing or productions
workspaces. You can define dataset and data source rules to change the data source for each workspace.
This will remove the need for developers to require access to the production data. Deployment pipelines
require Power Bl Premium capacity. The Power Bl Admin defines which pipeline stages are available. You
should not have a single workspace and publish an app. An app is part of the workspace it is published
from. By publishing an app, the developers will have access to the reports and dashboards. There will be
no separation between developers and production data.
You should not have a single workspace and share the reports and dashboards. The developers will have
access to the reports and dashboards. There will be no separation between developers and production
data.
You should not have two workspaces and share the dataset from development to production. The
developers will have access to the reports and dashboards. Developer will have access to production
data.
42. Question
“To read workspace reports”
Member
Viewer
Contributor
Unattempted
You should assign the viewer role to users to provide read-only access to reports. The viewer role allows
read-only access to the workspace.
43. Question
You have Power Bl Premium with allocated capacity.
You import data into Power Bl from a webpage and create a Power Bl report. You need to ensure that the
data for your visuals that is extracted from the web page is up to date.
You decide to automate the updating process from the data source. How and where should you configure
the dataset to meet the requirements?
“The storage mode that requires a refresh schedule to be configured..”
Import
Live Connect
DirectQuery
Unattempted
Only the Import storage mode requires a data source refresh. DirectQuery and LiveConnect datasets
query the data source directly when a user accesses a report or visual.
44. Question
Data in your organization must be classified as either None, Personal, or Confidential.
You need to protect confidential data in your Power BI reports within Power Bl and when data is exported
from Power BI. Information protection has been enabled on your Power Bl tenant.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate list of actions.
1. Create and publish labels in Microsoft 365.

2. Open Tenant settings in Power Bl Admin Portal.
3.
Select the sensitivity label.

2. Open the settings pane on the Power Bl report.
3.
Select the sensitivity label.

2. Set Export data to None.
3. Add a data
classification tag.
1. Open Tenant settings in Power Bl Admin Portal.

2. Select the sensitivity label.
3. Add a data
classification tag.
Unattempted
3. Select the sensitivity label.
First, you should create and publish labels in Microsoft 365. Power Bl uses the sensitivity labels created
in Microsoft 365. You must create and publish the labels before they can be used in Power Bl.
Information Protection must also be enabled in the Power Bl Admin Portal.
Next, you should open the settings pane on the Power Bl report. You can set the sensitivity label on
datasets, reports, and dashboards. Data exported from the report to Excel, PowerPoint, or PDF will have
the sensitivity label included in the file.
Finally, you should select the sensitivity label. You need to choose the Confidential label for the report.
You should not open the Tenant settings in Power Bl Admin Portal. Information protection is enabled in
the Power Bl Admin Portal, but the labels are created in Microsoft 365, and labels are applied to Power
Bl content.
You should not add a data classification tag. Data classification tags are used on reports and dashboards
and are used to raise awareness about the sensitivity of data with those using the reports and
dashboards. Data classification tags can be added to dashboards. These tags appear next to the
dashboard name or on the dashboard tile. However, data classification tags do not protect the data
outside of Power BI. You should not set Export data to None. Setting Export data to None will prevent
any summary or underlying data from being exported at all. Users still need to export data.
45. Question
Which workspace role should you assign to the users? To answer, select the appropriate role to the below-
stated user.
“Users in GroupB”
Admin
Contributor
Member
Viewer
Unattempted
A user with the Contributor role can create, update, and publish content including reports within a
workspace. The Member role also has these privileges, but the Member role has additional privileges
that are not required to publish a report.
Users in a workspace with the Contributor role automatically have Build permission for datasets in the
workspace. The Build permission means that they can build new content, such as a report, on the
dataset outside of the workspace.
46. Question
You implement a security role named EmployeeAddress to filter employees based on their login account in
the Power Bl service.
You need to add 100 users to this role so they can view a report based on row-level security settings.
Add the newly created Power BI group to the EmployeeAddress security role.
Add the newly created security group to the EmployeeAddress security role.
Create a group in Power Bl and assign users to this group.
Create a security group in Active Directory and assign users to this group.
Unattempted
You should create a security group in Active Directory and assign users to this group. Once the security
group is created, you should add that security group to the EmployeeAddress security role. You can
validate row-level security using the Test as role option. You can provide another user’s email address to
verify what they can see in the dashboard.
You should not create a group in Power Bl. When you create a classic workspace, Power Bl creates a
group in Office 365. You can assign users to these groups, but these groups are not supported for row-
level security (RLS) role assignments. Office 365 groups are now shown as Microsoft 365 or M365
groups.
47. Question
You have a data model as shown in the below exhibit for sales opportunity data.
Each salesperson has a sales manager. You create a Power Bl report for a sales team’s opportunities.
Salespeople must only be able to see their own data. Sales managers must be able to see all data. You
create a DAX measure to calculate the monthly commission amount on sales.
You need to configure row-level security (RLS) and create two roles named SalesPerson and
SalesManager. Salespeople are assigned to the SalesPerson role. Sales managers are assigned to the
SalesManager role.
1. Setting the DAX Filter expression on the SalesPerson role to [Email Address] = userprincipalname()
allows salespeople to only view their own data.
2. Salespeople will be able to see their commission amount.
3. Setting the DAX Filter expression on the SalesManager role to FALSE() allows Sales managers to view
all data.
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. No
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
Unattempted
Setting the DAX Filter expression on the SalesPerson role to [Email Address] = userprincipalname()
allows salespeople to only view their own data. The DAX userprincipalname() function returns the email
address of the user. When using the dynamic method for RLS, the system will compare the user’s email
address with the email address in the Employee table. The relationship between Employee table and the
Fact table will restrict the rows to those for that employee. You can validate whether a user can only see
their own data in both Power Bl Desktop and Power Bl service. You can use View As role in Power Bl
Desktop and Test As role in Power Bl service to test RLS. You will need to enter the email address of the
user to simulate their access.
Salespeople will be able to see their commission amount. You cannot use RLS to limit the measures that
salespeople can see. RLS filters rows only. RLS cannot be configured to restrict access to tables,
columns, or measures.
Setting the DAX Filter expression on the SalesManager role to FALSE() does not allow users assigned to
this role to view all data. Setting the DAX Filter expression to FALSE() will return no rows. You should set
the DAX Filter expression to TRUE().
48. Question
You need to create Power Bl reports using multiple data sources. The reports are not up to date.
You need to discover which data source has stale data.

What should you do?
Use the Lineage view feature.
Download the PBIX file for the report.
Analyze in Excel.
View the usage metrics report.
Unattempted
You should use the Lineage view feature. The Lineage view shows the flow of data from the dataset to
the reports and dashboards. You can see when a dataset was last refreshed and the next scheduled
refresh date and time.
You should not use the usage metrics report. This report shows the number of views of a report and
who is viewing the report. It does not show when the data was last refreshed.
You should not download the PBIX file for the report. Downloading the report as a PBIX file allows you to
view and edit the report in Power Bl Desktop. It will not inform you about the state of the data. You
should not analyze in Excel. Analyze in Excel will create an Excel spreadsheet that you can open on your
local computer with the data from the report. It will not inform you about the state of the data.
49. Question
Overview:
requirements.
other departments.
Data Sources:
SQL Server
SharePoint lists
JSON files
Zendesk
Report development:
department.
Requirement:
You need to create a workspace for report development.
What should you add when creating the workspace?
The pbix file containing the dataset
The name of an Office 365 Group
The name of an Azure AD Security group
The URL of a OneDrive location
Unattempted
When creating a workspace, you can specify the Workspace OneDrive feature. When setting the
Workspace OneDrive, you must add the name of an Office 365 Group. When you enter a valid name of
an Offce 365 Group, the group is added as the workspace’s location for shared files. You will use the files
area in the Office 365 Group to store the Excel files that will be used in the workspace to populate the
datasets. You should not use the name of an Azure Active Directory (AD) Security group. Azure AD
security groups are not linked to Power Bl workspaces.
You should not use the URL of a OneDrive location. You must specify the name of the Office 365 Group.
You should not upload a Power BI Desktop .pbix file when creating a workspace. You can only upload an
image to represent the workspace. You would need to publish the .pbix file from Power BI Desktop to
the new workspace after the workspace has been created.
50. Question
the Power Bl Service?
A shared capacity, which is used to host the workspace
A storage container for Power Bl resources including datasets, reports, and dashboards
Unattempted
The new workspace experience changes the relationship between Power Bl workspaces and Office 365
groups. You aren’t automatically be creating an Office 365 group every time you create one of the new
workspaces.
51. Question
“The number of time slots per day that can be configured in the refresh schedule..”
48
Unattempted
You can configure up to eight daily time slots if your dataset is on shared capacity or 48 times slots on
Power Bl Premium.
52. Question
Overview:
requirements.
other departments.
Data Sources:
SQL Server
SharePoint lists
JSON files
Zendesk
Report development:
department.
Requirement:
How should you provide access for Board members?
Publish the reports to the web with Publish to web.
Create an app and share it with the Board member email addresses.
Add the Board members as users to Office 365 and add the users to the workspace.
Add the Board members as guests in Azure AD B2B, create an app, and invite the guest users.
Unattempted
You should create the board members in Azure Active Directory (AD) B2B. B2B guest users can be
invited to use an app and can access the app’s selected reports and dashboards. This is the
recommended method for providing access to Power Bl content for external users.
You should not add the Board members as users to Offce 365 and add the users to the workspace.
Workspaces are used for collaboration in building reports. Workspaces are not a good experience for end
users. Board members are external to the organization and having an organization email address to
access reports is not recommended.
You should not create an app and share it with the Board member email addresses. People with external
email addresses cannot see Power Bl content unless they are Azure AD B2B guest users. You should not
use Publish to web. Publish to web makes the data available with no security. Anyone can access the
reports. Publish to web should not be used for confidential or sensitive information.
53. Question
“List a report on the Power BI Home page”
Certified
Featured
Promoted
Data Classification
Unattempted
Reports, dashboards, and apps can be featured. A report that has been featured will appear on the
Power Bl Home page.
54. Question
You are a data analyst at a company that uses Power Bl. The company has 12 departments. You have
created a Power Bl report that shows data for the organization’s staff and training from the HR dataset.
You have been asked to create the same report for each department.
Add a parameter to the report.
Create a URL for each department to filter the report by the department.
Create a dataset for each department, copy the report, and use the report with the department
dataset.
Create a workspace for each department and add the report to the workspace.
Unattempted
You can add a parameter to a report to make the report dynamic. Dynamic reports are valuable because a
single report can be used for multiple purposes. By using parameters, you can reuse the same report for
all departments.
You can also create a URL using a parameter that filters the report. You can specify the department in
the QueryString for the URL and the report will show the data for the department. You can simply create
a separate URL for each department.
You should not create a dataset for each department, copy the report, and use the report with the
department dataset. This will duplicate work and effort both for the datasets and the reports.
You should not create a workspace for each department and add the report to the workspace. Creating a
workspace does not affect the data retrieved. Workspaces are for collaboration in building reports and
dashboards.
55. Question
“The tool where the refresh schedule is configured..”
Power BI Desktop
Power BI Service
Power BI Mobile
Unattempted
The Scheduled refresh feature is only available in the Power Bl service, it is not available in Power Bl
Desktop or Mobile. The Scheduled refresh feature in Power Bl Service allows you to define the frequency
and time slots to refresh a particular dataset. You can configure up to eight daily time slots if your dataset
is on shared capacity or 48 times slots on Power Bl Premium.
56. Question
“To publish content to the workspace”
Contributor
Admin
Member
Unattempted
You should assign the contributor role to users so they are able to publish content to the workspace. The
contributor role allows you to create and edit content in the workspace and publish content to the
workspace.
You should not assign the admin role to users so they can publish content or apps. The admin role allows
you to publish or update an app with additional privileges to delete the workspace.
57. Question
Overview:
requirements.
other departments.
Data Sources:
SQL Server
SharePoint lists
JSON files
Zendesk
Report development:
department.
Requirement:
What are two possible ways to control access to data in the Sales department? Each correct answer
presents a complete solution.
Create workspaces for each territory and assign users in each territory the Member role.
Publish the app from the Sales workspace and set Allow all users to connect to the app's underlying
datasets using the Build permission.
Publish the app from the Sales workspace and add the users in the Sales department to the app.
Assign the Viewer role in the Sales workspace to the users in the Sales department.
Unattempted
To control access to data as specified in the Security requirements, you will need to configure Row-level
security (RLS) in the dataset. RLS will be applied to users who are assigned the Viewer role in the
workspace. Viewers can only consume the reports and dashboards. This is one of the two solutions that
meets the goal.
RLS is also applied if the workspace is published as an app. You should distribute the app to the required
end users. The users do not need to be assigned a role in the workspace and will only be able to use the
reports and dashboards in the app. This solution also meets the goal. You should not use an app and set
Allow all users to connect to the app’s underlying datasets using the Build permission. This option allows
users to build their own reports and dashboards based on the dataset in the app. Creating new reports is
against the security requirements. You should not create workspaces for each territory and assign users
in each territory the Member role. Users with the Member role can edit the reports and dashboards in
the workspace. Editing reports is against the security requirements.
58. Question
You create a Power Bl report with a very large dataset. You want to improve the performance of the
dataset refresh by using incremental refresh.
1. The Incremental Refresh feature should only be used on data sources that support query folding.
2. Two PowerQuery parameters named RangeStart and RangeEnd are required for an incremental refresh.
3. A date field is required on a table in the dataset.
1. No
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. No
3. Yes
1. Yes
2. Yes
3. No
1. No
2. No
3. No
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
Unattempted
The Incremental Refresh feature should only be used on data sources and queries that support query
folding. If query folding is not supported, the Incremental Refresh feature will pull all of the data multiple
times.
For an incremental refresh, the datasets are filtered by two date/time parameters in PowerQuery. These
parameters are named RangeStart and RangeEnd.
You need a date field to specify how the filter will return the incremental record changes. Without a date
field, you cannot use incremental refresh.
59. Question
How would you specify title of a tile visual on a dashboard?
Click the ellipses on the tile, select "Open in focus" mode, place the new value in the title box and
click Apply
Navigate to the report from which the tile was pinned, select Edit on the Menu bar, select the visual
on which the tile is based, navigate to the format section beneath the Visualizations pane, change the
title of the visual, and save the report
Click the ellipses on the tile, select Edit details, place the new value in the title box. and click Apply
Click the ellipses on the tile, select Edit details, place the new value in the subtitle box, and click
Apply
Unattempted
60. Question
To complete the sentence below, select the appropriate option.
Promoted
Certified
Unattempted
A workspace owner can endorse a dataset to Promoted for organizational use without needing
verification from the tenant admin. If you are a member of a workspace with write permissions, you can
promote a dataset.
You can request a certification of a promoted dataset. A user or security group can be defined in Power
Bl Admin portal > tenant settings > Certification > allow users who can certify a dataset. This will act as
an additional oversight for certifying a dataset. By default, this setting is disabled for the entire
organization, meaning that only the tenant admin can certify a dataset.
61. Question
You create a Power Bl dataset and report for a multi-national organization. You configure row-level security
(RLS) in the data model. Users are restricted to accessing rows only for their own country. You should
follow the best practices for managing security.
You create roles for each country. You add a DAX Filter expression for each role on the country table. You
add the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security group for the country to each role. A new user starts in
Country A.
You need to ensure that the user can only view data for Country A. What should you do?
Manage roles in Power Bl Desktop and change the DAX filter expression on the role for Country A.
Add the user to the Azure AD security group for County A.
Change Access in the Power BI workspace and add the user's email address with the Member role.
Edit Security on the dataset in Power BI service and add the user's email address to the role for
Country A.
Unattempted
You should add the user to the Azure AD security group for County A. You have configured the row-level
security groups to control the membership of each role. You should therefore add and remove users
from roles by changing their membership of Azure AD security groups.
You should not manage roles in Power Bl Desktop and change the DAX filter expression on the role of
Country A. The DAX filter expression controls which rows are displayed for the role. They do not control
the membership of the role. Membership of roles is configured in the Power Bl service.
You should not edit the security on the dataset in the Power Bl service and add the user’s email address
to the role for Country A. Although this will allow the user to access the data for the country, this is not
best practice because you used Azure AD security groups to control the membership of roles.
You should not change the access in the Power Bl workspace and add the user’s email address with the
Member role. As a member of the workspace, the user will be able to see data for all countries and will
not be restricted by row-level security.
62. Question
“Make a dataset discoverable without requiring permission from the Power BI Admin”
Data Classification
Certified
Promoted
Featured
Unattempted
Datasets can be made discoverable by endorsing them. There are two endorsement options: Promoted
and Certified. A user with write permission on a workspace can use the Promotion option without
requiring permission from a Power Bl Admin. The dataset will be listed with the promoted icon next to its
name.
63. Question
You manage the Power Bl admin portal. Company policy says that only specific people can create new
workspaces. You have a security group named WorkspaceCreator. Some new users complain that they are
unable to create a new workspace. These users are already added to WorkspaceCreator security group.
You need to allow these users to create new workspaces within the stated guidelines.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence in the Power Bl admin portal? To answer, move the
appropriate actions from the list of possible actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct
order.
1. Go to Power Bl admin portal > Tenant settings.

2. Choose Workspace settings > Create
workspaces (new workspace experience).
3. Under Apply to, choose Specific security groups, and add
the WorkspaceCreator security group.
4. Click Apply.
1. Choose Workspace settings > Create workspaces (new workspace experience).

2. Click Apply.
3.
Go to Power Bl admin portal > Tenant settings.
4. Choose Workspace settings > Block classic
workspace creation.

2. Choose Workspace settings > Block classic
workspace creation.
3. Under Apply to, choose Specific security groups, and add the WorkspaceCreator
security group.
4. Click Apply.
1. Choose Workspace settings > Block classic workspace creation.

2. Go to Power Bl admin portal >
Tenant settings.
3. Under Apply to, choose Specific security groups, and add the WorkspaceCreator
security group.
4. Click Apply.
Unattempted
2. Choose Workspace settings > Create workspaces (new workspace experience).
3. Under Apply to, choose Specific security groups, and add the WorkspaceCreator security group.
4. Click Apply.
From the Power Bl admin portal you can navigate to the Tenant settings page.
There, choose Workspace settings and select the Create workspaces (new workspace experience)
option. You can enable new workspace creation for the entire organization or only for specific users
through security groups. The scenario states that you only need to allow specific users to create
workspaces. Under the Apply to option, choose specific security groups, and add the WorkspaceCreator
security group. These new users are part of the WorkspaceCreator security group. Adding this group will
give users permission to create workspaces.
Finally, click Apply to save and apply the tenant level changes.
You should not use Choose Workspace settings > Block classic workspace creation. This option is used
to restrict the creation of classic workspaces. If it is enabled, users will not be able to create a workspace
using the classic experience. By default this option is disabled, allowing users to choose between classic
and new workspace creation.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ

CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS

PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 8

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
67.16%
Your score
0.00%
You can review your answers by clicking on “View Answers” option.
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
CASE 2
You have the below relationship between sales, product and employees. The employees table is joined to
the product table by category, and the product table is joined to the sales table by ProductKey.
Your boss asks you to build a visual for each Managers sales by Subcategory.
What do you need to configure to solve that problem?
Create a hierarchy in the product table for subcategory
In the employees table, change EmployeeID to type text
Set the cross-filter between product and employees to both
In the Model view, change the product tables toggle is hidden to True
Unattempted
The current filter direction on the employees table does not allow you to select manager and the sales
and category fields. You need to alter the cross-filter direction to enable the filter to flow from the
employees table to the product table.
Creating a hierarchy in the product table does not help with the cross-filter direction issue in the
employees table.
Changing the EmployeeID to type text is not relevant. The key used to join the employees and product
tables is category.
Toggling the products table to hidden will prevent users from seeing the product table. We want to use
the fields in the products table to create visuals. This will not help solve our issue.
2. Question
CASE 2
You want to create a hierarchy in the products table for Category and Subcategory. You will then use the
hierarchy as a drill down for a sales by product visualization as per the below exhibit.
What three actions should you perform in sequence?

Right click on Category and select New Measure -> Right click on Subcategory and select Add to
hierarchy -> In the visual add the hierarchy in the Axis and sales to the Values well
Right click on Category and select Create hierarchy -> Add Subcategory to the drill through fields ->
In the visual add the hierarchy in the Axis and sales to the Values well
Right click on Category and select Create hierarchy -> Right click on Subcategory and select Add to
hierarchy -> In the visual add the category field to the Axis, which will automatically link the hierarchy
Right click on Category and select Create hierarchy -> Right click on Subcategory and select Add to
hierarchy -> In the visual add the hierarchy in the Axis and sales to the Values well
Unattempted
The set of steps to create a hierarchy and the drill down visual are:
1. Right click on Category and select Create hierarchy
2. Right click on Subcategory and select Add to hierarchy
3. In the visual add the hierarchy in the Axis and sales to the Values well
In answer A, you should not click on New Measure. You want to create a hierarchy and not a measure.
In answer B, you should not add Subcategory to drill through. Subcategory needs to be added to the
hierarchy. A drill through is used to create a page in your report that focuses on a specific entity.
In answer C, adding the category field to the Axis of your visual will not automatically link to the new
hierarchy you have created. You need to add the hierarchy to the Axis field and sales to the Vlaues field.
3. Question
CASE 2
You need to create a table containing unique combinations of category and subcategory and aggregated
sales.
What DAX expression should you use?

DATATABLE(‘sales‘,‘product‘[Category],‘product‘[Subcategory],“Sales Total“,SUM(sales[Sales
Amount]))
SUMMARIZECOLUMNS(‘product‘[Category],‘product‘[Subcategory],sales[Sales Amount])
SUMMARIZE(‘sales‘,‘product‘[Category],‘product‘[Subcategory],“Sales Total“,SUM(sales[Sales
Amount]))
SELECTCOLUMNS(‘sales‘,‘product‘[Category],‘product‘[Subcategory],sales[Sales Amount])
Unattempted
You can use SUMMARIZE to create a summary of the input table grouped by the specified columns. You
can alias an expression by using quotation marks such as Sales Total. Also, note that you need to use
the aggregation SUM() for the sales amount, or all sales lines will show.
In A, do not use DATATABLE. The DATATABLE function is used to build constant tables with code.
In B, the SUM() aggregation is missing on the sales amount field.
In D, do not use SELECTCOLUMNS. The SELECTCOLUMNS function adds a calculated column to a table
and expect the input and .
4. Question
CASE 3
You work as a Power BI professional within your companys HR group. You are creating a data model to
use for reporting within the group. As you start building relationships, you see there are issues connecting
some of the tables.
What two fixes are required to get the relationships working in your data model?
Change the data type of Employees[PayID] and hide Employees[Relocation] and Employees[HR
Manager] fields
Change the data type of Employees[PayID] and BU[BUID] to Whole Number
Ensure the cardinality between BU and Employees from Many to one (*:1) to Many to many (*:*)
Change the data type of Employees[PayID] and BU[BUID] to Text
Unattempted
You need to change the data type of Employees[PayID] and BU[BUID] to Whole Number. If data types
between tables do not match, you will not be able to create joins.
Answer A is incorrect as hiding fields does not help the relationship between tables.
Answer C is wrong as there is no need to change the BU relationship to Many to many
Answer D is incorrect as Text is the wrong data type, the correct data type is whole number
5. Question
CASE 3
You work as a Power BI professional within your companys HR group. The report you created for
retention analysis worked fine in the development environment, but when deployed has performance
issues.
Solution: Remove columns from the data model not used in reports
Yes
No
Unattempted
Removing unnecessary columns from the model will reduce the data model size and allow for improved
refresh time.
6. Question
CASE 3
You work as a Power BI professional within your companys HR group. The report you created for
retention analysis worked fine in the development environment, but when deployed has performance
issues.
Solution: Hide columns and tables from the data model not used in reports

Yes
No
Unattempted
Hiding a column or a table will hide the items from the user in the Report view. The hidden column and
tables are still processed by Power BI and do not affect model size or performance
7. Question
You find an interesting visualization using the Python programming language that you want to run in Power
BI.
What are the three steps required before you can use Python in Power BI?
Install Python on your local machine
Enable R scripting
Install the libraries matplotlib and pandas
Enable Python scripting
Install the libraries seaborn and keras

Unattempted
The steps to get started with Python in Power BI are:
1. Install Python on your local machine
2. Install the libraries matplotlib and pandas
3. Enable Python scripting
Answer B is incorrect. R scripting is a separate language and has no relation with Python.
Answer E is incorrect. While seaborn is used for data visualization, matplotlib and pandas are required
libraries for Python integration. Note that keras is a deep learning library and is not used for data
visualization.
8. Question
You are asked to optimize the performance of your data model. You have several intermediate queries that
are not used for visualization and you have a large transactional table with a Date/Time field.
What two optimizations should you do?
Change all relationship cross filter directions to single
Split the Date/Time field into a separate Date column and a separate Time column
Turn off single select on slicers
Disable Power Query load on intermediary queries
Unattempted
A Date/Time field has many contain unique or high cardinality values making optimization within the
VertiPaq engine difficult. By splitting the Date/Time field into a separate Dat and Time field, you reduce
the uniqueness of the data and allow for greater storage optimization. Intermediate queries that are
intended to support data integration with other queries should not be loaded into the model. To avoid
loading the query to the model, ensure that you disable query load in these instances.
Answer A is not correct. You should use the relationship cross filter direction to enable reporting
requirements.
Answer C is not correct. Single select works more efficiently than multi-select on slicers.
9. Question
You receive a new table to incorporate into your analysis in Power BI. You use Power Query to preview the
data.
Yes / Yes / Yes
No / Yes / Yes
No / Yes / No
No / No / Yes
Unattempted
By default, Data Preview analyzes the first 1,000 rows in the dataset.
When you hover your mouse over a columns data preview for column quality, you can see the number
and percentage for valid / error / empty cells.
You can change the Data Preview from the first 1,000 rows to the entire dataset.
10. Question
You are the Power BI administrator at your company which builds VR headsets. You need to assign
appropriate workspace roles to your colleagues and must use the lowest permission necessary to
accomplish the task.
Which roles should you use for the below workspace requirements?
1. Update and delete workspaces
2. Publish apps
3. Publish content to the workspace
Member / Member / Contributor
Member / Member / Viewer
Admin / Member / Contributor
Admin / Admin / Contributor
Unattempted
An admin can update and delete workspaces. A member can publish apps, and a contributor can publish
content to the workspace.
11. Question
You have a table of temperatures for various cities. Some cities use Fahrenheit, while others use Celsius.
You need to write a DAX expression to create a new column called Category for the following conditions.
· If the value is greater than 80 and Units are F, then Hot. Otherwise Not Hot
· If the value is greater than 26 and Units are C, then Hot. Otherwise Not Hot
Complete the below DAX expression by replacing [VALUE]:
Category =
[VALUE] ( [VALUE] ( [VALUE] (Temperature[Value] >
80,Temperature[Units]=“F“), [VALUE] (Temperature[Value] > 26,Temperature[Units]=“C“) ),“Hot“,“Not
Hot“)
SWITCH / AND / OR / AND
SWITCH / OR / OR / AND
IF / OR / AND / AND
IF / AND / OR / AND
WHILE / AND / OR / AND
Unattempted
The correct expression is:
IF( OR( AND(Temperature[Value] > 80,Temperature[Units]=“F“), AND(Temperature[Value] >

26,Temperature[Units]=“C“) ),“Hot“,“Not Hot“)
The expression begins with an IF statement. We know we have to test whether the Unit is F or C, so the
first logical expression is an OR. Within the F and C check, we also have to check whether the
temperature is above a threshold. Since we have two logical items that must go together, we use an
AND statement. If either the C or the F condition is true, the function will return Hot. If the expression
is false, then we return Not Hot.
Answer A and B are incorrect. A switch statement needs the form of SWITCH(, , ,, )
Answer E is incorrect. DAX has no WHILE function.
12. Question
Your boss has scrolled through the Theme Gallery on the website https://community.powerbi.com/.
She asks you to use a particular theme for your companys report in Power BI Service.
How do you incorporate the theme in your report?
Download the JSON file and in Custom Dashboard theme > Upload JSON theme
Download the CSS file and in Custom Dashboard theme > Upload CSS theme
Download the PNG file and right-click on a tile > Upload PNG theme
Download the PDF file and right-click on the dashboard > Upload PDF theme
Unattempted
You can download a JSON file from the theme gallery. To import the theme into Power BI service, select
Upload JSON theme in the Custom Dashboard theme window.
Themes are only in JSON format. All other file formats such as CSS, PNG or PDF will not work.
13. Question
You are your companys Power BI expert. You know that data lineage shows you which data sources are
used by which datasets. One of your colleagues says he cannot access data lineage.
What could be two possible explanations for data lineage not working?
Only admins can see the lineage view
You need a Power BI Pro license to see lineage view
Lineage only works for DirectQuery datasets
Lineage view is available only to users with higher than Viewer access to the workspace
Each user needs to be granted lineage view permission in the tenant settings
Unattempted
For lineage to work, you need to ensure you have a Power BI Pro license and you have access to the
workspace. Furthermore, users must have an Admin, Member, or Contributor role in the workspace.
Users with a Viewer role can‘t switch to lineage view.
Answer A is incorrect. Users with Admin, Member, or Contributor roles in the workspace can see lineage
view.
Answer C is incorrect. Lineage is not limited to DirectQuery datasets.
Answer E is incorrect. You do not need to assign individual permissions for lineage view in the tenant
settings.
14. Question
You have a data set that shows employees and their bosses, as per the exhibit below. There is a field for
each Employee called Employee_Name and a field for their boss Parent_Employee_Name.
How would you create the Employee_Hierarchy column with a delimited hierarchy list in DAX?
PATHITEM(employees[Employee_Name], employees[Parent_Employee_Name])
RELATED(employees[Parent_Employee_Name], employees[Employee_Name])
CONCATENATE(employees[Parent_Employee_Name], employees[Employee_Name])
PATH(employees[Employee_Name], employees[Parent_Employee_Name])
Unattempted
The PATH function is used to create a hierarchy. The PATH function returns a string that contains a
delimited list, starting with the top/root of a hierarchy and ending with the bottom of the hierarchy.
Do not use PATHITEM. The PATHITEM() function returns the nth item in the delimited list produced by
the PATH function.
Do not use RELATED. The RELATED() function returns a related value from another table.
DO not use CONCATENATE. The CONCATENATE() function joins two text strings into one text string.
We want a full hierarchy and not just a single concatenation.
15. Question
You work for a computer accessories company and your data model contains the following tables:
1. Accessories table: 1k rows that are updated monthly
2. Sales table: 15M rows that are updated regularly with changes that need to be shown immediately
3. Date table: 10k rows that are updated rarely
For the three tables ABOVE, which storage mode should you use from the below options?
· Import
· DirectQuery
· Dual
Accessories: Import / Sales: DirectQuery / Date: Dual
Accessories: Import / Sales: DirectQuery / Date: Import
Accessories: DirectQuery / Sales: Import / Date: DirectQuery
Accessories: Dual / Sales: Import / Date: DirectQuery
Unattempted
For the accessories and date table you should use the import storage model. Imported tables with this
setting are cached. Queries submitted to the Power BI dataset that return data from Import tables can be
fulfilled only from cached data. The import method is used for static or low volume data.
The sales table should use the DirectQuery storage mode. Tables with this setting are not cached.
Queries that you submit to the Power BI dataset from DirectQuery tables can be fulfilled only by
executing on-demand queries to the data source.Use DirectQuery when you have a large data set with
millions of rows that need to be shown immediately in the report.
You should not use the dual storage model. Dual storage tables can act as either cached or not cached,
depending on the context of the query that‘s submitted to the Power BI datase.
16. Question
You work for a consulting company that has a contract with a large government department. Part of the
requirements for the report is to configure the page for use with a screen reader for sight-impaired users.
What should you configure in your report such that the page follows a logical sequence?
Bookmarks
Tab order
Filters on all pages
Layer order
Unattempted
The tab order is used by keyboard users to navigate the report page. Screen reader and accessibility
software follow the sequence of tab order.
You should not use bookmarks on your report for this purpose. Bookmarks save the current filters and
slicers, cross-highlighted visuals, sort order.
You should not use Filters on all pages. Filters select a subset of your data and do not help with
accessibility.
You should not use layer order. The layer order is used to control the order in which visuals are shown
and is used if you have visuals that overlap.
17. Question
You work at a sports betting company and have a table with US soccer scores and a second table with
betting odds. Both tables share a common key called GameID. Your boss asks you to create a new
combined table.
Which transform should you use to create the dataset?
Append queries
Merge queries
Unattempted
You should use the merge queries as new transformation to create a new table with soccer scores and
the betting odds. A merge query allows you to combine two or more tables into a single table based on a
common column between the tables. This is similar to a JOIN in SQL.
You should not use append queries as new or append queries. An append query transformation
combines tables with the same schema. This is similar to a UNION query in SQL. Since we want to add a
column and the tables do not have the same schema we cannot use an append transformation.
You should not use merge queries since your boss specifically asked for a new combined table. You
should use the merge queries as new transformation.
18. Question
You work for a transportation company that uses Azure IoT devices to monitor the temperature within
containers. The head of Supply Chain has asked you to create a dashboard for the streaming data from the
IoT devices and you need to configure Power BI appropriately.
For each of the following statements, select Yes is the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
No / Yes / No
Yes / Yes / No
No / No / Yes
No / No / No
Unattempted
Since there is no underlying database, you cannot build report visuals using the data that flows in from
the stream.
To visualize a streaming dataset, add a dashboard tile then select streaming data.
You cannot use filtering with streaming data. Since there is no underlying database, you cannot make use
of report functionality such as filtering, Power BI visuals, and other report functions.
19. Question
You are part of a planning team and are investigating the forecast accuracy across multiple plants, various
products and a series of demand types (e.g. stable, seasonal, growing etc.) You use Power BI and know
that there is a visual that can help you with the root cause of low forecast accuracy.
Which visual should you choose?
Waterfall
Treemap
Key influencers
Decomposition tree
Unattempted
You should use the decomposition tree. A decomposition tree lets you visualize data across multiple
dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables drilling down into your dimensions in any order.
It also uses artificial intelligence, so you can ask it to find the next dimension to drill down into based on
certain criteria, making it useful for root cause analysis.
You should not use a waterfall chart. A waterfall visual is used to show how an initial value is affected by
a series of changes and does not help with root cause analysis.
You should not use a treemap. A treemap displays hierarchical data as a set of nested rectangles. Each
level of the hierarchy is represented by a colored rectangle (branch) containing smaller rectangles
(leaves). A treemap does not help with root cause analysis.
You should not use a key influencers visual. A key influencers chart helps you understand the factors that
drive a metric you‘re interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that matter, and displays them
as key influencers. The key influencers ranks factors and is not used for root cause analysis.
20. Question
You work for a baseball hat retailer and you need to create a table of the top 3 team names by the total
number of transactions. You have a table called Hat Sales and another for Team.
Select the proper DAX functions to correctly complete the formula by replacing the [VALUE] field:
Top Hat Sales = [VALUE] ( 3,
[VALUE] ( HatSales, HatTeams[Team Name], “Transactions“, COUNT(HatSales[TransactionID])
), [Transactions],DESC)
RANKX - CALCULATE
TOPN - CALCULATE
FILTER - SUMMARIZE
TOPN SUMMARIZE
Unattempted
You can create a table of the top 3 Team Names by the count of transactions using TOPN. Within the
function we can use SUMMARIZE to build a virtual table to give Team Name and Count of TransactionID.
Lastly, since we want the top 3, we use DESC. If we wanted the bottom 3, we would use ASC.
Do not use RANKX. The RANKX function returns the rank of an expression evaluated in the current
context in the list of values for the expression evaluated for each row in the specified table. RANKX does
not expect a parameter such as 3 as the first argument.
Do not use CALCULATE since we want to create a virtual table. Use SUMMARIZE instead.
Do not use FILTER. The FILTER function returns a table that has been filtered and does not rank the
rows.
21. Question
You import a large table from Excel into Power BI and you suspect there may be missing data.
How would you find the percentage of empty cells in each column?
Column quality
Column profile
Show whitespace
Column distribution
Unattempted
The Column quality checks the quality of the data in terms of Valid, Error & Empty and is expressed as a
percentage.
Column profile provides a more in-depth look at the data in a column. Apart from the column distribution
chart, it contains a column statistics chart. While column profile provides the count of empty cells, it does
not show a percentage of empty cells.
The whitespace feature in data preview shows whitespace and newline characters.
Column distribution provides a set of visuals underneath the names of the columns that showcase the
frequency and distribution of the values in each of the columns.
22. Question
You work for a shoe distribution company and your firm uses Power BI for reporting. One of the reports
you have created is exported as a PDF so the warehouse staff can check off items on a hard copy. Your
company, however, has a policy that all exported reports need to be encrypted.
How can you meet this requirement?
Use Row Level Security (RLS)
Set the PDF options in the tenant settings

Configure the dataset build permission security options
Use sensitivity labels
Unattempted
When you apply a sensitivity label to a report, Power BI automatically applies the label to the exported
file and protects it according to the label‘s file encryption settings. This way, your data can remain
protected, even when it leaves Power BI.
Do not use Row-level Security (RLS) for PDF exports. Row-level Security is used to restrict data access
for given users by filtering the rows they see. Row-level does nothing to encrypt reports that are printed
to PDF.
There are no PDF options in the tenant settings.
Do not use the dataset build permission security option. The dataset build permission allows other users
in power BI Service to discover and reuse the dataset you‘ve shared. The build permission does not
protect any exported PDFs.
23. Question
You work for a share trading software company and have a dashboard for user trading times. The data set
used for the analysis goes back seven years.
When the data reloads, it takes excessive time as the full seven years are refreshed.
How can you improve the dataset performance?
Use an on-premises data gateway
Configure incremental refresh in Power BI Desktop and enable it in Power BI service
Enable incremental refresh directly in Power BI service
Manually refresh the database when users are not active
Unattempted
With incremental refresh, the service dynamically partitions and separates data that needs to be
refreshed frequently from data that can be refreshed less frequently. Table data is filtered using Power
Query parameters with the names RangeStart and RangeEnd, defined using Power BI Desktop. Once
the incremental refresh has been configured in Power BI Desktop, the dataset can be uploaded to Power
BI service.
In answer A, an on-premise data gateway is used to access local files and does not help with optimizing
the refresh process.
In answer C, incremental refresh cannot be configured directly in Power BI service. Incremental refresh
must first be configured in Power BI Desktop.
Manually refreshing the dataset is not an efficient long term solution. Use incremental refresh instead.
24. Question
You are in Power Query Editor and you see the below highlighted in the red box.
What data preview option is used to create these charts?
Monspaced
Column distribution
Column quality
Column profile
Unattempted
Column distribution shows the distribution of dal afro all columns and counts the number of distinct and
unique items.
Monospaced displays the data using a monospaced font.
Column quality shows the percentage of valid, error and empty values in a column. Column quality does
not produce a graph.
Column profile shows statistics and the distribution of data for a single column. Column profile does not
show all column charts at once.
25. Question
You have a data model with two key tables: Region and Shipping. There is a one-to-many relationship
between the Region and the Shipping table. The model also has two row-level security roles named
Region_Texas and Shipping_Mode The DAX filters for the two security roles are:
· Region_Texas filter is: Region[state] = Texas
· Shipping_Mode filter is: Shipping[mode] = Rail
If a manager is a member of both the Region_Texas and Shipping_Mode roles, what will they see in a
report using this data model?
The user will only see data for the state of Texas
The user will only see data for the rail shipping mode
The user will see data for which the state is Texas AND the shipping model is rail
The user will see data for which the state is Texas OR the shipping mode is rail
Unattempted
When multiple roles are applied, a user with see filter 1 or filter 2. If the data has any states with Texas
rows, the user will see those. If the data has the shipping mode of rail, then the user will also see those.
The user is not restricted to both conditions, i.e. where a row is from Texas and has a rail shipping mode.
In answer A, the user will not see only Texas. They will also see rail shipments.
In answer B, the user will not see only rail shipments. They will also see Texas shipments.
In answer C, the user will see Texas OR rail shipments.
26. Question
You create an R visual in Power BI that has 500,000 rows. You notice that not all the data is shown and a
message is displayed on the image.
Your boss asks you the cause of this issue.
What is the reason not all data is shown?
You are using a version prior to 2.0 of the plotly library
You are missing an R package
The visual has too many rows
The resolution is too high
Unattempted
R visuals for plotting are limited to 150,000 rows. If more than 150,000 rows are selected, only the top
150,000 rows are used and a message is displayed on the image. Additionally, the input data has a limit
of 250 MB.
The version of the plotly will not affect the number of rows. All R visuals are limited to 150,000 rows.
If you are missing an R package, no image will show and you will only get an error message.
R visuals are all displayed at a 72 DPI resolution. The resolution does not affect the number of rows that
can be plotted.
27. Question
You have one report page with multiple visuals that is running slow, leading to complaints from users.
What TWO solutions will help optimize your visuals?
Dont use multiple colors on bar charts
Apply filters to reduce the max number of items that a visual displays
Replace the default visuals with custom visuals
Limit the use of bar charts

Limit the number of visuals on a particular report page to only what is necessary
Unattempted
The more data that a visual needs to display, the slower that visual is to load. For instance, as a default,
you may use the “Top N“ filter to reduce the max number of items that a visual displays. It‘s highly
recommended you limit the number of visuals on a particular report page to only what is necessary.
Drillthrough pages and report page tooltips are great ways to provide additional details without jamming
more visuals onto the page.
Answer A, using multiple colors on bar charts will not help optimize the visual.
In answer C, replacing the visual with custom visuals will not help optimize your report page.
Answer D, limiting the use of bar charts will not help optimize your report page.
28. Question
You are asked to create a category percentage measure that will reflect the values selected when using a
slicer. In the output below, you will see that the Bikes category is not selected in the slicer and the
category percentage reflects the current filter context. All category percentage values add to 100% of the
filter context.
You are given a measure that sums the sales called Sales Total.
How would you create a category percentage measure in DAX?
VAR categoryTotal = CALCULATE([Sales Total],ALL(‘product‘[Category]))
VAR categoryPercentage = DIVIDE([Sales Total],categoryTotal)
RETURN categoryPercentage
VAR categoryTotal = [Sales Total]
VAR categoryTotal = CALCULATE([Sales Total],ALLSELECTED(‘product‘[Category]))
VAR categoryTotal = CALCULATE([Sales Total],REMOVEFILTERS(‘product‘[Category]))
Unattempted
The ALLSELECTED() function returns all the rows in a table, ignoring any filters that might have been
applied inside the query, but keeping filters that come from outside. The categoryTotal value in this
example equals $15.188 M and not the grand total of all category sales of $109.81 M. You can then use
the DIVIDE() function to return the percentage of the category.
Answer A is incorrect since the ALL() function will ignore all filters and return the grand total of all
category sales of $109.81 M.
Answer B is incorrect because no filtering of categories is applied.
Answer D is wrong as REMOVEFITLERS() is an alias for ALL() and returns the grand total of all category
sales of $109.81 M.
29. Question
You work for a Japanese auto company whose fiscal year starts April 1. You have a table called Cars with
orders for cars.
You need to create a common date for a data model using DAX, respecting the fiscal period.
How should you create a date table using DAX?
CALENDAR(4)
CALANDAR( DATE ( 2000,3,1), DATE ( YEAR ( LASTDATE ( Cars[OrderDate] ) ), 31, 3 ))
CALANDAR( DATE ( YEAR ( FIRSTDATE ( Cars[OrderDate] ),4,1), DATE ( 2025, 12, 31 ))
CALENDARAUTO(3)
Unattempted
CALANDARAUTO() returns a table with a single column named Date containing a set of dates. The
range of dates is calculated automatically based on data in the model. The parameter within the function
gives the end month of the fiscal year. Since the fiscal year ends March 31, the parameter is 3.
In answer A, the CALENDAR() function expects a start and end date.
In answer B, the start date needs to be April / 1. A dynamic way would be to use FIRSTDATE and
LASTDATE.
In answer C, the end date needs to be March / 31. A dynamic way would be to use FIRSTDATE and
LASTDATE.
30. Question
You work in the spare parts department of an oil and gas company as a BI expert. The company has
hundreds of parts, ten years of historic data, and hundreds of different order sizes from suppliers. You
create a report in Power BI with aggregations for the following visuals:
· A column chart of parts on the axis, but there are too many products showing
· A stacked column chart of month number and order type, but too many months show
· A histogram of supplier order sizes, but there are too many order sizes
You need to combine the data to make the visual more readable.
How should you combine the data? Select the GROUPING TYPE for each of the THREE solutions below
from top to bottom.
1. Combined the product into categories of product
2. Combine the columns into 3 month number blocks
3. Combine order sizes into 8 groups
LIST / BIN / LIST
LIST / BIN / BIN
BIN / LIST / LIST
BIN / LIST / BIN
Unattempted
You should use the List grouping type for text data such as products. You can combine a list of values
into a category to simplify the data. You should use Binning to combine numeric data such as dates and
quantity.
31. Question
You are analyzing basketball total points for the NBA for the year 2021. You have a measure [Points Total]
which sums up the points and a date table with a year column. How should you complete the below DAX
formula to effectively use it independently from any other filters set on the report page? Select the
appropriate DAX function in place of [VALUE].
Sales 2021 =
CALCULATE(
[Points Total],
FILTER( [VALUE] (‘Date‘[Year]), ‘Date‘[Year] = 2021)
PATH
ALL
ALLEXCEPT
RELATED
Unattempted
The ALL() function returns all the rows in a table, or all the values in a column, ignoring any filters that
might have been applied.
The PATH() function returns a string that contains a delimited list of IDs, starting with the top/root of a
hierarchy and ending with the specified ID. This does not help clear the filter context.
Do not use ALLEXCEPT() as the function returns a table except for those rows that are affected by the
specified column filters.
Do not use RELATED() as the function is used to return a related value from another table.
32. Question
You want to use insights in Power BI Desktop to understand the increase from one quarter to the next in
your sales column chart. Normally you would right-click the appropriate column and click on Analyze >
Explain increase. However, this time insights does not appear to be available.
What are TWO possible reasons insights is not working?
You use hierarchies
You use TOPN filters
You have filtered measures
You use a stacked column chart
Unattempted
Insights are based on the change from the previous data point, and they aren‘t available when you select
the first data point in a visual for several scenarios. Insights will not work with a scenario when you use
TOPN filters or when you have filtered measures such as Total Sales for California. Note that insights
are also not supported for data sources such as DirectQuery and Live connect.
In answer A, hierarchies will work with insights.
In answer D, you can use a stacked column chart for insights.

33. Question
You work for an aerospace company in their satellite division. You build a workspace called satellite apps
in Power BI service that contains several reports and management level apps. You have a new analyst
come on board and need to allow them to edit and publish reports.
How would you achieve this goal?
Configure the security group from Azure Active Directory
Add the user as a member in the role section of the satellite apps workspace
In Power BI Desktop set Row Level Security (RLS)
Within the satellite apps workspace, select update app
Unattempted
Roles let you manage who can do what in the new workspaces, so teams can collaborate. New
workspaces allow you to assign roles to individuals, and to user groups: security groups, Microsoft 365
groups, and distribution lists.
Answer A is not correct, we do not wish to configure a security group. We want to add a new role to the
workspace.
Answer C is not correct, Row Level Security is a way to filter rows and does not enable editing and
publishing
Answer D is not correct, update app is used to edit the content of an app and not assign edit and publish
roles.
34. Question
You have a line chart that shows units manufactured by month. You want to add the on-time delivery
metric for each month when you hover the mouse over a data point.
How would you provide the additional piece of data?
Add on-time delivery to the drillthrough fields
Add the on-time delivery column to the secondary values field
Add on-time delivery column to the tooltips field
Add the on-time delivery column to the small multiples field
Unattempted
A tooltip is a way of providing more contextual information and detail to data points on a visual. When
you hover over a data point, the tooltip data will show.
Answer A is incorrect. Drillthrough fields do not show on hover. When report readers use a drillthrough,
they right-click a data point in other report pages, and drillthrough to the focused page to get details that
are filtered to that context.
Answer B is incorrect. A secondary values field is used to show other numeric data on a line chart.
Answer B is incorrect. Small multiple is used to split your visuals into multiple smaller visuals, based on
your selected fields.
35. Question
You create a Power BI report with a line chart as per the below exhibit.
How do you add the dotted horizontal line for the mean values?
Add a fixed forecast line for the time series in the analytics pane
Add an Average line for Sales Total in the analytics pane
Add a trend line across years in the analytics pane
Add a min line in the analytics pane
Unattempted
An average line will give the mean of the Sales Total. The average line is found in the analytics pane, and
select Sales Total for the measure.
Do not use a forecast line. A forecast line predicts future values in a time series and does not give mean
values.
A trend line is a straight line that displays the trend in the data. A trend line would have a slope in this
exhibit and does not give the mean of the data.
Do not use a min line. A minimum line gives the lowest point on the data, which is approximately $12M
in the exhibit.
36. Question
You have built several DAX measures. A senior Power BI member of your team asks you to improve the
performance and readability of the below DAX expression?
Annual Sales Growth % =
DIVIDE(
([Sales] – CALCULATE([Sales], PARALLELPERIOD(‘Date‘[Date], -12, MONTH))),
CALCULATE([Sales], PARALLELPERIOD(‘Date‘[Date], -12, MONTH))
Replace DIVIDE with a simple divide calculation using the / symbol
Instead of PARALLELPERIOD(), use DATEADD()
Mark date table as date
Use VARIABLES and a RETURN statement
Unattempted
Variables and a return statement are used to improve the performance and readability of DAX
expressions. The above expression could be re-written as the below:
Annual Sales Growth % =
VAR SalesPriorYear =
CALCULATE([Sales], PARALLELPERIOD(‘Date‘[Date], -12, MONTH))
RETURN
DIVIDE(([Sales] – SalesPriorYear), SalesPriorYear)
In answer A, replacing the DIVIDE() function with / will not improve performance. The benefit of using
the DIVIDE() function is it automatically handles divide by zero issues.
In answer B, using DATEADD() instead of PARALLELPERIOD() will not have an effect on performance
and readability.
In answer C, marking the date table as date will not have an effect on the measure performance.
37. Question
You work for a forklift manufacturer. You are building a data model in Power BI and have a sales table as
per the below exhibit. Within the sales table, there is a field called Model.
How would you complete the DAX expression below to generate a Model table? What would you fill in for
the [VALUE] fields starting from left to right?
Model Table = [VALUE] ( [VALUE] )

CALCULATE / Sales[Model]
DISTINCT / Sales[Model]
CALCULATE / (Sales[Model] , Model = XPR)
DISTINCT / Sales[Model Desc]
Unattempted
The DISTINCT() function returns a one column table that contains the distinct (unique) values in a column.
Since we want a table for the models, use the column Sales[Model].
Answer A is incorrect. The CALCULATE function does not return a unique list of values. CALCULATE is
used to evaluate an expression in a context modified by filters.
Answer C is incorrect. This expression filters the data for a since Model XPR and does not give a list of
unique Models.
Answer D is incorrect. We want a unique list of Model and not Model Desc.
38. Question
You work for an eCommerce company that sells ergonomic office products. You are tasked with creating a
Power BI report from your companys transactional sales data in a table called ergoSales. Before you do
anything with the data, you want to check that there are no negative amounts in the ergoSales[quantity]
field.
What is the most efficient way to check your data for negatives before creating the data model?
Select Column profile and then click on ergoSales[quantity]
Select Column quality and then click on ergoSales[quantity]
Click on ergoSales[quantity] and select replace values

Create a custom column using a conditional statement to filter negatives out
Unattempted
The Column profile view shows a column distribution chart of values as well as the minimum and
maximum values. You can quickly see if your data has negative values by checking the distribution or by
viewing the minimum value.
Answer B is incorrect. The Column quality view shows the percentage of Valid, Empty and Error cells.
Answer C is incorrect. Replacing values will not help you identify whether negative values exist.
Answer D is incorrect. Creating a custom filtered column does not help you quickly identify negative
values. Selecting the Column profile is a more efficient technique.
39. Question
You work for a diesel engine company as an internal Power BI consultant. You have two tables as per the
below exhibit. There are no unique values in either table. However, the tables are related by Model Name.
You need to create relationships in the data model to enable a visual containing data from both tables.
How would you model these two tables in the most efficient manner?
Set the relationship between the two tables as one-to-one
Set the relationship between the two tables as many-to-many
Create a bridging table using unique IDs and create two one-to-many relationships
Set the relationship between the two tables as one-to-many
Unattempted
You should set the relationship between the ConnectingRod and CylinderHead table to man-to-many
using the Model Name. A man-to-many relationship does not need unique values in either of the tables in
the relationship.
You should not create a one-to-one relationship between the tables. A one-to-one relationship requires
unique values on both sides of the relationship.
You should not build a bridging table when you can use a many-to-many relationship. A bridging table
was the only means to create a many-to-many relationship in legacy versions of Power BI. However,
current versions of Power BI support a many-to-many relationship, a far more efficient method that uses
less data.
You should not use a one-to-many relationship. A one-to-many relationship is used when one table has
unique values and the other does not have unique values. Since both tables do not have unique values,
use a many-to-many relationship.
40. Question
You work for a manufacturing company with a metric called Supplied in Full on Time (SIFOT). In Power BI,
you have built a dashboard to help management keep track of key summary data and metrics. One of your
visuals is a gauge chart that shows the SIFOT values. The management team want a notification to be sent
when SIFOT drops below 85%.
You need to configure email alerts to management when this happens.
Which four actions should you perform to create this alert?
Select + Add alert rule, ensure the Active slider is set to On
In the alert conditions choose below and enter in a value of 85
Choose More options on the SIFOT gauge visual and select Manage alerts
In the dropdown for notification type, select email
In the alert conditions choose below and enter in a value of 0.85
Check the Send me email too and then save and close
Unattempted
The steps required to set an email alert are:
1. Choose More options on the SIFOT gauge visual and select Manage alerts
2. Select + Add alert rule, ensure the Active slider is set to On
3. In the alert conditions choose below and enter in a value of 0.85
4. Check the Send me an email too and then save and close
You should not set the alert condition with a value of 85. Power BI will multiply this value by 100 when
calculating a percentage value.
There is no dropdown for a notification type. By default Power BI will send a notification in the
notification center. To receive an email as well, you must use the Send me an email too checkbox.
41. Question
You are the head of analytics for a software company, and you want to understand the importance of
factors that drive sales in your pre-sales team.
What visual in Power BI can help you achieve your goal?
Custom R Dumbell Plot
Q&A
Decomposition Tree
Key Influencers
Unattempted
A Key Influencers chart will help you understand the factors that drive a metric you‘re interested in e.g.
sales. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that matter, and displays them as key influencers.
You should not use a Custom R Dumbell Plot. A Dumbell plot is used to visualize relative positions (like
growth and decline) between two points in time.
You should not use a Q&A visual. A Q&A visual is used to interrogate data using natural language
algorithms.
You should not use a Decomposition Tree. A Decomposition tree lets you visualize data across multiple
dimensions and is useful for root cause analysis.
42. Question
You are editing the Model column in a product table Power Query. You need to replace instances of LL
Road Frame with JJ Roadster and the previous step is Changed Type.
What M code functions would you use for the two [VALUE] fields?
= Table. [VALUE] (#“Changed Type“,“LL Road Frame“,“JJ
Roadster“,Replacer. [VALUE],{“Model“})
ReplaceValue / ReplaceText
ReplaceRows / ReplaceText
ReplaceText / ReplaceValue
ReplaceRows / ReplaceValue
Unattempted
Table.ReplaceValue replaces an oldValue with newValue in the specified columns of the table. Since we
are replacing one string with another, use Replacer.ReplaceText.
Do not use ReplaceRows. ReplaceRows replaces the specified range of rows with a provided row.
Do not use ReplaceValue. When replacing strings use Replacer.ReplaceText and for numbers use
Replacer.ReplaceValue
43. Question
You work in the marketing division for a sports apparel company. You have a sales fact table and multiple
dimension tables as per the below exhibit. The head of marketing wants to encourage self-service analytics
within the company and asks that you set up Q&A in the reports.
Which of the following configurations will allow Q&A to work in your data model?
Object level security with any type of data source
Import
Composite models
Reporting Services
Unattempted
Power BI currently supports Import mode, Live connect to Azure Analysis Services , Live connect to SQL
Server Analysis Services (with a gateway) and Power BI datasets.
Q&A does not support object level security with any type of data source, composite models and
reporting services.
44. Question
You have sales data by day in a time series chart and need to produce a 25 day forecast with a 90%
confidence interval as per the below exhibit. There are some data anomalies in the last 5 days of data that
you want to ignore for the forecast.
Select the THREE actions required to create the forecast.
Set forecast length to 25 months and ignore last 5 months
Go to the analytics pane and under forecast select + Add
Set the seasonality interval to 90% and click on apply
Set forecast length to 25 points and ignore last 5 points
Set the confidence interval to 90% and click on apply
Unattempted
The steps to create a forecast with the above requirements are:
1. Go to the analytics pane and under forecast select + Add
2. Set forecast length to 25 points and ignore the last 5 points
3. Set the confidence interval to 90% and click on apply
In answer A, do not use 25 months as the data is given in days.
In answer C, do not use seasonality. We want a confidence interval of 90%.
In answer F, there is no Add new trend button. Use the + Add button
45. Question
You have a busy report page called Sales and decide to use a detailed chart in a separate page using the
drill through feature. The Sales page shows a visual of total sales by month.
When you click on drill through on the sales by month chart, it should redirect to a detail page called Sales
Detail that shows sales for the selected month by category. The Sales Detail page should also preserve the
filters from the original sales page.
What FOUR actions should you perform?
On the Sales Detail page, under drill through option add month as the drill through field
On the Sales page, under drill through option add month as the drill through field
Create a new page called Sales Detail
On the Sales Detail page under Drill through, toggle Keep all filters on
Create a table visual to show total sales by month and category
On the Sales page under Drill through, toggle Keep all filters on
Unattempted
The correct steps to create a drill through are:
1. Create a new page called Sales Detail

2. Create a table visual to show total sales by month and category
3. On the Sales Detail page, under drill through option add month as the drill through field
4. On the Sales Detail page under Drill through, toggle Keep all filters on
Answer B and F are incorrect. The drill through options should be set on the Sales Detail page and not on
the first Sales page. Once the drill through has been configured on the Sales Detail page, Power BI will
automatically allow you to right-click on a month on the Sales page and select Drill through.
46. Question
You are asked to present your findings on your companys warehousing performance across several years.
You have a number of column and line charts and a date slicer. You decide you will create a presentation
using Power BI and will create a narrative using the date slicer.
What should you do to save the views across different years for your presentation?
Create page level filters and create a new groups
Filter the charts using the date slicer, then create bookmarks
Create drill throughs for each of the warehouse charts
Create report level filters and create a new groups
Unattempted
Bookmarks capture the current state of a report page. Bookmarks save the current slicers, filters, cross-
highlighted visuals and sort order. You can get back to an exact state when you select your saved
bookmark. This makes bookmarks ideal for creating a presentation in Power BI.
Page-level filters cannot be saved into a new group. Groups are used to create bins or categories in lists.
Drill throughs do not save a state for a presentation. Drill throughs are used to dive into a detailed page,
while keeping the source page filters.
Report level filters cannot be saved into a new group. Groups are used to create bins or categories in
lists.
47. Question
You work in a marketing department as a Power BI professional.
You are asked to create three different types of visuals for the marketing department.
Which visualization should you use for the below three requirements?
1. Show progress of conversion rates against a target
2. Identify outliers in sentiment scores
3. Show the factors that influence sentiment scores
KPI / Waterfall / Treemap
Card / Scatter / Funnel
KPI / Scatter / Key influencers
Card / Funnel / Scatter
Unattempted
A KPI chart shows the progress against a target, a scatter chart can help visually identify outliers and Key
influencers can show the factors that drive a metric you‘re interested in.
A waterfall chart is used to understand how an initial value is affected by a series of positive and negative
changes.
A Treemap chart displays hierarchical data as a set of nested rectangles.
A Funnel chart helps you visualize a linear process that has sequential connected stages.
A Card visual shows a single number such as a total.
48. Question
You have built a report with multiple visuals for your food manufacturing company. As many senior
members are often on the road, they ask that the reports be available for mobile devices. You need to
optimize the report for mobile devices for the most critical visuals.
Which three things can you do to optimize reports for mobile?
Set slicers to be responsive

Add the most important visuals to the mobile canvas
Set the page size as tablet or smartphone
Resize the visuals to fit the mobile canvas
Add haptic feedback (vibration) for when a user taps a visual
Remove chart axes
Unattempted
Setting slicers to be responsive means that the slicer will automatically adjust its size in the mobile app.
Add the most important visuals to the canvas for senior members of the company. You can add a visual
by dragging it onto the canvas and remove it by clicking on the cross in the right corner. Lastly, you can
resize a visual by dragging out the sides or by dragging a corner.
You cannot set a specific page size for a tablet or smart phone. The mobile app uses a single mobile
layout.
You cannot add haptic feedback (vibration) to a report visual.
You cannot separately remove a charts axes for the mobile view. If you change a charts axes, it is
reflected in both the Desktop and mobile view.
49. Question
You work for a College Football team as a Power BI sports analyst. You have built a report in Power BI
Desktop that contains many visuals. The coaching team is pleased with the content of the visuals but
wants the colors to match the colleges color style guide.
What should you do?
Adjust the report CSS file
Customize the current theme
Change the fonts on each text box
Change the colors on each visual
Unattempted
In Power BI Desktop, navigate to View > Themes > Customize the current theme. In the theme‘s
settings, you can change colors and fonts for all visuals.
In answer A, Power BI does not have a CSS file for themes. When importing themes, however, you can
use a JSON file.
In answer C, do not change the fonts individually. All fonts can be changed by adjusting the current
theme.
In answer D, do not change colorsindividually. All colors can be changed by adjust ing the current theme.
50. Question
You work for a microbrewery as head of data visualization. You have a Power BI data model that relies on
several Excel files that reside on your companys internal server.
You are emailed a new Excel workbook from the CEO that contains updated data. You place the new Excel
workbook on your server and append the text v1.2 to the name.
Yes / No / No
Yes / No / Yes
No / Yes / Yes
No / Yes / No
Unattempted
The new Excel file must have the same schema as the original Excel file. If there are fewer columns,
more columns or differently named columns, the report will not work.
The new file can have a different name and a different file path. In Power Query Editor, you can change
the source path and filename for the new file.
You cannot refresh the local Excel file by pressing F5 in Power BI. If you need to be able to refresh the
data for reports published to Power BI Server, you will need a data gateway. Otherwise, you can host the
file on a cloud platform such as OneDrive.
51. Question
Your company uses Power BI Premium and your manager wants to create printed invoices. However, the
reports must fit perfectly on a page.
What would you suggest to your manager?
Change the page view in Power BI Desktop

Use paginated reports
Use gridlines and snap to grid
Use lock objects
Unattempted
Paginated reports are designed to be printed or shared. They are called paginated because they are
formatted to fit well on a page and are sometimes called pixel perfect.
In answer A, changing the page view will not ensure the printed report will be consistent.
In answer C, gridlines and snap to grid will help align the report, but it is uncertain that you will be able to
print the report to fit perfectly on a page.
In answer D, lock objects is used to keep an object in place while you are giving a presentation or
interacting with the report elements.
52. Question
You work in a shoe companys reporting team and have been tasked with building a Power BI report
showing procurement analytics. You have an on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database that you use to
build the procurement report using a DirectQuery connection.
You thoroughly test the report and then upload it to Power BI Service. However, once in Power BI Service,
the visualizations no longer work.
How would you solve this problem?
Change the permissions on your Microsoft SQL Server database
Upgrade your Power BI Desktop
Install an on-premise data gateway
Install Power BI Report Builder
Unattempted
An on-premises data gateway is a software that you install in an on-premises network. The gateway
facilitates access to data in that network.
In answer A, changing the permissions on Microsoft SQL will not allow Power BI Service access. A
gateway is needed.
In answer B, upgrading Power BI Desktop will not assist in the power BI Service connection to your local
SQL Server.
In answer D, Power BI Report Builder is a tool for authoring paginated reports that you can publish to the
Power BI service. This helps you create pixel perfect reports but will not help you connect to a local
SQL Server database.
53. Question
CASE 1
You work as a BI analyst for a software company that allows users to manipulate images online.
You have built a report that shows the conversion from free customers to premium customers.
Your boss has asked you to provide a filter for the marketing industry.
Solution:
· Apply a filter on all pages of the report for the marketing industry
· Share the report
· Mark share report with current filters and slicer options
Does this solution meet the requirements?
YES
NO
Unattempted
The solution does meet the requirements for your boss. Since you have shared the report with current
filters and slicers, you can share the filtered version of the report. Note that the end-user will have access
to the dataset and can query other industries as well. To prevent the user from seeing other industries,
you need to implement Row Level Security (RLS).
54. Question
CASE 1
Solution:
· Create a text parameter for industry
· Set the parameter equal to marketing
· Create a query parameter on the industry column
YES
NO
Unattempted
The method does meet the goal. Go to Power Query Editor and create the parameter and apply it to the
industry column. The report will filter the data to customers in the marketing industry.
55. Question
CASE 1
Solution:
· Add a slicer to the report and select the marketing industry
· Sync slicers to all relevant pages of the report
YES
NO
Unattempted
The method does meet the goal. A slicer is another method to filter the data. Syncing the slicer across all
relevant pages to the industry ensures that the filter applies to all visuals. Note that the end-user will
have access to the dataset and can query other industries as
56. Question
CASE 2
You work for a financial institution, and you have built a data model and report in Power BI desktop. The
report ran fine during testing, but when in production, users are complaining of performance issues.
How can you improve the models performance?
Solution: Hide intermediate tables in the model view
Does this help improve performance?
YES
NO
Unattempted
Hiding intermediate tables does not affect the performance of the model. Hiding tables can help to clean
up the model and create a better user experience, but it does not help to reduce the model size and there
is no effect on performance.
57. Question
CASE 2
Solution: Convert source PO text column into a number by removing prefix, e.g. PO12399 to 12399
YES
NO
Unattempted
Removing the PO prefix and converting the column to a whole number reduces the model size and
increases performance. For large tables, it can result in significant data reduction, especially when the
column contains unique or high cardinality values.
58. Question
CASE 2
Solution: Remove unnecessary columns
YES
NO
Unattempted
Removing unnecessary columns reduces the model size and increases performance.
59. Question
CASE 3
You have the schema for the tables used in a bicycle franchise. In your role as a BI consultant, you have
been asked to generate some insights from the data.
Company data schema:

You are asked to create a visualization for the sales by product. However, what should you do before
creating a relationship?
Change the data type of Sales[ProductKey] to fixed decimal
Create a calculated column of Product[ProductKey]
Change the data type of Product[ProductKey] to whole number
Create a measure for the sum of Sales[Order Quantity]
Unattempted
The key in the sales table Sales[ProductKey] is of type whole number. For a relationship to work, the
fields must be of the same data type. Hence, you should change the data type of Product[ProductKey] to
a whole number.
You should not change the data type of Sales[ProductKey] to fixed decimal as this does not help the
relationship in the Product table.
You should not create a calculated column of Product[ProductKey] as this will not help the relationship
between Sales[ProductKey] and Product[ProductKey].
A measure for Sales[Order Quantity] is not helpful in creating a relationship between tables.
60. Question
CASE 3
The product tables color column has abbreviations as well as names. For instance, there is both Black and
BLK.
What do you need to do to ensure consistency in the color column?

Export the table to Excel
Use replace values in the transform ribbon in Power Query Editor
Edit the source applied step in M code
Remove duplicates in Power Query Editor
Unattempted
You should use replace values in Power Query Editor to ensure the color names are consistent. For
instance you would replace BLK with Black.
You should not export the table to Excel as this will not fix the data inconsistency in the colors column.
You should not edit the source applied step in M code as this is only tells Power BI where your source
data is located.
Do not use the remove duplicates transformation as this will delete rows from your table.
61. Question
CASE 3

When reviewing the customer table, you find that some of the postcodes appear to be missing. For
instance 0800 does not seem to exist.
What do you need to do to ensure all the Postcodes from the original data are in your model?
Use add columns from examples to fix discrepancies
Use transform and then adjust the rounding
Go to the transform ribbon and click on Use first row as header
Make sure the postcode data type is text and not whole number
Unattempted
If the original data uses 0 as a prefix for some post codes, converting to a whole number will remove
the zero. For instance 0800 becomes 800. To prevent losing this data, change the postcode data type
to text in the applied step Changed Type. Note that column profiling is based on the first 1000 rows
and if Power BI does not see any cases of zero prefixes, the tool will assume the column is a whole
number.
You should not use the add columns from examples as the issue is in the data type conversion.
You should not adjust the rounding of the postcode number. The problem is at the start of the number
and not the end of the number.
Using first row as header addresses the column name and not the data type.
62. Question
CASE 1
You are a Power BI specialist at your organization. In your finance table, you have a column called margin,
which is defined as margin = revenue cost of goods sold. In your company, there are several different
ways people refer to margin. Some people call margin by other terms such as income, profit or profit
margin.
To use the Q&A feature successfully in your dashboard, you need to configure your dataset columns to
enable users to type in variations for margin.
Solution: Add Synonyms to the finance table
Yes
No
Unattempted
In the modelling tab in Power BI Desktop, you can add synonyms to a column. When a user uses Q&A,
Power BI will check for synonyms when interpreting the question.
63. Question
CASE 1
You are a Power BI specialist at your organization. In your finance table, you have a column called margin,
which is defined as margin = revenue cost of goods sold. In your company, there are several different
ways people refer to margin. Some people call margin by other terms such as income, profit or profit
margin.
To use the Q&A feature successfully in your dashboard, you need to configure your dataset columns to
enable users to type in variations for margin.
Solution: Add a detailed description of how you defined margin
Yes
No
Unattempted
In the modelling section, you can add a description within the properties of a column. A description is
helpful for other modellers to understand the purpose of the column. However, this description does not
have any impact on how Q&A interprets synonyms.
64. Question
CASE 1
You are a Power BI specialist at your organization. In your inventory table, there are several different ways
people refer to inventory. Some people call inventory by other terms such as stock, supply, parts or supply.
To use the Q&A feature successfully in your dashboard, you need to configure your inventory table and
columns.
Solution: Set the row label on the inventory table
Yes
No
Unattempted
When you click on the table name in the modelling view, you can assign a row label to the column. A role
label allows you to define which column best identifies a row in the table. This label assists Q&A to
generate better visualisations as it knows the best column that identifies a table.
65. Question
CASE 1
You are a Power BI specialist at your organization. In your inventory table, there are several different ways
people refer to inventory. Some people call inventory by other terms such as stock, supply, parts or supply.
To use the Q&A feature successfully in your dashboard, you need to configure your inventory table and
columns.
Solution: Use Teach Q&A
Yes
No
Unattempted
When you click on the Q&A setup button in the home ribbon on Power BI Desktop, one of the options is
to Teach Q&A. Teach Q&A allows you to enter in a question in the language that someone in your
organization may use such as What was my stock at the end of August. If Power BI does not know
understand a word such as stock, you are promted to define what stock refers to. This way, when
someone asks a similar question, Power BI will interpret the question correctly.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
We help you to succeed in your certification exams
We have helped over thousands of working professionals to achieve their certification goals with our practice
tests.
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 9

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
65.83%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
CASE 3
You have been asked to add a column for profit, revenue price.
What steps do you need to do to calculate profit in the model?

Unpivot the Unit Price column -> Create custom column named Profit -> Set formula Sales Amount
(Order Quantity * UnitPrice)
Create custom column named Profit -> Set formula Sales Amount (Order Quantity * UnitPrice) ->
Set the data type to Fixed decimal
Duplicate the Order Quantity Column -> Create a new column and multiply duplicated column by
UnitPrice-> Create custom column named Profit
Create a Group By on SalesOrderLineKey -> Sum by Sales Amount and rename Profit -> Subtract
Unit Price
Unattempted
You should perform the steps in the following order:
1. Create custom column named Profit
2. Set formula Sales Amount (Order Quantity * UnitPrice)
3. Set the data type to Fixed decimal
You should not unpivot the UnitPrice column. Unpivoting converts the data headers stored horizontally
into a vertical format. This does not help you calculate profit.
Duplicating the Order Quantity column is an unneccasry additional step.
You should not create a group by. A group by function is used to summarize rows and not to used for
row level calculations.
2. Question
You have some new staff joining your Power BI team. To help them get started in Power BI Desktop, you
want to create a way for them to connect to the data sources that you are using on in your project. All they
will need to do to connect to the data is enter their user credentials to authenticate.
How can you achieve this?
Create a dynamic M query
Use an Excel Macro to build connections
Create a PBIDS file with your key data sources
Create a template in lineage view
Unattempted
You can create a PBIDS file to streamline the experience for new or beginner report creators in your
organization. If you create the PBIDS file from existing reports, it‘s easier for beginning report authors to
build new reports from the same data.
In answer A, a dynamic M query does not assist in enabling data source connections.
In answer B, an Excel Macro cannot be used to create a template for a Power BI report
In answer C, you cannot create a data template in the lineage view in Power BI Service.
3. Question
You use an R script to build a custom visual. However, you find that you cannot see data marked N/A and
you are getting an error when importing your data as a list.
What could be TWO reasons for these issues?
NA is transformed into NULL by Power BI
You have not used the correct R version
Power BI only supports R dataframes
You need to first install the library tidyr
Unattempted
Values that are N/A in your data are translated to NULL values in Power BI Desktop. Only data frames are
imported into Power BI, so be sure to represent the data you want to import in a data frame. Power BI
does not support lists, matrices and other data structures
Answer B is incorrect, the version of R will not influence these issues.
Answer D is incorrect. The tidyr library is not required, it is used for changing the layout of your data
sets.
4. Question
You have an inactive relationship between your date table and your shipping table. How would you use an
inactive relationship in a measure?
Use the LOOKUPVALUE() function
Delete the active relationship and make the new relationship active
Use the USERELATIONSHIP() function
Change the crossfilter direction to both in the modelling tab
Unattempted
The USERELATIONSHIP() function specifies an existing relationship to be used in the evaluation of a

DAX expression.
Do not use the LOOKUPVALUE() function,. The LOOKUPVALUE() retrieves a value from a table, but we
need to connect a relationship for the measure.
Do not delet an active relationship as this will break any existing visuals created.
Do not change the crossfilter direction. The crossfilter direction is used to allow the data to be filtered in
either direction.
5. Question
Your client has asked you whether you can create data alerts for all of the key visuals on your dashboard.
Which two visuals can you NOT create a data alert.
Funnel chart
KPI chart
Stacked column chart
Gauge chart
Card chart
Unattempted
Alerts can only be set on gauges, KPIs, and cards. A funnel and a stacked column chart do not support
alerts.
6. Question
You build a key influencers visual and you want to see how sales amount is affected by product category
and product color.
How do you complete the three fields below?

Analyze -> Sales[Sales Quantity]; Explain by -> Product[Category], Product[Color]
Analyze -> Sales[Sales Amount]; Expand by -> Product[Category], Product[Model]
Analyze -> Sales[Sales Quantity]; Explain by -> Product[Category]; Expand by -> Product[Color]
Analyze -> Sales[Sales Amount]; Explain by -> Product[Category], Product[Color]
Unattempted
As we want to analyze the sales amount, use Sales[Sales Amount] in the analyze well. We want to use
product category and color, so add Product[Category] and Product[Color] to the explain by well.
Do not use Sales[Sales Quantity] as we were asked about sales amount.
Do not use expand by. The expand by well is used when analyzing a measure or summarized field.
7. Question
You work for NASAs Supply Chain division. NASA purchases parts for the international space station.
There are two key tables: SpaceStationInventory and DateTable. The SpaceStationInventory table contains
the inventory counts for the parts and the date of the counts. The DateTable is a date table you created
using M code. The Supply Chain division works Monday to Friday and is closed on state and federal
holidays.
As senior BI specialist you have been tasked to show the inventory level for the international space station
warehouse on the last day of each month.
Which DAX function will meet your requirement?
CALCULATE( SUM(SpaceStationInventory[Inventory Count]),
LASTDATE(DateTable[Date] )
CLOSINGBALANCEMONTH( SUMX(SpaceStationInventory[Inventory Count]),
SpaceStationInventory[Date] )

LASTDATE(SpaceStationInventory[Date] )
FILTER(SpaceStationInventory , SpaceStationInventory[Inventory Count] =
MAX(SpaceStationInventory[Inventory Count]) )
Unattempted
The LASTDATE DAX function returns the last non blank date. We want the inventory count for the last
date from the SpaceStationInventory table.
You should not use LASTDATE on the date table. The date table has every date on the calendar including
weekends and holidays. If the last date of the month is a non working day, we will get a zero inventory
count.
Do not use the CLOSINGBALANCEMONTH DAX function. The function will show inventory for the final
calendar date of the month. If the last date of the month is a non working day, we will get a zero
inventory count.
If you filter by the MAX inventory count, you will get the peak during the month and not the ending
inventory at the end of the month.
8. Question
You work for an electric car manufacturer and you need to import a Supplier table into your data model.
The Supplier table list the supplier id, full name, short name and address.
When reviewing the data in Power BI, you want to check the distinct and unique rows for each column.
Column profile
Monospaced
Column distribution
Show whitespace
Column quality
Unattempted
The column distribution option shows the count of distinct and unique rows for each column.
The column profile option shows a value distribution along with some statistical summary figures.
The column quality shows the percentage of Valid, Error and Empty rows.
The monospaced option sets all the datas preview font to monospaced.
The show whitespaces option displays whitespace and newline characters.
9. Question
You work for a large multinational company that has 23 departments. You have been tasked with creating a
report with all the first aid trained staff . You need to create the same report for each department.
How can you create the same report for each department in the most efficient manner?
Create separate Power BI Desktop report for each department and email the PBIX file
Add a parameter to the report to filter department
Create a separate workspace for each department and create a report in each
Create a separate dataset for each department and add a separate report
Unattempted
You can add a parameter on the report to filter the department. This allows you to use the same report
across all departments.
You should not create separate Power BI Desktop files as this is an inefficient and time consuming way
to distribute 23 reports.
You should not create separate workspaces for each department as this duplicates the report and is time
consuming. Workspaces are used for collaboration and there is no need for separate collaboration for
every department.
You should not create a separate datset for each department as this also duplicates the report and is
time consuming.
10. Question
You have produced reports for a space tourism startup. The founder is thrilled with the Power BI service
setup. However, he has some questions on how to promote and secure the datasets to other users in the
company. His three requirements are below:
1. When Power BI Service launches, I want the competition report to be displayed on their screen.
2. For the financial dashboard, I want the classification of the data clearly displayed.
3. I want you to highlight particular reports because it is valuable and worthwhile for others to use. I also
dont want you to ask permission from the Power BI Admin each time.
For the above requirements, them as either:
· Certified
· Promoted
· Featured
· Sensitivity Label
Promoted / Certified / Featured
Sensitivity Label / Featured / Promoted
Featured / Sensitivity Label / Promoted
Certified / Sensitivity Label / Promoted
Unattempted
When a report is marked as featured, it will appear on the Power BI home page.
To show data classification on a dashboard, you can use sensitivity labels. These labels appear next to
the dashboard name. Sensitivity labels are created and managed in the Microsoft 365 compliance center.
Promotion and certification are types of endorsement. Promotion is a way to highlight the content you
think is valuable and worthwhile for others to use. Promotion does not need any admin permissions.
Certification means that the content meets the organization‘s quality standards and is regarded as
reliable and ready for use across the organization. Certification does require admin permission.
11. Question
You work for an electric scooter manufacturer. You have a report with five pages, and you have been asked
to filter all five pages when you select a particular scooter category on the first page.
What are the two ways you could do this?
Add a page level filter on all five pages
Create a report level filter using category in the Filter all pages well
Use a single button and set the action type to bookmark
Select paginated report and configure the settings
Create a slicer for category on each page and then Sync slicers on all pages
Unattempted
A report level filter will create a filter on all five pages of the report. Similarly, if each page has a slicer for
category, you can use sync slicers to filter all pages together.
A page filter will only apply to the one page and cannot be used to control all five pages at once.
A single button cannot be used with a bookmark across multiple pages.
A paginated report is for creating pixel perfect reports and is not used to filter reports across multiple
pages.
12. Question
A colleague built a Power BI desktop report. Your colleague imported a flat file into Power BI from his local
machine. You have inherited the Power BI report and you need to update the source for the file. How
would you go about this?
On the home ribbon, click on properties and change the file path
Click on the Applied step source and click on the cog to change the file path
On the home ribbon, click on manage -> then file, then change the file path
Click on the Applied step changed type and click on the cog in the corner to change the file location
Unattempted
You can adjust the source location of your file in Power Query Editor by clicking on the source applied
step. In the right corner, click the cog and update the file path.
The home ribbon properties button is used to change the name and description of the query and not the
file location.
The home ribbon manage button is used to delete, duplicate or reference a query. The manage button
cannot be used to change a files path.
13. Question
“A colleague calls you for help. She wants to build an app in Power BI and asks you how to publish the app.
What are the three most important parts of publishing an app?
Select THREE from the below.
On the permissions tab, decide who has access to the app
On the title tab, fill in the name and description to help people find the app
Before releasing the app, create a digital signature, so people know who built the app
On the navigation tab, select the content to be visible in the app
Click the Sync to organization button
On the setup tab, fill in the name and description to help people find the app
Unattempted
When publishing an app, fill in the name and description in the setup tab to help people find your app.
Next, under the navigation tab, select the content you want visible in the app. Finally, on the permissions
tab, decide who has access to the app. You can select individual people or the entire organization.
There is no title tab when setting up an app. The only three tabs are setup, navigation and permission.
You do not need to create a digital signature when releasing your app.
There is no Sync to organization button. There is only a publish app button at the bottom of the screen
when you are done.
14. Question
Your client asks you to connect to their procurement departments Azure Analysis Service. You call up their
data analyst, and he asks you what you need for the connection.
What do you need to make the connection and what type of query connection can you use?
Select the THREE correct responses.
Connection Requirement: Server name, e.g. asazure://westcentralus.asazure.windows.net/abc
Connection Requirement: Admin name
Connection Option: Import
Connection Option: Dual
Connection Option: Direct Query
Connection Option: Connect live
Unattempted
The steps to connection to the Azure Analysis Service are:
1. In Power BI Desktop, click Get Data > Azure > Azure Analysis Services database
2. Under Server, enter the server name. Include the full URL .g.
asazure://westcentralus.asazure.windows.net/abc
3. Select a connection option. You can select either import or connect live
You do not need to submit an admin name when connecting to the Azure Analysis Service.
The two connection options available are import and connect live. While you can use either, connect live
is the recommended option as there are limitations to using the import option.
15. Question
You are a BI analyst for a digital marketing company. You have built a complex report that requires many
custom DAX measures and tables. After releasing your report, senior management complains that it takes
too long to load some key visuals.
How would you identify the cause of the poorly performing report elements?
Use the Dataverse button to drill into likely performance issues
Use the Performance Analyzer to examine report element performance
Use the cross report drillthrough feature to examine performance across the report
Run an R script to determine the performance issues in report elements
Unattempted
In Power BI Desktop, you can find out how each of your report elements are performing. Using the
Performance Analyzer, you can see and record logs that measure how your report elements perform. For
example, DAX formulas and visuals performance timing when users interact with them.
Dataverse lets you store and manage data that‘s used by business applications. The dataverse cannot be
used for performance issues.
A drillthrough allows users to drillthrough on a visual to the focused page to get details that are filtered to
that context. A drillthrough cannot be used for performance diagnostics.
16. Question
You have a Premium workspace at your company and you want to use automatic page refresh.
What are TWO key considerations to enable automatic page refresh?
Use must first disable sharing of your workspace
Your capacity administrator must enable the feature
Your interval must be greater than the minimum refresh interval
Refresh time in a premium capacity is rounded to the nearest 30 minutes
Unattempted
You cannot use automatic data refresh unless your capacity administrator has enabled the feature.
Secondly, the capacity administrator can set a minimum refresh interval. If your interval is less than the
minimum refresh interval, the Power BI service overrides your interval to respect the minimum interval
set by your capacity administrator.
You do not need to disable sharing of your workspace to set automatic page refresh.
The refresh time is not rounded to the nearest 30 minutes.
17. Question
A medical devices company has contracted you to investigate their transportation providers performance.
The company has a series of metrics they use to monitor the transporation providers performance,
including on-time pickup, on-time delivery, billing accuracy etc. You are asked to find potential factors that
contribute to the transportation providers performance.
What sort of visualization can help?
Scatter chart
Q&A chart
Key influencers chart
Decomposition tree chart
Unattempted
You should use a key influencers chart. A key influencers chart helps you understand the factors that
drive a metric.
You should not use a decomposition tree. A decomposition tree is an AI tool used for ad hoc exploration
and conducting root cause analysis.
You should not use a scatter chart. A scatter chart is helpful to show outliers across a large data set.
You should not use a Q&A visual. A Q&A visual helps users explore the data from questions using
natural language algorithms.
18. Question
The board of your company would like to see a report on their mobiles. So you go ahead and optimize the
report for mobile.
Yes / No / No
No / No / Yes
Yes / Yes / No
Yes / No / Yes
Unattempted
There are two ways to add a visual to a mobile layout. Fist, you can drag it from the Page visuals pane to
the phone canvas. Alternatively, you can double-click the visual in the visualization pane.
You CAN set the layering order of visuals on the mobile layout canvas. The order of the list reflects the
layer ordering on the canvas. Like a birds eye view, the first listed visual is on the top-most layer, while
the last listed visual is on the bottom-most layer.
A mobile-optimized report will follow the background color of the report page.
19. Question
You discover a quality data source on your companys Azure SQL database. You decide to connect using
direct query to the database. What two things are necessary to successfully connect?
Specify the fully qualified server name when connecting
Ensure firewall rules for the database are configured to allow access to Azure services
Select automatic schema change detection
Tiles are refreshed once per day, so you must configure the schedule refresh
Unattempted
You must specify the full server name when connecting to the Azure SQL database. You can find your
fully qualified server name and database name in the Azure portal. Make sure you have configured the
firewall rules to allow access to Azure service or you may not be able to access your database.
Schema changes are not automatically detected in Azure SQL database connections.
Tiles are refreshed once per hour by default. There is no requirement to configure a scheduled refresh.
However, you can adjust how often to refresh in the Advanced settings when you connect.
20. Question
Your company buys out a transportation company. You find that the company has several tables for
customer records, all with the same structure and headings. You need to combine these tables to form a
new single table for a customer segmentation analysis prior to merging the data into the parent companys
system.
What transformation should you use?
Merge queries
Append queries

Unattempted
The append query creates a single table by adding the contents of one or more tables to another, and
aggregates the column headers from the tables to create the schema for the new table. An append query
is similar to a Union query in SQL. Since the question asked for a new table, you should append query as
new.
You should not use the merge transformation. A merge transformation joins two existing tables together
based on matching keys from one or multiple columns. This join is used to add columns to a data set and
not used to add rows. A merge transformation is similar to a SQL join.
21. Question
You are asked by management to allow a consultants custom Power BI visual. However, by default,
management wants no custom visuals. How would you enable the consultants visual while maintaining
the default requirement in the most efficient manner?
Temporarily disable the tenant setting for custom visualization
Use Power BI Desktop .pbiviz files with the custom visual
Add the custom visuals to the organizational store
Build a separate Power BI service instance for the custom visual
Unattempted
Custom Power BI visuals created privately for your organization can be uploaded to the organizational
store. Uploading the private files into your organizational store saves overhead and management time.
The custom visuals are easily accessed by the Power BI users within the organization while still
respecting the external restriction for custom visuals.
Temporarily disabling the tenant settings is not an efficient way to manage your configuration.
While a local Power BI Desktop file could have custom visuals, when uploading to Power BI service, the
custom visual would still be blocked.
Building a separate instance of Power BI service is an expensive and inefficient solution to allow a single
custom visual.
22. Question
What Text Analytics AI Insights are NOT available in Power BI.
Language Detection
Sentiment Analysis
Key Phrase Extraction

Word Sense Disambiguation
Unattempted
AI insights supports language detection, sentiment analysis and key phrase extraction. Word sense
disambiguation involves detecting the meaning of a word within its context. For example, light can be
used as a weight, a color or an electrical appliance. Word sense disambiguation is not available in Power
BI.
23. Question
You create a Power BI report for a software company that uses AI for transportation companies. The
company has a sales team across several countries and you create row-level security (RLS) in the model.
Sales managers are restricted to access the data from their own country.
In Power BI Desktop you create roles for each country e.g. USA, Canada, UK, France etc. You add a DAX
expression for each role in the region table to filter country. You then add an Azure Active Directory
security group for the country to each role. A new user starts in France.
What do you need to do for the new user such that they can only see the sales data for France?
In Power BI Desktop, edit the DAX expression on the role for France
In Power BI Service, change the Power BI workspace security and change the users email address
to contributor
Add the user to the Azure Active Directory for France
In Power BI Service, use test as role and use the email address of the new employee
Unattempted
You add the user to the Azure Active Directory for France. The row-level security groups have been
configured to control the membership of each role. So, you should change their membership of Azure
Active Directory security groups.
You should not edit the DAX expression on Power BI Desktop, this just defines the row filters for the
role. Membership is controlled in Power BI service.
Do not add the new employee to the workspace as a contributor. The user will be able to see all the data
and will not be restricted to the row level security settings.
Do not use the test as role in Power BI Service. The test as role is a way to preview the data for a role
and is not used to assign roles to new members.
24. Question
You build a dashboard that has an important gauge visual for a furniture manufacturer. The head of
manufacturing want an alert whenever the gauge exceeds a certain value.
What are the two options for configuring an alert in Power BI Service?
Use Microsoft Dataverse alert API
Send an email
Send a notification to mobile
Use Microsoft Power Automate to trigger additional actions
Unattempted
You can send an email or you can use Microsoft Power Automate to trigger an action. You can then use
Power Automate to send a notification to Microsoft teams, text message, social media post or email.
There is no Microsoft Dataverse alert API. Use Power Automate to listen for the alert trigger.
Notifications of alerts are controlled by settings in the mobile app and cannot be configured in Power BI
service.
25. Question
What is NOT part of the Power BI Service dashboard theme?
Dark
Light
Color-blind friendly
Custom
Tab-order friendly
Unattempted
In Power BI Service you can adjust a dashboards theme to one of four options: Light, Dark, Color-blind
friendly and custom JSON. Tab-order is created in a report under Selection > Tab order and is not a
theme.
26. Question
You decide to add a KPI visual for your companys dashboard. You need to show total units this year, show
the historic values at a monthly level and for the comparison use total units last year.
What fields should be used from the exhibit below in the KPI wells: Indicator, Trend Axis and Target Goals?
Indicator: Sales Units This Year , Trend axis: Fiscal Month , Target Goals: Sales Units This year
Indicator: Sales Units This Year , Trend axis: Fiscal Month , Target Goals: Sales Units Last year
Indicator: Sales Units Last Year , Trend axis: Fiscal Month , Target Goals: Sales Units This year
Indicator: Sales Units This Year , Trend axis: Fiscal Year , Target Goals: Sales Units Last year
Unattempted
The indicator is the measure to plot, so use Sales Units This Year. The trend axis is the period to show
the data, so use Fiscal month. Lastly, the Target Goal is the field for comparison, so use Sales Units Last
Year.
27. Question
You import a customer table from a flat file into your data model. You have been asked to investigate the
performance of your model and decide to check all the data sources view native query . When you come
to the customer table, you find that the view native query does not display.
What is a possible cause for view native query being disabled?
Flat files do not support query folding
In the transformation, there is a promoted headers step that blocks the native query
You have used import as the storage mode
There is row-level security on the dataset
Unattempted
View native query relies on query folding, the ability to generate a single query statement to retrieve and
transform source data. A flat file, we, blob and common data service do not allow query folding. Hence,
view native query is disabled.
A promoted headers step is not relevant to whether query folding works or not.
The import storage mode will still enable query folding for relational database sources.
Lastly, row-level security is not relevant to the data source query folding.
28. Question
Please complete the below sentence.
If your dataset resides on a Premium capacity you can schedule up to ____ refreshes per day in the ____
settings. You can also trigger an ____ refresh by selecting Refresh now in the dataset menu.
24 / Power BI Desktop dataset / on-demand
16 / Power BI Service dataset / auto
8 / Power BI Service dataset / auto
48 / Power BI Service dataset / on-demand
Unattempted
You can configure up to eight daily time slots if your dataset is on shared capacity, or 48 time slots on
Power BI Premium. Scheduled refreshes are set up in Power BI Service and you can trigger an on-
demand refresh by selecting Refresh now in the dataset menu.
29. Question
You create a report for a hospital and use row-level security (RLS) for doctors to view their metrics and
salary using a doctors role. You also create a hospital manager role that can see all the data. The
employee table you use for RLS has id, name, role and email address.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true, otherwise select No.
Yes / Yes / No
Yes / Yes / Yes

Yes / No / No
No / Yes / No
Unattempted
Since you applied row-level security to doctors, they will be able to see their wages and metrics.
The DAX function USERPRINCIPALNAME(), returns the users email address e.g.
John.Smith@ABCHospital.com. When the DAX function sets the email address =
USERPRINCIPALNAME(), we are using a dynamic row-level security method that will compare the users
email address to that in the employee table. This will then restrict the data that the doctor can see.
When the DAX filter for Hospital managers is set to TRUE(), the manager will see all the data. When the
DAX filter is set to FALSE(), no data will be shown.
30. Question
You import the below Transport table into your model and have been instructed to find the totals across
destination ZIP codes. Which summarization option would you recommend for aggregating the below
three columns?
· DestinationZIP
· Weight
· Units
MAX / NONE / SUM
COUNT / SUM / NONE
NONE / SUM / SUM
NONE / MAX / SUM
Unattempted
The destination ZIP code is a text field, so do not use a summarization option. The weight is a decimal
and we are interested in the total values, so use the SUM aggregation. Similarly, Units is a whole
number and we are interested in the total values, so again use SUM.
31. Question
You work as a BI engineer at an Oil and Gas company. You are asked to calculate a year to date calculation
on the sales across your dataset. You have generated a date table using M code that has the date and year
field. You also have a calculated measure called Sales Total which is the sum of the sales amount. See
the exhibit below for the desired output in the column ‘Sales YTD‘.
What are two ways to calculate the year to date sales from your data?
CALCULATE ( [Sales Total],
FILTER(
ALL(‘Date),
‘Date‘[Year]=MAX(‘Date‘[Year]) &&
‘Date‘[Date]<=MAX(‘Date‘[Date])
)
TOTALQTD([Sales Total],‘Date‘[Date])
TOTALYTD([Sales Total],‘Date‘[Date])
CALCULATE ( [Sales Total],
FILTER(
‘Date‘,
‘Date‘[Year]=MAX(‘Date‘[Year]) &&
‘Date‘[Date]<=MAX(‘Date‘[Date])
)
Unattempted
Answer A is the manual way to calculate the TOTALYTD function. In the filter, you first clear the filter
context on the Date table using the ALL() function. If you forget to clear the filter context with ALL(), the
aggregation will not work and will give the same value as the sales total for the month. The first part of
the filter ‘Date‘[Year]=MAX(‘Date‘[Year]) , ensures the year to date is limited to a single year and not the
entire data set. The && adds an AND logical operator, enabling an extra filter expression. The second
expression in the filter ‘Date‘[Date]<=MAX(‘Date‘[Date]), ensures each time period is aggregated. The
expression ensures the aggregation is on or before the period in the table. Without the second
expression, you would get the year total for each period.
Answer B is the total quarter to date. Since we want year to date we need the TOTALYTD function not
the TOTALQTD.
Answer C correctly gives the total year to dateusing the DAX function TOTALYTD.
Answer D is missing the ALL(Date) function to clear the filter context.
32. Question
Your manager at a construction materials company wants to know how category sales have changed over
time with an animation. You decide that a chart with an animation to show changes across months would
help visualize the data.
How would you go about achieving this objective?
Create a line chart and add month to the axis well
Create a waterfall chart and add month to the breakdown well
Create a scatter chart and add month to the play axis well
Create a tree map and add month to the details well
Unattempted
The play axis is a feature on a scatter chart that animates changes with time. Create your scatter chart
and then in the play axis well, add your date period. Below the chart you will now see a play button and a
time axis.
You should not use a line chart with month in the axis well, as this does not animate the time series.
You should not use a waterfall chart as this is not the appropriate chart for a time series animation.
Waterfall charts are useful for understanding how an initial value, such as sales, is affected by a series of
positive and negative changes.
You should not use a tree map for time series animation. Treemaps are used to display hierarchical data
as a set of nested rectangles.
33. Question
You are asked to create a measure to calculate the sales amount including the value added tax with the
ability to go to the lowest level of detail (row level.) In addition, the value added tax is only relevant for
order dates after Jan/1/2018. Prior to 2018, there is no tax applicable. See the exhibit below as an example
of the output.
How would you achieve this goal using a DAX expression?
SUM(sales[Sales Amount]) + SUM(sales[Sales Tax])
SUMX(sales,if(sales[OrderDate]>=DATE(2018,1,1),sales[Sales Amount]+sales[Sales Tax],sales[Sales

Amount])
SUMX(filter(sales,sales[OrderDate]>=DATE(2018,1,1)),sales[Sales Amount]+sales[Sales Tax])
SUM(sales,if(sales[OrderDate]>=1/1/2018,sales[Sales Amount]+sales[Sales Tax],sales[Sales

Amount])
Unattempted
As we want to be able to calculate at the row level, we use SUMX. Within the SUMX expression, we can
add an IF statement to test whether the date is after Jan/1/2018. If the statement is true then add the
sales tax, otherwise, show the sales amount.
Answer A is not correct as it does not have a conditional statement for the order date.
Answer C is not correct, because it only shows values after 2018. Before 2018, the measure returns 0.
34. Question
At your company, you are the Power BI administrator. Your company policy states that only DA-100
certified people are allowed to create new workspaces. The people who are DA-100 certified are grouped
into a security group called DA100Workspace. You hire several new people who have recently completed
their DA-100 certification and assign them to the DA100Workspace security group.
The new users compain that they cannot create new workspaces. What three actions do you need to take
in sequence in the admin portal to fix this issue?
Possible actions:
i. Navigate to Power BI admin portal and select Tenant settings
ii. Navigate to office 365 admin security and select settings
iii. Choose specific security groups to apply to and add DA100Workspace
iv. Click on Workspace settings and then click on create workspaces
v. Click refresh
i / iv / iii
ii / iii / v
ii / iv / v
i / ii / iii
Unattempted
The steps to fix the issue in the Power BI admin portal are:
1. Navigate to Power BI admin portal and select Tenant settings
2. Click on Workspace settings and then click on create workspaces
3. Choose specific security groups to apply to and add DA100Workspace
You should not use office 365 security to change the workspace settings, these must be done in the
Power BI admin portal.
There is no refresh button you need to click to apply changes. After you have completed the three steps,
you can click on the apply button.
35. Question
You have built a dashboard for the board of a soft drink company. One of the board members has some
ideas he wants to test with several visuals from a report page. However, he he wants to be able to
immediatelty see the updates in the dashboard after you make changes.
How would you go about doing this in the most efficient manner?
Create a new dashboard for every new request and pin the new tiles
Pin the report page as live to the dashboard
On the report page, select embed in dashboard
Create a hyperlink for the tiles and select embed in dashboard
Unattempted
Pin the report page as live to a dashboard. Any changes you make to the visualizations in the report
editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected immediately in the
dashboard tile as well.
You should not create a new dashboard every time a request is made as this takes time and is highly
inefficient.
On the report page, there is no select embed in dashboard.
There is no embed hyperlink in dashboard option.
36. Question
You work for a rapid fashion company and are tasked with calculating the percentage change in sales from
last month. You are given a measure Sales Total that aggregates sales and you have date table you built in
DAX.
How would you calculate last months sales percentage change?
VAR SalesLastMonth = CALCULATE([Sales Total],DATEADD(‘Date‘[Date],-1,MONTH))
VAR SalesPercentageChange = DIVIDE([Sales Total]-SalesLastMonth,SalesLastMonth)
Return SalesPercentageChange
VAR SalesLastMonth = CALCULATE([Sales Total], PARALLELPERIOD (‘Date‘[Date],-1,QUARTER))
VAR SalesLastMonth = CALCULATE([Sales Total], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR (‘Date‘[Date]) )
VAR SalesLastMonth = CALCULATE([Sales Total],DATEADD(‘Date‘[Date],-1,MONTH))
VAR SalesPercentageChange = Sales Total-SalesLastMonth
Unattempted
You can use DATEADD to look 1 month backward using the notation DATEADD(‘Date‘[Date],-1,MONTH),
noticing that the -1 indicates backward looking. Using the DIVIDE function, you can calculate the
difference between last month and the current months value and divide by the previous month to get a
% change.
Answer B is not correct as PARALLELPERIOD uses Quarter instead of Month.
Answer C is not correct, because SAMPERIODLASTYEAR looks at the previous years value and not last
months value.
Answer D is not correct, because the SalesPercentageChange does not divide by the previous months
value to get a percentage.
37. Question
Senior management wants you to add data classifications to your dashboards to raise awareness with
those viewing your dashboards about what level of security should be used.
Yes / Yes / Yes
No / Yes / No
No / No / Yes
Yes / No / Yes
Unattempted
When data classification is turned on in the tenant settings, all dashboards are given a default
classification type. If you turn off data classification, none of the tags are remembered if you decided to
switch on data classifications later. Lastly, each classification has a name and a shorthand tag. You can
optionally add a URL with more information about your organizations classification guidelines and usage
requirements.
38. Question
You have created a measure for the percentage of sales subcategory to sales and wish to apply conditional
formatting as per the below exhibit. The rule you want to use is if the value is less than 10%, then shade
the cell blue and if the value is greater than 10%, then shade the cell green.
How would you complete the below conditional formatting table?
Format: Color Scale, Row 1: 0 / Number and 10 / Number, Row 2: 10 / Number and 100 /
Number
Format: Field Value, Row 1: 0 / Percentage and 10 / Percentage, Row 2: 10 / Percentage and
100 / Percentage
Format: Rules, Row 1: 0 / Number and 0.1 / Number, Row 2: 0.1 / Number and 1 / Number
Format: Color Scale, Row 1: 0 / Percentage and 10 / Percentage, Row 2: 10 / Percentage and
100 / Percentage
Unattempted
When you have a set of specific requirements for your conditional formatting, select the rules format
drop down. Next we know we want the first row to be greater than the number 0 and less than the
number 0.1, since 0.1 is the number equivalent of 10%. On the second line we want the color green for
when we have a value greater than a number of 0.1 but less than 1.
You should not select a color scale as you can only set a minimum and maximum across the entire range.
Here we have a specific set of rules we want to apply.
You should not use a field value. You can use field value when you have a separate column with the
names of the colors you want to use.
Note, if you use percent instead of number for fields containing percentages, you may get unexpected
results. The percent in conditional formatting gives the percentage of the given range. For example, our
range for the accessories categories is 1.1% to 38.1%.
39. Question
You work for a wine maker who has a selection of white and red wines that are fermented in barrels. The
process can take between 5 and 35 months. Your data set has columns for fermentation time, start and
end date
You need to create a bar chart that shows wine fermentation time in ranges of 5 months.
When creating the bar chart, which four actions should you perform in sequence?
Select the fermentation time column, right click and select New Group -> Set Group type to Bin ->
Set the Bin type to number of bins -> Make the bin count 6
Set Group type to list -> Select the fermentation time column, right click and select New Group -> Set
the Bin type to number of bins -> Make the bin count 30
Select the fermentation time column, right click and select New Group -> Set the Bin type to count of
bins -> Set Group type to Bin -> Make the bin size 6
Select the fermentation time column, right click and select New Group -> Set Group type to Bin ->
Make the bin count 30 -> Set the Bin type to number of bins
Unattempted
You should perform the below steps:
1. Select the fermentation time column, right click and select New Group
2. Set Group type to Bin
3. Set the Bin type to number of bins
4. Make the bin count 6
You should not set the bin count to 5. There are 30 months, each with bin size of 5. This gives a bin
count of 6.
You should not set the bin size to 6 since the question specifically asks for ranges of 5 months, i.e. a bin
size of 5.
40. Question
Your company has a current year target of last years sales multiplied by an additional 10%. You have a
date table called date and you have a measure to sum sales called Sales Total.
How would you go about creating a DAX measure to calculate this?
VAR PreviousYearSales = SUMX([Sales Total], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR (‘Date‘[Date],-1,YEAR))
VAR TargetSales = PreviousYearSales*1.1
Return TargetSales
VAR PreviousYearSales = CALCULATE([Sales Total],DATEADD(‘Date‘[Date],-1,YEAR))
Return TargetSales
VAR PreviousYearSales = CALCULATETABLE([Sales Total],DATEADD(‘Date‘[Date],-1,YEAR))
Return TargetSales
VAR PreviousYearSales = CALCULATE([Sales Total], PARALLELPERIOD (‘Date‘[Date],-1,MONTH))
Return PreviousYearSales
Unattempted
You should use CALCULATE and DATEADD to find last years sales value. You then multiply the
previous years sales by 1.1 to get a 10% increase for the target.
In answer A you should not use SUMX as the first parameter is a table not a measure.
In answer C you should not use CALCULATETABLE as the result returned is a table and we want a scalar
value. The CALCULATE function will return a scalar value. Also the target sales figure is multiplied by 1.1
and not 0.1.
In answer D, we want last years value not last month. Also, the return statement should be for the
target sales and not the previous years sales.
41. Question
You work for a cryptocurrency exchange as a BI analyst. You are tasked with creating a report for weekly
trends across the asset ranges. Your source dataset has over 150 million rows.
What two things can you do to optimize the report performance?
Use the Direct Query storage mode for the dataset
Only use line charts for visuals
Use the Import storage mode for the dataset

Do not use tab or layer order
Create a summary table in the source data grouped by weekly volumes
Unattempted
By using Direct Query for the storage mode, the data will not be held in the model. When a user views a
visual, the queries wil be sent to the database. However, performance of the query is dependant on the
capacity of the data source. Additionally, creating a summary table that is grouped by week will reduce
the model size. This will reduce the number of records that Power BI needs to process for calculations
and visuals.
Limiting the model to only line charts is not effect the model performance.
You should not use the import storage mode. The import mode, will bring all transactions into the model
and give you an extremely large model. This will also mean the model will take a significant time to
refresh the dataset.
Tab and layer orders do not effect the model performance.
42. Question
You work for a bicycle manufacturer and you have created a bar chart with sales by category.
Your boss wants to know the median sales, the 50th percentile of values in a column, rather than the total
sales for each category.
What are the two ways to achieve this goal?
Create a new measure using the MEDIAN DAX function on the sales column
In the analytics pane, add a trendline
In the chart values well, right click on sales and change the summarization to Median
Create a new measure using the Count (distinct) DAX function on the sales column
In the chart values well, right click on sales and change the show value as to a percent of grand total
Unattempted
The first way is to create a DAX measure using the MEDIAN function. You could create a measure such
as: Median of Sales = Median(sales[Sales Amount]). The other option is to right click sales in the values
well and change the summarization type to Median.
You should npt add a trendline. This will not help you find the median value.
You should not use Count (distinct) as we want the median not the count.
You should not use the percent of grand total as this will give you the percentage of all category sales.
43. Question
Your users give you feedback that they would like your reports to have more interactivity. You add some
interactivity.
To answer, select the following feature for each requirement from top to bottom. A feature may be used
once, more than once, or not at all.
Features:
· Back button
· Tab selection
· Bookmarks
· Edit interactions
· Format pane
Tab selection / Format pane / Back button
Edit interactions / Bookmarks / Back button
Edit interactions / Tab selection / Back button
Bookmarks / Edit interractions / Back button
Unattempted
To edit the way visuals interact with each other on a report page use the Edit interactions button after
you select a visual. There are two options cross-filter and cross-highlight. Cross-filter will filter other chars
when you click on a data point. Alternatively, cross-highlight will highlight the proportion on the value
when you click on a data point.
Bookmarks are used to store a report page and its configuration so that you can return to the view later.
You can set the filters and slicers in a bookmark to get the visual configurations set in a certain way.
A back button has an arrow icon and when you select it, Power BI takes you back to the previous page.
44. Question
You find that your visuals on a report page are taking a long time to load and you need to find the cause.
You remember there is a way to get how each of your report elements, such as visuals and DAX formulas,
are performing.
What five actions should you take in sequence from the below set of potential steps.
· Open performance analyzer and press start recording
· Ineract with the visuals
· Restart Power BI
· Press stop and review results
· Open query diagnostics and press start recording
· Click on SQL Server diagnostics
· Check enable diagnostics logging
· Create a blank report page
Restart Power BI -> Open performance analyzer and press start recording -> Check enable
diagnostics logging -> Press stop and review results
Create a blank report page -> Restart Power BI -> Click on SQL Server diagnostics -> Ineract with the
visuals -> Press stop and review results
Create a blank report page -> Restart Power BI -> Open performance analyzer and press start
recording -> Ineract with the visuals -> Press stop and review results
Restart Power BI -> Open query diagnostics and press start recording -> Ineract with the visuals ->
Press stop and review results
Unattempted
The steps to the performance analyzer tool are:
1. Create a blank report page
2. Restart Power BI
3. Open performance analyzer and press start recording
4. Interact with the visuals
5. Press stop and review results
In answer A, you should first create a blank report page and you do not need to enable diagnostic
logging.
In answer B, you should not use SQL Server diagnostics, this is not available within Power BI.
In answer D, you should not use the query diagnostic tool. Query diagnostics is a Power Query tool to
determine processing at authoring and at refresh time in Power BI Desktop. Query diagnostics does not
tell you anything about visuals.
45. Question
You have a dataset in Power BI Service, and you want to use Quick Insights to get some ideas for a
dashboard. However, you notice that Quick Insights are not working.
What are the three possible reasons why Quick Insights is not working?
You have uploaded data to Power BI
Your dataset uses Direct Query
Your dataset uses streaming
You have measures in your dataset
Your dataset is not statistically significant
Unattempted
Quick Insights doesn‘t work with DirectQuery, streaming, and PUSH datasets. Quick Insights only works
with data uploaded to Power BI. Furthermore, some datasets can‘t generate insights because the data is
not statistically significant.
Uploaded data through import will work for Quick Insights.
Measures will work with quick insights.
46. Question
You have two visuals as per the below exhibit. You have the sales by year on the left, and on the right, you
have sales by category.
You need to configure the visual interaction between the two charts.
Yes / No / Yes
Yes / No / No
No / No / Yes
Yes / Yes / No
Unattempted
When you set the interaction behaviour to None, the visual is not affected by other charts.
If you want the sales by year chart to highlight the sales by category chart, first select the sales by year
chart and edit the interaction on the sales by category chart.
To show a proportion of sales by category when you select a year column, you should use the Highlight
interaction behaviour. The highlight will dim the non-relevant data so you can see the proportions as per
the exhibit. If you use the Filter interaction, all non-relevant data is removed.
47. Question
Your company has a Power BI Premium license and you want to use the AI features in your report to
expose insights.
Which of the following two statements is NOT true?
You can take a piece of text and return a list of key phrases
You can build your own machine learning models and use them in Power BI desktop
The decomposition tree requires a premium subscription
Sentiment Analysis is available for select languages
You cannot use Power BI to tag images
Unattempted
You can take a piece of text and return a list of key phrases using Key Phrase Extraction.
In Azure Machine Learning, you can create your own machine learning models. These models can then
be used within Power BI desktop.
A decomposition tree is a standard AI visual and does not require a premium subscription.
Sentiment Analysis, e.g. assign positive or negative to a review, is available for select languages.
48. Question
You have created a dashboard you want to share with your suppliers to help with the data communications
between your organizations. Your supplier has a Power BI Pro license and uses Power BI within their own
organization as well.
Prior to sharing your dashboard with your supplier, what do you first need to do?
Make sure your supplier has upgraded to Power BI Premium
In the tenant settings, enable email notification service for outages or incidents
In the tenant settings, enable share content with external users
Publish your dashboard to the web
Unattempted
Users can share reports and dashboards with people outside your organization. The Share content with
external users setting is found in the Export and sharing settings group.
Your supplier has Power BI Pro and does not need Power BI Premium to view your reports.
Enabling email notifications for outages or incidents is not critical for sharing content outside your
organization.
Publishing your dashboard to the web will make the report available for anyone on the internet to see.
Since you only want to share the report with your supplier, this option is not appropriate.
49. Question
You work for a software company that enables cryptocurrency payments for retailers.
The key tables you have for your companys reporting requirements are:
1. Date is a date table created in DAX
2. Countries is a geographic table that is rarely updated
3. Sales has the software sales to retailers and has many new records added every day
Which storage model should you use for each of the three requirements from top to bottom?
Import / Import / Live Connection
Dual / Import / Live Connection
Dual / Import / DirectQuery

Import / Import / DirectQuery
Unattempted
You should use the import mode for a calculated table and for the countries table. Since these tables will
rarely change, import is the best option. The sales table should use DirectQuery as DirectQuery does not
cache the data and is useful when using large amounts of data.
You should not use the dual storage mode. Tables with dual setting can act as either cached or not
cached, depending on the context of the query that‘s submitted to the Power BI dataset. There is not a
need for dual storage on this data set.
You should not use a Live Connection. A live connection is used for streaming data such as Analysis
services from IoT devices.
50. Question
For your annual report, your company has produced a YouTube video. Your manager asks to add this
YouTube video to your financial dashboard so the board members can see the video in the dashboard.
How would you go about adding the YouTube video to your dashboard?
Add an image tile
Add a video tile
Add a text box tile
Add a custom streaming data tile
Unattempted
A video tile allows you to add a YouTube or Vimeo video to your dashboard, the video plays right on your
dashboard.
Do not use an image tile. An image tile is used for a static image such as a logo.
Do not use a text box tile. A text box tile is used to add headings.
Do not add a custom streaming data tile. A streaming data tile is used for sensor data or feeds like
Twitter.
51. Question
You have a large Power BI dashboard for stock prices that display weekly performance. The data set goes
back to 1985. When the dashboard refreshes it takes visuals too long to load.
How would you optimize the model performance?
Add a personal gateway to your organizations dataset
Add a streaming tile to your dashboard

Adjust the time zone in the tenant setting
Configure incremental refresh
Unattempted
Incremental refresh allows you to refresh large datasets quickly and as often as you need, without having
to reload historical data each time. Filter parameters for the start (RangeStart) and end date (RangeEnd)
range are configured within Power BI Desktop. The incremental refresh policy can then be defined.
A personal gateway does not assist with the large data set.
A streaming tile is used for analysis service data and will not assist with this data set.
Changing the time zone in the tenant setting will not optimize the data performance.
52. Question
Your country has created a register for confirmed cases of COVID-19. The data is recorded in a large Azure
SQL Database and is updated continuously. You have been contracted as a consultant to assist your
government in creating a dashboard to visualize the data in Power BI.
How would you configure your connection to the COVID-19 database?
Create a script to continuously import the data
Connect to the data with Live Connection
Connect to the data with DirectQuery
Connect to the data with AI Insights
Unattempted
DirectQuery is the best connection type for large datasets and no data is imported or copied into Power
BI.
Do not create a script to continuously import the data. To prevent the dataset from getting too large, use
DirectQuery.
Do not use AI Insights. AI Insights is a data visualization tool and not a data connection.
53. Question
You work for an electric engine manufacturer as a Power BI admin. You have two colleagues, Ray and
Jane, who need access to your workspace. Ray will need to publish, unpublish, and change permissions for
the apps. Jane needs to be able to publish reports to the workspace and delete content.
What workspace roles should Ray and Jane be assigned?
Ray = Member / Jane = Contributor
Ray = Admin / Jane = Member

Ray = Member / Jane = Viewer
Ray = Member / Jane = Member
Unattempted
Ray should be assigned a member role. A member can publish, unpublish, and change permissions for
the apps. Jane should be assigned a Contributor role. A contributor can publish reports to the workspace
and delete content.
54. Question
Your company uses a transport provider that charges freight costs and fuel surcharge costs as per the
below exhibit for the Transport table.
How would you create a measure for the row-level average of the sum of freight and surcharge?
AVERAGE( Transport, Transport[Freight ($)] + Transport[Surcharge ($)])
SUMX(Transport, Transport[Freight ($)] + Transport[Surcharge ($)])
AVERAGEA( Transport, Transport[Freight ($)])
AVERAGEX( Transport, Transport[Freight ($)] + Transport[Surcharge ($)])
Unattempted
The AVERAGEX function enables you to evaluate expressions for each row of a table, and then take the
resulting set of values and calculate its arithmetic mean. We can calculate the sum of freight + surcharge
and then calculate the average across all rows using AVERAGEX.
Do not use the AVERAGE function. AVERAGE() takes the average of a single column and does not allow
for an expression at a row-level.
Do not use SUMX(). The SUMX() function would have to be combined with a COUNT function for the
average.
Do not use the AVERAGEA function. AVERAGEA() takes a column and averages the numbers in it, but
also handles non-numeric data types. The function does not allow for row-level expressions.
55. Question
You are checking your data for errors and want to see the average and standard deviation for a column.
What data quality option should you use?
Column quality
Column distribution
Column profile
Monospaced
Unattempted
Column profile will give you a column distribution chart as well as key column statistics including
average, standard deviation, min and max.
56. Question
You are the Power BI admin at your company. You have assigned a colleague as a member role in your
workspace.
What roles can she NOT perform?
Update an app
Manage dataset permissions
Update and delete the workspace
Allow others to reshare items
Unattempted
A member can perform all tasks, except the 3 admin roles:
· Update and delete the workspace
· Add/remove people, including other admin
· Allow Contributors to update the app for the workspace
57. Question
You work in a warehouse for a large eCommerce company. You have a Power BI Premium dashboard of
the key logistics metrics called daily shipments. You would like to receive a daily snapshot by email of the
daily shipments dashboard.
How can you achieve this goal?
Integrate the dashboard to Power BI Desktop
Ask the admin to add you as a contributor to the workspace
Subscribe to the dashboard
Turn on notifications on your instance of Power BI Service
Unattempted
When you subscribe to a dashboard and Power BI will email a snapshot to your inbox.
In answer A, you cannot integrate a dashboard to Power BI Desktop to receive a snapshot.
In answer B, being added to a workspace as a contributor allows you to edit and publish content but
does not help receive a daily snapshot of the dashboard.
In answer C, notifications include updates to apps, alerts that have been triggered on dashboards,
information about Power BI events and meetings, and new content added to workspaces. Notifications
do not send snapshots to your email.
58. Question
You are in Power Query Editor, and you see the below view across multiple columns.
What data profile tool shows the image in the red box?
Column distribution
Column quality
Column histogram
Column profile
Unattempted
The Column distribution shows a histogram of values and displays the number of distinct and unique
items in a column.
Answer B is incorrect. Column quality shows the percentage of Valid, Error and Empty cells.
Answer C is incorrect. There is no option called Column histogram in Power Query Editor.
Answer D is incorrect. Column profile shows a distribution of a single column together with a number of
key statistics.
59. Question
You have two tables named Invoice and Geo that are connected through an active relationship using the
GeoID field. You need to be able to filter the data from both the Geo table and from the Invoice table. I.e.
you need the Invoice table filtered by Geo and the Geo table filtered by Invoice type.
You have configured row-level security (RLS) so that Geographic leaders can only see the invoices from
their region.
You are having difficulty getting RLS working for the relationship between the Geo and Invoices.
Which TWO actions should you perform to resolve this issue?
In the relationship view, set the cross filter direction to Single
In the relationship view, check apply security filter in both directions
In the relationship view, set the cross filter direction to Both
In the relationship view, uncheck make this relationship active
Unattempted
To enable tables to be filtered in either direction, set the cross filter direction to Both. Also, to allow the
security filter to work in both directions, check apply security filter in both directions.
Do not set the cross filter direction to Single. Setting to Single will restrict the filtering in a single
direction.
Do not uncheck make this relationship active. If you make the relationship inactive, the two tables will not
be able to join together.
60. Question
You have four different data types and sizes.
Select which file / files CAN be imported into Power BI Service without Premium capacity.
json 200 MB
csv 1.5 GB
txt 500 MB
xlsx 2.1GB
Unattempted
There is a 1-GB limit for datasets stored in shared capacities in the Power BI service. Only the json and
txt files are under 1 GB.
61. Question
Your company plans to use dataflows to process the data stored in the Common Data Service to prepare
for Power BI reports and Dashboards.
Where should you store the dataflows?
Common Data Model folder
Azure Data Lake Gen2
Sharepoint
Azure SQL Server
Unattempted
You store your dataflows in Azure Data Lake Gen2.
You can store the data from the dataflow using Common Data Model folders. However, you cannot store
the dataflow itself in a Common Data Model folder.
You cannot use SharePoint or Azure SQL Server to store your dataflows.
62. Question
You are a Power BI User Admin.
Which TWO tasks can you perform?
Manage subscriptions
Create and manage users and groups
Enable and disable Power BI features
Reset user passwords
Unattempted
A Power BI User Admin can reset user passwords and create and manage users and groups.
A Billing Admin can manage subscriptions.
A Power Platform admin can enable and disable Power BI features.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-administering-power-bi-in-your-
organization
63. Question
You want to share a dashboard with external guest users from another business.
How would you share content with external users?
Invite external guests through the Azure Active Directory B2B
Click share directly from the dashboard
Go to the Power BI admin tenant setting and add the emails for the external users
Modify the workspace permissions to allow for the external users
Unattempted
Power BI enables sharing content with external guest users through Azure Active Directory Business-to-
business (Azure AD B2B). By default, external guests can only view reports and dashboards. Additionally,
you can allow guest users outside your organization to edit and manage content within your organization.
You cannot share a dashboard directly.
You cannot add external user emails in the tenant setting.
You cannot modify workspace permissions to allow for external users.
64. Question
You think that a decomposition tree may be useful for your analysis.
What TWO things does a decomposition tree do?

Conduct root cause analysis
Segments that contribute to the selected metric value
Visualize data across multiple dimensions
Contrast the relative importance of factors
Unattempted
A decomposition tree is used to visualize data across multiple dimensions and can be used to conduct
root cause analysis.
A key influencer visual creates segments that contribute to a selected metric value and contrasts the
relative importance of factors.
65. Question
You have an Inventory table and a Date table (see exhibit below) and need to calculate a semi-additive
measure for the closing inventory value.
How would you complete the below the [VALUE] field in the DAX expression?
Last Inventory Level =
CALCULATE (
SUM ( Inventory[Quantity] ),
[VALUE] ( [VALUE])
MAX / Date[Date]
LASTDATE / Inventory[MovementDate]
LASTNONBLANK / Inventory[MovementDate]
LASTDATE / Date[Date]
Unattempted
Use the LASTDATE function to get the last date of the Inventory[MovementDate] field. If you used the
Date table with LASTDATE(Date[Date]), you may get a weekend or holiday when no inventory was
recorded.
Do not use MAX or LASTDATE and the Date[Date ] field and you may get a weekend or holiday when no
inventory was recorded.
Do not use LASTNONBLANK as this function expects a column and an expression.

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 10

Your time: 00:00:02
Average score
67.92%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
You work for a Bike company and create a report of Sales and Category. You build a measure for the Sales
% of Categories and want to add conditional formatting such that the colors for low values are red, center
values are orange and high values are green.
Use conditional formatting with a Color scale using default settings
Use conditional formatting with Rules
Use conditional formatting with a Color scale and check the diverging setting
Use conditional formatting with Field values
Unattempted
Use conditional formatting and under Format by select Color scale. Next, select the diverging setting
and you will now have three color options: Minimum, Center and Maximum. Set the Minimum color to
red, the Center color to orange and the Maximum to green.
Do not use a Color scale with default settings. This setting will give only two color settings, one color for
Minimum and one color for Maximum.
Do not use the Format by Rules. For rules-based conditional formatting, you will need a specific
numeric range for each color and you will not be able to see a diverging color scheme as per the exhibit.
Do not use conditional formatting with field values. This conditional formatting setting relies on a column
with color names or color codes.
2. Question
You are working on a fast moving R&D project for an autonomous vehicle company. You create a
dashboard but find that management wants you to make quick changes to both content and layout that
they can see immediately on the dashboard. Management is only comfortable using a dashboard.
What should you do to achieve this goal?
Create an app
Add management to the workspace as viewer roles
Create a refresh schedule for twice a day
Pin the report as a live page
Unattempted
When you pin an entire page, the tiles are live. You can interact with the visuals directly on the
dashboard. Changes you make to any of the visualizations back in the report editor, like adding a filter or
changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile.
Do not create an app. Any layout changes will not be reflected in the app.
Do not add management to the workspace. This will not help them see an up to date dashboard. Note
that they are only interested in accessing a dashboard and do not want to access the underlying
workspace.
Do not add a refresh schedule as management wants to see updates immediately in the dashboard.
3. Question
You have worked hard to create a clean dataset of all your companys customer details, including address
and geocode. The Senior Director in your division has asked that all people within your company are aware
of the high-quality, authoritative customer dataset that meets all the companys standards.
How can you achieve this goal?
Select Promote content

Ask authorized reviewers to Certify your content
Select Featured content on home
Create a new workspace with the high-quality data and add the entire company as members
Unattempted
Certification means that the content meets the companys quality standards and is regarded as reliable,
authoritative, and ready for use across the organization. Only authorized reviewers (defined by the Power
BI administrator) can certify content.
Do not select promote content. Promotion is a way to highlight content you think is valuable and
worthwhile for others to use. It encourages the collaborative use and spread of content within an
organization. Promotion is not used for authorative, reliable data sources.
Do not select Feature content on home. When you feature dashboards, reports, and apps they appear in
the Featured section of your colleagues‘ Power BI Home page.
Do not create a new workspace and add every person as a member. This will give your entire company
the ability to edit your dataset and reports within the workspace.
4. Question
You have a time series chart for your sales and you need to display a line to show the direction the data
has moved over your selected period.
How would you add this black dotted line? See the exhibit below.
Add an Average line in the Analytics pane
Add a Trend line in the Analytics pane
Add a Forecast line in the Analytics pane

Add a Play Axis to the visual
Unattempted
Power BI provides options to draw a trend line for visualizations using scatter plot charts and line charts.
To add a Trend line, go to the Analytics pane and add a Trend line.
Do not add an average line as this will give a horizontal line that averages the data values.
Do not add a forecast line. A forecast line takes the historical data and estimates future values using a
triple exponential smoothing algorithm.
Do not add a PlayAxis to the visual. A Play Axis is used to create an animation of a scatter chart across
time.
5. Question
Your company is considering Power BI Report Server and you are asked if certain features are available.
Which of the following three features are NOT available in Power BI Report Server?
Dashboards
Paginated reports
Q&A
Quick insights
Row-level security (RLS)
Unattempted
There are several features that are available in Power Bi Service but not available in Power BI Report
Server. Of the listed items Dashboards, Q&A and Quick Insights are not available in Power BI Report
Server. For a full comparison, see https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/report-server/compare-
report-server-service.
6. Question
You work at a bike company and have two tables that use DirectQuery – Product and Category (see the
below exhibit.) These two tables are joined with a relationship from Product to Category using the
CategoryID column. To increase the efficiency in your join you decide to check Assume referential
integrity‘ in the relationship.
Will this help the join between your tables?

Yes
No
Unattempted
Assume Referential Integrity enables running more efficient queries against your DirectQuery data
source. However, for referential integrity to work, data in the From column in the relationship can never
be null or blank.
7. Question
You are designing a data model and have a Date table and a Sales table as per the below exhibit. You
create an active relationship between Date[Date] and Sales[Delivery Date]. You also create an inactive
relationship between Date[Date] and Sales[Order Date].
How would you create a measure with the inactive Order Date by filling in the correct DAX function
in [VALUE]?
CALCULATE (
[Sales Amount],
[VALUE] ( Sales[Delivery Date], ‘Date‘[Date] )
)
VALUES
SELECTCOLUMNS
RELATED
USERELATIONSHIP
Unattempted
The USERELATIONSHIP function specifies an existing relationship to be used in the evaluation of a DAX
expression. The relationship is defined by naming, as arguments, the two columns that serve as
endpoints. As long as an active or inactive relationship exists, you can use USERELATIONSHIP in your
calculation.
Do not use VALUES. The VALUES function returns a single column table of unique values.
Do not use SELECTCOLUMNS. The SELECTCOLUMNS function returns a table with selected columns.
Do not use RELATED. The RELATED function returns a related value from another table.
8. Question
You are a Power BI consultant and you are doing some remote work for a mining company in Western
Australia. You need to build a date table that starts from November 2010 and ends in December 2025. You
decide you will use DAX to create a table.
How should you create the DAX expression?
DATE ( 2010/11/1, 2025/12/31)
CALCULATE( CALENDAR( 2010/11/1, 2025/12/31) )
CALENDAR( DATE(2010,11,1), DATE(2025,12,31) )
CALENDAR( 2010/11/1, 2025/12/31)

Unattempted
Use the CALENDAR function with a start and end date. For each date, use the DATE function and add in
the three parameters for year, month and day.
In A, the DATE function is used to generate a single date and not a calendar.
In B, do not use CALCULATE and do not use strings within the CALENDAR function. Dates require the
DATE function.
In D, do not use CALENDAR without the DATE function. The DATE function is required to convert the
specified date in datetime format.
9. Question
You import a TXT file that contains package delivery times. The format in the DeliveryDate column is in
datetime format. For example, the first row is 2022-03-20 0831 EST. You want to analyze the dates, but
you are not interested in the time stamp.
How could you easily extract the date into a new column?
Use the TRIM function in a new column, then set the data type to Date
Use the VALUE function in a new column, then set the data type to Date
Add a Column by example and type 2022-03-20, then set the data type to Date
Use the CONCATENATE function in a new column, then set the data type to Date
Unattempted
In Power Query Editor, go to Add Column > Column from Examples. Next, and type in the date
component of the first row you see e.g. 2022-03-20. After Power BI applies to all rows, set the data type
of the column to Date.
Do not use the TRIM function. TRIM is used to remove whitespaces in strings.
Do not use the VALUE function. VALUE converts a string to a number.
Do not use the CONCATENATE function. CONCATENATE joins two strings together.
10. Question
You work for an established mobile App game company, and you have a large dataset for in-app purchases.
The dataset contains over 300k rows.
What visual should you use to identify outliers in the data?
Key influencers
Decomposition tree
Scatter
Area
Unattempted
You should use a scatter cart to identify outliers in your data. Scatter charts are useful at displaying
patterns in large datasets when displayed with two numeric values.
You should not use a key influencers visual. The key influencers visual allows you to discover factors that
affect a metric.
You should not use a decomposition tree. A decomposition tree allows you to drill into multiple
dimension and conduct root cause analysis.
You should not use an Area chart. An area chart (also known as layered area chart) is based on the line
chart. The area between axis and line is filled with colors to indicate volume.
11. Question
One of your queries in Power Query Editor seems to be taking a lot longer to refresh than you expect. You
need to understand what Power Query is doing at authoring and at refresh time.
How would you go about this?
Run Performance Analyzer
Run Q&A
Run Query Diagnostics
Run the ALM toolkit
Unattempted
The Query Diagnostics tells you what Power Query is doing at authoring and refresh time in Power BI
Desktop.
Performance analyzer is used to identify performance issues of visuals and is not used in Power Query
Editor.
Q&A is a natural language tool to help you interrogate your data and cannot be used to analyze queries.
The ALM toolkit is a tool to manage Microsoft Power BI dataset and cannot be used to analyze queries.
12. Question
You have created a supplier quality report and are asked to add row-level security to your data model. You
decide to add dynamic row-level security that uses a users email address. You have a column for a users
email address called UserEmail.
What DAX function would you use to create a new role using the UserEmail field?
USEROBJECTID
USERPRINCIPALNAME
PATH
USERDOMAIN
Unattempted
Use the USERPRINCIPALNAME function. Within Power BI Desktop userprincipalname() will return a user
in the format of user@companyABC.com.
In answer A, USEROBJECTID returns the current users Object ID from Azure AD for Azure Analysis
Server. This function does not return an email address.
In answer C, PATH returns a string that contains a delimited list of IDs, starting with the top/root of a
hierarchy and ending with the specified ID. PATH is often used for employee hierarchies.
In answer D, there is no DAX function USERDOMAIN.
13. Question
You work for a bank and have a large dataset for credit card transactions for a city. The data is in a
Microsoft SQL Server database and has over 15 million rows. Before you use the dataset, you want to
import a sample of the credit card data.
How could you achieve this goal?
Import all the data and then add a filter to the data
Add a WHERE clause to SQL statement in the advanced options
Change the data connectivity option to TOPN
Check HEAD to sample data from the advanced options
Unattempted
When connecting to a SQL Server Database, expand the advanced options. Within the advanced options,
you can add a SQL statement. Write a filter using the WHERE clause to import a sample of the data.
In answer A, if you import all the data, you will not have a small sample to work with. As there are 15
million rows, you may end up with a huge model that is difficult to use.
In answer C, there is no TOPN functionality. TOPN is a DAX filter used to create measures once the data
has already been imported.
In answer D, there is no option HEAD in the advanced settings to automatically sample the data. HEAD is
a function used in R scripts.
14. Question
You have a slicer for categories in a vertical list. How can you get the same slicer into a horizontal list of
buttons that automatically adapts to size changes, as per the below exhibit?
Add individual buttons and assign actions to each
Create several images and assign a bookmark
Change the orientation to Horizontal and toggle Responsive on
Change the orientation to Horizontal and change the background color
Unattempted
Under the Format pane select the General dropdown. Under Orientation change the setting to Horizontal.
Lastly, to ensure the visual will adapt to size changes, toggle the Responsive switch on.
In answers A and B, using buttons and images you cannot automatically adapt the size changes. These
solutions also do not use a slicer.
In answer D, changing the background color does not assist with automatically adapting to size changes.
15. Question
You have a customer service database that has a feedback score from 1 to 5. You create a dashboard with
a card visual for the daily feedback score average. The CEO wants to receive an alert if the average score
falls below 3.5.
How can he achieve this?
Write a custom script in R
Create a subscription
Create a data alert
In the tenant settings, add an email for service notifications
Unattempted
Alerts notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond the limits you set. The limit can be
above or below a threshold and can be set on cards, gauges and KPI visuals.
Answer A is incorrect. You do not write a custom R script for data alerts.
Answer B is incorrect. A subscription is a recurring snapshot of your dashboard sent to your email. A
subscription is not used for data alerts.
Answer C is incorrect. You add emails for service notifications for admins in case of service disruptions.
16. Question
CASE 1
You have built a report with many pages for a manufacturing company. Your clients feedback is that it is
hard to navigate to the important pages of the report. You suggest creating a homepage with links to help
guide users to important pages on the report.
How would you go about building the homepage?
Solution:
· Add pictures that describe the report page
· Set the image action type to Q&A.
Can this technique be used for the homepage?
Yes
No
Unattempted
To use a picture as a link to a report page, the action type needs to be Page navigation. If you select
Q&A, the Q&A screen will pop-up to integrate your data.
17. Question
CASE 1
Solution:
· Create a bookmark for each page
· On the homepage, create buttons to link to those pages
· On the button, change the action type to bookmark for the corresponding page
Yes
No
Unattempted
This technique will work. A bookmark keeps a page in a configured format with filters applied. When you
click on the home page buttons, you are taken to the report page with the bookmarks settings applied.
18. Question
CASE 1
Solution:
· Create shapes e.g. square, circle
· Assign the shapes action to page navigation
Yes
No
Unattempted
This technique will work. Page navigation is supported for buttons, images and shapes. When you click
on the shape, you will navigate to the report page assigned to the shape.
19. Question
CASE 2
You have a dataset for a market basket analysis as per the below exhibit. Each row represents a
transaction, and each column contains an item purchased. For instance, in TransactionID 8 there are 3
products: Product1 = ‘peanut butter‘, Product2 = frozen pizza‘ and Product3 =‘ ice cream‘.
You need to transform your data into the below exhibit. The first column is TransactionID, the second is
Attribute and the third column is Value.
How would you transform the data into these 3 columns?
Select all columns -> Pivot columns
Select TransactionID -> Select Pivot columns
Select all columns -> Select Unpivot columns
Select TransactionID -> Select Unpivot other columns
Unattempted
To analyze the data you need as a minimum, a column for the TransactionID and a Value column for the
item purchased. To do this, select the TransactionID column and then go to the transform ribbon and
select Unpivot other columns.
Do not Pivot columns as per Answers A and B. Pivoting turns data into columns, whereas unpivoting
turns data into rows. Since the exhibit shows data in rows, we want to use unpivot.
Do not unpivot all columns as you will get two columns, attribute and value. The value column will mix
both the TransactionID with the product purchased.
20. Question
CASE 2
For your Market Basket Analysis, you now need to create a new table with all possible combinations of
products as per the below exhibit.
What DAX function would you use in the [VALUE] position in the expression?
Basket Analysis =
FILTER(
[VALUE] (
VALUES(‘MarketBasket‘[Value]),
SELECTCOLUMNS(VALUES(MarketBasket[Value]),“Value2“, [Value])
),
[Value]>[Value2] )
INTERSECT
EXCEPT
SUMMARIZE
CROSSJOIN
Unattempted
You use a CROSSJOIN() function to combines each row from the first table with each row from the
second table. For example, for every citrus fruit, there is a corresponding product. The filter function is
used to remove duplicate rows.
Do not use INTERSECT(). The INTERSECT() function is used to the rows that exist in two tables.
Do not use EXCEPT(). The EXCEPT() function returns the rows of the left-side table which do not appear
in the right-side table.
Do not use SUMMARIZE(), this function returns a summary of the input table grouped by specified
columns.
21. Question
CASE 2
You want to use a custom network chart to display your market basket analysis called Network and add
the Advanced Network Visual. However, your company policy is to not allow custom visuals as a default.
How could you enable this specific custom visual?
Temporarily allow all visuals
Add to organizational visuals
Reproduce the visual in R or Python
Place a request to Microsoft to add the custom visual to the standard charts
Unattempted
You can add custom visuals to your organizational visuals. Go to the admin portal in Power Bi Service and
add the Network and add the Advanced Network Visual to your organizational visuals list. Now anyone in
your company can use the custom visual.
Temporarily allowing all visuals would violate your companys policy.
Reproducing a visual is time-consuming and may not yield the same results as the custom visual.
A request to Microsoft will unlikely add the custom visual to the standard charts.
22. Question
CASE 3
You are a Supply Chain analytics manager and have data on customer fill rates. A fill rate is a KPI of the
fraction of customer demand that is met through immediate stock availability. See the below exhibit for a
sample of the FillRate table.
You need to restrict a visual to show the bottom 5 customers with the lowest fill rates.
Solution: Create a measure of the bottom five customers using the TOPN function.
Does this solution meet your goal?

Yes
No
Unattempted
You can use the TOPN DAX function to give the top or bottom values in a table. For instance, you could
create a table of the bottom 5 values using TOPN and ASC such as the below.
Fill Rate Bottom 5 = TOPN (5, FillRate, FillRate[Fill Rate], ASC)
If you wanted the same function to give you the top 5, you would change to DESC.
Fill Rate Top 5 = TOPN (5, FillRate, FillRate[Fill Rate], DESC)
One thing to note is the TOPN function does not guarantee the order of the results. When you create
your new table, you need to sort the Fill Rate column ascending or descending.
23. Question
CASE 3
Solution: Create a measure of the bottom five customers using the RANKX function.
Yes
No
Unattempted
You can use a RANKX function to rank your fill rates and then use CALCULATE and a FILTER to limit the
output to the bottom or top values.
24. Question
CASE 3
Solution: Apply a Basic Filter on the visual (Visual level filter)
Yes
No
Unattempted
A basic filter will not filter the bottom or top N items. However, if you use a Top N filter on the visual you
can get the bottom 5 customer with the lowest fill rates.
25. Question
You have a dashboard that is an important part of collaborative planning in your organization. Since the
team is remote, you have been asked to allow users to provide feedback on the dashboard that will be
visible to other team members.
Add sticky notes

Add comments
Add to group email
Add to alerts
Unattempted
Comments can be added to an entire dashboard, to individual visuals on a dashboard and can be seen by
your colleagues. Additionally, when you add a comment to a report, Power BI captures the current filter
and slicer values and creates a bookmark. This means that when you select or respond to a comment,
the report page or report visual may change to show you the active filter and slicer selections when the
comment was first added.
You cannot add sticky notes to a dashboard

You cannot a note to a group email through a dashboard.
Lastly, you cannot add a note to an alert.
26. Question
You have an HR dataset divided into regions. You use row-level security to ensure each manager can only
see their regions data. After you publish your report to Power BI Service, an HR manager calls and
complains they cannot see all their data in the APAC region.
How would you verify what the HR manager is seeing in Power BI Desktop?
Validate the HR managers role using View as and select the region
Use Track user activities
Remove the HR manager from the role and re-assign
Send the user your Power BI Desktop file
Unattempted
You can validate a role in Power BI Desktop by going to the Modeling tab and select View as. You can
then check the APAC region to simulate what the HR manager sees.
Do not use Track user activities as this will not show you what row-level security data your user will see.
Do not remove the HR managers role and re-assign. Only do this if you have established that the HR
manager was incorrectly assigned to the wrong region.
Do not send the user your Power Bi Desktop file as they will be able to see all region data, which they do
not have access to.
27. Question
Your company has a Microsoft SharePoint site with all your manufacturing Bill of Materials (BOM) files in a
subfolder. These files are all stores as Excel documents and have the same schema. As part of your
analysis for the procurement team, you need to load all the Bill of Materials files together into a table in
Power BI for analysis. You also need to edit some of the columns after the data has been loaded.
From Get data, select SharePoint folder, enter the URL and click import
From Get data, select SharePoint folder, enter the URL, navigate to the specific folder and Combine
& Transform Data
From Get data, enter the URL, select SharePoint folder and navigate to the specific folder
From Get data, select SharePoint folder, navigate to the specific folder, select import or DirectQuery
and specify any custom SQL code
Unattempted
The steps to load a set of files from SharePoint with the same schema is:
1. Get Data
2. Select Sharepoint folder
3. Enter the URL
4. Navigate to the specific folder
5. Select Combine & Transform Data
A is incorrect as you need to navigate first to the correct folder and there is no import button.
C is incorrect as you do not enter a URL prior to selecting SharePoint folder as a data type.
D is incorrect as there is no custom SQL code. When connecting to Microsoft SQL Server, you can add
custom SQL.
28. Question
You have a Date table with a date field called Date. You want to create a new column with the full month
name and the year e.g. 03 October 2022.
How would you create this DAX expression?
FORMAT(Date[Date], “D M Y“)
FORMAT(Date[Date], “D MM YYYY“)
FORMAT(Date[Date], “DD MMM YYYY“)
FORMAT(Date[Date], “DD MMMM YYYY“)
Unattempted
A DD will give a date field with a zero such as 03. A MMMM will give the full month name. The
YYYY will give the full year.
Do not use A. The single Y gives the day of the year as a number. The single D and M give a single
number for day of the month and month number.
Do not use B. The MM gives the month as a number e.g. 10.
Do not use C. The MMM gives the month as an abbreviation e.g. OCT.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/format-function-dax
29. Question
You have sales data for a bike company and you calculate a measure of the sales percentage within each
category.
You need to format the visualization to match the one shown in the exhibit.
How should you configure the visual?
In conditional formatting select Sales % Category and turn on background color
In conditional formatting select Sales Total and turn on data bars
In conditional formatting select Sales % Category and turn on data bars
In conditional formatting select Sales Total and turn on background color
Unattempted
In the format pane, expand conditional formatting. Select the column Sales % Category from the
dropdown and then turn on data bars.
30. Question
You work for an airline company and have a dataset with a DirectQuery storage mode. You have built a
report with several visuals on the page.
Users complain of performance issues when using the visuals in the Power BI report.
How would you optimize the report?
Under relationships, turn off security filters in both directions
Switch off single select under slicers
Switch off interactions between visuals
Remove any background images
Unattempted
You should switch off interactions between visuals. Cross-filtering and cross-highlighting interactions
cause queries to submit to the data source every time a user clicks on a visual when DirectQuery is used.
You can disable interactions at the report level or for each visual on the page that is causing issues to fix
the performance issue.
In answer A, turning off security filters will not optimize the report and may be necessary for row-level
security.
In answer B, switching off single select for slicers will create more inefficiency. Single select is more
optimal than multi-select.
In answer D, removing background images will have a negligible impact to report optimization.
31. Question
What data preview type would give you the below exhibit when you click on the Standard cost column?
Column quality
Monospaced
Column distribution
Column profile
Unattempted
The column profile feature provides a more in-depth look at the data in a column. Apart from the column
distribution chart, it contains a column statistics chart.
Column quality shows the valid, error and empty percentages across all columns.
Monospaced applies a monospaced font to the data.
Column distribution provides a set of visuals underneath the names of the columns that showcase the
frequency and distribution of the values in each of the columns. The data in these visualizations is sorted
in descending order from the value with the highest frequency.
32. Question
Your company is looking to expand your Power BI resources. Some of the feedback from your team is that
it is hard to test Power BI Service dashboards fully prior to release. Is there a better way to handle the
lifecycle of your Power BI report and dashboard creation?
What is the best solution to achieve this goal?
Install Power BI Report server to test reports
Create a deployment pipeline across development, test and production stages
Create separate workspaces for your team across the reporting lifecycle
Change to paginated reports for your reporting lifecycle
Unattempted
The deployment pipelines tool enables BI creators to manage the lifecycle of organizational content.
Deployment pipelines enable creators to develop and test Power BI content in the Power BI service,
before the content is consumed by users.
Do not use Power BI Report Server, as this tool alone will not enable report lifecycle management.
Creating separate workspaces is not an efficient way to manage a deployment lifecycle.
Paginated reports are used for pixel perfect reporting and will not assist in report lifecycle management.
33. Question
You have a product table, as per the below exhibit. You need to convert the Standard Cost column from a
decimal number to currency.
How would use achieve this using M code by replacing the below [VALUE] fields?
=Table.[VALUE] (#“Promoted Headers“,{ {“ProductKey“, Int64.Type}, {“Product“, type text}, {“Standard

Cost“, [VALUE]} })
TransformColumnNames / type decimal
TransformColumnNames / type number
TransformColumnTypes / Currency.Type
TransformColumnTypes / type USD
Unattempted
Use Table. TransformColumnTypes to transform columns from one type to another. When converting
from decimal to currency, use the Currency.Type parameter.
Do not use TransformColumnNames as this changes the name of the column and not the data type.
There is no type USD. Common data types are type number (decimal), Int64.Type (integer), type text
(text) and Percentage.Type (percentage).
34. Question
You work for a cryptocurrency exchange and have a report of crypto transactions showing monthly trends.
Your crypto transaction table has over 60 million rows. You need to optimize the reports performance.
Which TWO actions should you perform?
Set the storage mode on the crypto transaction table to Import
Set the storage mode on the crypto transaction table to DirectQuery
Create a summary table in the data source with the transactions grouped by month
Limit visuals to bar and line charts
Unattempted
By creating a summary table at a monthly level, the amount of data that Power BI needs to process is
significantly reduced. Furthermore, setting the storage mode on the crypto transaction table to
DirectQuery means no data is imported or copied into Power BI Desktop. As you create or interact with a
visualization, Power BI Desktop queries the underlying data source, so you are always viewing current
data.
Do not import the crypto transaction table as the 60 million row data set will create a huge data model
and you need the flexibility to query the most up to date data.
Limiting the visual types to bar and line charts will not have an impact on the data model.
35. Question
You work for a sports company, and you build a Power BI data set with row-level security in the data
model. The company is divided into three categories: footwear, apparel and equipment.
In Power BI desktop, you create roles for each category and you add a DAX filter expression for each role
on the product table. You add the Azure Active Directory security group for the category to each role.
A new user starts in the equipment category. What is the best practice to ensure that the new user can
only view equipment data?
Add the user to the Azure Active Directory for the Equipment Category
In Power BI Desktop, change the DAX filter for the role for the Equipment category
In Power BI Service, add the new users email address to the Equipment category
Add the users email to the workspace and change the role to a member
Unattempted
The new user should be added to the Azure Active Directory for the Equipment category. Since you have
used Azure Active Directory security groups to control membership of the roles, you should add and
remove users using the Azure Active Directory.
Do not change the DAX filter in Power BI Desktop. The DAX expression is used as a filter on rows
displayed for a role and does not control the membership of that role. Membership of roles can either be
managed in Azure Active Directory or in Power BI Service.
While it is possible to add the users email to a role in Power BI Service, it is not best practice in this case
because you have already set up Azure Active Directory groups to control the membership of roles.
Adding the user as a workspace member does not assist in row-level security. In the Power BI Service,
members of a workspace have access to datasets in the workspace. Row-level security does not restrict
this data access.
36. Question
You lead a Power BI team for a turbine manufacturer. Your boss has asked your team to develop a custom
pbiviz visual in Power BI that shades the turbine areas according to the number of defects. Before you
put together a team to develop the custom visual, you look into the steps to develop a custom visual to
understand the skills required.
When setting up an environment for developing a Power BI visual, what software do you first need to
install?
C++
node.js
python
Unattempted
To develop pbiviz files, you need to install node.js, a framework designed to build scalable applications
based on the Javascript language. The steps to set up an environment for a custom visual are:
1. Install nodes.js
2. Install pbiviz
3. Create and install a certificate
4. Set up Power BI service for developing a visual
5. Install additional libraries (required for developing a visual, e.g. D3)
Do not install c++, as this language cannot be used for pbiviz files.
While python and R can be used to create custom visuals within Power BI, they cannot be used to create
pbiviz files.
37. Question
You have recently set up Power BI Service at your company. One of the senior managers expresses
concern about publishing reports to the web with sensitive data.
What can you do to prevent users from publishing content on the web?
In the Admin portal, go to tenant settings and disable Allow content sharing with external users
In the Admin portal, go to tenant settings and disable Publish to web
In the Admin portal, disable Allow URL links
In the Admin portal, enable Block embedded links
Unattempted
To disable the ability for users to publish to the web, go to Admin Portal > Tenant settings > under
Publish to web, check disable. This setting allows you to control whether users can use the publish to the
web feature.
Do not disable Allow content sharing with external users. You may need this functionality to share
reports and workspaces with approved external users.
There are no settings Allow URL links nor Block embedded links.
38. Question
You insert a product table into your data model and you find that there are two text issues.
1. In the product description field, you need to make ALL characters lowercase
2. In the product model field, you need to remove trailing white spaces
Which M code commands will help fix these issues?
Text.Lower / Text.Clean
Text.Proper / Text.Clean
Text.Lower / Text.Trim
Text.Proper / Text.Clean
Unattempted
To transform all of the text to lower case use Text.Lower. To remove leading or trailing whitespaces, use
Text.Trim.
Do not use Text.Clean, this function is used to remove non-printable characters such as line feeds and
other control characters.
Do not use Text.Proper, this function capitalizes the first letter in each word.
39. Question
Using the bookmarking features in the report designer in Power BI Desktop, there is a limitation of creating
only one bookmark per page in a report.
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
You are allowed to create multiple bookmarks.
40. Question
Which of the following statements are true with regard to using the Slicer visual in a Power BI report?
A Slicer visual is used on Power BI reports to provide the report consumer with interactive filtering
behavior.
A Slicer visual from a Power BI report can be pinned to a dashboard to make the dashboard
interactive.
A Slicer visual based on a Date column can be configured to use slider controls.
When adding a field to the Field well of a Slicer visual, you can use either a column or a measure.
Unattempted
Slicer cannot be pinned to dashboard because dashboards are not interactive. Measure are not allowed
to use in slicer.
41. Question
Which of the following visuals is not included as part of Power BI and must be added as a custom visual?
Waterfall
Histogram
Donut
Stacked Area
Unattempted
Histogram is not added to Power BI tools by default, it needs to be added as custom visual.
42. Question
What is the file format used to define a theme for a Power BI report?
Cascading Style Sheets (CCS)
JavaScript Object Notation (JSON)
Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Power BI Markup Language (PBIML)
Unattempted
43. Question
In Power BI Desktop Report view, which three options will create a measure in the Sales table?
Create the measure from any table, and then set the Home Table properties to Sales.
Select the Sales table in the Fields list, and then click New Measure in the Modeling ribbon.
On the Fields list, click the ellipsis next to the Sales table or right-click any field in the Sales table, and
then click New Measure.
Click New Measure, and then type in the formula Home Table = Sales
Unattempted
Option two and three allow you to create a measure directly in the Sales table.
Option one allows you to create a measure in any table, and then move it to the Sales table.
44. Question
What are the three reasons for which you might use calculated tables?
To improve the speed and performance of an existing table
To create a table based on the result of a function or formula
To union tables
To perform different types of merge join
Unattempted
You can use calculated tables to create a table based on the result of a function/formula. For example,
you can use calculated tables to union tables and perform different types of merge join.
45. Question
Which three fields are available when creating a Pie chart visualization?
Group
Legend
Details
Value
Unattempted
While creating a Pie chart, you get options for Legend, Details, and Values fields.
46. Question
By default, which filter level behaves the same as a slicer in a report in Power BI Desktop?
Visual level filter
Report level filter
Page level filter
Query level filter
Unattempted
When you create a slicer in a report, the slicer will filter the visualizations on the current page, similar to
page level filter.
47. Question
Which two field options are available when creating a waterfall chart?
X Axis
Category
Y Axis
Size
Unattempted
When creating a waterfall chart, you need to define both the Category and the Y Axis fields.
48. Question
Months are sorted alphabetically in Stacked bar chart. What can you do to sort it by month number?
Click on ellipses on Right Top Corner of visual -> Sort by - MonthNumber
Right Click on field in report view and select sort by, then select MonthNumber
Modeling -> Select Month Column -> Sort By - MonthNumber
Unattempted
49. Question
What is true about using variables in DAX?
Variables are created only one time in the current context
Maximum of 5 variables can be created per formula.
Variables must be defined inside return
Unattempted
50. Question
Youre creating a fancy little dashboard using Power BI Service. The dashboard shows the accumulative
increase in the global population over the last several decades. The dashboard will contain an introductory
YouTube video that you have uploaded to the YouTube website. After uploading the video you copy the
embedded HTML code and paste it into your dashboard.
Unfortunately the video is fixed to 560 pixels wide and you would like it to expand to fit the tile size. What
should you do?
Change the iFrame width and height attribute values to 100%
Remove the allowfullscreen parameter from the code
Add an extra outer DIV with a style width:auto and height:auto value
Videos are fixed size and cant expand to fit tiles
Unattempted
51. Question
How can you make sure that each category manager can see sales of their category only and CEO to see
all sales in the same report?
Your solution must involve minimal effort.
Create one report for each category manager, with a different category filter in each report, and a
separate report for the CEO.
Implement Dynamic row-level security
Create a category slicer in the report.
Unattempted
Creating separate reports for each manager will duplicate the reports and make it difficult to maintain
them. Creating a slicer in the report is not going to secure data at all. Dynamic row-level security is the
most appropriate choice given that there is a table that can be used to filter categories based on the
active username. The CEO can have a separate role to view everything.
52. Question
In order to use the Power BI web part in SharePoint Online, the report author as well as all the report
consumers require a Power BI Pro license.
Is this statement true ?
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
All Sharepoint report viewers must have Power BI pro license.
53. Question
Which of the following types of real-time data set in Power BI always store their data in Azure SQL
Database?
Streaming Datasets
Push Datasets
Hybrid Datasets
Unattempted
Streaming data set don‘t store data in Azure SQL database.
54. Question
Which of the following are advantages that Power BI dashboards have over Power BI reports?
Dashboards support using the Natural Language Q&A features of Power BI.
Dashboards provide a better interactive filtering and drill down experience.
Dashboards update automatically whenever the data in the underlying data set is updated.
Dashboard provide support for data-driven alerts.
Unattempted
First option is not correct because dashboard and report both offer Q&A functionality. Second option is
also not correct because dashboards are not interactive. Only a case of interaction is if you pin a live
page. Even in that case that visual that contains live report page will be interactive but it cannot interact
with other tiles.
55. Question
Which of the following are advantages that Power BI reports have over Power BI dashboards?
Reports provide a better interactive filtering and drilldown experience
Reports provide story telling capabilities using bookmarks.
Reports provide a better real-time experience when displaying data from a streaming dataset.
Report definitions can be saved using an external file format (PBIX) and checked into source control.
Unattempted
Reports don‘t support streaming datasets. This feature is available in dashboard tiles.
56. Question
Which three properties of a tile can be edited in the Power BI dashboard from the Tile details window?
Title
Subtitle
Destination link
Color scheme
Unattempted
57. Question
What do you need to append to the URL of a Power BI dashboard in order to open it with the navigation
pane collapsed by default?
?navigationPane=false
?navigationPane=collapsed
?collapseNavigation=true
?collapseNavigation=collapsed
Unattempted
When you append ?collapseNavigation=true at the end of a Power BI dashboard URL, it will take you to
the Power BI Dashboard with the navigation pane collapsed.
58. Question
Which feature is used to create alternative name for fields in tables. It will make it much easier for users to
ask questions on dashboards?
Duplicate Name
Alternative
Synonyms
Unattempted
59. Question
Which page view types are available in Power BI Report View?
Full Screen
Fit to page
Fit to Width
Actual Size
Unattempted
Full Screen is now available.
60. Question
What is the primary purpose of the on-premises data gateway?
To allow refreshing on-premises data sources from the Power BI Service
To store SSAS tabular models locally
To allow refreshing on-premises data sources from the Power BI Report Server
To allow the rendering of mobile reports outside of the corporate network
Unattempted
61. Question
Which feature allows different users to view the same report but access different subsets of data?
Office 365 Groups
Two factor authentication
Row-level security
Query folding
Unattempted
62. Question
You possess a Power BI Report with 5 tables arranged in a star schema. The data set is approximately 50
megabytes in size. Your report currently connects to the SQL Server backend using DirectQuery. What
would you do to enable Quick Insights?
Set up an Azure Machine Learning account in your Azure tenant
Convert the report from DirectQuery mode to Import mode
Migrate the data from SQL Server to the Azure SQL database
Denormalize the data so it is one flat table
Unattempted
63. Question
You encounter the 1 GB size limitation when uploading and refreshing your PBIX files. What is one way to
work around this limitation?
Use the SUMMARIZE function in your DAX measures
Convert to DirectQuery for your data connections
Migrate your source database to Azure SQL database
Turn on run-length encoding and compression in the DAX storage engine
Unattempted
64. Question
Which option describes when you categorize a numerical identifier into specific ranges?
List Grouping
Aggregating
Summing
Binning
Unattempted
65. Question
What does the Manage Relationships button accomplish?
Allows you to edit relationships in the Data Analysis Expressions (DAX) data model
Allows you to edit any relations between merged queries in Power Query
Automatically normalises your data model
Allows you to define relationships for SQL tables to improve query performance
Unattempted

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 11

Your time: 00:00:01
Average score
63.25%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
You are working on a model that is based on DirectQuery. You want to see data in Data view, but are
unable to find the icon. What could be the reason?
The source is not responding to the DirectQuery.
Data view must be enabled while creating the model.
You should run the DirectQuery to enable the Data view icon.
The model is based on DirectQuery and Data view shows data after data is loaded into the model.
Unattempted
2. Question
You are working in Power Query Editor in Power BI and getting the error: “Precedent query level error,
duplicate values for the column that is used as the primary key of the table.“ How would you resolve this
issue?
Remove duplicate values from the source query table.
Create a new precedent query for the dependent query.
Change the relationship of the dependent query.
Remove the column with duplicate values from query.
Unattempted
3. Question
In Data Analysis Expressions (DAX), which represents a missing value?
BLANK()
““
“NULL“
Unattempted
4. Question
What is Snowflake?
A data analytical engine
A cloud-based data warehouse
An Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) data warehouse solution
An on-premises data warehouse solution
Unattempted
5. Question
What is the prerequisite to run R Scripts in Power BI Desktop?
You need to install the R add-on for Power BI Desktop.
You need to install Azure Analysis services.
You need to install an R web service patch for Power Bi Desktop.
You need to install R on the local machine.
Unattempted
6. Question
When you implement SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) row-level security with Power BI, how does the
Power BI service ensure that users can only view permitted rows?
By applying Kerberos impersonation through the Power BI Report Server
By passing along the user account as EffectiveUsername with a data gateway
By loading all the data and filtering it in the cloud through a data gateway
By redirecting the users‘ connections directly to the SSAS server, skipping any intermediaries
Unattempted
7. Question
You have an on-premises SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) server that stores confidential financial
information. You want to implement row-level security using SSAS for your Power BI reports and limit
users based on their department. The domain for Office 365 accounts differs from that of your on-premises
Azure Active Directory accounts. What would you do to achieve your goal despite the different domains?
Change the domain used in Active Directory.
Migrate your data model to Azure Analysis Services.
Add a secondary alias to each user.
Apply a custom mapping rule in the Power BI service.
Unattempted
8. Question
Your users want to perform a dynamic sales forecast. There are three different variables that will change
over the next year and you want to enable users to easily modify these values themselves. The users also
want the report to update instantly when they change a variable. What is the best solution?
Store the variables in a SharePoint list and add the list as a data source.
Create what-if parameters in Power BI Desktop.
Create Power Query parameters.
Create an Excel file with a parameters table.
Unattempted
9. Question
You have a table that contains the following three columns:
? City
? Total Sales
? Occupation
You need to create a key influencers visualization as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
How should you configure the visualization?
To answer, select the appropriate options cited below.
Note: In real exam you will get options much like following image in answer area.
Analyse :- Total Sales
Explain by :- Occupation
Expand by :- City
Analyse :- City
Explain by :- Occupation
Expand by :- Sales
Analyse :- Total Sales
Explain by :- City
Expand by :- Occupation
Unattempted
Box 1: Total Sales
Box 2: Occupation
Box 3: City –
Use Expand By to add fields you want to use for setting the level of the analysis without looking for new
influencers.
Reference:
10. Question
As part of a large BI project you create a new dashboard for consumption by the HR team. After opening
the Get Data menu option and selecting SQL Server, you are not sure which Data Connectivity mode to
select.
If you want the data to automatically refresh as you interact with visualizations which option should you
choose
Import
DirectQuery
Unattempted
DirectQuery No data is imported to Power BI Desktop. As you create or interact with a visualization,
Power BI Desktop queries the underlying data source, i.e. youre always viewing current data.
11. Question
How do you connect to Excel files that contain target figures? The solution should involve minimum
manual work when new Excel files are created.
Connect to the files with Folder connector and use the Combine Binaries functionality
Connect to a new file each month, perform transformations, and use Append function in Power
Query Editor to combine all targets in the same table
Unattempted
Connecting to files separately will take time if there are lot of files in the folder. Its always better to
connect to folder if files have same structure. If you copy new files in that folder with same structure,
that file will be loaded automatically without doing any change to data sources.
12. Question
Imagine you have created a query named Customers in a Power BI Desktop to append the rows from three
external tables with customer data into a single output table named Customers.
What would be the best approach to add a new fabricated ID column to the Customers table to ensure that
every row in the Customers table contains a unique ID value?
Modify the Customers query by adding a Counter column
Modify the data model by extending the Customers table with a Counter column
Modify the Customers query by adding an Index column
Modify the data model by extending the Customers table with an Index column
Unattempted
Index column option is available in query editor to add indexed column starting from 0, 1 or custom
number.
13. Question
Which two of the following strategies are recommended when designing the queries to import data from
an OLTP-style database into a Power BI Desktop project?
Normalizing the data model to make it better suited for data analysis and reporting.
Denormalizing the data model to make it better suited for data analysis and reporting.
Refactoring the imported tables into a multidimensional cube.
Refactoring the imported tables into a star schema.
Unattempted
Denormalization and start schema is desired to transform the data in the format that is best fit for
visualizations.
14. Question
Which of the following statements are true with respect to designing a Power BI Desktop project in
DirectQuery mode?
All queries within the project must be from a single source database.
No support for parent-child DAX functions
You cannot convert column data types when editing a query.
You cannot add measures to the data model.

Unattempted
No support for parent-child DAX functions: When in DirectQuery mode, it‘s not possible to use the family
of DAX PATH() functions that generally handle Parent-Child structures, such as chart of accounts, or
employee hierarchies.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-directquery-about
15. Question
Which three transformations are available when you right-click a column header in the Query Editor
window?
Remove
Duplicate Column
Change Type
Count Rows
Unattempted
Count Rows option is not there when you right click on column.
16. Question
When using the Split Column by Delimiter transformation, which option may result in more than two new
columns?
At the left-most delimiter
At each occurrence of the delimiter.
At the right-most delimiter
None of the above
Unattempted
Using “At each occurrence of the delimiter“, number of columns will depend on number of times a
delimiter is used in string/text.
17. Question
Select the feature that allows you to navigate through HTML tags to get the data from website?
Get JSON Data
Web Scraping
Scaffolding
Unattempted
Web Scraping is the new feature of Power bi that allows to navigate through HTML tags to get data from
website.
18. Question
Client provides you with SQL Server Analysis Service database connectivity with Multidimensional
database structure.
To import data use Get Data -> SQL Server Analysis Service and data will be imported to Power BI.
Is this statement correct ?
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
19. Question
A dataset is available in Power BI service online. Would you be able to import data from Power BI Service
online using Get Data –> Power BI dataset ?
Yes
No
Unattempted
Yes, if you select this option it will show you all workspace you are member of. You can import dataset
from any workspace.
20. Question
What is the use of “Select Related Table“ option while importing data from SQL Server?
It will import the tables that have similar schema.
It won‘t import any extra table or view.

It will import tables that have physical relationship with selected table.
It will also import views related to selected tables.
Unattempted
Select related tables will import all other tables that have relation with this table.
21. Question
What happens to the data types of Query Editor that are not available in data model while loading data?
Tables with not supported types will throw an error.
Data with these types will not load into data model.
These types will be converted to related data types.
Unattempted
22. Question
Which view shows the graphical representation of data tables structure in query editor?
Advance Editor
Manage Data-source
Query Dependency
Unattempted
Query dependency reflects the structure and hierarchy of tables in graphical format.
23. Question
What is the purpose of TRIM function?
It will remove white space from a string.
It trims a specific character from string.
It will remove white space from start and end of a string.
Unattempted
24. Question
The marketing team needs a new dashboard to show the uptake of social users on the companys
corporate forum. The dashboard will contain one particular report that shows the total number of users that
registered for the site in each of the months of the year. For this report you want to create a dataset with a
calculated column that displays the date with the abbreviated month name followed by the four digit year
e.g. Jan 2018
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], MM yyyy )
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], mm yyyy )
FORMAT( [RegistrationDate], MMM yyyy )
Unattempted
25. Question
A large corporate project requires the data team to create a number of different Power BI reports for the
companys internet sales data.
You need to create a measure that estimates the variance of the SalesAmount_USD column from your
InternetSales_USD table, for the entire population. The mathematical formula for this calculation should
follow the agreed standard: ?(x – x?)²/n
Which DAX formula should you use?
VAR.S
VAR.P
Unattempted
VAR.P assumes that the column refers the entire population. If your data represents a sample of the
population, then compute the variance by using VAR.S.
26. Question
Power BI comes with a range of visualizations to portray any data story you wish. There is one particular
visual thats perfect to help users understand and analyze cash-flow during the ups and downs of all
months in a financial year. Which visualization is this?
Waterfall chart
Scatter chart
Treemap
Stacked column chart
Unattempted
A waterfall chart shows a running total as values are added or subtracted. It‘s useful for understanding
how an initial value (for example, net income) is affected by a series of positive and negative changes.
27. Question
You want to create a line chart showing Quantity by the invoice date. You notice that there is a relationship
between the Date from the Date table and the Invoice Date Key from the Sale table, but the relationship is
inactive. All other visuals in your report will be analyzing values by delivery date. How should you approach
this problem?
Delete the relationship based on the delivery date and activate the relationship based on the invoice
date.
Create the following measure:Quantity by Invoice Date =CALCULATE (SUM ( Sale[Quantity]

),USERELATIONSHIP ( Date[Date], Sale[Invoice Date Key] ))
Activate the relationship based on invoice date, keeping the other relationship as is.
Use the TREATAS function.
Unattempted
The answer is To create a new measure, Because this is going to be a one-off visual, creating a measure
that activates the relationship at query time solves the problem and involves the least effort.
If you delete the relationship based on delivery date, other visuals that use the Date table will display the
wrong values.
Activating one more relation is not possible because no more than one relationship can be active at a
time.
Using TREATAS will result in the wrong figures.
28. Question
To create a column chart that displays Quantity by Color and can be drilled down to show Quantity by Stock
Item. Which of the following solves the problem? More than one answer can be correct.
Put Color on Axis and Stock Item on Tooltips.
Create a Stock Item hierarchy that includes Color and Stock Item and use the hierarchy on axis.
Put Color and Stock Item on axis.

Put Color on axis and Stock Item on legend.
Unattempted
The correct answers are B and C. With either option, you will be able to drill down in the hierarchy.
Answer D is wrong because you cannot use the legend to drill down. If you follow the option A, you will
not see stock item names in the visual.
29. Question
You have four sales regions. Each region has multiple sales managers.
You implement row-level security (RLS) in a data model. You assign the relevant mail-enabled security
group to each role.
You have sales reports that enable analysis by region. The sales managers can view the sales records of
their region. The sales managers are prevented from viewing records from other regions.
A sales manager changes to a different region.
You need to ensure that the sales manager can see the correct sales data.
What should you do?
A. Change the Microsoft Power BI license type of the sales manager.
B. From Microsoft Power BI Desktop, edit the Row-Level Security setting for the reports.
C. Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group.
D. Manage the permissions of the underlying dataset
Unattempted
Using AD Security Groups, you no longer need to maintain whole list of users.
All you need to do is to create an AD Security group with the required users and permissions and Power
BI will do the rest.
Note: Configure role mappings –
Once published to Power BI, you must map members to dataset roles.
Members can be user accounts or security groups. Whenever possible, it is recommend you map
security groups to dataset roles. It involves managing security group memberships in Azure Active
Directory. Possibly, it delegates the task to your network administrators.
Reference:
https://www.fourmoo.com/2018/02/20/dynamic-row-level-security-is-easy-with-active-directory-security-
groups/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
30. Question
You have a Microsoft Power BI data model that contains three tables named Sales, Product, and Date.
The Sales table has an existing measure named [Total Sales] that sums the total sales from the Sales table.
You need to write a calculation that returns the percentage of total sales that a selected
ProductCategoryName value represents. The calculation must respect any slicers on
ProductCategoryName and must show the percentage of visible total sales. For example, if there are four
ProductCategoryName values, and a user filters one out, a table showing ProductCategoryName and the
calculation must sum up to 100 percent.
How should you complete the calculation? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets.
Each value may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
Below image is the format which you see in real exam. Udemy doesn‘t support drag and drop as of now.
Calculate, Divide, Allselected
Calculate, Summarise, Allselected
Calculate,Divide, All
Summarise, All, Allselected
Unattempted
Box 1: CALCULATE –
CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.
Box 2: DIVIDE –
As a data modeller you choose the DIVIDE function or the divide operator (/- forward slash).
When using the DIVIDE function, you must pass in numerator and denominator expressions.
Box 3: ALLSELECTED –
ALLSELECTED removes context filters from columns and rows in the current query, while retaining all
other context filters or explicit filters.
The ALLSELECTED function gets the context that represents all rows and columns in the query, while
keeping explicit filters and contexts other than row and column filters. This function can be used to obtain
visual totals in queries.
Example:
measure ‘Reseller Sales‘[Reseller Visual Total]=calculate(sum(‘Reseller Sales‘[Sales Amount]),

ALLSELECTED())
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/allselected-function-dax
31. Question
You have sales data in a star schema that contains four tables named Sales, Customer, Date, and Product.
The Sales table contains purchase and ship dates.
Most often, you will use the purchase date to analyze the data, but you will analyze the data by both dates
independently and together.
You need to design an imported dataset to support the analysis. The solution must minimize the model
size and the number of queries against the data source.
Which data modeling design should you use?

A. Use the Auto Date/Time functionality in Microsoft Power BI and do NOT import the Date table.
B. Duplicate the Date query in Power Query and create active relationships between Sales and both
Date tables in the modeling view.
C. On the Date table, use a reference query in Power Query and create active relationships between
Sales and both Date tables in the modeling view.
D. Import the Date table twice in Power Query and create active relationships between Sales and
both Date tables in the modeling view.
Unattempted
Microsoft recommends defining active relationships whenever possible. They broaden the prospect of
how your model could be leveraged by developers and users working with Q&A.
Refactoring methodology (example): Here‘s a methodology to refactor a model from a single role-playing
dimension-type table, to a design with one table per role.
1. Remove any inactive relationships.
2. Consider renaming the role-playing dimension-type table to better describe its role. In the example, the
Airport table is related to the ArrivalAirport column of the Flight table, so it‘s renamed as Arrival Airport.
3. Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it‘s an Import
table, we recommend defining a calculated table. If it‘s a
DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.
Only one relationship can be active.
Note: If one queries two or more tables at the same time, when the data is loaded, Power BI Desktop
attempts to find and create relationships for you. The relationship options Cardinality, Cross filter
direction, and Make this relationship active are automatically set.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
32. Question
You have a sales system that contains the tables shown in the following table.
The Date table is marked as a date table. DateID is the date data type.
You need to create an annual sales growth percentage measure.
A. SUM(sales[sales_amount]) - CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(‘Date‘[DateID])
B. (SUM(Sales[sales_amount]) - CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Date[DateID]))) / CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[sales_amount]),
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Date[DateID]))
C. CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]), DATESYTD(Date[DateID]))
D. CALCULATE(SUM(sales[sales_amount]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Date[DateID]))
Unattempted
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns a table that contains a column of dates shifted one year back in time
from the dates in the specified dates column, in the current context.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax
33. Question
In Power BI Desktop, you are building a sales report that contains two tables. Both tables have row-level
security (RLS) configured.
You need to create a relationship between the tables. The solution must ensure that bidirectional cross-
filtering honors the RLS settings.
What should you do?
A. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.
B. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.
C. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both
directions.
D. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions.
Unattempted
By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to
single direction or bi-directional. You can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level
security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security filter in both directions checkbox.
Select this option when you‘ve also implemented dynamic row-level security at the server level, where
row-level security is based on username or login ID.
Reference:
34. Question
Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the
series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more
than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this scenario, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these
questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named
Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the data as numerical amount representing US dollars.
Solution: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
The 50th percentile is known as the median or middle value wherein 50 percent of observations fall
below.
Reference:
35. Question
You have a Microsoft SharePoint Online site that contain several document libraries.
One of the document libraries contains manufacturing reports saved as Microsoft Excel files. All the
manufacturing reports have the same data structure.
You need to use Power BI Desktop to load only the manufacturing reports to a table for analysis.
What should you do?
A. Get data from a SharePoint folder, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.
B. Get data from a SharePoint list and enter the site URL. Select Combine & Transform, then filter by
the folder path to the manufacturing reports library.
C. Get data from a SharePoint folder and enter the site URL. Select Combine & Transform, then filter
by the folder path to the manufacturing reports library.
D. Get data from a SharePoint list, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.
Unattempted
Reference:
https://www.c-sharpcorner.com/article/combine-and-transform-data-of-multiple-files-located-in-a-folder-in-
power-bi/
36. Question
Data has been scraped from a table on a popular retirement website. However, the Health care quality
column‘s scores were not automatically transformed from text to numbers when Query Editor loaded the
table. You thus right-clicked the column header, and selected Change Type > Whole Number to change
them.
Unfortunately, the Health care quality column contains a few times in states‘ rankings, which was noted on
the website by the word (tie) after their numbers. Query Editor thus reports a few errors.
What would be the consequence of using the Remove Errors option (ribbon or the right-click menu option)
to resolve this?
Removes the error warnings but keeps all data
Removes the applied step that has errors
Change the errors values to blank
Removes any rows with errors
Unattempted
The Remove Errors (using the ribbon or the right-click menu) removes any rows that have errors.
https://support.office.com/en-us/article/remove-rows-with-errors-power-query-67046a11-e9f1-4911-a3b1-
e9d9fb9e8831
37. Question
The management requested two Power BI reports to be produced: one that shows all sales data, including
transactions that happened in the past 10 minutes, and another report that tracks historical targets versus
actual figures for the past 12 months. Historical report is prepared at the beginning of every month.
Based on background information and business requirements, answer the following questions:
Which data connectivity mode should you use for each report?
DirectQuery for both
Import data for both
DirectQuery for the historical data report, Import data for the sales targets report
DirectQuery for the sales report, Import data for the historical data report
Unattempted
Direct query is the best option for sales data because data is required to be updated all the time.
Historical data shows month figures as compared to last 12 months. Historical report is prepared every
month, so it‘s better to import data for historical and schedule it to refresh weekly or monthly. In this way
data won‘t be loaded every time user opens or interact with the report and it will make the report faster.
https://www.cittabase.com/blog/power-bi-tips-import-vs-direct-query/
38. Question
What are the advantages of installing Power BI Desktop from the Microsoft Store instead of installing it
using the standard MSI download?
Installation does not require administrative privileges.
It provides Power BI Desktop with greater access to content in Office 365 and Microsoft Azure.
Monthly updates for Power BI Desktop are automatically installed in the background when they‘re
available.
It lowers the total cost of ownership (TCO) for an organization‘s IT department when distributing
Power BI Desktop to a large audience.
Unattempted
Access to content in Office 365 and Microsoft Azure does not differ if application is installed from Store
or with MSI downloaded file.
Installation does not require administrative privileges because Microsoft Store is authentic source for
installing applications. Microsoft Store automatically install updates when new update arrives. It also
reduces to cost of ownership for IT department to distribute applications through MS Store to a large
number of devices.
39. Question
In which of the following scenario refreshing an imported data set in the Power BI Service require either
the on-premises gateway or a personal gateway?
Refreshing a dataset which imports its data from an on-premises SQL Server database.
Refreshing a dataset which imports its data from an Azure SQL database.
Refreshing an imported dataset which relies on an R input script as its source
Refreshing a dataset which imports its data from a list in SharePoint Online.
Unattempted
SharePoint and Azure SQL database are online Microsoft technologies that doesn‘t require On-Premise
gateway but if your database or any other source is hosted on-premises(local or remote server) it would
require Power Bi Gateway to be installed on that Server or any other server or PC with the network
access to that server. Power BI refresh will connect to that server using Power BI Gateway to refresh the
data(Server to Power BI Service Report).
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-gateway-onprem
40. Question
Which command in the Power BI Desktop query editor is used to create a new query that uses the output
of another query as its input source?
Pipe
Duplicate
Reference
Map
Unattempted
When you reference a query, the new query will have only one step – sourcing from the original query. A
referenced query, will not have the applied steps of the original query.
https://radacad.com/reference-vs-duplicate-in-power-bi-power-query-back-to-basics
41. Question
When connecting to an Access database, which entities are shown in the Navigator window?
Users from the Access database
Rows in from Access database
Tables from the Access database.
Columns from the Access database
Unattempted
When you connect to Access database, you will see list of tables that you can import into Power BI
Desktop as queries.
https://www.c-sharpcorner.com/UploadFile/raj1979/create-power-bi-report-with-ms-access-database401/
42. Question
Which three statements describe the Applied Step‘s area in the Query Editor window?
It records the list of steps from connecting to the data source to all the steps applied to the data.
The recorded list is based on the step that has the least effect to the step that has the most effect to
the data source.
The recorded list follows the sequence of steps applied to the data source.
You can modify the connection to the data source by modifying the Source step settings.
Unattempted
The Applied steps area records the list of steps you performed on the data starting from the time you
connect to the data source. The recorded list follows the sequence of steps you applied to the data and
you can modify any of these steps by click on gear button after every step or you can delete that step.
Applied steps can abe modified from Advance Editor also.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-getting-started
43. Question
You are asked to create a report with the population data from a public website.
To get population data in Power BI from public website:
Select Get Data -> Web -> Paste Website Link -> Click connect in Anonymous tab
Then in the navigation pane select table that you want to import to Power BI.
Do these steps fulfill the requirement to import data from a public website to Power BI ?
Yes
No
Unattempted
Yes, These steps are correct to pull data from a public website into Power BI if data is organized in
Tabular format otherwise it will require web scraping.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-tutorial-importing-and-analyzing-data-from-a-web-
page
44. Question
Your company wants you to prepare a dashboard that shows the reports for10 years of sales data. These
reports will be used by company directors to see the monthly sales performance. You need to get data of
10 years from SQL server database.
Is Direct Query best option to use in this scenario?
Yes
No
Unattempted
No, because 10 years of data might be huge and getting that data through direct query will be slow and
users won‘t be able to use reports properly. You should use Import Data to make your report load faster.
https://www.cittabase.com/blog/power-bi-tips-import-vs-direct-query/
45. Question
What is the file size limit to publish a .PBIX file to Power BI Service Free?
1 GB
3 GB
10 GB
No Limit
Unattempted
Free user has capacity of 10 GB with maximum data model size of 1 GB. This means one report can have
maximum file size of 1 GB.
https://www.burningsuit.co.uk/blog/2018/02/power-bi-free-vs-pro/Free user has capacity of 10 GB with

maximum data model size of 1 GB. This means one report can have maximum file size of 1 GB.
https://www.burningsuit.co.uk/blog/2018/02/power-bi-free-vs-pro/
46. Question
When using Live Connection, what type of transformations can be applied to data?
Transpose
Add Custom Column
Unpivot Columns
None of Them
Unattempted
In Live Connection all transformations are applied on source side. If you are connecting to SPSS then all
the transformations will be applied in SPSS and Power BI won‘t show Query Editor for SPSS
connections.
https://radacad.com/directquery-live-connection-or-import-data-tough-decision
47. Question
You want to import data from Microsoft Access database to Power BI desktop but there is an error
appearing on the screen. “The ‘Microsoft.ACE.OLEDN.12.0‘ provider is not registered on the local
machine“.
What is the reason for this error?
Database name is wrong
Provider is not installed in the system.
Access database is password protected.
Privacy is set to access database.
Unattempted
Power BI needs provider to be able to connect to Access database.
https://exceleratorbi.com.au/64-bit-power-bi-desktop-32-bit-office-can-do/
48. Question
Which of the following is true for creating a column from an example?
You can create column from the examples that you have defined already
It will list the examples defined by Power BI and you can select anyone to create new column.
When you type 1 or more values in a column, Power BI analyzes if that value matches the data from
selected columns or all columns in the table then it will fill remaining column values according to the
matched criteria.
Unattempted
You can add new columns of data to your model using by simply providing one or more sample values
for your new column. New column can be created from a current selection or provide input based on all
(or selected) columns in a given table.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-add-column-from-example
49. Question
To create a DAX formula that automatically calculates the previous month number as calculated column, for
example if the month is 6 then formula should return 5. Month columns is calculated from date with
formula below.
Month = MONTH (Sales[Date])
Which of the following DAX formulas returns correct number for previous month?
Previous Month = PREVIOUSMONTH(Sales[Month])
Previous Month = Sales[Month]-1
Previous Month = STARTOFMONTH(Sales[Month])-1
Previous Month = IF (Sales[Month] =1, 12,Sales[Month]-1)
Unattempted
You can use an IF condition in DAX function to check if Month is 1 then return 12 else subtract one from
the month column.
Sales[Month]-1and STARTOFMONTH(Sales[Month])-1 returns correct numbers except Month 1. For

month 1 it will return 0 which is wrong.
PREVIOUSMONTH is incorrect because it returns a table that contains a column of all dates from the
previous month.
50. Question
The following table contains a Parent-Child hierarchy on the columns: Employee Key and Parent Employee
Key. From the table you can see that employee 112 has no parent defined, employee 14 has employee 112
as manager (ParentEmployeeKey), employee 3 has employee 14 as manager and employees 11, 13, and
162 have employee 3 as manager. The above helps to understand that employee 112 has no manager
above her/him, and she/he is the top manager for all employees.
The PATHLENGTH Function (DAX) returns the number of levels in a given PATH(), starting at the current
level until the oldest or topmost parent level.
What would be the PATHLENGTH value for the third row below (values 3 and 14)?
Employee Key Parent Employee Key
112
14 112
3 14
11 3
13 3
162 3
117 162
221 162
81 162
Unattempted
The PATH expression reveals that the third row has a path of: 112|14|3, i.e. the path has a depth of 3, or
a PATHLENGTH of 3.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/pathlength-function-dax
51. Question
The DAX FORMAT function converts a value to text according to the specified format provided as the
second argument to the function.
Which of the following DAX expression formats the number to display 20.00%?
FORMAT( 0.2, Percent )
FORMAT( 0.2, p )
FORMAT( 0.2, % )
FORMAT( 20, Percent )
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/format-function-dax
52. Question
You have already connected to data sources and imported data to Power BI Desktop. You have a data
model that looks like the image below.
Your company requested a report based on historical data available. Based on background information and
business requirements, answer the following questions:
You created a bar graph with Color on the axis and Quantity on the values.
Upon further checking, you find out that black stock items sold 1.1 million units. How can you fix the
graph? The solution should use minimal effort and consider that you may want to analyze sales by metrics
other than Quantity.
Create the following measure:Total Quantity =CALCULATE (SUM ( Sale[Quantity] ),TREATAS (

VALUES ( Stock Item[Stock Item Key] ), Sale[Stock Item Key] ))
Create an active relationship between Sale and Stock Item on Stock Item Key.
Create the following measure:Total Quantity =CALCULATE (SUM ( Sale[Quantity] ),INTERSECT( Sale,
Stock Item ))
Create a filtered calculated table for each color based on the Sale table.
Unattempted
Creating a relationship is the least arduous solution and will let you avoid creating virtual relationships like
in answer A.
While the measure from answer A will solve the problem of incorrect values, you would require you to
write a similar measure for each different metric you want to analyze.
Measure from answer C will not work because Sale and Stock item have a different number of columns.
Answer D involves too much effort and only solves the problem at hand; if you want to analyze quantity
by individual stock items, this approach will fail.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-relationships-understand
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/intersect-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/treatas-function
53. Question
You created a line chart that shows Quantity by Month and noticed month values are sorted alphabetically.
How can you rectify this? Your solution should involve minimal effort.
Create a Month Number column from Date or Month Name then use the Sort by Column feature in
Modeling Tab and sort Month by Month Number.
Use the ellipsis menu in the visual to change the sort order.
Create a measure for each month and place them in the right order.
Unattempted
When you sort Month column by Month Number then month names will appear in the right order in all
visuals.
The ellipsis menu option in answer A only allows you to change the sort order from ascending to
descending or sort by Quantity instead of Month.
Creating a measure for each month, like in answer C, will not solve the problem, because using multiple
measures is like using a legend, you will see multiple dots instead of a line.
54. Question
Which of the following operations can be accomplished by a developer using the Power BI Service API (aka
Power BI REST API)?
Creating a new dataset
Adding rows to an existing dataset
Retrieving rows from an existing dataset
Refreshing an imported dataset
Unattempted
Now allowed to retrieve data from data set using Power BI Service API.
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/announcing-the-public-preview-of-power-bi-rest-api-support-for-
dax-queries/
55. Question
Into which of the following scopes can you import a custom visual created for Power BI?
Into the scope of a Power BI Desktop project
Into the scope of your personal workspace
Into the scope of an app workspace
Into the scope of a premium capacity
Unattempted
Custom visual can be imported In Power BI Desktop and Power BI Service.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/power-bi-custom-visuals
56. Question
What are the limitations of live connection?
Some visuals are not supported in live connection mode
Transformation cannot be applied to data.
It is not possible to define relationship in live connection
Need extra steps to share reports with users with free Power BI license.
Unattempted
Live Connection is very similar to DirectQuery in the way that it works with the data source. It will not
store data in Power BI, and it will query data source every time. However, it is different from
DirectQuery. Live Connection is only supported for these data sets;
1) SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) Tabular
2) SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) Multi-Dimensional
3) Power BI Service
The big disadvantage of this method is that you will not have even Power Query simple transformation.
With this method; you will only have Report tab. Relationships and transformations will be applied in data
source.
57. Question
Which of the following report page details are recorded when you create a bookmark?
The sort order of rows in a Table visual
The current selection(s) for each slicer on the page
The next page in the current bookmark collection‘s sequence
Whether a visual has been spotlighted or hidden
Unattempted
With bookmarks, you capture the currently configured view of a report page, including filtering and the
state of visuals.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-bookmarks
58. Question
What is the purpose of the new Selection pane in the report designer in Power BI Desktop?
It‘s used to hide and show visuals on a page before recording a bookmark
It‘s used to control the tab order between visuals on a page.
It‘s used to combine two or more visuals on a page into a visual group.
It‘s used to select data in a visual for highlighting and drill down
Unattempted
Selection pane is a story telling features as combined with bookmarks. With selection page you can hide
and show visuals, with bookmark you can save the current state of the page.
https://www.c-sharpcorner.com/article/new-power-bi-featu-selection-pane-in-power-bi-preview-feature/
59. Question
Which three views are available in Power BI Desktop?
Report
Dashboard
Data
Relationships
Unattempted
Dashboards are not available in Power BI Desktop. It is a feature of Power BI Service.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-report-view
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-data-view
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-relationships-understand
60. Question
Which of the following cardinalities are available in Power BI table relationships?
One to One
Many to One
One to Many
Many to Many
Unattempted
Power BI supports all the cardinalities (Many to One , Many to Many , One to One , One to Many).
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships
61. Question
Which two cross filter directions are available in Power BI table relationships?
Single
Both
Double
Multiple
Unattempted
Power BI table relationships support single and both cross filter directions.
https://radacad.com/what-is-the-direction-of-relationship-in-power-bi
62. Question
Consider the following DAX formula for a calculated column in the Sales table:
UnitPrice = Sales[Revenue] / Sales[Units]
Which three statements describe the DAX formula?
The value of the calculated column is dependent on the Units column.
The formula creates a calculated column named UnitPrice.
The value of the calculated column is dependent on the Revenue column.
The Data type of the calculated column is Text.
Unattempted
Text on the left side is column name which is UnitPrice. Revenue and Units columns are being used to
calculate UnitPrice, so any changes in Revenue or Units will effect the UnitPrice.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-tutorial-create-calculated-columns
63. Question
Which three options allow you to hide a field from the Report view in Power BI Desktop?
In Power BI Desktop Data view, right-click the column header on the respective table, and click Hide
in Report View.
In Power BI Desktop Report view, right-click the field on the Fields list, and click Delete.
In Power BI Desktop Relationships view, right-click the field on the respective table, and click Hide in
Report View.
In Power BI Desktop Report view, right-click the field on the Fields list, and click Hide.
Unattempted
If you delete a field from the fields list, the field will be permanently deleted from the Power BI model
instead of Report View only.
https://www.cloudfronts.com/hide-table-or-column-in-power-bi/
64. Question
What do you need to do to create many-to-many relationship between 2 tables?
Create relationship as normal and select Many to Many cardinality.
Join multiple columns of these tables.

Create a bridge table that contains unique values
Unattempted
Power BI “many to many“ relationship is available now and can be created like other relations.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-many-to-many-relationships
65. Question
Reports are often confused with dashboards since they too are canvases filled with visualizations. But
there are some major differences.
Which one allows you to filter, highlight, and slice, and also see data set tables and fields and values?
Report
Dashboard
Unattempted
You create reports over your data model using the tables, columns and visualization tools. Once you have
a report, you can pin individual visuals from a report into a dashboard.
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Service/difference-between-dashboard-and-report/td-p/26302

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 12

Your time: 00:00:02
Average score
57.83%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
Which of the following platforms are R visuals supported?
Publish to Web
Power BI Service
Reports hosted on Power BI Embedded(V2)
Power BI Mobile APP(for reports hosted on app.powerbi.com)
Power BI Desktop
Power BI Report Server
Unattempted
2. Question
You are the BI developer at Adventure Works responsible for enabling report creation and sharing by
business users. Currently, there is an on-premises data warehouse built with SQL Server 2017, and there
are some files stored on a shared drive that contain sales targets. The files are updated manually on a
weekly basis. All reports need to be refreshed automatically at-least once a day.
Everyone in the organization has a Power BI Pro license. Adventure Works has a hot-desking policy, and all
employees must lock their laptops in allocated cabinets.
Some business users would like to be able to create their own reports and share them internally. Only a
select group of users must have the rights to share reports externally.
Adventure Works has a separate manager for each product category. One of the reports must be secured
in such a way that each manager must be able to see the products of the category they manage only, while
the CEO must be able to see all sales. An HR analyst maintains a table that maps the category name to the
manager email address.
The management requested your assistance in making sure that business users can create and share their
Power BI reports within the organization. Based on background information and business requirements,
answer the following question
Business users ask your guidance on how they should configure automatic refresh. Which gateway
installation mode is appropriate for Adventure Works?
On-Premises Data Gateway (Personal Mode)
On-Premises Data Gateway.
Unattempted
We have two types of gateways- Personal Mode, and On-premises. The difference between these two
is not the paid or licensing plan. Both gateways are free to use. The difference is the way that you want
to use the gateway. The personal mode is used for one-person use, not for the team. On-premises
gateway, on the other hand, is required when you want to work in a collaborative environment.
https://radacad.com/the-power-bi-gateway-all-you-need-to-know
3. Question
the Power BI Service?
A storage container for Power BI resources including datasets, reports and dashboards
A shared capacity which is used to host the workspace
Unattempted
The new workspace experience changes the relationship between Power BI workspaces and Office 365
groups. You aren‘t automatically be creating an Office 365 group every time you create one of the new
workspaces.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-manage-app-workspace-in-power-bi-and-office-365
4. Question
Where do you create hierarchies in Power BI?
The Fields pane
The Visualizations pane
The Power Query Editor
The Relationships view

Unattempted
5. Question
The Data Model has a one-to-many relationship between Product and the Sales table over Product ID. It
has a one-to-many relationship between Customer and the Sales table over Customer ID. You get a blank
value in the Customer Name slicer, but there aren‘t any blank values under the Customer Name in the
tabular view. What is a possible explanation for this behavior?
The tabular view uses the ALLNOBLANKROW() function in the Data Analysis Expression (DAX)
generated by Power BI, therefore removing the blank value.
There is a violation of referential integrity in the Customer and Sales table enforcing the blank value in
the slicer.
There is a violation of referential integrity in the Product and Sales table enforcing the blank value in
the slicer.
The slicer uses the DISTINCT() function in the Data Analysis Expression (DAX) generated by Power
BI, therefore retaining the blank value.
Unattempted
6. Question
You update a few settings in an older report to set the date/time formatting. Power BI is not auto-
generating the date hierarchy when you ingest a new data set from SQL Server in your Power BI report.
What is the possible explanation for this behavior?
The Power BI Desktop locale is not set to match the SQL Server date/time settings.
The auto date/time option that is available for Time Intelligence is turned off.
The Power BI Desktop locale is not set to match your system‘s date/time settings.
The Preview feature option that adjusts the date/time in Power BI is turned off.
Unattempted
7. Question
Which of the following visualization types support configuring dashboard alerts?
Card
KPI
Gauge
Waterfall
Unattempted
Alerts can only be set on tiles pinned from report visuals, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards. Alerts can
be set on visuals created from streaming datasets that you pin from a report to a dashboard. Alerts can‘t
be set on streaming tiles created directly on the dashboard using Add tile > Custom streaming data.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-set-data-alerts
8. Question
Which of the following statements are true with regard to designing Power BI content for mobile devices?
The Power BI Service report designer provides Phone Layout View in the browser to design reports
which target mobile devices.
The Power BI Desktop report designer provides Phone Layout View to design reports which target
mobile devices.
The Power BI Desktop dashboard designer provides Phone view to design dashboards which target
mobile devices.
The Power BI service dashboard designer provides Phone view in the browser to design dashboards
which target mobile devices
Unattempted
You can improve the experience of viewing reports in the mobile apps by creating a portrait layout. In
Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, you rearrange and resize report visuals for an optimal
experience in portrait mode.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-create-phone-report
9. Question
After you have pinned a report visual to create a dashboard tile, you can later modify the visuals properties
and the Power BI service will automatically update the dashboard tile with the new visual property values.
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
If you update a visualization which is used to create the tile, the tile doesn‘t change. If you pinned a line
chart from a report and then you convert the line chart to a bar chart, the dashboard tile continues to
show a line chart. The data refreshes, but the visualization type does not.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-dashboard-tiles
10. Question
What are the possible options to share a dashboard with other users?
Click Share from the upper right of the dashboard you want to share.
Click the ellipsis next to the dashboard name on the Dashboards list, and then click Share.
From your browser, click Share.
From the dashboard list, click share button from actions tab
Unattempted
Sharing from browser will share URL only however user will not get access to dashboard.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-share-dashboards
11. Question
What happens when you click on Focus mode of a tile in Power BI dashboard?
The tile you selected expands and takes the full space
The report from which the tile was pinned opens.
The Power BI desktop file gets downloaded.
The Power BI desktop file opens.
Unattempted
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-focus
12. Question
What can you accomplish with data gateway?
Report Publish
Refresh Data
Download Report
View Report
Unattempted
Gateway is used to refresh the data from on-premises servers to online Power BI Service.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-gateway-onprem
13. Question
How to create a chart by “Asking Question“ feature?
Home -> Ask Question
Modeling -> Ask Question
Double Click on Report View
Unattempted
You can create chart by double clicking on any point on canvas also by clicking Ask Question button inside
insert tab -> modeling toolbar page.
With earlier version it was inside home tab.
https://www.sqlshack.com/ask-a-question-feature-in-power-bi-desktop/
14. Question
Which setting would you customize to add a “PRIVATE“ watermark to your report?
Data privacy levels
Page Information
Report theme
Page background
Unattempted
15. Question
When is it preferable to use a calculated column instead of a measure?
When you want to use the value in a filter or a slicer
When you need to reference multiple tables
When you want to reduce RAM usage

When you need to encapsulate business logic in a model
Unattempted
16. Question
Which option directly affects the quality of Q&A?
Report design
Answers
Dataset
Featured questions
Unattempted
17. Question
Which of the following automatically includes a Q&A box to explore your data?
Dashboards
Workbooks
Datasets
Reports
Unattempted
18. Question
Which component embeds a Power BI Report in SharePoint Online?
Modern Site
The Web Part
The Power BI tab
Cognitive Services
Unattempted
19. Question
What is on-premises data gateway in Power BI?
A solution for managing network traffic
A piece of software that provides access to on-premise data
A serverless function in Power BI Service
A Power BI service for authentication
Unattempted
20. Question
What will happen when you enable question and answer (Q&A) for an on-premises dataset?
A copy of the dataset will be pushed to Microsoft‘s Power BI service for Q&A.
All row-level security on the dataset will be revoked.
A subset of data from the dataset will be cached for Q&A.
All object-level security will be refreshed and applied.
Unattempted
21. Question
You encounter the 1 GB size limitation when uploading and refreshing your PBIX files. What is one way to
work around this limitation?
Use the SUMMARIZE function in your Data Analysis Expressions (DAX) measures.
Migrate your source database to Azure SQL database.
Turn on run-length encoding and compression in the Data Analysis Expressions (DAX) storage engine.
Convert to DirectQuery for your data connections.
Unattempted
22. Question
Which formatting option for a key-performance indicator (KPI) visual contains the value you are measuring?
Color coding
Indicator
Goals
Trend axis
Unattempted
23. Question
Which feature is supported by Power BI Report Server?
Data-alerts
Composite model
Paginated reports
Q&A feature
Unattempted
24. Question
time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in
the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information
about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other question
on this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers
and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you
cannot return to this section.
To start the case study –
To display the first question on this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to
explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case
study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information
displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to
return to the question.
Overview –
meetings for which financial analysts manually prepare
Microsoft Excel reports, including profit and loss statements for each of the company‘s four business units,
a company balance sheet, and net income projections for the next quarter.
Existing Environment –
Data and Sources –
Data for the reports comes from three sources. Detailed revenue, cost, and expense data comes from an
The balance sheet data is not related to the profit and loss results, other than they both relate to dates.
Net Income Projection Data –
Balance Sheet Data –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Microsoft Power BI.
The company wants to how long it takes to populate reports to less than two days. The company wants to
create common logic for business units, products, and departments to be used across all reports, including,
but not limited, to the quarterly reporting for the board.
Technical Requirements –
Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimal manual effort.
and links to supplementary information.
Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.
Security Requirements –
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory group will
be used to share information with the board.
The analysts responsible for each business unit must see all the data the board sees, except the profit and
loss data, which must be restricted to only their business unit‘s data. The analysts must be able to build
new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but any reports that the analysts build
must not be included in the quarterly reports for the board. The analysts must not be able to share the
quarterly reports with anyone.
Report Requirements –
You plan to relate the balance sheet to a standard date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship
based on the last day of the month. At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting
package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous quarter.
Projections must contain a column named RevenueProjection that contains the revenue projection
amounts. A relationship must be created from Projections to a table named Date that contains the columns
shown in the following table.
The definitions and attributes of products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all
reports.
-> Revenue trends over time
-> Ending balances for each account
-> A comparison of expenses versus projections by quarter
-> Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
-> A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter during the prior year
DRAG DROP (Udemy doesn‘t support so choose from options) –
You need to create a DAX measure in the data model that only allows users to see projections at the
appropriate level of granularity.
How should you complete the measure? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets.
Select and Place:
IF, ISFILTERED, SUMX
IF, ISFILTERED, SUM
IF, AND, SUM
IF, KEEPFILTERS, SUM
Unattempted
Scenario: Revenue projections are set at the monthly level and summed to show projections for the
quarter.
Box 1: IF –
Box 2: ISFILTERED –
ISFILTERED returns TRUE when columnName is being filtered directly. If there is no filter on the column
or if the filtering happens because a different column in the same table or in a related table is being
filtered then the function returns FALSE.
Box 3: SUM –
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/isfiltered-function-dax
25. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
reports.
Which two types of visualizations can be used in the balance sheet reports to meet the reporting goals?
Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. a line chart that shows balances by quarter filtered to account categories that are long-term
liabilities.
B. a clustered column chart that shows balances by date (x-axis) and account category (legend)
without filters.
C. a clustered column chart that shows balances by quarter filtered to account categories that are
long-term liabilities.
D. a pie chart that shows balances by account category without filters.
E. a ribbon chart that shows balances by quarter and accounts in the legend.
Unattempted
26. Question
You have a Power BI tenant. You have reports that use financial datasets and are exported as PDF files.
You need to ensure that the reports are encrypted. What should you implement?
a) dataset certifications
b) row-level security (RLS)
c) sensitivity labels
d) Microsoft Intune policies
Unattempted
Reference
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-security-enable-data-sensitivity-labels
27. Question
What is the difference between “Choose Columns“and “Go to column“features?
Both provide same functionality but with different name.
“Choose columns“ removes deselected column, “Go to Column“helps to navigate to specific column
in large dataset.
“Choose Columns“helps to select a column.“Go to Column“removes deselected columns.
Unattempted
2nd option is correct.
28. Question
What does the option “Assume Referential Integrity“ in Power BI Desktop mean(When
creating relationships between tables)?
It enables queries on the data source to use INNER JOIN rather than OUTER JOIN which improves
query efficiency
It assumes that there are no blank or null values in any of the data tables in the relationships
It allows for calculated columns to be used as the relationship column between two tables
It automatically assumes that your relationship is 1:1(Rather than 1:Many or Many:1)
Unattempted
Setting Assume referential integer enables queries on the data source to use INNER JOIN statement
rather than OUTER JOIN, which improves query efficiency.
29. Question
Power BI tries to translate transformations into the data source‘s native language where possible.
What is this step called?
Native Query View
Query Dependency
Query folding
Unattempted
30. Question
Which feature of query editor splits a query into parts?
Split Query
Format Query
Extract Previous
Unattempted
IF you right click any applied step to query and select extract previous, Power Bi will create another query
with all the steps applied before selected step and reference this query to new query.
31. Question
Duplicating a query increases the size of dataset and referencing a query doesn‘t
increase.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Yes, because duplicate query creates a new query with same steps applied but reference query creates a
new query with only one step which reference to original query.
32. Question
Moving a query into group increases the performance of the query.
Yes
No
Unattempted
Groups are just to organize queries.
33. Question
Why query parameters are used?
Refine a dataset.
Add dynamic values.
Transform Data
Reduce size of dataset
Unattempted
34. Question
Some of the most powerful data analysis solutions in Power BI Desktop can be created by using measures.
Measures help us by performing calculations on our data as we interact with our reports. Understanding
aggregations is fundamental to understanding measures, because every measure will perform some type
of aggregation.
Which of the below is TRUE regarding measures in Power BI?
You can reference another measure in a DAX expression by just typing an opening bracket“[“
Every time you interact with your report, you are changing the context in which a measure calculates
and displays its results
You can create a new measure by clicking on the New Measure button in the ribbon on Power BI
Desktops Home tab
Unattempted
35. Question
The account you use for registering an app for embedding Power BI content doesn‘t need a Power BI Pro
license allocated to it.
Is this statement true?
Yes
No
Unattempted
The answer is No. You need to have a Power BI Pro user to register an app and embedPower BI content
with Power BI Embedded.
36. Question
Which of the following Power BI report settings can be customized using a report theme?
The report background color
The report background image
A sequence of custom colors which are used by the visuals in the report
The default properties for new visuals that are added to the report
Unattempted
Sequence of colors can be set from Custom theme. Default properties of new visual, if visual is already
created and properties are set then theme will not effect that.
37. Question
Which views can be used in Power BI Desktop Data Model to create a new dimensional hierarchy?
Report View
Data View
Relationships View
Unattempted
38. Question
Which of the following statements are true with respect to setting the Cross-filter Direction property for a
table relationship based on two tables with a one-to-many relationship?
When the Cross-filter Direction is set to Single, the tabular database engine will only propagate the
context filter in one direction from the one-side table to the many-side table.
When the Cross-filter Direction is set to Single, the tabular database engine will only propagate the
context filter in one direction from the many-side table to the one-side table.
When the Cross-filter Direction is set to Both, the tabular database engine will propagate the context
filter in both directions.
There are cases where setting the Cross-filter Direction to Both is not allowed because it creates an
ambiguity that cannot be resolved.
Unattempted
39. Question
Which data category setting is used to geographically map column values to United States cities when the
column contains values in city, state format such as Dallas, TX and Tampa, FL?
State Or Province
City
Place
Address
Unattempted
40. Question
Which visual shows the progress toward a particular target?
Bar chart
Scatter chart
Waterfall
Gauge
Unattempted
Gauges are a great choice to show progress toward a goal, represent a percentile measure, like a KPI,
show the health of a single measure, or display information that can be quickly scanned and understood.
41. Question
As part of a large HR project you are working with a dataset of company employees,both past and present.
The data includes columns for EthnicGroup, PayTypeID, HireDate (the date they started work), TermDate
(the date they left) and several other columns. You want to create a new Calculated Column that
determines if the person was a bad hire based on a set of rules. If they were a bad hire then the result is 1,
otherwise the Calculated Column displays a zero.
The bad hire rule is:
BadHire = If the person stayed at the company less than 61 days
Example: If a person joined the company on 27th June 2013 and left on 21st August 2013, then they
would be a bad hire.
Which DAX expression would you use for this Calculated Column?
IF(OR((([HireDate]-[TermDate])*-1) >= 61,ISBLANK([TermDate])),0,1)
IF(OR((([HireDate]-[TermDate])) >= 61,ISBLANK([TermDate])),0,1)
IF(((([HireDate]-[TermDate])*-1) < 61),1,0)
IF((([TermDate]-[HireDate])*-1) >= 61,0,1)
Unattempted
For this expression you must use a combination of IF, OR and ISBLANK. If you forget to use ISBLANK
then the difference between a date and a blank date is always 0, causing problems with the numeric
comparison and potentially always showing BadHire as 1. Remember some employees wont have left
the company and hence have no TermDate value.
42. Question
Which shapes are available in Power BI Desktop Report View?
Flowchart
Triangle
Rectangle
Oval
Unattempted
Flowchart is not an option in Power BI Desktops shapes.

43. Question
From which two options can you customize your report page layout?
From the Report ribbon, New Page option
From the Report ribbon, Page View option
From the Visualizations, Format option
From the Visualizations, Field option
Unattempted
You can change your report page layout by setting the Page Size option in the Report ribbon, or by
clicking in the report canvas and customizing the Format on the Visualizations.
44. Question
Which of the following option modifies the interaction between visuals in a Power BI report?
Edit Queries
Arrange
Page Size
Edit Interactions
Unattempted
You can modify the interactions flow by editing the visual interactions.
45. Question
What are the types of row context?
Function Context
Row Context
Filter Context
Unattempted
46. Question
You have loaded data from a database table which contains a list of filenames that have
been processed by an internal team. One particular column called filename contains the
name of each file processed e.g. example.abc123.xml
Which Transform function will dissect the filename values into two separate columns, one for the filename
and the other for the file extension e.g. XML
Extract - Text before delimiter
Split Column - Split at Each occurrence of the delimiter
Extract - Text after delimiter
Split Column - Split at Right-most delimiter
Unattempted
By using the Split Column you can split each value into two separate columns, using the right most
delimiter option to preserve the entire filename that could potentially contain additional full stops
(periods).
47. Question
Power BI doesn‘t have an R engine built into it, you need to have an installation of R on your machine in
order to generate/use R visuals.
Is this statement TRUE ?
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
Power BI Desktop does not include, deploy, or install the R engine. To run R scripts in Power BI Desktop,
you must separately install R on your local computer.
48. Question
Which of the following is not a valid type when programming in the M language?
List
Dataframe
Function
Record
Unattempted
Dataframe is not a valid type of M Language.
49. Question
Which native languages can be used when designing a query in Power BI Desktop?
SQL
Python
MDX
Unattempted
Python can‘t be used for designing data sources.
50. Question
You have four queries named Query 1, Query 2, Query 3, and Query 4 in the Power BI desktop. You are
creating Query 5, which will be appended at the end of Query 3.
When you load the data, which queries will be refreshed?
Query 1 to Query 4
Query 1 to Query 5
Query 3 and Query 5
Only Query 5
Unattempted
Query 5 is new query so it should be refreshed. Query 5 is appended to query 3 so there is change in
query 3 that should be refreshed in data model also.
51. Question
Consider the following custom column formula:
= if [Country] = USA then United States else [Country]
Which of the following statements describes the value of the custom column formula?
The value will be USA.
The value will be United States.

The value will be the same as the Country column.
The value will either be United States or whatever the value of the Country column is.
Unattempted
The formula will assign the value “United States“to the custom column whenever the value of the
Country column is equals to “USA“, otherwise it will assign the value of the Country column.
52. Question
Which DAX function removes filters from a table?
Remove
Except
All
AllExcept
Unattempted
53. Question
You need a Power BI Pro license to share your dashboard but those you share it with do not need a
license. When you share a dashboard, they can view it and interact with it, but cant edit it. They see the
same data that you see in the dashboard and reports unless row-level security (RLS) is applied to the
underlying dataset. The colleagues you share it with can share the dashboard with their colleagues, if you
allow them to.
Is this statement true?
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
The first sentence is in fact FALSE. You need a Power BI Pro license to share your dashboard, and those
you share it with do, too.
54. Question
The CEO wants to share the environmental report created in Power BI with external users. The report does
not contain any sensitive data.
How can this be achieved? Your solution must involve minimal effort.
Invite the external users in Adventure Works Active Directory.
Add the external users into an app workspace.
Use Publish To Web feature.
Unattempted
Because the users with whom the report should be shared with might change over time, it is best to
publish the report to web. Adding external users to ActiveDirectory or an app workspace would involve
extra costs.
55. Question
Which types of datasets can be used to create a dashboard with streaming data tiles?
DirectQuery Datasets
Streaming Datasets
Push Datsets
Hybrid Datasets
Unattempted
56. Question
Which of the following actions can you take to get advantage of Power BI Premium?
Modify the Premium Enabled setting of a report or dashboard.
Modify the Premium Enabled setting of a dataset.
Configure one or more app workspaces to run within the scope of a Premium capacity.
Configure one or more app workspaces to run within the scope of a Shared capacity.
Unattempted
If you configure a workspace by using premium capacity then you can configure multiple apps to run in
the same workspace. You can also share it with users who have free license.
57. Question
Which of the following is a requirement for a user with a Power BI Pro license to share a dashboard with
users who have the Power BI Free license?
The dashboard must be created in a workspace that is running within the Shared capacity.
The dashboard must be created in a workspace that is running within a Premium capacity.
This is a trick question - A user with a Pro license can never share content with users who have the
Free license.
Nothing is required - A user with a Pro license can always share content with users who have the
Free license.
Unattempted
Without premium capacity, dashboard cannot be shared with the users who have free license.
58. Question
You publish a report from Power BI Desktop to Power BI service. You then make
changes to your local report in Power BI Desktop by adding some visualizations.
When do these changes synchronize to Power BI service?
On saving the Power BI Desktop file
On clicking REFRESH NOW in Power BI service
On Re-publishing the Power BI Desktop report
On scheduling refresh is run on Power BI service
Unattempted
If you make changes to your local Power BI Desktop file, you will need to re-publish the file in order to
view your changes in the Power BI service.
59. Question
What is the purpose of Power BI Personal Gateway?
To enable publishing reports to Power BI service.
To provide a platform for easily consuming and sharing reports.
To provide quick and secure data transfer between Power BI service and on-premises data sources
that support refresh.
To connect and shape data, build robust models, and author well-structured reports.
Unattempted
Power BI Personal Gateway provide quick and secure data transfer between Power BI service and on-
premises data sources that support refresh.
60. Question
What could be the reason of error “This content isn‘t available. Learn more about
Power BI“ in Power BI?
User don‘t have access to report.
User don‘t have Power BI pro license.
SharePoint server is down for maintenance
Power Bi report was deleted after embedding.
Unattempted
61. Question
Which of the following statement best describes the use case for Power Bi embedded?
Embedding Power BI tiles/ reports onto dashboards which can be shared by others in your
organization
Embedding Power BI tiles/ reports onto Power BI service for internal users
Embedding Power Bi tiles/ reports into e-mail messages
Embedding Power BI tiles/ reports into your company portal/external facing website
customers/external users to access
Unattempted
62. Question
What is the function of Row Level Security in Power BI?
Assignment of security permissions on the underlying Power BI Azure SQL database
Ability to link Power BI log-in to your organizational Active Directory/Windows login via Single Sign on
Restriction to particular measures within Power BI reports to particular users
Restrict data access for given users (by assigning users to roles)
Unattempted
63. Question
All office 365 Global admins and Power Bi admins are automatically capacity admins of both Power Bi
premium capacity and Power BI embedded capacity
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
64. Question
Which three options can be added as a group member?
Computer Name
Email addresses
Security groups
Distribution Lists
Unattempted
You can add email addresses, security groups, and distribution lists as a group member in Power BI.
65. Question
What are the limitations of publishing a report to website?
R visuals are not supported
Custom visuals are not supported
Row level security wont work.
Reports that connect live to on-premises Analysis Services Tabular are not supported
Unattempted

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 13

Your time: 00:00:03
Average score
58.15%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
Is Q&A, Cortana and External Sharing is disabled for Power BI Reports that use Row Level Security (RLS)?
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
Q&A and Cortana are not supported with RLS at this time. You will not see the Q&A input box for
dashboards if all models have RLS configured.
2. Question
Your work for a public school system. You organized your data as City, District, School, Grade . Your users
want to easily drill down from the highest level of organization to grade. Which of the following would
support this in the most user-friendly way?
Move each of these fields into the Drillthrough section under the Visualizations Pane
Normalize the data so each level is a separate table
Add a slicer with an entry for each level of granularity
Create a custom hierarchy with each of the levels of granularity
Unattempted
3. Question
What must you consider before you republish a dataset from Power BI Desktop?
If you rename or delete a column of the dataset, it could lead to failure during republish.
If you rename or delete a column or measure, any visualizations that you have with that field could be
broken.
You can republish the dataset under the same name and Power BI will maintain the version.
Any format change in the existing column of the dataset could lead to failure.
Unattempted
4. Question
You obtain a central fact table of sales that is related to two reference tables, customer and store.
Customer and store each possess their own location id, and all of the locations are stored in the location
table. When you attempt to configure the relationships, the last one you add, Location to Store, displays a
dotted line as displayed.
What is the most likely explanation?
The relationship went inactive because the relationship between location and sales would be
ambiguous.
The relationship went inactive because the primary key from one table cannot be used to filter two
different tables.
The dotted line indicates a data type mismatch between the two columns.
The dotted line indicates there are no matching values between the two tables.
Unattempted
5. Question
In Power BI Desktop, what entity creates new hierarchies?
Power BI Artificial Intelligence
The Report Author
SQL Server Metadata
The Power BI Global Admin
Unattempted
6. Question
Which Q&A feature allows you to specify alternate terms for business concepts?
Synonyms
Natural Language Queries
Featured Questions
Calculated Columns
Unattempted
7. Question
When you use the CALCULATE function, what does the second parameter represent?
A filter to be applied
The source table
The expression to evaluate
A slicer to be applied
Unattempted
8. Question
When you use the CALCULATE function, what does the second parameter represent?
A filter to be applied
The source table
The expression to evaluate
A slicer to be applied
Unattempted
9. Question
What is Google BigQuery?
A cloud-based Function as a Service (FaaS)
A serverless cloud data warehouse
A hybrid data warehouse
A cloud-based analytical engine
Unattempted
10. Question
You are working on a dataset that contains one alphanumeric column. Upon looking at the data, you find
that the column contains an Id as a numeric value followed by a name as text. How will you handle this
column?
Create a calculated column with a regular expression.
Split the columns by digit to non-digit.
Use the M function to handle the column.
Split the columns by delimiter.
Unattempted
11. Question
You are using an import storage mode dataset with multiple data sources. You have to schedule a refresh
for the dataset, but the gateway is not available. Why might that be?
One or more data sources were not added in the gateway.

The scheduled refresh has already occurred for this dataset.
One or mode of the data sources names were changed.
The gateway does not support import datasets.
Unattempted
12. Question
You installed an on-premises data gateway in personal mode. Which storage mode can you use?
Import
DirectQuery
Live connect
Push
Unattempted
13. Question
must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all question included on this exam in the
time provided.
on this case study.
Overview. General Overview –
Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.
The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and
suppliers.
Overview. Business Issues –
The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting
Services (SSRS). The IT department takes too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the
report requirements.
Existing Environment. Data Sources
Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.
Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.
Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet
Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are
All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.
The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.
Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database
Source1 contains the following table:
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees
The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.
The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.
The Products table contains the following columns.
The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.
The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.
Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be
assigned to each region.
Requirements.
-Report Requirements
Northwind Traders requires the following reports:
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a
selected order month or quarter, product category, and sales region.
The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a
selected order month or quarter, sales region, and product category. The report must also show which
suppliers provide the top products.
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current
month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.
Requirements. Technical Requirements
Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:
A single dataset must support all three reports.
The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.
Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.
The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report
requirements and the technical requirements.
Requirements. Security Requirements
Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure
AD security group exists for each department.
The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:
Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.
Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and report.
Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are
assigned in the Sales Employees table.
Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees
table.
[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to
view all the data.
You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the
percentage of late orders.
Which type of visualization should you create?
A. bar chart
B. scatterplot
C. pie chart
Unattempted
Scenario: The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or
quarter:
Note: Bar and column charts are some of the most widely used visualization charts in Power BI. They can
be used for one or multiple categories. Both these chart types represent data with rectangular bars,
where the size of the bar is proportional to the magnitude of data values.
The difference between the two is that if the rectangles are stacked horizontally, it is called a bar chart. If
the rectangles are vertically aligned, it is called a column chart.
Reference:
https://www.pluralsight.com/guides/bar-and-column-charts-in-power-bi
14. Question
Given the image below, what results when you choose “OK“ ?
The filter step would be previewed in the data view.

A filter step would be added as the last step.
A filter step would be added as the first step.
A filter step would be added after the selected step.
Unattempted
15. Question
What is the specific name for visualizations added to a dashboard as displayed below?
Bar charts
Datasets
Reports
Column
Unattempted
16. Question
How would you specify title of a tile visual on a dashboard?
Click the ellipses on the tile, select Edit details, place the new value in the title box. and click Apply
Click the ellipses on the tile, select Edit details, place the new value in the subtitle box, and click
Apply
Navigate to the report from which the tile was pinned, select Edit on the Menu bar, select the visual
on which the tile is based, navigate to the format section beneath the Visualizations pane, change the
title of the visual, and save the report
Click the ellipses on the tile, select “Open in focus“ mode, place the new value in the title box. and
click Apply
Unattempted
17. Question
You work for a non-profit that helps reduce incidents of malaria in African countries. You want to use
Power BI to display key metrics on your website in an interactive format. None of the information is
confidential or protected. What is the preferential method for sharing this information with the public at
large?
Use Publish to Web
Export the report to PowerPoint and embed the PowerPoint file in your website
Publish the data source as a public web API
Add users as free guest users using Azure B2B
Use Power BI Embedded
Unattempted
18. Question
Which of the following is NOT required for a data gateway to cooperate with a local data source?
Port forwarding for inbound network connections
Outbound network access
Access to the local data source
Credentials for the data source
Unattempted
19. Question
You run Quick Insights on your sales dataset. Quick Insights generates the chart below. Would you add it
to your report?
Yes, seasonality serves as an important factor in sales projections.
Yes, Quick Insights identified key correlations in your data.
No, Quick Insights is solely for data exploration.
No, a line chart is not the ideal way to demonstrate seasonality.
No, seasonality on the SalesPersonID field is illogical.
Unattempted
20. Question
Your company moved from a self-service approach to a increasingly centralized approach. The IT team
created a SQL Server Analysis Server (SSAS) for you to use. When using live connections for SSAS, why
might the Relationships view disappear in Power BI?
Live connections do not support cross-table formulas.
The model‘s relationships are managed in SSAS, not in Power BI Desktop.
The Relationship view is hidden by default because changes are pushed back to the underlying SSAS
data model.
The relationship view is only available for data from SQL Server.
Live connections automatically determine the relationships between tables.·
Unattempted
21. Question
You want to write a measure that calculates the ratio of a month of sales in a year.
Which of the following function do you need to use?
FILTER
ENDOFYEAR
WHOLEYEAR
ALL
Unattempted
With the ALL function, you can remove filter on month, allowing you to calculate the desired ratio.
Neither FILTER nor ENDOFYEAR are required for the formula, hence options A and B are incorrect.
Option C is incorrect because there is no such function as WHOLEYEAR in DAX.
22. Question
When you optimize a data model for Q&A, which factor is the most important?
DAX Formulas
Row count
Data model size
Column names
Unattempted
23. Question
You have a 200 gigabyte data warehouse, which consolidates data from multiple applications. It runs on
SQL Server 2017 Enterprise Edition. You experience the default limitation of 8 daily refreshes with your
reports, and your manager wants the reports to never be more outdated than one hour.
Convert to DirectQuery to access the data warehouse

Create an application to monitor changes in the database and push them out using the real-time
streaming API
Migrate the content to Power BI Premium
Add an SSAS tabular layer on top and enable Live Connections
Unattempted
24. Question
Power Query emphasizes making changes using which of the following?
Formula bar
Command line
Server
Graphical user interface (GUI)
Unattempted
25. Question
In Power Query, how does referencing a query differ from duplicating a query?
Referencing uses the original query as a lookup table.
Referencing works on external data sources, while duplicating does not.
When you reference a query, any changes to the original query fail to reflect in the new query.
Referencing uses the original query as the source and duplicating copies all of the code.
Unattempted
26. Question
The DAX FORMAT function accepts a number of different strings format, some of which can be
constructed to create a custom formatter for your exact needs. Study the DAX expression below and
choose the right result:
FORMAT(-5, “$#,##0.00;($#,##0.00)“)
$5.00
minus 5
minus 500
$5,000.00
Unattempted
27. Question
You are developing training on Power BI. You would like your colleagues to expand the data model with
DAX code. Which self-service feature best meets this need?
Quick Measures
Featured Questions
Solution Templates
Natural Language Querying/Q&A
Unattempted
28. Question
Having created a new blank model you want to load in data from SQL Server database which is hosted on
the same PC as the Power BI Desktop application. You click the Get Date ribbon option and select SQL
Server from the drop down list.
What should be entered in Server text box in the dialog box appeared for database connectivity?
localhost
local
host
[blank]
Unattempted
For SQL server on the same PC, SQL Server name can be used as Localhost or IP Address.
29. Question
What are the types of values in query parameter?
Any value
Dataset
List of Values
Query
Unattempted
30. Question
When writing the DAX expression for a calculated column, you can assume your DAX code automatically
has row context for the table in which the calculated column is defined.
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
True, as calculated table values may be different for every single row. Calculated table has row context,
therefore values are different for every row.
31. Question
You possess an API at http://weather.example.com/ that accepts a zip code as a URL parameter. The API
requires no authentication to obtain access and it returns the data in JSON. What navigation steps allow
you to most simply connect to the API in Power BI?
Select Get Data, Other, and Web
Create a custom data connector for the API
Select Get Data, Other, and OData Feed
Select Get Data, File, and JSON
Unattempted
32. Question
Which of the following versions of the Windows operating system support installing Power BI Desktop?
Windows 10
Windows 8.1
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Unattempted
Windows Vista is not supported by Power BI Desktop.
33. Question
Which three data sources allow you to use direct connection?
Azure SQL Database
Azure SQL Data Warehouse
Microsoft Access
SQL Server Analysis Services
Unattempted
Microsoft Access does not allow Direct Connection.
For SSAS tabular and multi dimensional databases, live connections are used.
Live connection is special case of direct query. However there are various advantages and limitations of
using live connection compared to direct query.
Below is a link to a very elaborate article upon different connection types :
34. Question
In Query Editor, what will be the result if you combine a text string with null value?
Text String
Text String + null
null
Blank Value
Unattempted
When you combine a text string with null it results in a Null value.
35. Question
How would you specify alternate column names for the Q&A feature in Power BI Desktop?
Navigate to the Fields pane, select a field, left click the ellipses, and select Properties
Navigate to the Report view, navigate to the Menu bar, select Home, then Ask a Question
Navigate to the Relationship view, navigate to the Menu bar, and select Modeling, then Synonyms
Navigate to the Fields pane, select a field, right click the field, and select rename
Unattempted
36. Question
Your Human Resources (HR) application system allows free-form text in the “years of experience“ field.
Some users enter textual values instead of numbers, e.g., “two“ instead of 2. When you attempt to
convert the field to a number, you encounter the errors below. You want to keep all of the applications
while converting the errors into a placeholder numerical value. What would you do?
Apply the Clean step
Apply the Replace Values step
Apply the Remove Errors step
Apply the Replace Errors step
Unattempted
37. Question
The following scatter plot shows gridlines that clutter and obscure the information being displayed. How
would you improve the clarity of this graph?
Remove all major gridlines and color all minor gridlines with a soft shade of green, so they match the
color used for the data points.
Remove all minor gridlines and color all major gridlines with a contrasting color, to give structure to
the data points being displayed.
Remove all gridlines, leaving all space to the data points being displayed.
Remove all minor gridlines and color all major gridlines with a soft shade of gray, so they are barely
visible but keep serving a purpose.
Unattempted
38. Question
When writing the DAX expression for a measure, you can assume your DAX code automatically has row
context for the table in which the measure is defined.
TRUE
FALSE
Unattempted
No, Measures also have filter context.

39. Question
What is improper scaling?
The product of a distortion in the proportions of the data series being displayed, causing a bias in the
way the visualization is interpreted.
The product of a distortion of the data point values that are being displayed, causing a bias in the way
the visualization is interpreted.
The product of a distortion in the proportions of the data series being displayed, due to the absence
of a minimum and maximum value on the main axis of the visualization.
The product of a distortion in the proportions of the data series being displayed, due to the absence
of a minimum and maximum value on both axis of the visualization.
Unattempted
40. Question
You need to filter out totals from target figures. Which function does that?
Table.Filter
CALCULATETABLE
Table.SelectRows
Table.FilterRows
Unattempted
41. Question
Which option can be used to reverse the sort order of rows in Query Editor?
There is no option like that.
Transform > Table > Reverse Rows
Autofilter
Sort Descending
Unattempted
42. Question
Which of the following is not a valid privacy level for a Power BI data source?
Public
Confidential
Private
Organizational
Unattempted
43. Question
What is the return type of the FILTER function in DAX?
Integer
Row
Column
Table
Unattempted
44. Question
A colleague requests you to add featured questions for the Q&A feature on a dataset. Which of the
following entries is most likely to work?
Why are sales down?
Predict future sales
Show total revenue as a filled map
Where are my sales?
Unattempted
45. Question
Which of the following statements is FALSE with respect to writing DAX expressions that reference
calculated columns and measures?
When referencing a calculated column in a DAX expression, you must include the table name.
When referencing a measure in a DAX expression, you must include the table name.
When referencing a measure in a DAX expression, you can optionally include the table name.
When referencing a measure in a DAX expression, you should prefer not to include the table name.
Unattempted
It is not recommended/required to user table name with measure. Because measures belong to the
entire data model.
46. Question
In Query Editor, blank values are zero-length text string, while nulls are empty values. Is this statement
correct ?
Yes
No
Unattempted
47. Question
When you make a copy of a page in your report by using Duplicate Page, which visualizations from the
page are duplicated?
All visualizations
Only the selected visualizations
Only visualizations that have filter relationship
All visualizations, except the static images
Unattempted
48. Question
With DAX, there are many functions available to shape, form, or otherwise analyze your data. These
functions can be grouped into a handful of categories including aggregation, counting, logical etc.
The Union DAX command creates a union (join) table from a pair of tables but which statement below is
FALSE about Union?
The two tables must have the same number of columns
The column names in the return table will match the column names in table_expression1
Columns are combined by position in their respective tables
Duplicate rows are removed
Unattempted
49. Question
Which of the following is not an option for Default Summarization?
Average
Count
Standard deviation
Sum
Unattempted
The options are Sum, Average, Minimum, Maximum, Count, and Count (Distinct).
50. Question
Auto-filter is helpful to hide or show rows but rows that are hidden will be loaded to data model.
Yes
No
Unattempted
No, When user applies Autofilter, a step is created in Applied Steps pane and filtered data does not get
loaded into data model.
51. Question
When designing a data model in Power BI Desktop, which of the following statements are true regarding
the rules for creating table relationships?
A relationship between two tables must be defined using a single field from each table.
A relationship between two tables can be defined using multiple fields from each table.
At least one column defined in a table relationship must contain unique values.
You can define multiple relationships between two tables in a data model but only one of the
relationships can be marked as active.
Unattempted
There can be only 1 active column in both tables. In case of 2 columns, 2 columns must be combined in
order to join these tables.
52. Question
You need to use a location table multiple times, once for the customer, once for the store, once for the
vendor, etc. What is the simplest way using DAX to create these roleplaying dimensions from the same
source data?
Date tables
Measures
The UNION function
Calculated tables
Unattempted
53. Question
Which transformation option converts rows to columns and columns to rows?
Transpose
Pivot Column
Unpivot Columns
?Unpivot Other Columns
Unattempted
Transpose option converts rows as columns and columns as rows.
54. Question
You store completed sales information for each salesperson in your accounting database. The sales quotas
are stored in Excel files that the head of sales manages. You must combine the data together, but the
quota data has a separate column for every month of the year. How would you shape the data so that each
row of the quota data is specific to a single month?
Use the unpivot data transformation step in the Power Query Editor.
Use the SUMMARIZECOLUMNS function in Data Analysis Expressions (DAX).
Use the PIVOT command in your SQL query.
Use the transpose option in Excel.
Unattempted
55. Question
You obtain two tables, products and sales, with a one-to-many relationship between the two. Your users
want you to add a color column to the sales table, which pulls the value from the product table. Which
function solves this issue?
RELATEDTABLE()
SEARCH()
FIND()
RELATED()
Unattempted
56. Question
Which publishing option supports rendering Power BI reports on-premises without an external network
connection?
Power BI service
App Workspaces
Power BI embedded
Power BI Report Server
Unattempted
57. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
suppliers.
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees


Requirements.
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
month exceeds 5%.
table.
view all the data.
You need to create the Top Customers report.
Which type of filter should you use, and at which level should you apply the filter? To answer, select the
appropriate options in the answer area. (Drag and DROP not supported in Udemy, please choose from
options)
NOTE –
Each correct selection is worth one point.

TOPN, Visual
TOPN, Basic
Advanced, Visual
Unattempted
Box 1: Top N –
Scenario: The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts
in a selected order month or quarter, product category, and sales region.
Once you drag to SKU to Visual level filter you should get Top N option
Note: The two most common filter types: automatic and manual.
Then there are more advanced filters.
Box 2: Visual –
Once you drag to SKU to Visual level filter you should get Top N option.
Reference:
https://powerbidocs.com/2020/01/21/power-bi-top-n-filters/
58. Question
After you answer a question in this scenario, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these
You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named
Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the data as numerical amount representing US dollars.
Solution: You create an average line by using the Salary measure.
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
Instead create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.
Note: The 50th percentile is also known as the median or middle value where 50 percent of observations
fall below.
Reference:
59. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference the information that is
provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more
information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the
other question in this case study.
Overview –
Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Microsoft Power BI dashboards and reports.
Sales Data –
The Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of
yyyymm.
yyyyww.
The sales_id column in the Sales table represents a unique transaction.
The region_id column can be managed by only one sales manager.
Data Concerns –
Reporting Requirements –
Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.
Regional managers require a visual to analyze weekly sales and returns.
Sales managers must be able to see the sales data of their respective regions only.
The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
The sale department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Users must be able to see the month in reports as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.
The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month
independently.
You need to create a calculated column to display the month based on the reporting requirements.
A. FORMAT(‘Date‘[date], “MMM YYYY“)
B. FORMAT(‘Date‘ [date], “M YY“)
C. FORMAT(‘Date‘[date_id], “MMM“) & ““ & FORMAT(‘Date‘[year], “#“)
D. FORMAT(‘Date‘ [date_id], “MMM YYYY“)
Unattempted
FORMAT(‘Date‘ [date_id], “MMM YYYY“) will give you output as Feb 2020.
60. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
Overview –
Sales Data –
yyyymm.
yyyyww.
Data Concerns –
independently.
You need to review the data for which there are concerns before creating the data model.
What should you do in Power Query Editor?
A. Transform the sales_amount column to replace negative values with 0.
B. Select Column distribution.
C. Select the sales_amount column and apply a number filter.
D. Select Column profile and then select the sales_amount column.
Unattempted
61. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
Overview –
Sales Data –
yyyymm.
yyyyww.
Data Concerns –
independently.
Select and Place:
IF, ISFILTERED, SUM
IF, SUM, KEEPFILTERS
IF, AND, SUM
Unattempted
Box 1: IF
Box 2: ISFILTERED
Box 3: SUM
Reference:
62. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
in this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. A mail-enabled security group will be
used to share information with the board.
reports.
Revenue trends over time
Ending balances for each account
A comparison of expenses versus projections by the quarter
Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter
A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter during the prior year
What is the minimum number of Power BI datasets needed to support the reports?
A. two imported datasets

B. a single DirectQuery dataset
C. two DirectQuery datasets
D. a single imported dataset
Unattempted
Data for the reports comes from three sources. Detailed revenue, cost, and expense data comes from
Azure SQL database.
Summary balance sheet data comes from Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central. The balance sheet
data is not related to the profit and loss results, except for they both relate dates.
Monthly revenue and expense projections come from a Microsoft SharePoint Online list. Quarterly
projections relate to the profit and loss results by using dimensions: date, business unit, department, and
product category.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-understand
63. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
in this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
reports.
Which DAX expression should you use to get the ending balances in the balance sheet reports?
A. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet [BalanceAmount] ), DATESQTD( ‘Date‘[Date] ) )
B. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet [BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE( ‘Date‘[Date] ) )
C. FIRSTNONBLANK ( ‘Date‘ [Date] SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ) )
D. CALCULATE ( MAX( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE( ‘Date‘ [Date] ) )
Unattempted
Scenario:
At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must reflect the ending
balances for the quarter and for previous quarter.
DATESQTD returns a table that contains a column of the dates for the quarter to date, in the current
context.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/datesqtd-function-dax
64. Question
Case Study –
time provided.
in this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
reports.
You need to calculate the last day of the month in the balance sheet data to ensure that you can relate the
balance sheet data to the Date table.
Which type of calculation and which formula should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
A DAX calculated column, Date.EndOFMonth(#date([year],[month],1))
A DAX calculated Measure, Date.EndOFMonth(#date([year],[month],1))
A DAX calculated Measure, Date.EndOFQuarter(#date([year],[month],1))

An M custom column, EndofQuarter(date(‘balanceSheet‘[year], balanceSheet[month],1),0)
Unattempted
The following sample formula creates a measure that returns the end of the quarter, for the current
context.
= ENDOFQUARTER(DateTime[DateKey])
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/endofquarter-function-dax
65. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
Overview –
Sales Data –
In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of
yyyymm.
yyyyww.
Data Concerns –
Sales managers must be able to see the sales data of their respective region only.
independently.
You need to create a visualization to meet the reporting requirements of the sales managers.
How should you create the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
KPI, Sales[sales_amount], Date[month], Targets[sales_target]
KPI, Sales[sales_amount], Targets[sales_target], Date[month]
Sales[sales_amount], Targets[sales_target], Date[month], KPI
Unattempted
Scenario: The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.
Box 1: KPI –
A key performance indicator (KPI) is a visual indicator that communicates the amount of progress made
toward a measurable goal.
Box 2: Sales[sales_amount]
Box 3: Date[month]
Time > FiscalMonth. This value will represent the trend.
Box 4: Targets[sales_target]
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-kpi
practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 14

Your time: 00:00:02
Average score
58.79%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
reports.
DRAG DROP (Udemy doesn‘t support so choose from options) –
Select and Place:
IF, ISFILTERED, SUM
IF, KEEPFILTERS, SUM
IF, AND, SUMX
Unattempted
Scenario: Revenue projections are set at the monthly level and summed to show projections for the
quarter.
Box 1: IF –
Box 2: ISFILTERED –
Box 3: SUM –
Reference:
2. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
Overview –
department level.
Business Issues –
Requirements –
Planned Changes –
reports.
Which two types of visualizations can be used in the balance sheet reports to meet the reporting goals?
Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. a line chart that shows balances by quarter filtered to account categories that are long-term
liabilities.
B. a clustered column chart that shows balances by date (x-axis) and account category (legend)
without filters.
C. a clustered column chart that shows balances by quarter filtered to account categories that are
long-term liabilities.
D. a pie chart that shows balances by account category without filters.
E. a ribbon chart that shows balances by quarter and accounts in the legend.
Unattempted
3. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
suppliers.
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees


Requirements.
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
month exceeds 5%.
table.
view all the data.
You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the
percentage of late orders.
Which type of visualization should you create?
A. bar chart
B. scatterplot
C. pie chart
Unattempted
Scenario: The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or
quarter:
Note: Bar and column charts are some of the most widely used visualization charts in Power BI. They can
be used for one or multiple categories. Both these chart types represent data with rectangular bars,
where the size of the bar is proportional to the magnitude of data values.
The difference between the two is that if the rectangles are stacked horizontally, it is called a bar chart. If
the rectangles are vertically aligned, it is called a column chart.
Reference:
https://www.pluralsight.com/guides/bar-and-column-charts-in-power-bi
4. Question
time provided.
on this case study.
suppliers.
Orders
Products
Suppliers
Categories
Order Details
Sales Employees


Requirements.
Top Products
Top Customers
On-Time Shipping
month exceeds 5%.
table.
view all the data.
You need to create the Top Customers report.
Which type of filter should you use, and at which level should you apply the filter? To answer, select the
appropriate options in the answer area. (Drag and DROP not supported in Udemy, please choose from
options)
NOTE –
Each correct selection is worth one point.
TOPN, VISUAL
TOPN, REPORT
ADVANCED, VISUAL
Unattempted
Box 1: Top N –
Scenario: The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts
in a selected order month or quarter, product category, and sales region.
Once you drag to SKU to Visual level filter you should get Top N option
Note: The two most common filter types: automatic and manual.
Then there are more advanced filters.
Box 2: Visual –
Once you drag to SKU to Visual level filter you should get Top N option.
Reference:
5. Question
You have the tables shown in the following table.
The Impressions table contains approximately 30 million records per month.
You need to create an ad analytics system to meet the following requirements:
-> Present ad impression counts for the day, campaign, and Site_name. The analytics for the last year are
required.
-> Minimize the data model size.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer forms part of the solution.
A. Group the impressions by Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date. Aggregate by using the
CountRows function.
B. Create one-to-many relationships between the tables.
C. Create a calculated measure that aggregates by using the COUNTROWS function.
D. Create a calculated table that contains Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date.
Unattempted
6. Question
You open a query in Power Query Editor.
You need to identify the percentage of empty values in each column as quickly as possible.
Which Data Preview option should you select?
A. Show whitespace
B. Column profile
C. Column quality
D. Column distribution
Unattempted
Note: In Power Query Editor, Under View tab in Data Preview Section we can see the following data
profiling functionalities:
-> Column quality
-> Column distribution
-> Column profile
Reference:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Community-Blog/Data-Profiling-in-Power-BI-Power-BI-Update-April-
2019/ba-p/674555
7. Question
You have a prospective customer list that contains 1,500 rows of data. The list contains the following
fields:
-> First name
-> Last name
-> Email address
-> State/Region
-> Phone number
You import the list into Power Query Editor.
You need to ensure that the list contains records for each State/Region to which you want to target a
marketing campaign.
A. Open the Advanced Editor.
B. Select Column quality.
C. Enable Column profiling based on entire dataset.
D. Select Column distribution.
E. Select Column profile.
Unattempted
Data Profiling, Quality & Distribution in Power BI / Power Query features
To enable these features, you need to go to the View tab Ã Data Preview Group Ã Check the following:
-> Column quality
-> Column profile
-> Column distribution
8. Question
You have an API that returns more than 100 columns. The following is a sample of column names.
-> client_notified_timestamp
-> client_notified_source
-> client_notified_sourceid
-> client_notified_value
-> client_responded_timestamp
-> client_responded_source
-> client_responded_sourceid
-> client_responded_value
You plan to include only a subset of the returned columns.
You need to remove any columns that have a suffix of sourceid.
How should you complete the Power Query M code? To answer, select the appropriate options from
answer choices.
Below image is for your reference as it‘s asked in the real exam.
table.removeColumns, list.select, text.contains
table.findtext, list.select, text.from
table.fromlist, list.contains, text.endswith
table.removecolumns, table.fromlist, text.contains
Unattempted
Reference:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Remove-columns-containing-a-certain-value/td-
p/759657
9. Question
You import two Microsoft Excel tables named Customer and Address into Power Query. Customer
contains the following columns:
-> Customer ID
-> Customer Name
-> Phone
-> Email Address
-> Address ID
Address contains the following columns:
-> Address ID
-> Address Line 1
-> Address Line 2
-> City
-> State/Region
-> Country
-> Postal Code
The Customer ID and Address ID columns represent unique rows.
You need to create a query that has one row per customer. Each row must contain City, State/Region, and
Country for each customer.
What should you do?
A. Merge the Customer and Address tables.
B. Transpose the Customer and Address tables.
C. Group the Customer and Address tables by the Address ID column.
D. Append the Customer and Address tables.
Unattempted
There are two ways of combining queries: merging and appending.
-> When you have one or more columns that you need to add to another query, you should merge the
queries.
-> When you have additional rows of data that you need to add to an existing query, you should append
the query.
Reference:
10. Question
You have the following three versions of an Azure SQL database:
-> Test
-> Production
-> Development
You have a dataset that uses the development database as a data source.
You need to configure the dataset so that you can easily change the data source between the
development, test, and production database servers from powerbi.com.
Which should you do?
A. Create a JSON file that contains the database server names. Import the JSON file to the dataset.
B. Create a parameter and update the queries to use the parameter.
C. Create a query for each database server and hide the development tables.
D. Set the data source privacy level to Organizational and use the ReplaceValue Power Query M
function.
Unattempted
An organizational data source limits the visibility of a data source to an authorised group of people. An
Organizational data source is isolated from all public data sources however it is visible to other
organizational data sources.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/desktop-privacy-levels
11. Question
You are building a dataset from a JSON file that contains an array of documents.
You need to import attributes as columns from all the documents in the JSON file. The solution must
ensure that date attributes can be used as date hierarchies in Microsoft Power BI reports.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate solution wherein
steps are in correct order.
Expand the records, Add columns that use data type conversions, Convert the list to a table
Expand the records, Add columns that use data type conversions, Set the data types
Expand the columns, Add columns that use data type conversions, Convert the list to a table
Unattempted
Steps :-
1) Expand the records. First Open Power BI desktop and navigate to Power Query, import the JSON file,
then load the data, click on the record to expand it and to see the record and list.
2) Add columns that use data type conversions.
3) Convert the list to a table
12. Question
You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged
contains the date and time each complaint occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2019-
12-31 at 07:30.
You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.
What should you do?
A. Create a column by example that starts with 2019-12-31.
B. Apply the Parse function from the Date transformations options to the Logged column.
C. Apply a transform to extract the first 11 characters of the Logged column.
D. Create a column by example that starts with 2019-12-31 and set the data type of the new column
to Date.
Unattempted
With M Query you can Split Date and Time into Separate Columns by using a transform.
Here , A and D both can be used however, since we have to use built-in hierarchy and functions, option C
is correct.
Reference:
https://www.myexcelonline.com/blog/split-the-date-using-power-query-or-get-transform/
13. Question
You have a data model that contains many complex DAX expressions. The expressions contain frequent
references to the RELATED and RELATEDTABLE functions.
You need to recommend a solution to minimize the use of the RELATED and RELATEDTABLE functions.
A. Split the model into multiple models.
B. Transpose.
C. Hide unused columns in the model.
D. Merge tables by using Power Query.
Unattempted
When you have one or more columns that you want to add to another query, you merge the queries.
The RELATEDTABLE function is a shortcut for the CALCULATETABLE function with no logical
expression.
CALCULATETABLE evaluates a table expression in a modified filter context and returns A table of values.
Reference:
14. Question
You have a large dataset that contains more than 1 million rows. The table has a DateTime column named
Date.
You need to reduce the size of the data model.
What should you do?
Round the hour of the Date column to startOfHour.
Split the Date column into two columns, one that contains only the time and another that contains
only the date
Change the data type of the Date column to Text.
Trim the Date column.
Unattempted
We must separate date and time tables. Also, we need not put the time into the date table, as the time
is repeated every day.
Split your DateTime column into different date and time columns in the fact table, so that you can join
the date to the date table & the time to the time table. The time needs to be converted to the nearest
round minute or second so that every time in your data corresponds to a row in your time table.
Reference:
https://intellipaat.com/community/6461/how-to-include-time-in-date-hierarchy-in-power-bi
15. Question
You are modeling data in a table named SalesDetail by using Microsoft Power BI.
You need to provide end users with access to the summary statistics about the SalesDetail data. The users
require insights on the completeness of the data and the value distributions.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select appropriate actions from the
answer choices .
Below image is for reference to how it‘s asked in the real exam.
Select and Place:

Create a query that uses a common data service as a data service, Specify the following query then
close and apply - table.profile(#“SalesDetails“) , Create a visual for the query table
Create a blank query as a data source, Specify the following query then close and apply -
table.profile(#“SalesDetails“) , Create parameter ......
Create a blank query as a data source, Specify the following query then close and apply -
table.profile(#“SalesDetails“), Create a visual for the query table
Unattempted
Reference:
https://radacad.com/create-a-profiling-report-in-power-bi-give-the-end-user-information-about-the-data
16. Question
You create the following step by using Power Query Editor.
– Table.ReplaceValue(SalesLT_Address,“1115“,“1116“,Replacer.ReplaceText,{“AddressLine1“})
A row has a value of “21115 Hollywood Street“ in the AddressLine1 column.
What will the value be when the step is applied?
1115
21116 Hollywood Street
1116
21115 Hollywood Street
Unattempted
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/table-replacevalue
17. Question
You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an
App workspace in shared capacity of powerbi.com.
The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows.
The dataset is scheduled to refresh twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.
The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.
Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.
You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.
A. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.
B. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.
C. Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.
D. Change the imported dataset to DirectQuery.
Unattempted
DirectQuery: With this method, no data is imported or copied into Power BI Desktop.
Import: The selected tables and columns are imported into Power BI Desktop. As you create or interact
with a visualization, Power BI Desktop uses the imported data.
Benefits of using DirectQuery –
There are a few benefits to using DirectQuery:
-> DirectQuery lets you build visualizations over very large datasets, where it is practically impractical to
import all the data with pre-aggregation.
-> Underlying data changes can require a refresh of data. For some reports, the need to display current
data can require large data transfers, making reimporting data unfeasible. DirectQuery reports always use
current data.
The 1-GB dataset limitation doesn‘t apply to DirectQuery.
Reference:
18. Question
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these
You have a Power BI model that contains two tables named Sales and Date. Sales contains four columns
named TotalCost, DueDate, ShipDate, and OrderDate.
Date contains one column named Date.
-> Sales[DueDate] and Date[Date]
-> Sales[ShipDate] and Date[Date]
-> Sales[OrderDate] and Date[Date]
The active relationship is on Sales[DueDate].
You need to create measures to count the number of orders by [ShipDate] and the orders by [OrderDate].
You must meet the goal without duplicating data or loading additional data.
Solution: You create a calculated table. You create a measure that uses the new table.
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
References:
https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee634966.aspx
19. Question
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these
You have a Power BI model that contains two tables named Sales and Date. Sales contains four columns
named TotalCost, DueDate, ShipDate, and OrderDate.
Date contains one column named Date.
-> Sales[DueDate] and Date[Date]
-> Sales[ShipDate] and Date[Date]
-> Sales[OrderDate] and Date[Date]
The active relationship is on Sales[DueDate].
You need to create measures to count the number of orders by [ShipDate] and the orders by [OrderDate].
You must meet the goal without duplicating data or loading additional data.
Solution: You create two copies of the Date table named ShipDate and OrderDateGet. You create a
measure that uses the new tables.
Yes
No
Unattempted
References:
20. Question
You have a workspace that contains 10 dashboards. A dashboard named Sales Data displays data from two
datasets. You discover that users are unable to find data on the dashboard by using natural language
queries.
You need to ensure that the users can find data by using natural language queries.
What should you do?
A. From the settings of the workspace, modify the Language Settings.
B. From the properties of the datasets, modify the Q&A and Cortana settings.
C. From the Sales Data dashboard, set the dashboard as a Favorite.
D. From the properties of the dashboard, modify the Q&A settings.
Unattempted
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-q-and-a-direct-query#limitations-during-public-preview
21. Question
You have a table named Sales. Sales contains the data shown in the following table.
You have the following measure.
Total Sales This Year = SUM([Total Sales])
You plan to create a KPI to compare the current yearly sales to the previous year as shown in the exhibit.
(Click the Exhibit button.)
You need to create the measure for the goal.
How should you complete the DAX formula? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets.
Each value may be used once, more than once, or not at all.
In the real exam , You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. Here at
udemy, we don‘t have that utility, please use appropriate options from answers.
Select and Place:
Calculate, dateadd
calculate, sumx
sumx, dateadd
calculate, previousyear
Unattempted
22. Question
You are creating a report in Power BI Desktop.
You are consuming the following tables.
You have a new table named Fiscal that has the same schema as the Date table, but contains the fiscal
dates of your company.
You need to create a report that displays the total sales by fiscal month and calendar month.
What should you do?
A. Union Fiscal and Date as one table.
B. Add Fiscal to the model and create a one-to-one relationship by using Date[Year] and Fiscal[Year].
C. Add Fiscal to the model and create a one-to-many relationship by using Date[Year] and
Fiscal[Year].
D. Merge Fiscal into the Date table.
Unattempted
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-shape-and-combine-data
23. Question
In what way do Quick Measures simplify the DAX learning curve?
Quick Measures create DAX formulas that you can later inspect.
Quick Measures are each accompanied with a video tutorial.
Quick Measures explain each line of code in a formula.
Quick measures are grouped into categories based on the measure type.
Unattempted
24. Question
What feature would you use to specify different values for theoretical scenarios, such as different values
for annual interest?
Power Query parameters
Power Query custom functions
What If parameters
PowerApps visualizations
Unattempted
25. Question
What happens when you delete a relationship between two tables in the DAX data model?
Filters will no longer propagate between those two tables.
Measures containing columns from both tables will fail to work.
You will not be able to add columns from both tables to the same visual.
The child table will also be deleted.
Unattempted
26. Question
Which of the following Azure Cognitive Services models can be called through the AI insights feature in
Power BI Desktop?
A. Sentiment Analysis
B. Key Phrase Extraction
C. K-mean Clustering
D. Language Detection
E. Binary Classification
F. All of the above
Unattempted
AI Insights option in Power BI Desktop includes Azure Cognitive Services models -Sentiment Analysis,
Key Phrase Extraction, and Language Detection. These models help derive the meaning or specific pieces
of language from text data. For example, the Sentiment Analysis or Key Phrase Extraction option can be
used to know the customer sentiments in the Help tickets and visually demonstrate the results in Power
BI.
Option A is correct as Sentiment analysis is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called through
the AI insights feature of Power BI Desktop.
Option B is correct as Key Phrase Extraction is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called
through the AI insights feature of Power BI Desktop.
Option C is incorrect as the K-mean clustering model is not available through AI insights to feature in
Power BI Desktop.
Option D is correct as Language Detection is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called
Option E is incorrect as the Binary Classification model is not available through the AI insights to feature
in Power BI Desktop.
Option F is incorrect as K-mean clustering and Binary classification models are not available through the
AI Insights feature.
Reference:
To know more about the AI Insights, please check the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/perform-analytics-power-bi/10-ai-insights
27. Question
Consider the below-given sample data:
Date Day Month
2/1/2021 1 2
2/2/2021 2 2
2/3/2021 3 2
2/4/2021 4 2
You need to create a calculated column to show the date in a format like this February 01, 2021. Which of
the following DAX expression would you use?
A. FORMAT([Date],M)|| FORMAT([Date],D)|| FORMAT([Date],Y)
B. FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY)
C. FORMAT([Date],MMM)|| FORMAT([Date],DD)|| FORMAT([Date],YYYY)
D. FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],MMM)|| FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],DD)||

FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],YYYY)
Unattempted
“MMMM“ is a user-defined format for date/time that displays the full month name as the month.
FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY) is the right DAX expression.
Option A is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Option B is correct. FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY“) is the right DAX expression to show the date
in the required format.
Option C is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Option D is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Reference:
28. Question
The data model has an impact on the time consumed in the refreshing of a model but once the model is
loaded in the memory, it has no impact on the performance of the reports.
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
In the case of a large data model, the measures need to iterate over more data and therefore the
evaluation is likely to consume more time that will certainly affect the performance of the reports.
Therefore, reducing the size of the data model by removing the unnecessary rows or columns will help in
improving the performance of the reports.
Reference:
To know more about the optimization, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/power-bi-optimization?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-5003635
29. Question
You build a map of 3,40,000 students using an R visual. You ensure that the values of student_id,
longitude, and latitude are added in the fields sent to the visual. Each Student_id is unique representing an
individual student. But when the visual is loaded by the users in Power BI, it shows the details for only
some of the students; not all. What is the reason behind this issue?
A. A different version of R was used to build the visual
B. The data was duplicated
C. The data originates from a Microsoft SQL Server source
D. The number of records to be shown were higher than the capacity of R visuals
Unattempted
There are a number of limitations of R visuals in Power BI Services and data size limitation is one of
them. Data considered by the R visuals for plotting is limited to 1,50,000 rows. If the users select more
than 1,50,000 rows, only the top 1,50,000 rows are considered and a message is shown on the image.
Also, there is a limit of 250 MB for the input data.
Option A is incorrect. Using the different versions of R can‘t be the possible reason behind showing the
details for only a few students, not all.
Option B is incorrect. As each student_id is unique, the data cant be duplicated.
Option C is incorrect. The data that originates from a Microsoft SQL Server source is not the potential
cause of the issue.
Option D is correct. Data considered by the R visuals for plotting is limited to 1,50,000 rows. If the users
select more than 1,50,000 rows, only the top 1,50,000 rows are considered.
Reference:
To know more about the R Visuals, please refer to the link below:
30. Question
Which of the following chart is the great choice to identify or display the outliers?
A. Line Chart
B. Scatter Chart
C. Bar chart
D. Donut chart
Unattempted
Scatter chart is the best choice to identify the outliers in the data. After identification of the outliers, the
reasons for their existence can be investigated or explored and corrective action is taken. The following is
an example of a Scatter chart that shows the number of orders by Orders Shipped by Product
Category.
Option A is incorrect as Line charts are not appropriate to display the outliers. Scatter charts are the
better choice.
Option B is correct as the Scatter chart is a good choice to display the outliers.
Option C is incorrect as Bar charts are not appropriate to display the outliers. Scatter charts are the better
choice.
Option D is incorrect as the Scatter chart, not Donut charts, are a good choice to display the outliers.
Reference:
To know more about the visuals, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/perform-analytics-power-bi/3-visuals
31. Question
Which of the following might be the possible considerations for using the Add Column From Examples
feature in the query editor?
A. Youre sure about the data that you need in your new column, but you are not sure about the
transformation or set of transformations, that will get you the same
B. Youre confirmed about all the transformations that you need using a Custom Column expression
in M language, but one (or more) of these expressions are not available in the UI
C. Youre sure about the transformations that you need, but you are not sure what to choose in the
UI to let them happen
D. All the above
Unattempted
With the add column from examples feature in Power Query Editor, you can add new columns to your
data model just by giving one or more example values for the new columns. You can create the new
column examples from a selection, or give input depending upon all existing columns in the table.
Using add column from example allows you to easily and quickly create new columns, and is ideal for the
following conditions or situations:
You know the data you need in your new column, but you are not sure about the transformation or set of
transformations, that will get you the same.
You already know the transformations that you require, but you are not sure what to choose in the UI to
make them happen.
You know all about the transformations you require using a Custom Column expression in M language,
but one or more of these expressions are not available in the UI
Option A is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Examples. All the given reasons are possible reasons.
Option B is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Option C is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Option D is correct. All the given reasons are the potential considerations to use Add Column from
Examples.
Reference:
To know more about Add Column From Example, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-add-column-from-example?
WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-5003635
32. Question
Which of the following is the right DAX function to modify a single directional relationship to a bi-directional
relationship on the fly (within the measure)?
A. TREATAS
B. USERELATIONSHIP
C. CROSSFILTER
D. RELATEDTABLE
E. RELATED
Unattempted
CROSSFILTER is a DAX function that takes the two columns and set the cross filter relationship between
these columns.
Option A is incorrect. TREATAS allows you to create virtual relationships. This function is best to use
when there exists no relationship between the tables.
Option B is incorrect. USERELATIONSHIP function is used to activate the inactive relationships.
Option C is correct. CROSSFILTER function allows modifying a single directional relationship to a bi-

directional relationship.
Option D is incorrect. RELATEDTETABLE is a DAX function that modifies the context in which the data
is filtered, and calculates the given expression in the new specified context.
Option E is incorrect. RELATED function returns a related value from some other table. To use the
Related function, there is a need for a relationship between the current table and the table having related
data.
Reference:
To know more about the DAX functions, please visit the below given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/crossfilter-function
33. Question
You are supposed to create or manage the required relationships to accomplish the requirements of the
customer services department. As you are confused about what relations should be created, you take
advice from one of your friends. He advises you that one of the relations that you must create is:
One to many relationships between Dates[date_id] to Weekly_Return[week_id]
Will it help in meeting the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
It is not possible to create a relationship between date_id of Dates and week_id of Weekly_Return. The
customer services department needs a visual which can be filtered by both ship month and sales month
independently.
Power BI Desktop allows only one relationship to be active between a Dimension table and the Fact
table, therefore, one solution is to create an additional table and create suitable relationships for filtering.
Reference:
To know more about modeling relationships in Power BI Desktop, please visit the below-given link:
34. Question
Which of the following is a potential way to improve the performance while getting the data in Power BI?
A. Combining the date and time columns in a single column
B. Pulling the data only into Power BI Service, nor Power BI Desktop
C. Performing some calculations in the original data source
D. Using SELECT SQL statement in SQL queries while pulling the data from a relational database
Unattempted
Power Query and Power Query Editor are designed to allow you to process the data, but the processing
power needed to do this may decrease the performance in other areas of your reports. Therefore, it is
always a good practice to process as much as possible data in the original data source.
Option A is incorrect. Combining the date and column in a single column is not the right option as
Separating the columns date and time will enhance the compression and therefore the performance.
Option B is incorrect. Pulling the data only into the Power BI Service is not the right option as there is no
performance difference between Power BI service and Power BI Desktop.
Option C is correct. It is always a good practice to process as much as possible data in the original data
source to improve the performance.
Option D is incorrect. Using a SELECT SQL statement in SQL queries while pulling the data from a
relational database might decrease the performance as in this way, you are likely to get more rows and
columns than needed.
Reference:
To know more about the performance issues, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/get-data/8-performance-issues
35. Question
You need to create some visualizations in Power BI Desktop using Python Scripting. After installing and
configuring Python for Power BI Desktop, you run the below-given code:
In the response, you get the following error message.

How would you fix this issue?
A. By refreshing the IDE settings
B. By adding the command pyplot.show() to the script
C. By refreshing the dataset origin connection
D. By enabling the python visuals before code is run
Unattempted
To make the code run, you need to add the command pyplot.show() to the script. The script is
incomplete without this command. Without using this command, no visual will be created.
Option A is incorrect. Refreshing the IDE settings wont fix the issue.
Option B is correct. Adding the command pyplot.show() to the script will make the script complete and
fix the issue.
Option C is incorrect. Refreshing the dataset origin connection wont fix the issue.
Option D is incorrect. Enabling the python visuals before the code is run is not the right option.
References:
To know more about the desktop python visuals and desktop python scripts, please refer to the below
links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-visuals
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-scripts
36. Question
Which of the following options is not a privacy level in Power BI desktop?
A. Private
B. Public
C. Organizational
D. Confidential
Unattempted
In Power BI Desktop, a privacy level specifies an isolation level that specifies the degree to which one
data source is isolated from other data sources. There are three possible privacy levels for data sources –
private, public, and organizational. Here is the table describing the different privacy levels.
Option A is incorrect. Private is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option B is incorrect. Public is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option C is incorrect. Organizational is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option D is correct. Confidential is not a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Reference:
To know more about the privacy levels in Power BI Desktop, please refer to the link below:
37. Question
You need to register an app for embedding Power BI content. You are thinking of using an account which
does not have a Power BI Pro license. Will it work for you?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
For registering an app and embedding the Power BI content, you must have a Power BI Pro license.
Before you register your app, it is always recommended to decide which solution suits you best: Embed
for your customers or Embed for your organization. If you want to design your applications for your
customers, utilize the embed for your customers solutions. It does not demand users to have a Power BI
license or sign in to Power Bi. The application uses either the Master user account or Service principle to
authenticate the users against Power BI. On the other hand, if you want to design an application that
needs the users to utilize their credentials to authenticate against Power BI, go with embed for your
organization solution.
Reference:
To know more about registering an app, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/register-app?tabs=customers%2CAzure
38. Question
Why is it advised to avoid the NULL values in the numeric column?
A. DAX expression having SUM function on such data will provide incorrect results
B. DAX expression having MAX function on such data will provide incorrect results
C. DAX expression having an AVERAGE function on such data will provide incorrect results
D. DAX Expressions cant be applied if a numeric column has one or multiple NULL values
E. All the above
Unattempted
AVERAGE function calculates the average by considering the total and dividing that by the number of
non-null values. As Null values wont be considered, the returned average will be greater than the
accurate average.
Option A is incorrect as the SUM function will ignore the null values. As Null values are just like zero, it
will return the accurate result.
Option B is incorrect as the MAX expression will take the maximum non-null value and therefore return
the correct result.
Option C is correct as the AVERAGE function calculates the average by considering the total and dividing
that total by the number of non-null values. As Null values wont be considered, the returned average will
be greater than the accurate average.
Option D is incorrect as DAX expressions can be applied even if the column has null values and the
expressions like SUM and MAX return the correct result even in the case of NULL values.
Option E is incorrect. Option C is the correct answer.
Reference:
To know more about DAX expressions and data shaping, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/clean-data-power-bi/2-shape-data
39. Question
You need to configure a Gauge chart. Where would you set the goal for this?
A. Format Settings
B. Power Query
C. Calculated Column
D. DAX Expression
Unattempted
In the Gauge chart, it is possible to set Maximum, Minimum, and Target values manually from the
Format pane.
Option A is correct. Format Settings is the right option to set the goal in the Gauge chart.
Option B is incorrect. Format Settings, not Power Query, is the right option to set the goal in the Gauge
chart.
Option C is incorrect. Format Settings, not Calculated Column, is the right option to set the goal in the
Gauge chart.
Option D is incorrect. Format Settings, not DAX Expression, is the right option to set the goal in the
Gauge chart.
Reference:
To know more about the Gauge chart, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-radial-gauge-charts
40. Question
You want to calculate/ return the last day of the month in the BS data to make sure that the BS data can be
related to the Date table. Which of the following type of calculations would you use?
A. A DAX calculated column
B. A DAX calculated measure
C. An M custom column
D. None of the above
Unattempted
To meet the requirement, you need to use a M custom column with the formula –
Date.EndOfMonth(#date([Year],[Month],1))
Option A is incorrect. A DAX calculated column wont ensure that BS data is related to the Date table.
Using an M custom column is the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. It is not possible to relate using a calculated measure. So, using a DAX calculated
measure is not the right choice.
Option C is correct. An M custom column with formula – Date.EndOfMonth(#date([Year],[Month],1)) can

be used to know the last day for the month in the BS data and meet the above said requirement.
Option D is incorrect. Using an M custom column will help in meeting the goal.
Reference:
To know more about M functions, please visit the below-given link:
41. Question
Which of the following types of explanations can be used to query the data from Azure Analysis Services
cubes?
A. Transact-SQL (T-SQL)
B. Multidimensional Expressions (MDX)
C. Data Analysis Expressions (DAX)
D. PL/SQL
E. Tabular Model
Unattempted
Multidimensional Expressions (MDX) and Data Analysis Expressions (DAX) are the explanations that are
used to query the data from Azure Analysis Services cubes.
Option A is incorrect as Transact-SQL (T-SQL) is the expression that is used to query the data from
Microsoft SQL Server; not Azure Analysis Services cubes.
Option B is correct as MDX expressions can be used to query the data from Azure Analysis Services
cubes.
Option C is correct as DAX MDX expressions can be used to query the data from Azure Analysis Services
cubes.
Option D is incorrect as PL/SQL is the block-structured language that combines SQL with the features of
procedural languages.
Option E is incorrect as Tabular data, along with DAX is used by Azure Analytics Services to build
calculations, similar to Power BI.
Reference:
To know more about the Azure Analysis Services, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/get-data/7-azure-analysis-services
42. Question
You need to import a huge dataset in the Power Query Editor. You want to check whether a column
consists of only the unique values. Which of the below given Data Preview Options can be used for the
given purpose?
A. Column Profile
B. Show Whitespaces
C. Column Distribution
D. Monospaced
E. Column Quality
Unattempted
Column Profile and Column distribution are two Data Preview options that can be used to check whether
a column consists of only the unique values. Column distribution gives a set of visuals below the
columns name that display the frequency and the distribution of values for each column. These
visualizations sort the data in descending order starting from the value of the highest frequency. When
you hover the distribution data in any column, it gives you the information about the data (including
unique values and distinct count) present in that column.
The column profile helps in having a more in-depth view of the data present in each column. Along with
the column distribution visual, it also presents a column statistic visual.
Option A is correct. The column profile helps in having a more in-depth view of the data present in each
column. It can be used to check whether a column consists of only the unique values or not.
Option B is incorrect. Showing whitespaces is not the right choice to check whether a column consists of
only the unique values or not.
Option C is correct. The column Distribution feature can be used to check whether a column consists of
only the unique values or not.
Option D is incorrect. Monospaced is not the right choice to check whether a column consists of only the
unique values or not.
Option E is incorrect. Column quality is not the right feature to be used for this purpose. This feature
labels the values in rows in 3 categories i.e Valid, error, and Empty. Valid values are displayed in Green,
Error in red, and Empty in dark grey.
Reference:
To know more about data profiling tools, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools
43. Question
Consider a scenario where there are two tables. One table is EMPLOYEES, having the details of the
employees in columns emp_name, address, emp_id, and joining_date. Another table is PROJECTS, having
the columns emp_id, project_id, and starting_date. Now the human resource team is interested in having
the details of the employees and the projects they are working on in one single table. Which of the
following operations would you perform?
A. Append
B. Merge
C. Combine Column
D. Union
E. Combine Row
Unattempted
Merge is the operation that is used to combine the data from multiple tables into one single table
depending upon the common column between both tables.
Option A is incorrect. Append is the operation that is performed to add up the rows of one table into
another. The new table will be having more rows (with rows from all tables) with the same number of
columns.
Option B is correct. Merge is the operation that is used to combine the data from multiple tables into one
single table depending upon the common column between both tables.
Option C is incorrect. Combine column is a column-level operation; not a table operation.
Option D is incorrect. Union operation just combines the rows of union compatible tables by removing
the repeated rows.
Option E is incorrect. Combine row is a row-level operation; not a table operation.
Reference:
To know more about the Combining tables, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/clean-data-power-bi/5-combine-tables
44. Question
Which of the following statements is true?
A. Dimension tables store the information about business entities and the Fact tables store the
observational data i.e the information regarding business events
B. Fact tables store the information about business entities and the dimensional tables store the
observational data i.e the information regarding business events
C. Fact tables and dimensional tables are just like synonyms. They represent the same thing
D. In Power BI, the dimension tables represent the roles and the fact tables represent the fact
associated with the roles
Unattempted
Dimension tables store the information about business entities, such as products or dates and the Fact
tables store the observational data i.e the information regarding business events like Product_id, Date_id,
Product_id, etc.
In the following Star Schema, Dim_Date, Dim_Product, and Dim_Store are the dimensional tables and
Fact_sales is the fact table.
Option A is correct. Dimension tables store the information about business entities, such as products or
time and the Fact tables store the observational data i.e the information regarding business events like
sales_orders, shipping_dates, and suppliers, etc.
Option B is incorrect. These are the dimensional tables, not the fact tables that store the information
about business entities. Fact tables store the observational data i.e the information regarding business
events.
Option C is incorrect. Fact and dimensional tables are different tables used to store different types of
data.
Option D is incorrect. Dimension tables store the information about business entities and the Fact
tables store the observational data i.e. the information regarding business events.
Reference:
To know more about the Fact and dimension tables, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/design-model-power-bi/4-dimensions
45. Question
Choose the correct statements regarding setting a cross filter direction property for many to one
relationship between two tables.
A. In some cases, you can set cross filter direction to single only as setting direction to both might
create an ambiguity that cant be resolved
B. If you define the cross filter direction to both, the context filter will be propagated by the tabular
database engine in both directions
C. If you define the cross filter direction to single, the context filter will be propagated by the tabular
database engine in only one direction i.e from one-sided to the many-sided table
D. If you define the cross filter direction to single, the context filter will be propagated by the tabular
database engine in only one direction i.e from many-sided to one-sided tables
Unattempted
Generally, in the case of one-to-many relationships, you can set the cross filter direction to single or both.
Although there are some cases where you are allowed to set only in a single direction as otherwise, it
can create ambiguity that might be impossible to solve.
Option A is correct. In some cases, you can set cross filter direction to single only as setting direction to
both might create an ambiguity that cant be resolved.
Option B is correct. When you select the cross filter direction to both, the context filter will be
propagated by the tabular database engine in both directions.
Option C is correct. When you select the cross filter direction to single, the context filter will be
propagated by the tabular database engine in only one direction i.e from one-sided to the many-sided
table.
Option D is incorrect. When you select the cross filter direction to single, the context filter will be
propagated by the tabular database engine from one-sided to the many-sided table, not from the many-
sided to the one-sided table.
Reference:
To know more about cross filter directions, refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand#cross-
filter-direction
46. Question
You are interested in creating a measure that will always calculate the total sales for 2020, irrespective of
the year selected in any other visual in Power BI. Which of the following is the right way to create such a
measure?
A. Total Sales for 2020= CALCULATE(SUM(‘Sales OrderDetails‘[Total Price]), YEAR(‘Sales

OrderDetails‘[orderdate]) = 2020)
B. Total Sales for 2020= SUM(CALCULATE(‘Sales OrderDetails‘[Total Price]), YEAR(‘Sales

C. Total Sales for 2020= TOTAL(SUM(‘Sales OrderDetails‘[Total Price]), YEAR(‘Sales
D. It is not possible to create such a measure
Unattempted
The CALCULATE function in DAX helps in creating a measure that will override the specific portions of
the context that are being utilized to express the correct result. The syntax to use the calculate function
is:
CALCULATE([, [, [, ]]])
Where expression represents the expression that is to be evaluated and Filter1, Filter2 are optional and
represent the table or Boolean expressions that define filters, or filter modifier functions.
As an example, the following measure can be created for the SALES table that will calculate the revenue
for the only products that have a blue color.
Blue Revenue =
CALCULATE(
SUM(Sales[Sales Amount]),
‘Product‘[Color] = “Blue“
Option A is correct. CALCULATE function in DAX is used to create a measure that will override the
specific portions of the context that are being utilized to express the correct result. As we are interested
in calculating the total sales for 2020, we will use the SUM function inside the CALCULATE.
Option B is incorrect. CALCULATE is the DAX function and SUM should be used inside the CALCULATE.
The given expression is not correct syntactically.
Option C is incorrect. Total is not the function to calculate the total sales. Instead, CALCULATE is the
right function to calculate the total sales.
Option D is incorrect. The expression given in option A is a way to create the required measure.
References:
To know more about the calculate function, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-measures-dax-power-bi/3-calculate-function
47. Question
You have recently joined an organization as a Database Administrator Associate. Your senior has asked you
to create aggregation for a particular database. Which of the following methods cant be used to create the
aggregation?
A. If you have access to the database, aggregation can be created by creating a table with the
aggregation and then importing that table into Power BI Desktop
B. If you have access to the database, aggregation can be created by creating a view for the
aggregation and then importing that view into Power BI Desktop
C. Aggregations can be created by using Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop
D. Aggregations can be created by using Data visualization tools in Power BI Desktop
Unattempted
Aggregating data means to summarize the data and present it at a higher grain. Before creating the
aggregation, it is important to decide on the grain or level at which you want to create them. After
deciding the grain, aggregations can be created in any one of the following ways:
If you have access to the database, aggregation can be created by creating a table with the aggregation
and then import that table into Power BI Desktop.
If you have access to the database, aggregation can be created by creating a view for the aggregation
and then importing that view into Power BI Desktop.
Aggregations can be created by using Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop.
Option A is incorrect as aggregations can be created by creating a table with the aggregation and then
import that table into Power BI Desktop; conditionally you have access to the database.
Option B is incorrect as aggregations can be created by creating a view with the aggregation and then
import that table into Power BI Desktop; conditionally you have access to the database.
Option C is incorrect as Aggregations can be created by using Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop.
Option D is correct as Aggregations cant be created by using Data visualization tools in Power BI
Desktop. There is a need to use Power Query Editor step by step.
Reference:
To know more about the Aggregations, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/optimize-model-power-bi/6-aggregations
48. Question
Which of the following are the right contexts for using the Funnel charts in Power BI?
A. When there are at least 4 stages and data flows among them sequentially
B. To show the beginning and ending headcount for the organization in a year
C. To calculate a possible outcome like revenue, sales, deals, etc by stages
D. To know the factors influencing a key metric. For example, what was the reason behind the
highest sale in November 2020?
E. To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process
F. To compare several measures with different value ranges
Unattempted
The funnel charts display a linear process that consists of sequential connected stages and the items
flow sequentially from one stage to the next stage. These charts are the right choices in the following
contexts:
When there are at least 4 stages and data flows among them sequentially
When the first stage is likely to have a higher number of items than the final stage.
To calculate a possible outcome like revenue, sales, deals, etc. by stages.
To calculate and track conversion and retention rates.
To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process.
Option A is correct. When there are at least 4 stages and data flows among them sequentially; the
Funnel chart is the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. A waterfall chart, not a Funnel chart, is the right choice to show the beginning and
ending headcount for the organization in a year.
Option C is correct. A funnel chart is a great choice to calculate a possible outcome like revenue, sales,
deals, etc. by stages.
Option D is incorrect. Key influencer chart, not the funnel chart, is a good choice to know the factors
influencing a key metric.
Option E is correct. Funnel charts help in revealing bottlenecks in a linear process.
Option F is incorrect. Combo chart, not the Funnel chart, is the right choice for comparing multiple
measures with different value ranges.
References:
To know more about the visualization types, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/visuals-power-bi/3-effective-visualization
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-visual-type
49. Question
Your team manager has given you a task to create a Power BI dashboard consisting of visualizations for
sales data. You have been asked to add some sample questions that can be asked by the users while using
the Q&A option. To enable the sample questions, what will you modify in the settings of Power BI?
A. Dashboards
B. Reports
C. Datasets
D. Workbooks
Unattempted
To enable the sample questions for the users, it is the datasets that should be modified in Power BI
settings.
Option A is incorrect. It is the datasets, not the dashboards, that should be modified in Power BI
settings.
Option B is incorrect. It is the datasets, not the Reports, that should be modified in Power BI settings.
Option C is correct. Datasets should be modified in Power BI settings to enable the sample questions for
the users in Q&A analysis.
Option D is incorrect. It is the datasets, not the workbooks, that should be modified in Power BI settings.
Reference:
To know more about the configurations, please refer to the below doc:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi
50. Question
EMPLOYEES is the table with the columns: Employee_id, Department_id, Department_name, Salary. You
have created a report that has the stacked column chart showing the count of Employees by
Department_name. Now you are interested in customizing the information present in the visualization
tooltip for the chart? In this case, what is the first thing that you will perform?
A. Set column Employee_id as Tooltip field
B. Set column Department_name as Tooltip field
C. Set either Employee_id or Department_name as Tooltip field
D. Create a new report page and set this report page as Tooltip
E. Go to the Format Pane of the chart and disable the Tooltip option
Unattempted
Tooltip is an amazing feature that provides more contextual detail and information to data points on a
visual. It is possible to create report tooltips that come in a picture when you hover over visuals,
depending upon the report pages you create in Power BI Desktop. After report pages are made to serve
as tooltips, your customized tooltips can consist of images, visuals, and any other collection of things you
create on the report page.
Option A is incorrect as To set the column Employee_id as a tooltip field is not the correct option. As
there is a need to create a new report page and set this report page as a tooltip.
Option B is incorrect as To Set column Department_name as Tooltip field is not the right answer. There
is a need to create a new report page and set this report page as a tooltip.
Option C is incorrect as To Set either Employee_id or Department_name as the Tooltip field is not the
right answer. There is a need to create a new report page and set this report page as a tooltip.
Option D is correct as first of all, there is a need to create a new report page and set this report page as
Tooltip to customize the information present in the visualization tooltip for the chart.
Option E is incorrect. To Go to the Format Pane of the chart and disable the Tooltip option is not the right
answer.
Reference:
To know more about the Tooltips, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips
51. Question
Which of the following elements are saved when you create a bookmark?
A. Current Page
B. DAX measures
C. Slicers with slicer type and slicer state
D. Name of the display folders that are being used to organize the fields
E. Sort order
F. Drill location
Unattempted
Bookmark is a feature in the Power BI desktop that captures the currently configured view of a report
page that allows the users to quickly return to that view later whenever needed. When a bookmark is set,
the following elements are stored/saved with it:
Current page
Filters
Slicers that include slicer type and slicer state
Visual selection state (such as cross-highlight filters)
Drill location
Sort order
Visibility of an object (by utilizing the Selection pane)
Spotlight or Focus modes of any visible object
Option A is correct as when you create a bookmark, the current page (on which you are) is saved with the
bookmark.
Option B is incorrect as DAX measures are not saved with the bookmarks.
Option C is correct as Slicers including slicer type (such as list or drop-down) and slicer state are saved
with the bookmark.
Option D is incorrect as the Name of the display folders is not saved with the bookmarks.
Option E is correct as sort order is saved when a bookmark is created.
Option F is correct as the Drill location is saved when a bookmark is created.
Reference:
To know more about the Bookmarks, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/data-driven-story-power-bi/3-buttons-bookmarks-
selections
52. Question
You are having a report of 4 pages. Every page consists of the slicers applied on the same 4 fields. Users
notice that selecting the values for a slicer on 1 page does not update the visuals on all pages. You are
required to add the functionality like once a value is selected by the users, it must filter the result on all
pages. Which of the following might be the possible solutions in this scenario?
A. Use visual level filters instead of slicers
B. Use report level filters instead of slicers
C. Use page level filters instead of slicers
D. Creating the bookmarks
E. Sync the slicers across all the pages
Unattempted
Using report level filters instead of slicers and syn the slicers across all pages are the correct answers. As
in both cases, when a user selects a value on a page, it gets automatically implied on all pages of the
report.
Option A is incorrect. Using visual level filters instead of slicers is not the correct answer.
Option B is correct. Using report level filters instead of slicers will help in achieving the goal.
Option C is incorrect. Using page-level filters instead of slicers is not the correct answer. Instead, we can
use report level filters.
Option D is incorrect. Creating the bookmarks wont help in achieving the goal.
Option E is correct. Sync the slicers across all the pages will help in ensuring that when a user applies the
slicers on a page, it gets automatically implied on all pages of the report.
Reference:
To know more about the slicers, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers
53. Question
Which of the following Azure Cognitive Services models can be called through the AI insights feature in
Power BI Desktop?
A. Sentiment Analysis
B. Key Phrase Extraction
C. K-mean Clustering
D. Language Detection
E. Binary Classification
F. All of the above
Unattempted
AI Insights option in Power BI Desktop includes Azure Cognitive Services models -Sentiment Analysis,
Key Phrase Extraction, and Language Detection. These models help derive the meaning or specific pieces
of language from text data. For example, the Sentiment Analysis or Key Phrase Extraction option can be
used to know the customer sentiments in the Help tickets and visually demonstrate the results in Power
BI.
Option A is correct as Sentiment analysis is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called through
the AI insights feature of Power BI Desktop.
Option B is correct as Key Phrase Extraction is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called
Option C is incorrect as the K-mean clustering model is not available through AI insights to feature in
Power BI Desktop.
Option D is correct as Language Detection is an Azure cognitive services model that can be called
Option E is incorrect as the Binary Classification model is not available through the AI insights to feature
Option F is incorrect as K-mean clustering and Binary classification models are not available through the
AI Insights feature.
Reference:
To know more about the AI Insights, please check the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/perform-analytics-power-bi/10-ai-insights
54. Question
You are the manager of the sales team and you have created a workspace to collaborate with the products
team. Depending upon the requirements, you have assigned the different workspace roles like Admin,
Member, Contributor, and Viewer to different members of the products team. Which of the following
actions can be performed by the contributors of the workspace?
A. Add the other users
B. Remove the other users
C. Schedule the data refreshes
D. Create and Publish the reports within the workspace
E. Update the content and reports within the workspace
F. Publish an app within the workspace but only after given the ability by the admin or members
Unattempted
Various workspace roles are provided to the users to limit accessibility. What you can do within a
workspace totally depends upon the workspace role you have been assigned with. The different
workspace roles are Admin, members, contributors, and viewers.
Option A is incorrect. It is the admin who can only add or remove the users. No other workspace role
has the ability to add or remove the users.
Option B is incorrect. It is the admin who can only add or remove the users. No other workspace role
has the ability to add or remove the users.
Option C is correct. The contributors in the workspace have the ability to schedule the data refreshes.
Option D is correct. The contributors in the workspace have the ability to create, update or publish the
content and reports within the workspace.
Option E is correct. The contributors in the workspace have the ability to create, update or publish the
content and reports within the workspace.
Option F is correct. The contributors can publish, edit or update an app within the workspace but only
after given the ability by the admin or members. They cant publish, edit or update an app within the
workspace unless provided this ability by the members or admins.
Reference:
To know more about creating and managing Workspaces, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-manage-workspaces-power-bi/2-distribute-report-
dashboard
55. Question
Here is the list of configuration steps (given in improper sequence) for Row-level security (RLS).
Create a report in Microsoft Power BI Desktop that involves import the data, confirm the data model
between both tables, and create the report visuals.
Create RLS roles in Power BI Desktop by using DAX.
Test the roles in Power BI Desktop.
Add members to the role in the Power BI service.
Deploy the report to Microsoft Power BI service.
Test the roles in the Power BI service.
The correct sequence of steps for RLS configuration is :
A. 1-3-2-4-5-6
B. 1-2-3-5-4-6
C. 1-3-2-5-4-6
D. 1-2-6-4-5-3
E. 1-2-3-4-6-5
Unattempted
The correct sequence of steps for RLS configuration is to create a report in Microsoft Power BI Desktop
that involves import the data, confirm the data model between both tables and create the report visuals,
Create RLS roles in Power BI Desktop by using DAX, Test the roles in Power BI Desktop, Deploy the
report to Microsoft Power BI service, Add members to the role in Power BI service and Test the roles in
Power BI service.
Reference:
To know more about the Row Level Security, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/row-level-security-power-bi/2-static-method
56. Question
Which of the following data sources can be connected through the “Get Data“ option in the Power BI
Desktop?
A. Power BI datasets
B. Power BI dataflows
C. Power BI Template Apps
D. All of the above
Unattempted
Here is the snapshot for the most common data types that are possible to connect with:
Options A, B and C are the data sources that can be connected through the “Get Data“ option in the
Power BI Desktop.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-data-sources
57. Question
For the query opened in Power Query Editor, you are interested in finding out the percentage of empty
cells or values in each column as soon as possible. Which of the following data Preview Options would you
select?
A. Column profile
B. Show Whitespaces
C. Column quality
D. Column distribution
Unattempted
In Power Query Editor, Column Quality, Column distribution, and Column Profile are data profiling
functionalities under the View tab in Data Preview Section. These functionalities help in understanding
the data anomalies and statistics. Out of these three functionalities, Column quality is the one that can be
used to show the percentages of data that is in error, empty and valid.
Option A is incorrect. The Column profile provides a deeper look into the statistics within the column.
This column can be used to provide many different values like the count of rows but it does not help in
identifying the percentage of empty cells in the column.
Option B is incorrect. Using Column Quality, not Show Whitespaces, is the correct option.
Option C is correct. Column quality is the data preview option that is used to show the percentages of
data that is in error, empty and valid.
Option D is incorrect. Column distribution displays the data distribution within the column and the counts
of unique and distinct values. It is not the right choice for the target goal.
Reference:
To know more about the Profile Data, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/clean-data-power-bi/6-profile-data
58. Question
Consider the below two tables Students and Area. In table Students, Registration_id is unique and in table
Area, Region_id is unique; both respecting a unique row in respective tables.
Students
Name Registration_id Grade Region_id
Aron 13456 A 1010
Frank 13457 B+ 1026
Adam 13458 A+ 1067
Steve 13459 C 1010
Area
Region_id Country
1010 USA
1026 USA
1067 UK
You are interested in creating a query that will have one row for each student and besides Name,
Registration_id, Grade, Region_id, each row should also include the country of the student. Which of the
following will help in achieving the goal?
A. Append the Students and Area tables
B. Transpose both students and Area tables
C. Merge the Students and Area tables

D. Group the Students and Area table on Region_id column
E. Apply intersection operations on the students and Area tables
Unattempted
Merge and Append are two main methods of combining the queries.
Merge is the operation that is used to combine the data from multiple tables into one single table
depending upon the common column between both tables. Append is the operation that is performed to
add up the additional rows of a table into the existing one.
Option A is incorrect. To Append the Students and Area tables is not the right option. Instead, the tables
Students and Area should be merged.
Option B is incorrect. To Transpose both students and Area tables wont help in achieving the whole
information of the students in one table.
Option C is correct. You need to merge the tables Students and Area to have the whole details of the
students including the country in one query.
Option D is incorrect. Grouping the Students and Area table on the Region_id column is not the right
choice. Rather, the students and Area should be merged.
Option E is incorrect. Apply intersection operations on the students and Area tables is not the right
choice. Rather, the Students and Area should be merged.
Reference:
To know more about the Combining tables, please refer to the link below:
59. Question
Which of the following statements are true about data granularity?
A. Data granularity represents the level of the details represented within the data
B. Data granularity represents the relationships among the various data entities
C. Data granularity represents the type of values contained by the data
D. Higher data granularity, greater the level of detail within the data
E. Higher data granularity, high domain range for the data
Unattempted
Data granularity represents the level of the details represented within the data and therefore is an
important concept in data analysis. Higher data granularity represents a greater level of details. It is very
important to define the right data granularity level as it greatly affects the usability and performance of
Power BI reports and visuals.
Option A is correct. Data granularity represents the level of the details represented within the data.
Option B is incorrect. Data granularity represents the level of the details represented within the data; not
the relationships among the various data entities.
Option C is incorrect. Data granularity represents the level of the details represented within the data; not
the type of values contained by the data.
Option D is correct. Higher data granularity represents a greater level of details.
Option E is incorrect. Data granularity represents the level of the details; not the domain values.
Reference:
To know more about the data granularity, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/design-model-power-bi/5-data-granularity
60. Question
You have a CSV file having the workers‘ badging. There is a column Starting Time in the file and the data
in this column exists in the format like 2020-12-25 at 10:00.
You need to analyze the Workers Badging trend with the column Starting Time and utilize a built-in date
hierarchy. What would you do?
A. Create a column by example starting with 2020-12-25
B. Duplicate the column Starting Time and apply the TRIM function
C. Create a column by example starting with 2020-12-25 and set DATE as the data type of the new
column
D. Create a new Date table with the help of the CALENDER function
Unattempted
For using the built-in date hierarchy, you need to create a new column by example starting with 2020-12-
25 and set DATE as the data type of that column.
Option A is incorrect. Just creating a column by example starting with 2020-12-25 wont allow using the
built-in date hierarchy.
Option B is incorrect. Duplicating the column Starting Time and applying the TRIM function is not the
right option.
Option C is correct. Creating a column by example starting with 2020-12-25 and setting DATE as the
data type of new column will allow you to use the built-in date hierarchy.
Option D is incorrect. Creating a new Date table with the help of the CALENDER function is not the right
option.
Reference:
To know more about the date hierarchy, please refer to the link below:
https://5minutebi.com/2017/11/29/how-to-use-powerbi-date-hierarchy
61. Question
Consider the below-given sample data:
Date Day Month
2/1/2021 1 2
2/2/2021 2 2
2/3/2021 3 2
2/4/2021 4 2
You need to create a calculated column to show the date in a format like this February 01, 2021. Which of
the following DAX expression would you use?
A. FORMAT([Date],M)|| FORMAT([Date],D)|| FORMAT([Date],Y)
B. FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY)
C. FORMAT([Date],MMM)|| FORMAT([Date],DD)|| FORMAT([Date],YYYY)
D. FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],MMM)|| FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],DD)||

FORMAT(Date_Table [Date],YYYY)
Unattempted
“MMMM“ is a user-defined format for date/time that displays the full month name as the month.
FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY) is the right DAX expression.
Option A is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Option B is correct. FORMAT([Date],MMMM DD, YYYY“) is the right DAX expression to show the date
in the required format.
Option C is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Option D is incorrect. The given DAX expression is not correct to show the date in the required format.
Reference:
62. Question
You have been provided with the sales data of ABC company for the years 2005-2020 and asked to build a
measure that will calculate the total sale for all years up to 2015, multiplied by a fixed multiplier. For the
years 2005-2010, the multiplier was 15% and for the years 2010-2015, it was 25%.
Fill in blanks by selecting the right sequence of the words from the given option to create the required
measure.
= (
.. ( (Date[year]),
Date[year]<2015)
),
(Date[year]>=2010,
[Sales Amount]*1.2,
[Sales Amount]*1.1)
A. FILTER, SUM, VALUES, TABLE
B. SUMX, FILTER, VALUES, IF
C. IF, VALUES, CONCATENATE, TABLE
D. IF, TABLE, SUM, FILTER
E. SUM, FILTER, IF, VALUES
Unattempted
The following is the correct DAX expression for the required purpose:
Option A is incorrect. The given sequence FILTER, SUM, VALUES, TABLE is not the correct answer.
Option B is correct. The given sequence SUMX, FILTER, VALUES, IF is the correct answer.
Option C is incorrect. The given sequence IF, VALUES, CONCATENATE, TABLE is not the correct
answer.
Option D is incorrect. The given sequence IF, TABLE, SUM, FILTER is not the correct answer.
Option E is incorrect. The given sequence SUM, FILTER, IF, VALUES is not the correct answer.
Reference:
To know more about the DAX functions, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/
63. Question
The data model has an impact on the time consumed in the refreshing of a model but once the model is
loaded in the memory, it has no impact on the performance of the reports.
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
In the case of a large data model, the measures need to iterate over more data and therefore the
evaluation is likely to consume more time that will certainly affect the performance of the reports.
Therefore, reducing the size of the data model by removing the unnecessary rows or columns will help in
improving the performance of the reports.
Reference:
To know more about the optimization, please refer to the link below:
64. Question
You build a map of 3,40,000 students using an R visual. You ensure that the values of student_id,
longitude, and latitude are added in the fields sent to the visual. Each Student_id is unique representing an
individual student. But when the visual is loaded by the users in Power BI, it shows the details for only
some of the students; not all. What is the reason behind this issue?
A. A different version of R was used to build the visual
B. The data was duplicated
C. The data originates from a Microsoft SQL Server source
D. The number of records to be shown were higher than the capacity of R visuals
Unattempted
There are a number of limitations of R visuals in Power BI Services and data size limitation is one of
them. Data considered by the R visuals for plotting is limited to 1,50,000 rows. If the users select more
than 1,50,000 rows, only the top 1,50,000 rows are considered and a message is shown on the image.
Also, there is a limit of 250 MB for the input data.
Option A is incorrect. Using the different versions of R can‘t be the possible reason behind showing the
details for only a few students, not all.
Option B is incorrect. As each student_id is unique, the data cant be duplicated.
Option C is incorrect. The data that originates from a Microsoft SQL Server source is not the potential
cause of the issue.
Option D is correct. Data considered by the R visuals for plotting is limited to 1,50,000 rows. If the users
select more than 1,50,000 rows, only the top 1,50,000 rows are considered.
Reference:
To know more about the R Visuals, please refer to the link below:
65. Question
Which of the following statements are true for Power BI paginated reports?
A. Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Desktop
B. Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Service
C. Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Report Builder
D. Power BI paginated reports are descendants of SQL Server Reporting Services
E. Power BI paginated reports are descendants of SQL Server Analysis Services
Unattempted
Paginated reports provide a pixel-perfect view of the data which means that you have total control of
how the report renders. Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Report Builder and are
descendants of SQL Server Reporting Services.
Option A is incorrect as Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Report Builder, not
Power BI Desktop.
Option B is incorrect as Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Report Builder, not
Power BI Service.
Option C is correct as Power BI paginated reports are created using Power BI Report Builder.
Option D is correct as Power BI paginated reports are descendants of SQL Server Reporting Services.
Option E is incorrect as Power BI paginated reports are descendants of SQL Server Reporting Services,
not SQL Server Analysis Services.
Reference:
To know more about the Power BI paginated reports, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-paginated-reports-power-bi/1-introduction

practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 15

Your time: 00:00:06
Average score
58.43%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
65

Answered
Review
1. Question
Which of the following tasks cant be performed using the dataset settings option of the Power BI Service?
A. Modify query editor parameter values
B. Check the cardinality for the columns in the dataset
C. Mark the dataset as certified or promoted
D. Change the credentials used for connecting to the underlying data source
E. Define the sensitivity label for the dataset
Unattempted
Using the dataset settings option in Power BI, you are able to modify query editor parameter values,
mark the dataset as certified or promoted, change the credentials used for connecting to the underlying
data source and define the sensitivity label for the dataset. But it is not possible to view or check the
cardinality of the columns using this option.
Option A is incorrect. It is possible to modify query editor parameter values using the dataset setting
option.
Option B is correct. It is not possible to check the cardinality for the columns in the dataset using the
dataset setting option.
Option C is incorrect. It is possible to mark the dataset as certified or promoted using the dataset setting
option.
Option D is incorrect. It is possible to change the credentials used for connecting to the underlying data
source using the dataset setting option.
Option E is incorrect. It is possible to define the sensitivity label for the dataset using the dataset setting
option.
Reference:
To know more about the dataset setting option in Power BI, please refer to the link below:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Service/Dataset-settings/m-p/226136
2. Question
Which of the following options is not a privacy level in Power BI desktop?
A. Private
B. Public
C. Organizational
D. Confidential
Unattempted
In Power BI Desktop, a privacy level specifies an isolation level that specifies the degree to which one
data source is isolated from other data sources. There are three possible privacy levels for data sources –
private, public, and organizational. Here is the table describing the different privacy levels.
Option A is incorrect. Private is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option B is incorrect. Public is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option C is incorrect. Organizational is a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Option D is correct. Confidential is not a valid privacy level in Power BI Desktop.
Reference:
To know more about the privacy levels in Power BI Desktop, please refer to the link below:
3. Question
You need to ensure that the managers of each product category can view the sales records for their
product category only while the Chief executive officer should be able to view all sales records in the same
report. Which of the following is the potential solution with minimal efforts?
A. Creating a separate report for chief executive officer and separate reports for every product
category manager using a different product category filter in every report
B. Creating a product_category slicer in the report

C. Implementing Dynamic row-level security
D. None of these
Unattempted
Dynamic row-level security is the potential solution provided that there is a table that could be utilized to
filter the categories depending upon the active username. The Chief executive officer can have a
separate role to see everything.
Option A is incorrect. Creating separate reports for all different product category managers will result in
duplicating the report that will eventually make it very difficult to maintain these reports. Remember, we
need to select the solution with minimal efforts.
Option B is incorrect. Creating the category slicers in the report wont keep the data secure. Therefore, it
is not the right solution.
Option C is correct. Dynamic row-level security is the potential solution provided that there is a table that
could be utilized to filter the categories depending upon the active username. The Chief executive officer
can have a separate role to see everything.
Option D is incorrect. Implementing Dynamic row-level security is the right choice.
Reference:
To know more about Dynamic row-level security, please refer to the link below:
https://radacad.com/dynamic-row-level-security-with-power-bi-made-simple
4. Question
You need to register an app for embedding Power BI content. You are thinking of using an account which
does not have a Power BI Pro license. Will it work for you?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
For registering an app and embedding the Power BI content, you must have a Power BI Pro license.
Before you register your app, it is always recommended to decide which solution suits you best: Embed
for your customers or Embed for your organization. If you want to design your applications for your
customers, utilize the embed for your customers solutions. It does not demand users to have a Power BI
license or sign in to Power Bi. The application uses either the Master user account or Service principle to
authenticate the users against Power BI. On the other hand, if you want to design an application that
needs the users to utilize their credentials to authenticate against Power BI, go with embed for your
organization solution.
Reference:
To know more about registering an app, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/register-app?tabs=customers%2CAzure
5. Question
Which of the following statements are true for dashboards and reports?
A. Dashboards can have only a single page while reports can have multiple pages
B. Reports can have only a single page while Dashboards can have multiple pages
C. Both Dashboards and Reports can have multiple pages
D. Both reports and dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data
E. Dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data while the reports cant
F. Reports can be refreshed to display the latest data while the Dashboards cant
Unattempted
The key similarities and differences between the reports and dashboards are:
A Dashboard can be created from many datasets or reports.
Dashboards do not consist of Visualization, Filter, and Fields panes that are available in Power BI Desktop
which means it is not possible to add new filters and slicers or make edits.
Dashboards can have only a single page while reports can have multiple pages.
The underlying dataset cant be seen directly in a dashboard, while it is possible to see the dataset in the
report under the Data tab in Power BI Desktop.
Both reports and dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data.
Option A is correct as Dashboards can have only a single page while reports can have multiple pages.
Option B is incorrect as these are the dashboards, not the reports, that can have only a single page while
the reports, not the dashboards, can have multiple pages.
Option C is incorrect as only the reports can have multiple pages while the dashboards can have only a
single page.
Option D is correct as Both reports and dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data.
Option E is incorrect as both reports and dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data.
Option F is incorrect as both reports and dashboards can be refreshed to display the latest data.
Reference:
To know more about the Reports and Dashboards, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-dashboards-power-bi/1-introduction
6. Question
You have created a dashboard with the help of Microsoft Power BI Service. The dashboard has a card
visual that displays the total sales from the last year.
You provide users access to the dashboard through the Viewer role on the workspace.
A user is interested in receiving daily notifications for the number displayed on the card visual. Which of the
following is the right choice to automate the notifications?
A. Creating a data alert
B. Sharing the dashboard to the user
C. Creating a subscription
D. Tagging the user in a comment
Unattempted
You can subscribe your mates and yourself to the dashboards, report pages, and paginated reports that
are significant to you. Power BI e-mail subscription allows you to choose how frequently you are
interested in receiving the emails: monthly, weekly, daily, hourly, or once a day after the initial data
refresh and even the time you are interested in receiving the email if you select monthly, weekly, daily or
hourly.
Option A is incorrect. Creating a data alert is not the right option. Data alerts are created to notify you
when the data in the dashboard is changed beyond the limits set by you.
Option B is incorrect. Sharing the dashboard to the user is not the right option to automate the
notifications.
Option C is correct. Creating a subscription will help in automating the notification on daily basis for the
number displayed on the card visual.
Option D is incorrect. Tagging the user in a comment is not the right option.
References:
To know more about the data alerts and subscriptions, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-report-subscribe
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts
7. Question
What is the unique benefit of using a customized tooltip?
A. With a customized tooltip, any image or color can be set as the background for the visual
B. It can demonstrate the value and category of the data points
C. It can demonstrate the images, visuals, and any other collection of items that are created by the
user on the report page
D. With a customized tooltip, a border can be created around the visual for isolating the visual from
other elements on the canvas
Unattempted
Tooltips is an amazing feature that provides more contextual detail and information to data points on a
visual. The default tooltips display the value and category of data points but the customized tooltips can
also include the images, visuals, and any other collection of items that the users create on the report
page.
Option A is incorrect. It is the background section, not the tooltips, that allows setting any image or color
as the background for the visual.
Option B is incorrect as demonstrating the value and category of the data points is not the unique feature
of customized tooltips. Even the default tooltip displays the value and category of the data points.
Option C is correct. The main benefit of a customized tooltip is that it can demonstrate the images,
visuals, and any other collection of items that are created by the user on the report page
Option D is incorrect. It is the border section, not the tooltips section, that allows setting a border around
the visual for isolating the visual from other elements on the canvas.
Reference:
To know more about the visuals in Power BI, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/visuals-power-bi/4-format
8. Question
You have created a line visual that displays the number of students getting scholarships over time. Now,
you are interested in seeing the total scholarship cost of the students when you hover over a data point.
Which of the following are the possible options to accomplish this goal?
A. Add a Scholarship_amount to the Tooltips
B. Add a Scholarship_amount to the drill through fields
C. Add a Scholarship_amount to the Visual Filters
Unattempted
Customized Tooltips and Visual Filters help the users by providing them with additional information and
context about the visuals. Scholarship_amount can be added to either Tooltips or Visual Filters to see the
total scholarship cost of the students.
Option A is correct. Tooltips bring an amazing feature that provides more contextual detail and
information to data points on a visual. The default tooltips display the value and category of data points
but the customized tooltips can also include the images, visuals, and any other collection of items that
the users create on the report page. Custom tooltips allow the users to specify additional data points
that show as part of the tooltip. To achieve the targeted goal of seeing the total scholarship cost of the
students, Scholarship_amount can be added to the Tooltips.
Option B is incorrect. Drill through field in Power BI allows creating a report page that emphasizes a
particular entity like students, instructors, course, etc. While using the drill through, the report readers
right-click a data point in other pages of the reports and drill through to the target or focused page to
retrieve the details filtered to that context. A button can also be created that drills through to details after
clicking it.
Option C is correct. Visual Filters are applied to a single visual or tile on a report page. only visual level
filters selected visuals are shown on the report canvas. Adding a Scholarship_amount to the Visual Filters
is the right option to see the total scholarship cost of the student.
Option D is incorrect. Add a Scholarship_amount to the Tooltips and Add a Scholarship_amount to the

Visual Filters are the right choices to see the total scholarship cost of the student.
References:
To know more about the Tooltips and Filters, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/data-driven-story-power-bi/6-advanced-interactions
9. Question
Which of the following is not a core component of Q & A Visualization?
A. The question box where the question is entered by the users. It also shows the suggestions to the
users that help them in completing their questions
B. A pre-populated list of suggested questions
C. An icon that can be selected by the users to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual
D. An icon that can be selected by the users to automatically create a custom tooltip
E. An icon that can be selected by the users to open Q&A tooling where they can configure the
underlying natural language engine
Unattempted
In Q&A, visualization is a specific type of visualization where the users can ask natural language
questions and the answers are displayed in the form of visuals. The four core components of Q&A
analysis are as given below:
The question box where the question is entered by the users. It also shows the suggestions to the users
that help them in completing their questions.
A pre-populated list of suggested questions.
An icon that can be selected by the users to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual.
An icon that can be selected by the users to open Q&A tooling where they can configure the underlying
natural language engine.
Option A is incorrect as Question Box is the core component of Q&A analysis.
Option B is incorrect as A pre-populated list of suggested questions is also a core component of Q&A
analysis.
Option C is incorrect as An icon that can be selected by the users to convert the Q&A visual into a
standard visual is a core component of Q&A analysis.
Option D is correct as An icon that can be selected by the users to automatically create a custom tooltip
is not a core component of Q&A analysis.
Option E is incorrect as An icon that can be selected by the users to open Q&A tooling where they can
configure the underlying natural language engine is a core component of Q&A analysis.
Reference:
To know more about the Q&A Analysis, please refer to the link below:
10. Question
Which of the following chart is the great choice to identify or display the outliers?
A. Line Chart
B. Scatter Chart
C. Bar chart
D. Donut chart
Unattempted
Scatter chart is the best choice to identify the outliers in the data. After identification of the outliers, the
reasons for their existence can be investigated or explored and corrective action is taken. The following is
an example of a Scatter chart that shows the number of orders by Orders Shipped by Product
Category.
Option A is incorrect as Line charts are not appropriate to display the outliers. Scatter charts are the
better choice.
Option B is correct as the Scatter chart is a good choice to display the outliers.
Option C is incorrect as Bar charts are not appropriate to display the outliers. Scatter charts are the better
choice.
Option D is incorrect as the Scatter chart, not Donut charts, are a good choice to display the outliers.
Reference:
To know more about the visuals, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/perform-analytics-power-bi/3-visuals
11. Question
You need to create a report that will demonstrate the sales performance of the company. The sales team
has requested you to add a single visualization (if possible) that might help them in identifying the factors
that drive the sales and affect the success. Which of the following visualization would you use?
A. Key influencers
B. Funnel chart
C. Donut Chart
D. Q&A visualization
Unattempted
key influencers are a specific type of visuals that help in identifying the factors that drive the target
matric. It analyzes the given data, ranks the factors that matter, and shows them as key influencers. The
two most important scenario where key influencers do great are :
To see the factors that affect the metric being analyzed.
To contrast the relative importance of the identified factors.
Option A is correct as Key influencers are a good choice to identify what factors drive the sale and affect
the success.
Option B is incorrect. The funnel charts display a linear process that consists of sequential connected

stages and the items flow sequentially from one stage to the next stage. They dont help in identifying
the factors that affect a metric.
Option C is incorrect. Donut charts represent the data by dividing it into slices and are not helpful in
identifying the key factors.
Option D is incorrect. Q&A visualizations allow the users to ask natural language questions and get
answers in the form of a visual.
References:
To know more about the visuals, please refer to the links below:
12. Question
Promotion and certification are two ways to endorse dataset. Which of the following statements are true
about Promotion and Certification?
A. Promotion does not require specific permissions from the admin, whereas Certification needs
permission from the dataset owner or admin to access the dataset
B. Promotion needs permission from the dataset owner or admin to access the dataset whereas
Certification does not require specific permissions from the admin, whereas Certification
C. In terms of permission, there is no difference between promotion and certificationright
D. Certification is the ideal way to endorse the dataset when the dataset is ready for broad usage
E. Promotion is the ideal way to endorse the dataset when the dataset is ready for broad usage
Unattempted
Promotion and certification are two ways to endorse dataset. Promote datasets when they are ready for
broad usage. To promote the dataset, there is only a need of write permission. Any workspace member
having Write permission can promote the datasets. In certification, Request certification for the
promoted datasets from an admin user that is given in the Dataset Certification tenant admin setting.
Certification enhances the security of the dataset. It is a quite selective process that ensures that only
truly reliable and authoritative datasets are utilized across the organization.
Option A is correct. Promotion does not require specific permissions from the admin, whereas
Certification needs permission from the dataset owner or admin to access the dataset.
Option B is incorrect. It is the certification that needs permission from the dataset owner or admin. Any
workspace member having the write permission can promote the database. It does not need any
permission from the database owner.
Option C is incorrect. Promotion does not require specific permissions from the admin, whereas
Certification needs permission from the dataset owner or admin to access the dataset.
Option D is incorrect. It is the promotion, not a certification, that is the ideal to endorse the dataset when
the datasets are ready for broad usage.
Option E is correct. Promotion is the ideal way to endorse the dataset when the dataset is ready for
broad usage.
Reference:
To know more about Managing Datasets, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/manage-datasets-power-bi/7-manage-datasets
13. Question
Which of the following is not the feature of the Lineage view in Power BI?
A. It allows the users to troubleshoot the flow of data from its source to its destination
B. It allows the users to manage the workspaces and analyze the impact of a single change in one
dataset to dashboards and reports
C. It simplifies the task of identifying the dashboards and reports that haven‘t been refreshed
D. It helps in analyzing the data sets and finding the patterns, trends, and outliers
Unattempted
The Lineage view is a great feature in Power BI that quickly refreshes the datasets and allows the users
to see the relationships between the artifacts in a workspace and their external dependencies. This view
is quite crucial in Power BI as
It simplifies the troubleshooting process. The users can see the path taken by the data from source to
destination and identify the pain points and bottlenecks.
It allows the users to manage the workspaces and analyze the impact of a single change in one dataset
to dashboards and reports.
It simplifies the task of identifying the dashboards and reports that haven‘t been refreshed.
Option A is incorrect as the Lineage view allows the users to troubleshoot the flow of data from its
source to its destination. In this view, the users can see the path taken by the data from source to
destination and identify the pain points and bottlenecks.
Option B is incorrect as the Lineage view in Power BI allows the users to manage the workspaces and
analyze the impact of a single change in one dataset to dashboards and reports.
Option C is incorrect as the Lineage view simplifies the task of identifying the dashboards and reports
that haven‘t been refreshed.
Option D is correct as it is the Quick Insights feature of Power BI, not Lineage view, that helps in
analyzing the data sets and finding the patterns, trends, and outliers.
Reference:
To know more about the Lineage view, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-manage-workspaces-power-bi/5-troubleshoot-
data
14. Question
You need to create Power BI reports which are to be deployed to Power BI Report Server. Which of the
following tools would you use?
A. Power BI Desktop
B. Power BI Desktop optimized for Report Server
C. Power BI desktop optimized for Paginated reports
D. Power BI Report Builder
Unattempted
To develop the Power BI reports for Power BI Report Server, you need to download, install and use the
version of the Power BI Desktop that is optimized for the Power BI Report Server.
Option A is incorrect. Using Power BI Desktop is not the correct answer. The Power BI Desktop needs to
be optimized for the Report Server.
Option B is correct. Using Power BI Desktop optimized for Report Server is the right tool that needs to
be used to create the Power BI reports for Power BI Report Server.
Option C is incorrect. Power BI desktop optimized for Paginated reports is not the right tool for the
purpose.
Option D is incorrect. Power BI Desktop optimized for Report Server, not Power BI Report Builder,
should be used to create the Power BI reports for Power BI Report Server.
Reference:
To know more about Power BI Desktop, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/report-server/install-powerbi-desktop?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-
5003635
15. Question
There is an Azure SQL database having the records for sales transactions. The database is updated on a
frequent basis. You need to create reports from the sales data to identify fake transactions. The data needs
to be visible within 5 minutes of an update.
How can the data connection be configured to achieve the target?
A. By adding a SQL statement
B. By setting the data connectivity mode to DirectQuery
C. By setting the Command timeout in minutes setting
D. By setting the data connectivity mode to Import
E. By adding a PL/SQL statement
Unattempted
While connecting to a data source in Power BI Desktop, it is always possible to import a copy of the data
in Power BI Desktop. Some data sources have the option of connecting directly to the data source using
DirectQuery. With the DirectQuery option, no data is imported or copied to Power BI Desktop. For
relational sources, the chosen columns and tables appear in the Fields list. In multi-dimensional sources
such as SAP Business Warehouse, the dimensions and measures for the chosen cube appear in the
Fields list. As you interact with the visualization, Power BI queries the underlying data source and you
always view the current data.
Option A is incorrect. Adding a SQL statement is not the correct configuration for the data connection.
Option B is correct. The data connectivity mode should be set to DirectQuery.
Option C is incorrect. To set the Command timeout in minutes setting is not the correct option.
Option D is incorrect. Setting the data connectivity mode to Import is not the right option. In Import
mode, the selected columns and tables are imported into Power BI Desktop. As you build or interact with
any visualization, then the Power BI Desktop utilizes the imported data. To view the data updates since
the most recent refresh or initial import, you need to refresh the data that will import the full dataset
again.
Option E is incorrect. Adding a PL/SQL statement is not the correct configuration for the data
connection.
Reference:
To know more about DirectQuery, please refer to the link below:
16. Question
Which of the following might be the possible considerations for using the Add Column From Examples
feature in the query editor?
A. Youre sure about the data that you need in your new column, but you are not sure about the
transformation or set of transformations, that will get you the same
B. Youre confirmed about all the transformations that you need using a Custom Column expression
in M language, but one (or more) of these expressions are not available in the UI
C. Youre sure about the transformations that you need, but you are not sure what to choose in the
UI to let them happen
D. All the above
Unattempted
With the add column from examples feature in Power Query Editor, you can add new columns to your
data model just by giving one or more example values for the new columns. You can create the new
column examples from a selection, or give input depending upon all existing columns in the table.
Using add column from example allows you to easily and quickly create new columns, and is ideal for the
following conditions or situations:
You know the data you need in your new column, but you are not sure about the transformation or set of
transformations, that will get you the same.
You already know the transformations that you require, but you are not sure what to choose in the UI to
make them happen.
You know all about the transformations you require using a Custom Column expression in M language,
but one or more of these expressions are not available in the UI
Option A is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Option B is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Option C is incorrect. The given reason is not the only possible consideration to use Add Column from
Option D is correct. All the given reasons are the potential considerations to use Add Column from
Examples.
Reference:
To know more about Add Column From Example, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-add-column-from-example?
17. Question
Select the types from the below-given list which is not valid in the M Programming language?
A. DataFrame
B. List
C. Record
D. Table
E. Type
F. Function
Unattempted
Primitive, List, Record, Function, Table, Nullable, and Type are the valid types in the M programming
language. It is the DataFrame which is not the valid type in the M language.
Option A is correct. DataFrame is not the valid types in M language.
Option B is incorrect. List types classify the lists with a single item base type.
Option C is incorrect. Record types classify the record values depending upon the field names and value
types
Option D is incorrect. Table types classify the table values depending upon the column names, types, and
keys.
Option E is incorrect. Type types classify the values that are types.
Option F is incorrect. Function types classify the function values depending upon the types of their
parameters and return values.
Reference:
To know more about M types, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/m-spec-types
18. Question
You have 3 queries in Power BI Desktop Query A, Query B and Query C. You are developing Query D that
will be appended to query B. Which of the queries will get refreshed while loading the data?
A. Query A to Query C
B. Query A to Query D
C. Query B only
D. Query D only
E. Query B and Query D
Unattempted
Query D is a new query therefore it needs to get refreshed. On the other hand, as Query D is appended
to Query B, Query B will be changed and thus needs to be refreshed in the data model.
Option A is incorrect as only Query B and Query D will be refreshed. Query A and C wont be refreshed.
Option B is incorrect as only Query B and Query D will be refreshed. Query A and C wont be refreshed.
Option C is incorrect as, besides Query B, Query D will also be refreshed.
Option D is incorrect as, besides Query D, Query B will also be refreshed.
Option E is correct. Query B and Query D will be refreshed because Query D is a new query and Query B
will get changed when Query B will be appended to it.
Reference:
To know more about combining queries, please refer to the link below:
19. Question
Which of the below-given statements correctly define the rules for creating the table relationships while
designing a data model?
A. A relation between two tables must be created using a single field from every table
B. A relation between two tables can be created using multiple fields from every table
C. At least 1 column defined in a table relation needs to have unique values
D. You can create multiple relations between two tables but only one of these relations can be
marked as active
E. You can create multiple relations between two tables and all these relations can be marked as
active
Unattempted
A relation between two tables must be created using a single field from every table. There can be only 1
active column in both tables. In the case of 2 columns, the columns need to be combined to join the
tables. Moreover, it is possible to create multiple relations between the two tables but only one of these
relations can be marked as active.
Option A is correct. It is true that a relation between two tables must be created using a single field from
every table. You cant use multiple fields from a table while creating a relation.
Option B is incorrect. A relation between two tables can be created using a single filed, not multiple
fields, from every table.
Option C is incorrect. There is no such rule for creating relations between two tables.
Option D is correct. You can create multiple relations between two tables but only one of these relations
can be marked as active.
Option E is incorrect. You can create multiple relations between two tables but only one of these
relations, not all the relations, can be marked as active.
Reference:
To know more about create and manage relationships, please refer to the link below:
20. Question
You are modelling the data with the help of Microsoft Power BI. The data model consists of a large
Microsoft SQL Server table titled Transactions with records higher than 120 million.
During the development phase, it is required to import a sample of data from the Transactions table.
You decide to write a DAX expression that utilizes a filter function. Will this help you in achieving the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
As the Filter is applied after the data is imported, it wont help in importing a sample of data from the
table. Instead, adding a WHERE clause to the SQL statement could be the right solution as the WHERE
clause will have its effects before the data is imported and you would be capable to import a sample of
data from the Transactions table.
Reference:
To know more about SQL functions, please refer to the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-sql-tutorial
21. Question
Consider the below given Power BI model.
This model shows the relationship of Product table with Product category on column SKU.
Here is the sample of the data that both the tables have:
Product Table
SKU: E-01, Product: Lenovo Ideapad Slim 5i, Color: Grey
SKU: E-02, Product Sony headset, Color: Red
SKU: E-03, product- Samsung TVs , Color : Black
Product Category
SKU: E-01, Category: laptops
SKU: E-02, Category: Headsets
SKU: E-03, category: Televisions
In your Power BI report, you need to create a Hierarchy that demonstrates two levels i.e. Product and
Category.
Solution: From Power Query, merge the tables and then create the hierarchy.
Will the given solution help in achieving the goal?
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
For creating a Hierarchy in Power BI, all the involved columns must be in the same table. Merging the
table will combine both tables on the SKU column and the final table will have the columns: Color,
Product, Category, SKU.
Reference:
To know more about Power Query Merge function, go through the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data#combine-
queries
22. Question
What will be the result of the following DAX formula if the year 2020 is chosen on a slicer of a report?
2019 Salary_Cost = CALCULATE([Total Salary_cost], Filter (Date, Date[Year]=2019))
A. Salary_cost for the Year 2020 as Slicer Selection overrides DAX Filter
B. Salary_cost for the Year 2019 as DAX Filter overrides Slicer Selection
C. Blank. It will return no records
D. It will return Salary_cost records for the year 2019 as well as 2020
Unattempted
First, the given DAX expression was supposed to have a SUM function to calculate the total sales.
Moreover, in the given scenario, the Slicer selection for the year 2020 will also be applied along with the
DAX expression. It is not possible for any record to have both years i.e year 2019 and year 2020 at the
same time. Therefore, the given DAX expression in the current scenario will return nothing.
Option A is incorrect. Salary_cost for the Year 2020 as Slicer Selection overrides DAX Filter is not the
correct answer.
Option B is incorrect. Salary_cost for the Year 2019 as DAX Filter overrides Slicer Selection is not the
correct answer.
Option C is correct. The DAX expression in the current scenario will return blank as no record can have
both years i.e year 2019 and year 2020 at the same time.
Option D is incorrect. The given DAX expression in the current scenario will return a blank.
References:
To know more about the DAX measures and Slicer, please visit the link below:
23. Question
Which of the following is the right DAX function to modify a single directional relationship to a bi-directional
relationship on the fly (within the measure)?
A. TREATAS
B. USERELATIONSHIP
C. CROSSFILTER
D. RELATEDTABLE
E. RELATED
Unattempted
CROSSFILTER is a DAX function that takes the two columns and set the cross filter relationship between
these columns.
Option A is incorrect. TREATAS allows you to create virtual relationships. This function is best to use
when there exists no relationship between the tables.
Option B is incorrect. USERELATIONSHIP function is used to activate the inactive relationships.
Option C is correct. CROSSFILTER function allows modifying a single directional relationship to a bi-

directional relationship.
Option D is incorrect. RELATEDTETABLE is a DAX function that modifies the context in which the data
is filtered, and calculates the given expression in the new specified context.
Option E is incorrect. RELATED function returns a related value from some other table. To use the
Related function, there is a need for a relationship between the current table and the table having related
data.
Reference:
To know more about the DAX functions, please visit the below given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/crossfilter-function
24. Question
You have a custom connector that returns email-ID, From, To, Body and attachments for each email sent in
a specified year and more than 10 million records have been returned by this connector. Your manager has
asked you to build a report to analyze the internal network of employees depending upon whom they send
mails to. Also, the report recipients should not be able to read the analyzed emails. The solution is
supposed to minimize the size of the model. What would you do?
A. Implement row-level security to allow the report recipients to only to view the results depending
upon the emails they sent
B. During the import, Remove the columns Subject and Body
C. Through Model view, set the columns Subject and Body to Hidden
D. Implementing Dynamic row-level security
Unattempted
Removing the columns subject and Body during the import will reduce the size of the data model and
the report recipients wont be able to read the analyzed emails.
Option A is incorrect. Implementing row-level security to allow the report recipients only to view the
results depending upon the emails they sent is not the correct option as it wont reduce the size of the
data model.
Option B is correct. Removing the columns- subject and Body during the import will reduce the size of
the data model and the report recipients wont be able to read the analyzed emails.
Option C is incorrect. Through Model view, set the columns Subject and Body to Hidden is not the
correct option as it wont reduce the size of the data model.
Option D is incorrect. Implementing Dynamic row-level security wont help in achieving the goal.
Reference:
To know more about the model optimization, please refer to the below-given link:
https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/6518/power-bi-performance-optimization-tips/
25. Question
There is a product dataset with the columns Unit_Price and ordered_quantity. You have been asked to build
a visualization that displays the relationship between Unit_Price and Ordered_Quantity and the orders
having similar unit price and ordered_quantity should be highlighted. Which of the following visualization
and feature would you use?
A. Visualization: A column chart for Unit_Price and Quantity_ordered by year and Feature:
Automatically finds clusters
B. Visualization: A column chart for Unit_Price and Quantity_ordered by year and Feature: Find where
the distribution is different
C. Visualization: A scatter Plot for Unit_price and Quantity_ordered by item and Feature:
Automatically Finds Clusters
D. Visualization: A scatter Plot for Unit_price and Quantity_ordered by item and Feature: Find where
the distribution is different
E. Visualization: A Line chart for Unit_Price and Quantity_ordered by year and Feature: Automatically
Finds Clusters
Unattempted
A scatter plot uses dots to show values for two different numeric variables – one along the horizontal
axis and another along the vertical axis. The plot shows the points at the intersection of y and X
numerical value combining the X and Y values into single data points. These data points can be
distributed unevenly or evenly across the horizontal axis by Power BI depending upon the data the plot or
chart represents. The correct feature to choose is Automatically Find Clusters. Scatter plots are a good
choice to demonstrate the patterns in large sets of data (For eg. by displaying linear or non-linear trends,
outliers, and clusters).
Option A is incorrect. Using a column chart is not the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. Using a column chart and Find where the distribution is different feature is not the
right choice.
Option C is correct. Using a Scatter Plot for Unit_price and Quantity_ordered by item and Automatically
Finds Clusters feature is the ideal choice.
Option D is incorrect. With the Scatter plot, the feature Automatically Finds Clusters, not where the
distribution is different, should be used.
Option E is incorrect. Instead of a Line chart, Scatter Plot should be used.
Reference:
To know more about the scatter visualization, please refer to the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-scatter
26. Question
Select the correct Power BI report settings that you can customize with the help of a report theme?
A. Background color for the report
B. Set of the custom colors that are utilized by the visuals throughout the report
C. Default features of the new visuals which are included in the report
D. All of these
Unattempted
Customizable theme settings are available in the categories as given below and also shown in
the Customize theme window:
Name and colors: These settings include theme colors, divergent colors, sentiment colors, and structural
colors (Advanced).
Text: These settings include font family, color, and size which sets the primary text class defaults for
titles, labels, tab headers, and cards, and KPIs.
Visuals: These settings include background, header, tooltips, and border.
Page: These settings include background and wallpaper.
Filter pane: These settings include background color, font and icon color, size, border, and filter cards.
Option A is incorrect. As report theme does not only allow to customize the report background color but
also the custom colors that are utilized by the visuals throughout the report and default features of the
new visuals which are included in the report.
Option B is incorrect. As report theme does not only allow to customize the custom colors that are
utilized by the visuals throughout the report but also the report background color and the default features
of the new visuals which are included in the report.
Option C is incorrect. As report theme does not only allow to customize the default features of the new
visuals which are included in the report but also the custom colors that are utilized by the visuals
throughout the report and the report background color.
Option D is correct. It is possible to customize all the given settings with the help of the report theme.
Reference:
To know more about custom report themes, please refer to the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-report-themes#customize-report-
themes
27. Question
There are some health and safety videos of your organization that are deployed to Microsoft (MS) Stream.
You want to surface these videos directly in a Power BI dashboard.
Which of the following tile would be suitable to add?
A. Text box
B. Video
C. Web content
D. Custom streaming Data
E. Image
Unattempted
To play your organization‘s health and safety videos in a Power BI dashboard, you need to use Web
Content. Copy Embed code from MS Stream and add a Web Content tile in the Power BI dashboard.
Option A is incorrect. Adding a Text box is not the correct option.
Option B is incorrect. Video only permits content from YouTube and Vimeo.
Option C is correct. Web Content is the right answer. Copy Embed code from MS Stream and add a Web
Content tile in the Power BI dashboard.
Option D is incorrect. Adding custom streaming data is not the correct option. Custom streaming is used
to monitor real-time data.
Option E is incorrect. Adding an image is not the correct option.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-add-widget
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream/portal-embed-video
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-add-widget#add-web-
content
28. Question
You are developing a visual to demonstrate the ranking of the product types by sales revenues. As per your
company‘s security policies, you can‘t send the data outside of your Power BI tenant. Which of the
following approach would provide the widest variety of visuals while sticking to the security policies?
A. Using only the default visuals
B. Using default or custom visuals from the .pbiviz file
C. Using default visuals or custom visuals from the marketplace
D. Using default visuals or certified custom visuals
Unattempted
By default, anyone in the company can add and utilize the out-of-the-box Power BI visuals and Power BI
visuals present in AppSource. Also, the private visuals can be added to the reports with the help of the
“Import from the file“ option. To adhere to the security policies, it is recommended to use the default
visuals or the certified custom visuals.
Option A is incorrect. Using only the default visuals is not the right option.
Option B is incorrect. Using default or custom visuals from the .pbiviz file is not the right option.
Option C is incorrect. Using default visuals or custom visuals from the marketplace is not the right option.
Option D is correct. Using default visuals or certified custom visuals is the right option keeping in view
the companys security policies.
Reference:
To know more about the governing the visuals for the organization, visit the below link:
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/how-to-govern-power-bi-visuals-inside-your-organization/
29. Question
You are creating a complex report having a lot of visuals in Power BI. You want to ensure that the users
read it in a logical way when they use the keyboard. From the following list, select the right option which
you need to work on.
A. Page Order
B. Tab Order
C. Layer Order
D. Field Hierarchy
E. Bookmark Order
Unattempted
Tab order defines the order in which a user interacts with the things on a page through the keyboard. If
you want to change the default order, open the selection pane from the view tab and choose the Tab
Order.
Option A is incorrect. It is the Tab order, not Page order, which you need to work on to ensure that the
users read in a logical way.
Option B is correct. Tab order defines the order in which a user interacts with the things on a page
through the keyboard. Therefore, to make the users read in a logical way, change the default order from
the Tab order.
Option C is incorrect. It is the Tab order, not Layer order, which you need to work on to ensure that the
users read in a logical way.
Option D is incorrect. It is the Tab order, not Field Hierarchy, which you need to work on to ensure that
the users read in a logical way.
Option E is incorrect. It is the Tab order, not Bookmark Order, which you need to work on to ensure that
the users read in a logical way.
Reference:
To know more about the interaction between the keyboard navigation and reports, visit the below link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-accessibility-consuming-tools
30. Question
Which of the following are the potential ways to enhance the performance of a report?
A. Aggregate the data to reduce the number of rows. For example, the transactions can be grouped
by the month rather than showing them by date
B. Restrict the number of data points shown in a visual for example in a table with the help of the Top
N filter
C. Optimize the DAX expressions to iterate through fewer rows
D. Split out the dimensions and associated attributes into their own tables minimizing the number of
columns within a fact tables
E. Reduce the number of bookmarks applied to a report.
F. Use FILTER as parts of CALCULATE measure instead of writing the filter condition directly within
the function
Unattempted
The performance of a report can be significantly improved by aggregating the data and reduce the
number of rows, restricting the number of data points shown in a visual, Optimizing the DAX expressions
to iterate through a fewer number of rows, and Splitting out the dimensions and associated attributes
into their own tables minimizing the number of columns within a fact table.
Option A is correct. To aggregate the data to reduce the number of rows is a potential way to enhance
the performance of a report.
Option B is correct. To restrict the number of data points shown in a visual for example in a table with
the help of the Top N filter is a potential way to enhance the performance of a report.
Option C is correct. Optimizing the DAX expressions to iterate through a fewer number of rows is a
potential way to enhance the performance of a report.
Option D is correct. Splitting out the dimensions and associated attributes into their own tables
minimizing the number of columns within a fact table is also a potential way to enhance the performance
of a report.
Option E is incorrect. Reducing the number of bookmarks applied on a report wont help in improving the
performance of a report.
Option F is incorrect. Utilizing FILTER as parts of CALCULATE measure instead of writing the filter
condition directly within the function wont help in improving the performance of a report.
Reference:
To know more about the report performance, visit the below link:
31. Question
There is a dataset containing the survey results for the percentage of Facebook usage by Gender, year, and
age. The age of the survey respondents lies between 10 and 70 years. You need to build a bar chart
demonstrating the percentage of Facebook usage for equal age ranges of 15 years.
Here is the list of some actions that might be performed.
a. Set the group type to Bin
b. Set the Bin size to 4
c. Set the Bin Count to 15
d. Set the Bin count to 4
e. Set Group type to list
f. Set the Bin type to the number of Bins
g. Right-click on the column Age and Choose New Group
Choose the correct sequence of the actions (you may choose some or all actions from the given list) that
you would perform.
A. a-b-c-f-g
B. a-c-b-g-h
C. a-b-c-e-g
D. g-a-f-d
E. a-g-f-d
Unattempted
The correct sequence to be followed is:
Right Click on the column Age and choose New Group.
Set Group Type to Bin
Set Bin Type to number of bins
Set Bin Count to 4
So, the correct sequence is – g-a-f-d
First of all, you need to right-click on the column “Age“ and choose the New Group. It will open the
Group dialog. Set the group Type to Bin. Group Type should be set to the bin when you do need to group
numeric or data values. Setting the Group Type to Bin will expose the Bin size and Bin type fields. In the
Next step, Set the Bin type to the number of Bins and the Bin count to 4. As there are 60 years between
the age of 10 and 70 years, for getting the bins that cover 15 years, you need to set the Bin Count to 4.
Making the Bin count to 4 will crate the age range of 15 years.
Setting the Group type to List is not the correct action. The list type is used for grouping the data
categories, not the numeric data.
Setting the Bin Size to 4 is also not a correct option. As there are 60 years between the age of 10-70.
Setting the Bin Size to 4 will create the age range of 4 years but we need the age range of 15 years.
Setting the Bin Count to 15 is also not the correct action. As there are 60 years between the age of 10
and 70 years, to get the bins that cover 15 years, you need to set the Bin Count to 4. If you set the Bin
count to 15, it will create an age range of 4 but we need an age range of 15.
Reference:
To know more about Grouping and Binning, please go through the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-grouping-and-binning
32. Question
Which of the below-given settings are possible to be managed in a dataset in Power BI Service?
A. Adding a new data source
B. Adding a new DAX measure
C. Configure Scheduled Refreshes
D. View the refresh history
E. Creating a new table relationship
F. If you are not the current owner, you can take over the dataset.
Unattempted
In Power BI Service, it is possible to configure the scheduled refreshes, view the refresh history, and
takeover the dataset if you are the current owner.
Option A is incorrect. Adding a new data source is not possible in the Power BI service. It is done in
Power BI Desktop.
Option B is incorrect. Adding a new DAX measure is not possible in the Power BI service. It is done in
Power BI Desktop.
Option C is correct. You can configure scheduled refreshes in Power BI Service.
Option D is correct. You can view the refresh history in a dataset in Power BI Service.
Option E is incorrect. It is not possible to create a new table relationship in Power BI Services. It is done
Option F is correct. If you are not the current owner, you can take over the dataset in Power BI Service.
Reference:
To know more about the Scheduled Refresh, please click the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-
5003635
33. Question
You develop a Power BI Report for a huge dataset. You are looking to enhance the performance of dataset
refresh through an incremental refresh. Which of the following statements are true regarding this scenario?
A. Use Incremental Refresh feature only for the data sources supporting query folding
B. RangeStart and RangeEnd are two PowerQuery parameters that are needed for the incremental
Refresh
C. Use Incremental Refresh feature for all data sources
D. A date field is needed on a table in the dataset
Unattempted
The Incremental Refresh feature should be used only for the queries and data sources that support query
folding otherwise all the data will be pulled multiple times by the Incremental Refresh feature. For
incremental Refresh, RangeStart and RangeEnd are two date and time parameters in PowerQuery that
are used to filter the datasets. Also, a date field is needed to specify how incremental record changes will
be returned by the filter. You can‘t use incremental refresh without a date filed.
Option A is correct. It is always recommended to use the Incremental Refresh feature only for the data
sources supporting query folding. If the data source does not support query folding, data will be pulled
multiple times through Incremental Refresh.
Option B is correct. RangeStart and RangeEnd are two PowerQuery parameters that are needed for the
incremental Refresh to filter the datasets.
Option C is incorrect. Incremental Refresh Feature should be used only for the data sources supporting
query folding.
Option D is correct. A date field is needed on a table in the dataset to specify how incremental record
changes will be returned by the filter.
References:
To know more about the Incremental Refresh, please click the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/manage-datasets-power-bi/6-incremental-refresh
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-premium-incremental-refresh
34. Question
Which of the following is not a benefit offered by the workspaces?
A. Workspaces can be used to house dashboards and reports for use by multiple teams
B. Workspaces allow you to share and present dashboards and reports in a single environment
C. Workspaces allow you to view and edit the data model, create visualizations and transform the
data
D. Workspaces ensure the highest level of security by controlling who can access the dashboards,
reports, and datasets
Unattempted
Workspaces are centralized repositories that allow you to collaborate with colleagues and teams to
generate collections of reports and dashboards. The various benefits offered by the workspaces are:
workspaces can be used to house dashboards and reports for use by multiple teams.
Workspaces allow you to share and present dashboards and reports in a single environment.
Workspaces ensure the highest level of security by controlling who can access the dashboards, reports,
and datasets.
Option A is incorrect as workspaces can be used to house dashboards and reports for use by multiple
teams.
Option B is incorrect as Workspaces allow you to share and present dashboards and reports in a single
environment.
Option C is correct as To view and edit the data model, create visualizations and transform the data is not
the feature or benefit offered by the workspaces.
Option D is incorrect as Workspaces ensure the highest level of security by controlling who can access
the dashboards, reports, and datasets.
Reference:
To know more about the Workspaces, please check the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-manage-workspaces-power-bi/1-introduction
35. Question
Select the capabilities from the given list that you can use while connected to a data model via Live
Connection.
A. Writing measures back to the data model

B. See the data model in Relationships or model view in Power BI Desktop
C. Edit or simply view the DAX measures existing in the data model
D. Writing report level measures (specific only to that report, not written back to the Data Model)
Unattempted
When you connect to a data model through a Live connection, you can see the data model in
Relationships or model view in Power BI Desktop and write report level measures (specific only to that
report, not written back to the Data Model).
Option A is incorrect. It is not possible to write measures back to the data model when you are
connected via a Live connection.
Option B is correct. It is possible to see the data model in Relationships or model view in Power BI
Desktop when you are connected via Live connection.
Option C is incorrect. It is not possible to edit or view the DAX measures exiting in the data model when
you are connected via a Live connection.
Option D is correct. It is possible to write report level measures (specific only to that report, not written
back to the Data Model) when you are connected via a Live connection.
Reference:
To know more about the Live connection, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-report-lifecycle-datasets?WT.mc_id=DP-
MVP-5003635
36. Question
A Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) cube has been connected to Power BI Desktop,
producing the following query:
The query returns 18,550 records. After going through the data source, you find that source is having a
total of 21,550 records. Which of the following can you do to ensure that the query returns all 21,550
records?
A. Delete the Remove Duplicates steps
B. Modify the query to use Direct Query mode
C. Modify the query to use the Import Connection mode
D. From Power Query, choose the Unpivot Columns command
E. Use Rename Column
Unattempted
Remove Duplicates is the feature in Power Query that removes the duplicates from the columns to keep
only unique names in the selected column. Using “Remove duplicates“ is the reason that the query
returns only 18,550 records instead of all 21,550 records.
Option A is correct. Using Remove Duplicates has deleted the duplicated records that resulted in
returning some reduced number of rows. Therefore, by deleting the Remove Duplicates step, we can
make the query to return all the records, including duplicates ones i.e 21,550 records.
Option B is incorrect. Modifying the query to use Direct Query mode wont help in returning the 21,550
records instead of 18,550 records.
Option C is incorrect. Modifying the query to use the Import Connection mode wont help in returning
the 21,550 records instead of 18,550 records.
Option D is incorrect. Choosing the Unpivot Columns command wont also help in returning the 21,550
records instead of 18,550 records.
Option E is incorrect. Renaming the columns wont help in returning the 21,550 records instead of
18,550 records.
Reference:
To know more about Cleaning Data Structures and Removing Duplicates, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/clean-data-power-bi/3-data-structure
37. Question
You have 2 Azure SQL databases having the same tables and columns. For every database, you create a
query to retrieve the data from the EMPLOYEES table. You want to combine both EMPLOYEES tables into
a single table. The solution needs to minimize the data model size and support the scheduled refresh in
powerbi.com. Which of the following actions would you perform respectively; to combine the EMPLOYEES
tables and on the original two SQL database queries?
A. Append queries and delete the queries
B. Append queries as new and disable loading the query to the data model
C. Append queries and disable loading the query to the data model
D. Merge queries and delete the queries

E. Merge queries and disable loading the query to the data model
F. Merge queries as new and disable loading the query to the data model
Unattempted
Append and Merge are the two main operations that are used to combine the tables. Append is the
operation that should be used when you need to add the data from two tables having the same column.
Merge is used when the queries are to be added up based on some key column. To minimize the data
model size, you need to disable loading the query to the data model for the original EMPLOYEES tables.
Option A is incorrect. It is correct that Append queries should be used to combine the tables but delete
the queries is not the right action to perform on original SQL database queries.
Option B is incorrect. Append queries as new is not the right action to perform to combine the tables
while disable loading the query to the data model is the right action to perform on original SQL database
queries.
Option C is correct. Append queries and disable loading the query to the data model is the right option to
achieve the goal.
Option D is incorrect. Merge queries and delete the queries is not the right option. It is the Append
operation that should be applied and disable loading the query to the data model is the right action to
perform on original SQL database queries.
Option E is incorrect. Merge queries and disable loading the query to the data model is not the right
option. It is the Append operation that should be performed rather than the Merge operation.
Option F is incorrect. Merge queries as new and disable loading the query to the data model is not the
correct answer. It should be Append operation, not Marge Queries as new.
References:
To know more about the Combining tables and transform model, please refer to the below links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-query-overview
38. Question
You need to create a dimension table from the data source which is a single flat table (For example, create
an item dimension from a list of transactions of item details). Choose the correct sequence of the
following steps that you will perform.
Connect to the data source (Staging Query)
Develop a surrogate key (index column) if needed and link back to the fact table
Eliminate the duplicates from the table to have a unique list of items
Delete all the columns other than the ones having item details from the new query for the dimension
Make references to the staging query. One reference for the fact table and one reference for every
dimension you desire to create
A. 1-2-3-4-5
B. 5-4-3-2-1
C. 1-5-4-3-2
D. 1-2-5-4-3
E. 1-3-2-4-5
Unattempted
The correct sequence of the steps that need to be followed is:
Connect to the data source (Staging Query)
Make references to the staging query. One reference for the fact table and one reference for every
dimension you desire to create
Delete all the columns other than the ones having item details from the new query for the dimension
Eliminate the duplicates from the table to have a unique list of items
Develop a surrogate key (index column) if needed and link back to the fact table
Option A is incorrect. The given sequence is not the correct one.
Option B is incorrect. The given sequence is not the correct one.
Option C is correct. The given sequence is the right sequence to follow.
Option D is incorrect. The given sequence is not the correct one.
Option E is incorrect. The given sequence is not the correct one.
Reference:
To know more about the Star Schema and Surrogate keys, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema#surrogate-keys
39. Question
Consider the below given Power BI model.
This model shows the relationship of the Product table with the Product category on column SKU.
Here is the sample of the data that both the tables have:
Product Table
SKU: E-01, Product: Lenovo Ideapad Slim 5i, Color: Grey
SKU: E-02, Product Sony headset, Color: Red
SKU: E-03, product- Samsung TVs, Color: Black
Product Category
SKU: E-01, Category: laptops
SKU: E-02, Category: Headsets
SKU: E-03, category: Televisions
You need to utilize a Hierarchy in your Power BI report that demonstrates two levels i.e product and
category.
To achieve the goal, you decide to create a DAX expression with the CONCATENATEX function between
the Product and Category columns.
Will it really help you in achieving the goal?
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
The CONCATENATEX function in a DAX expression is used to concatenate the result of the expressions
evaluated for every row in a table. It has no impact on Power BI hierarchy creation.
Reference:
To know more about CONCATENATEX function, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/concatenatex-function-dax
40. Question
You can create some very powerful data analysis solutions with the help of measures. Which of the
following statement is true about the measures in Power BI?
A. A new measure can be created by clicking the New Measure button present in the Home tab of
Power BI Desktop
B. A measure can be referenced in a DAX expression by writing the [ bracket
C. Whenever you do interact with the report, the context in which the measure calculates and shows
its results changes
D. All of the above
Unattempted
Measures are very helpful in data analysis. Simple summarizations like sums, maximum, minimum,
counts and averages can be defined through the Fields well. A new measure can be created by clicking
New Measure button present in the Home tab of Power BI Desktop. Also, you can reference a measure
in a DAX expression by using [ bracket. Whenever you do interact with the report, the context in which
the measure calculates and shows its results changes that allow dynamic and fast ad-hoc data
exploration.
Option A is incorrect as all the given statements about the measures are true. Therefore, All of the Above
is the correct option.
Option B is incorrect as all the given statements about the measures are true. Therefore, All of the Above
Option C is incorrect as all the given statements about the measures are true. Therefore, All of the Above
Option D is correct. All the given statements about the measures are true.
Reference:
To understand more about the measures, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-measures
41. Question
What does Assume Referential Integrity mean in Power BI Desktop while developing the relationships
between the tables?
A. Setting Assume referential integrity makes queries utilize INNER JOIN statements instead

of OUTER JOIN, which increases the query efficiency
B. It considers that there are no null or blank values in any data table in the relationships
C. It automatically considers the relationship as one to one (instead of one to many or many to one)
D. It permits the calculated columns to be considered as the relationship column between the tables
E. Setting Assume referential integrity makes queries to utilize OUTER JOIN statements instead

of INNER JOIN, which increases the query efficiency
Unattempted
While connecting to any data source through DirectQuery, you can select the Assume Referential
Integrity option to design the highly efficient queries. This option has some basic requirements for the
underlying data but you can this option only with DirectQuery. Setting Assume referential integrity allows
queries against the data source to utilize INNER JOIN statements instead of OUTER JOIN, which
increases the query efficiency.
Option A is correct. Setting Assume referential integrity allows queries against the data source to utilize
INNER JOIN statements instead of OUTER JOIN, which increases the query efficiency.
Option B is incorrect. Assume referential integrity does not assume that there are no null or blank values
in any data table in the relationships.
Option C is incorrect. Assume referential integrity does not automatically assume the relationship as one
to one (instead of one to many or many to one).
Option D is incorrect. The given statement It permits the calculated columns to be considered as the
relationship column between the tables is not true.
Option E is incorrect. Setting Assume referential integrity allows queries against the data source to utilize
INNER JOIN statements instead of OUTER JOIN, which increases the query efficiency
Reference:
To know more about Assume Referential Integrity, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-assume-referential-integrity
42. Question
You have a Consumer Sales Revenue monthly report. You analyze and notice that the attrition Rate metric
is sharply increased.
You are interested in understanding the variables that might affect this result.
Which of the following visuals can you use to understand and explore the potential causes in Power BI
Desktop?
A. Decomposition tree visuals
B. Funnel Visual
C. Key Influencer Visual
D. Combo visual
E. Waterfall Visual
Unattempted
Decomposition Tree is an Artificial Intelligence visual that is ideal for ad hoc exploration and conducting
root cause analysis. It helps in automatically analyzing the chosen dimensions to check where the
measure is having the lowest or highest value. key influencer visual is another visual that is a good choice
to know the factors that influence a key metric.
Option A is correct. Decomposition tree visuals can be used to understand and explore the potential
causes of sharp increment in attrition Rate metric in the given scenario.
Option B is incorrect. A funnel chart displays a linear process consisting of sequential connected stages
and the items flow sequentially from one stage to the next stage. Its not the right choice for the desired
purpose.
Option C is correct. Key influencer visual is another visual that is an excellent choice to know the factors
that influence a key metric and therefore can be used to understand and explore the potential causes of
sharp increment in attrition Rate metric in the given scenario.
Option D is incorrect. Combo visual is the ideal choice for comparing multiple measures with different
value ranges, not for the desired purpose.
Option E is incorrect. Waterfall visual is the ideal choice to show the beginning and ending headcount for
the organization in a year, not for the desired purpose.
Reference:
To know more about the different visuals, please refer to the doc below:
43. Question
You want to develop some visualizations in Power BI Desktop using R Scripting. Which of the following
actions do you need to perform to use R scripting in Power BI Desktop?
A. R scripting is by default available in Power BI Desktop. You dont need to perform any special
action to use R scripting
B. You need to install RStudio on your system at which Power BI Desktop is already installed
C. You need to install Microsoft R on your system at which Power BI Desktop is already installed
D. You need to install R Plug-in for Power BI Desktop
Unattempted
By default, Power BI Desktop does not include, deploy, or install the R engine. To use and run R scripts
in Power BI Desktop, you need to separately install R on your computer system. R can be downloaded
and installed for free from several places like CRAN Repository and Revolution Analytics.
Option A is incorrect. By default, Power BI Desktop does not include, deploy, or install the R engine.
Option B is incorrect. You need to install R, not RStudio, on your system at which Power BI Desktop is
already installed.
Option C is correct. You need to install Microsoft R on your system at which Power BI Desktop is already
installed.
Option D is incorrect. You dont need to install R Plug-in for Power BI Desktop. Instead, you need to
install Microsoft R on your system at which Power BI Desktop is already installed.
References:
To know more about creating and using R visuals in Power BI, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-visual-type
Download R from Revolution Analytics – Microsoft R Application Network:
https://mran.revolutionanalytics.com/download
44. Question
You have the responsibility to configure the Microsoft Power BI dashboard. You need to add the feature
that the users of the dashboard can provide you with feedback and that feedback should be visible to the
other users of the dashboard? In this case, what would you use?
A. Comments
B. Mark as favorite
C. Subscribe
D. Feedback
E. Bookmark
Unattempted
The comment feature is a good way that can be used to collaborate with others. Comments can be
added to the complete dashboard, to individual visuals or charts on a dashboard, to a specific report
page, to a paginated report, and to individual visuals or charts on a report page.
Option A is correct. With the help of the Comment feature in the Power BI Dashboard, it is possible to
get feedback from the users and make those features visible to other users as well.
Option B is incorrect. Using comments, not Mark as favorite, is the right option.
Option C is incorrect. Using comments, not Subscribe, is the right option.
Option D is incorrect. Using Comments, not Feedback, is the right option.
Option E is incorrect. Using comments, not bookmarks, will help in achieving the goal.
Reference:
To know more about End User Comments in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-comment
45. Question
You are creating a sales report that is supposed to have multiple pages. Each page would be specific to
the answer for a specific business query.
You decide to have a menu page that will demonstrate all the business queries. Users should be able to
click any business query and after that directed to the page having the answer for the clicked query. Also,
you need to ensure that the menu page works when published to any workspace.
What would you do to make this work?
A. Add a text box for every business query and insert a link
B. Add a button for every business query and set the action type to Bookmark
C. Build a Power Apps visual containing a drop-down list. This list will consist of all business queries
D. Add filters to the menu page
E. None of the above
Unattempted
To add the desired functionality, you can create a page named Home and then create other pages of
reports and bookmark them. On every page, put a button and add an action point to the Home bookmark.
Also, you can add one button for each page in the main page (Home), and add an action point to each
page or bookmark.
Option A is incorrect. Adding a text box for every business query and inserting a link wont help in
achieving the goal.
Option B is CORRECT. Adding a button for every business query and setting the action type to Bookmark
will help in achieving the goal.
Option C is incorrect. Building a Power Apps visual containing a drop-down list will not help to achieve
the desired goal.
Option D is incorrect. Adding filters to the menu page won‘t help in achieving the goal.
Option E is incorrect. Option B is correct.
Reference:
To know more about the custom visuals, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-bookmarks
46. Question
There is a dashboard named Salary_Cost having Q&A enabled on it. When a user tries to get the count of
Employees, the query gets failed. On the other hand, when the user asks for the count of workers, the
query returns the expected result.
You need to ensure that the same result is returned by both queries. Which of the following actions would
you perform?
A. Editing synonyms from the Power BI service
B. Editing Relationships from the Power BI Desktop
C. Editing synonyms from the Power BI Desktop
D. Editing tables from the Power Query in Power BI Desktop
Unattempted
When you are interested in improving the Q&A experience, it is always a good practice to add synonyms
from the Power BI Desktop Model view.
Option A is incorrect. Editing synonyms from the Power BI service is not the right choice. Instead, you
should edit synonyms from the Power BI Desktop.
Option B is incorrect. Editing Relationships from the Power BI Desktop is not the right option to ensure
that both above said queries return the same result.
Option C is correct. To ensure that both above said queries return the same result, you should edit
synonyms from the Power BI Desktop.
Option D is incorrect. Editing tables from the Power Query in Power BI Desktop is not the right option to
ensure that both above said queries return the same result.
Reference:
To know more about Best practices to optimize Q&A in Power BI, visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/natural-language/q-and-a-best-practices
47. Question
Your team is working on a project where they will come across different scenarios to use the
decomposition tree. The team is confused and wants to be assured of where to use the decomposition
tree. For which of the following purposes, you won‘t recommend them to use decomposition tree?
A. To conduct root cause analysis
B. To automatically analyze the chosen dimensions to check where the measure is having the lowest
or highest value
C. To conduct what-if analysis with built-in parameters
D. To visualize the data across multiple dimensions
E. To show the beginning and ending headcount for the organization in a year
Unattempted
A decomposition tree is an Artificial Intelligence visual that automatically aggregates the data and allows
the users to drill down into the dimensions to view the data across multiple dimensions. Being AI-based,
it can be used to find the next dimension to drill down into depending upon the specific criteria that make
it an amazing tool for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis. Also, it helps in
automatically analyzing the chosen dimensions to check where the measure is having the lowest or
highest value.
Option A is incorrect as decomposition trees are AI visuals that are great for root cause analysis.
Option B is incorrect. Decomposition trees are great visuals to automatically analyze the chosen
dimensions to check where the measure is having the lowest or highest value.
Option C is correct as decomposition trees cant be used to conduct what-if analysis with built-in
parameters.
Option D is incorrect as decomposition trees automatically aggregate the data and allow the users to
view the data across multiple dimensions.
Option E is correct as not a decomposition tree, but a waterfall chart should be the recommended choice
to show the beginning and ending headcount for the organization in a year.
References:
To know more about the Decomposition Trees, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/ai-visuals-power-bi/4-decomposition-tree
48. Question
You develop a dataset named from the flat files that will use incremental refresh. The dataset with other
related reports is deployed to the Premium Power BI. You notice that the incremental refresh for the
dataset gets failed due to the lack of resources. Which of the following might be a potential reason for the
problem?
A. You chose only to refresh the complete periods
B. Query folding is not happening
C. No filter is applied to the file
D. Data type for the column that is utilized for data partition has changed
Unattempted
Power BI partitions the data depending upon the date range. It makes only specific partitions to be
refreshed incrementally. For this purpose, the partition filter conditions are sent to the source system by
adding them in the queries. In Power BI terminology, whole this process is known as query folding. The
Incremental Refresh feature should be used only for the queries and data sources which use query
folding otherwise all the data will be pulled multiple times by the Incremental Refresh feature.
Option A is incorrect. You chose only to refresh complete periods is not the right choice.
Option B is correct. Not occurring of Query folding might be a potential reason to get run out of
resources in the given scenario.
Option C is incorrect. Not applying the filter is not the reason to get run out of resources in the given
scenario.
Option D is incorrect. The data type of the column utilized to partition the data have changed is not the
right option.
Reference:
To know more about the incremental Refresh, please refer to the link below:
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/incremental-refresh-query-folding/
49. Question
Which of the following tasks can be done only by the workspace admin, not by the users with lesser
authorities and privileges?
A. Creating, editing, or deleting the content in the workspace
B. Publishing workspace content in the app
C. Adding or removing the other users from the workspace
D. Creating a report in another workspace depending upon the dataset of this workspace
E. Scheduling the data refreshes
Unattempted
Out of the given tasks, only adding or removing the other users is the only task that can be performed
only by the workspace admin. All other given tasks can be performed even by the members of the
workspace.
Option A is incorrect. Admin is not the only workspace role that can create, edit or delete the content in
the workspace. Even the workspace members are able to do this.
Option B is incorrect. Admin is not the only workspace role that can publish the content to an app. Even
the workspace members are able to do this.
Option C is correct. Only the workspace admin has the authority of adding or deleting other users from
the workspace.
Option D is incorrect. Creating a report in another workspace depending upon the dataset of this
workspace is not the privilege of the admin only. Even the workspace members can do this.
Option E is incorrect. Scheduling the refreshes is not the privilege of the admin only. Even the workspace
members can do this.
Reference:
To know more about creating and managing Workspaces, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-manage-workspaces-power-bi/2-distribute-report-
dashboard
50. Question
Which of the following is a potential way to improve the performance while getting the data in Power BI?
A. Combining the date and time columns in a single column
B. Pulling the data only into Power BI Service, nor Power BI Desktop
C. Performing some calculations in the original data source
D. Using SELECT SQL statement in SQL queries while pulling the data from a relational database
Unattempted
Power Query and Power Query Editor are designed to allow you to process the data, but the processing
power needed to do this may decrease the performance in other areas of your reports. Therefore, it is
always a good practice to process as much as possible data in the original data source.
Option A is incorrect. Combining the date and column in a single column is not the right option as
Separating the columns date and time will enhance the compression and therefore the performance.
Option B is incorrect. Pulling the data only into the Power BI Service is not the right option as there is no
performance difference between Power BI service and Power BI Desktop.
Option C is correct. It is always a good practice to process as much as possible data in the original data
source to improve the performance.
Option D is incorrect. Using a SELECT SQL statement in SQL queries while pulling the data from a
relational database might decrease the performance as in this way, you are likely to get more rows and
columns than needed.
Reference:
To know more about the performance issues, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/get-data/8-performance-issues
51. Question
You need to import a dataset into the Power BI Desktop from an Excel document. While performing the
tables profiling, you notice that two columns require some fixings where Column1 is having many values
starting with space and column2 is having a number of non-printable characters.
Which of the following commands can help you in fixing the errors in Column1 and Column2?
A. Column1: Capitalize Each Word Column2: Clean
B. Column1: Clean White Spaces Column2: Trim
C. Column1: Clean White Spaces Column2: Clean
D. Column1: Length Column2: TRIM
E. Column1: Trim Column2: Clean
F. Column1: Capitalize Each Word Column2: Trim
Unattempted
Trim command helps in removing the white spaces and Clean command helps in removing the non-
printable characters.
To use the Trim or Clean command in the Power Query editor, choose the text column you need to
shape and make the right-click. It will open the following window.
Option A is incorrect. Trim, not Capitalize Each Word, helps in removing the whitespaces while Clean is
the right command to remove the non-printable characters.
Option B is incorrect. There is no command like Clean White Spaces. Instead, Trim should be used for
removing the whitespaces. Clean is the right command to remove the non-printable characters.
Option C is incorrect. There is no command like Clean White Spaces. Instead, Trim should be used for
removing the whitespaces.
Option D is incorrect. The Trim command helps in removing the white spaces and the Clean command
helps in removing the non-printable characters.
Option E is correct. Trim and Clean are the right commands to be used for column1 and column2
respectively to fix the errors.
Option F is incorrect. Capitalize Each Word and Trim are not the right commands to fix the errors for
Column1 and column2.
References:
To know more about Transform commands in Power BI, please refer to the links below:
https://gcomsolutions.co.uk/blog/power-bi/power-query-trim-and-clean/
https://myspquestions.wordpress.com/2018/10/08/power-bi-understanding-trim-clean-fill-remove-
duplicates-remove-errors-split-column-remove-empty-merge-and-append/
52. Question
Consider the statement below:
Queries in the Query editor dont need to be loaded to the data model. You can decide and select
whether to load them or not.
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
To disable loading a query, you can right click that query and Deselect the “Enable Load“ option. After
that, other queries can still reference this query in the query editor but this query wont be loaded to the
data model.
Reference:
To know more about performance tips about Power BI, please refer to the link below:
https://radacad.com/performance-tip-for-power-bi-enable-load-sucks-memory-up
53. Question
What is the meaning of the following M code:
= # Keep First Rows{0}[Content
A. In the data table, keep only the first row of data
B. Extract the value of 1st row in the content column from the data as at the previous step Keep
First Rows
C. Extract all the values in the content column of the “Keep First Rows“ step where the value is equal
to zero
Unattempted
The given M code will extract all the values in the content column of the “Keep First Rows“ step where
the value is equal to zero.
Option A is incorrect. In the data table, keeping only the first row of data is not the result for the given M
code.
Option B is incorrect. The given M code won‘t Extract the value of the 1st row in the content column
from the data as at the previous step Keep First Rows.
Option C is correct. The given M code will Extract all the values in the content column of the “Keep First
Rows“ step where the value is equal to zero.
Option D is incorrect. Option C is correct.
Reference:
To know more about M code, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-quickstart-using-power-bi#the-advanced-
editor
54. Question
Consider the two tables Courses and Teachers with the following snapshots
You desire to set a relationship between the tables courses and teachers with many-to-one cardinality, but
it is not available in the relationship settings (as demonstrated in the below picture).
What should you do before creating the Many-to-One relationship?
A. Use the “Remove Errors“ command for the Courses table
B. Filter out the blank values from the Teachers table
C. Add a new index column Teacher Name to the table Courses
D. Use the “Remove Duplicates“ command for the Teachers table
E. Use the “Remove Duplicates“ command for the Courses table
Unattempted
You are interested in creating a many to one relationship where the teacher table is on one-sided. It can
be seen from the snapshot of Teachers command, Teacher ID is having some blank values. However, its
not valid for the columns that serve as the primary key or columns lying on either side of the many-to-one
relationship.
Option A is incorrect. Using Remove errors for the Courses table won‘t resolve the issue.
Option B is correct. You need to filter out the blank values from the Teachers table as the Teachers table
is on one side of many to one relationship and in such a relationship, the key column of such table is not
allowed to have the blank values.
Option C is incorrect. Adding a new index column Teacher Name to the table Courses is not the right
choice.
Option D is incorrect. Using the “Remove Duplicates“ command for the Teachers table is not the right
choice.
Option E is incorrect. Using the “Remove Duplicates“ command for the Courses table is not the right
choice.
References:
To know more about Relationships cardinality and Duplicate values, please refer to the links below:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Duplicate-Value/td-p/781471
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/Get-quot-not-allowed-for-columns-on-the-one-side-of-a-
many-to/td-p/68775
55. Question
What is the use of Row Level Security (RLS) in Power BI?
A. Assigning the security permissions for the underlying Power BI Azure SQL Database
B. Adding the ability to link Power BI Log-in to organizational Active Directory or Window Login
through Single Sign On (SSO)
C. Restricting data access for the given users ( By assigning users to roles)
D. Restrictions to specific measures within Power BI reports to some specific users
E. All the above
Unattempted
The use of Row Level Security in Power BI is to restrict or limit the data access for the specified users.
The Filters restrict the data access at row-level and filters can be defined within roles. In Power BI
service, the members can access the datasets in the workspace. Row Level security does not put
restrictions on this data access.
Option A is incorrect. RLS does not assign the security permissions for the underlying Power BI Azure
SQL Database.
Option B is incorrect. RLS does not add the ability to link Power BI Log-in to organizational Active
Directory or Window Login through Single Sign On (SSO) is not the use of RLS in Power BI.
Option C is correct. The use of RLS is to restrict data access for the given users ( By assigning users to
roles).
Option D is incorrect. RLS does not make restrictions to specific measures within Power BI reports to
some specific users.
Option E is incorrect. The given option is not the right choice.
Reference:
To know more about Row Level Security, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-rls?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-5003635
56. Question
Choose the correct return type for the FILTER function in DAX.
A. Row
B. Column
C. Table
D. Integer
E. Character
Unattempted
Filter function returns a table that does represent a subset of another expression or table.
Option A is incorrect. The correct return type for FILTER function is a table, not Row.
Option B is incorrect. The correct return type for FILTER function is a table, not Column.
Option C is correct. The correct return type for the FILTER function is a table.
Option D is incorrect. The correct return type for the FILTER function is a table, not Integer.
Option E is incorrect. The correct return type for the FILTER function is a table, not Character.
Reference:
To know more about FILTER function, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-functions-dax
57. Question
You want to create a calculated column in DAX that returns a value if the word Admin is present in the
corresponding Role Column. Which of the following DAX functions can be used for the purpose?
A. TRIM
B. REPT
C. FIND
D. SEARCH
E. CONTAINSSTRING
F. CONTAINSSTRINGEXACT
Unattempted
The functions CONTAINSSTRING or CONTAINSSTRINGEXACT (Case sensitive function) B can be used

to find out whether the column “Role“ contains the word “Admin“ or not. These functions return a
boolean value.
FIND or SEARCH ( case sensitive) are the other functions that can be used to find out whether the
column “Role“ contains the word “Admin“ or not. These functions return the position of the “Admin“ and
are somewhat less efficient than CONTAINSSTRING or CONTAINSSTRINGEXACT functions.
Option A is incorrect. TRIM function is used to remove the extra spaces from the text.
Option B is incorrect. REPT function is used to add a number of instances of a text string within a cell.
Option C is correct. The FIND function can be used to find out whether the column “Role“ contains the
word “Admin“ or not.
Option D is incorrect. CONCATENATE function is used to join two text strings into one text string.
Option E is correct. The CONTAINSSTRING function can be used to find out whether the column “Role“
contains the word “Admin“ or not.
Option F is correct. CONTAINSSTRINGEXACT function can be used to find out whether the column
“Role“ contains the word “Admin“ or not.
Option G is correct. SEARCH function can be used to find out whether the column “Role“ contains the
word “Admin“ or not.
Reference:
To know more about the DAX functions, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/search-function-dax
58. Question
Consider that you want to split your query into two parts. Which of the following options would you use in
Power BI?
A. Format Query
B. Split Query
C. Extract previous
D. Mark Query
Unattempted
Extract Previous is the option that helps in splitting the query into parts. If you want to split a query,
right-click an applied step (as per desire or requirements) to the query and choose the exact previous
option. It will split the query into 2 parts by making a new query consisting of all the steps before the
selected step.
Option A is incorrect. It is the Extract Previous option, not Format Query, that is used to split the query in
Power BI.
Option B is incorrect. It is the Extract Previous option, not Split Query, that is used to split the query in
Power BI.
Option C is correct. Extract Previous is the option that helps in splitting the query into parts in Power BI.
Option D is incorrect. It is the Extract Previous option, not Mark Query, that is used to split the query in
Power BI.
Reference:
To know more about splitting queries in Power Query, please refer to the link below:
https://yodalearning.com/tutorials/learn-how-split-queries-in-power-query/
59. Question
Which of the following is the possible outcome of removing the unnecessary columns and rows?
A. You should not delete unnecessary columns and rows as its always a preferable practice to all the
metadata intact
B. Removing unnecessary columns and rows can damage the structure of your data model
C. Removing necessary columns and rows will result in reducing the dataset size and its always a
preferable practice to load only the necessary data in your data model
D. All of the above
Unattempted
You should always delete the unnecessary columns and rows from your dataset. Removing necessary
columns and rows will result in reducing the dataset size and its always a preferable practice to load only
the necessary data in your data model. As, dataset will contain only the relevant data, the performance
will be improved.
Option A is incorrect. It is always a good practice to remove unnecessary rows and columns.
Option B is incorrect. It is always a good practice to remove unnecessary rows and columns.
Option C is correct. Removing necessary columns and rows will result in reducing the dataset size and
it‘s always a preferable practice to load only the necessary data in your data model.
Option D is incorrect. Removing necessary columns and rows will result in reducing the dataset size and
it‘s always a preferable practice to load only the necessary data in your data model.
References:
To know more about model performance, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/optimize-model-power-bi/1-introduction
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/optimize-model-power-bi/2-performance
60. Question
You need to create some visualizations in Power BI Desktop using Python Scripting. After installing and
configuring Python for Power BI Desktop, you run the below-given code:
In the response, you get the following error message.
How would you fix this issue?
A. By refreshing the IDE settings
B. By adding the command pyplot.show() to the script
C. By refreshing the dataset origin connection
D. By enabling the python visuals before code is run
Unattempted
To make the code run, you need to add the command pyplot.show() to the script. The script is
incomplete without this command. Without using this command, no visual will be created.
Option A is incorrect. Refreshing the IDE settings wont fix the issue.
Option B is correct. Adding the command pyplot.show() to the script will make the script complete and
fix the issue.
Option C is incorrect. Refreshing the dataset origin connection wont fix the issue.
Option D is incorrect. Enabling the python visuals before the code is run is not the right option.
References:
To know more about the desktop python visuals and desktop python scripts, please refer to the below
links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-visuals
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-python-scripts
61. Question
You are publishing a report to Consumer Services Workspace. The report basically identifies the
consumers having data quality problems that need to be investigated by the consumer services
department of the company. You want to allow the consumer service managers to create the task lists in
Microsoft Excel depending upon the data. How would you configure the report setting?
A. Modify the default visual interaction from cross highlighting to cross-filtering
B. Dont permit the end users to save filters on the report
C. Permit the users to include the comments in the report
D. Enable the modified filter pane and display the filters in the visual header of the report
E. Select the type of data you want to allow the end-users to export
Unattempted
By default, the report readers are allowed to export the underlying or summarized data from the visuals
in your report. With the Export data option, you can make them export no data at all or only the
summarized data from your report.
Option A is incorrect. Modifying the default visual interaction from cross highlighting to cross-filtering is
not the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. Dont permit the end users to save filters on the report is not the right choice.
Option C is incorrect. Permitting the users to include the comments in the report Is not the right choice.
Option D is incorrect. Enabling the modified filter pane and displaying the filters in the visual header of
the report is not the right choice.
Option E is correct. Selecting the type of data you want to allow the end-users to export is the right
choice to achieve the goal.
References:
To know more about report settings in Power BI, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-settings#
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-export
62. Question
Which of the following are the benefits of Power BI Reports over Power BI Dashboards?
A. Report offers storytelling capability with the help of bookmarks
B. Reports offer a better real-time experience while showing data from a streaming dataset
C. Report definitions are possible to save using PBIX, an external file format, and checked into source
control
D. Reports offer a better interactive drill down and filtering experience
E. Reports update automatically whenever the data of the underlying dataset is updated
Unattempted
Report offers better storytelling capabilities using bookmarks while the dashboard is a single page that
tells stories using visualization. But as the dashboard is limited to a single page, a well-designed
dashboard shows only the highlights of the story. Reports offer a better interactive drill down and
filtering experience. Report definitions are possible to save using PBIX, an external file format, and
checked into source control.
Option A is correct. A Report tells stories using bookmarks while a dashboard is a single page that tells
stories using visualization. As a dashboard is limited to a single page, a well-designed dashboard shows
only the highlights of the story. Therefore, reports have better storytelling capabilities than dashboards.
Option B is incorrect. The statement Reports offer a better real-time experience than Dashboards while
showing data from a streaming dataset is not true.
Option C is correct. Report definitions are possible to save using PBIX, an external file format, and
checked into source control.
Option D is correct. Reports offer a better interactive drill down and filtering experience with various
custom themes and options.
Option E is incorrect. These are the dashboards, not reports, that update automatically whenever the
data of the underlying dataset is updated.
References:
To know more about Power BI Reports and Dashboards, please refer to the below links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-dashboards-power-bi/1-introduction
https://www.educba.com/power-bi-dashboard-vs-report/
63. Question
Where is it possible to configure and set data alerts?
A. You can set Data alerts in both Power BI Desktop and Power BI Service on any type of visual
B. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI service on some specific type of visuals like gauges,
KPI and cards
C. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI desktop on some specific type of visuals like gauges,
KPI and cards
D. You can set Data alerts only in the Power BI service on any type of visual
E. You can set Data alerts only in the Power BI desktop on any type of visual
Unattempted
There is a process to configure alerts on a dashboard in Power BI. Data alerts are generally used to notify
the users that a specific data point is below, above or at a particular threshold that you can set. Data
alerts is a feature available only in the Power BI service and can be set only on report elements like KPI
visuals, cards and gauges.
Option A is incorrect. Data alerts is a feature available only in the Power BI service and can be set only on
report elements like KPI visuals, cards and gauges.
Option B is correct. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI service on some specific type of visuals
like gauges, KPI and cards.
Option C is incorrect. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI service, not Power BI desktop, on
some specific type of visuals like gauges, KPI and cards.
Option D is incorrect. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI service on some specific type of
visuals like gauges, KPI and cards, not all visuals.
Option E is incorrect. You can set data alerts only in the Power BI service on some specific type of visuals
like gauges, KPI and cards.
Reference:
To know more about configuring data alerts, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-dashboards-power-bi/2-data-alerts
64. Question
Your team manager has asked you to print some Power BI reports and distribute them among the team
members during the Review meeting. Before starting the printing of reports, you notice that some tables
are showing fewer rows as compared to the actual rows present there. Which of the following is the right
method to resolve this issue?
A. Change the visual from the table to Matrix
B. Create a paginated report
C. Create a customize tooltip
D. Reduce the table size by grouping the rows
E. Expand the table to the whole page
Unattempted
When a report is printed as a pdf file in Power BI, it is the only current view that gets printed. If in table
visual, the tables are having multiple rows and you are not scrolling, it will print only the rows that you
can see on the page. Creating and using Paginated Reports is a good way to solve this problem.
Option A is incorrect. Changing the visual from the table to Matrix is not the right solution for the issue.
Option B is correct. The given issue can be solved by creating and using paginated reports.
Option C is incorrect. Creating a customized tooltip wont solve the issue. Tooltip is an amazing feature
that provides more contextual detail and information to data points on a visual. customized tooltips are
the ones that can include the images, visuals, and any other collection of items that the users create on
the report page.
Option D is incorrect. Reducing the table size by grouping the rows is not the solution.
Option E is incorrect. Expanding the table to the whole page is not the solution. Instead, a paginated
report should be created.
Reference:
To know more about the Paginated Reports, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/paginated-reports/paginated-reports-report-builder-power-bi
65. Question
For the custom column Formula:
=if[state]= LA then Los Angeles else[state]
Select the statement that rightly describes the value for the custom column formula.
A. The value of the formula will be “Los Angeles“
B. The value of the formula will be “LA“
C. The value of the formula will either be “Los Angeles“ or whatever the value for the State column is
D. The value of the formula will be the same value as the State column
Unattempted
The given formula will set the value “Los Angeles“ to the custom column wherever the value of the State
column is “LA“. For the rest ones, it will set the value of the State column.
Option A is incorrect. The value of the formula won‘t be “Los Angeles“.
Option B is incorrect. The value of the formula won‘t be “LA“.
Option C is correct. The value of the formula will either be “Los Angeles“ or whatever the value for the
State column is.
Option D is incorrect. The value of the formula won‘t be the same value as the State column.
Reference:
To know more about adding a custom column, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-add-custom-column
practice tests
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy
MEMORIAL
Practice Set 16

Your time: 00:00:01
Average score
53.79%
Your score
0.00%
Restart Test
View Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Answered
Review
1. Question
You need to import 45 Excel files to Power BI Desktop. All these files are in a unique desktop local folder
and share the same structure. You want to import all these Excel files into a single table. Which of the
following would help you in achieving the goal?
A. Adding the folder data source; using the Append Queries command
B. Adding the folder data source; using the Combine Files Command
C. Adding every single file to the model and then using Merge Query Command
D. Adding the MS Excel Data Source; selecting all files of the folder
E. Adding a folder data source and using the Merge Queries Command
Unattempted
Adding a folder data source and using the Combine Files command is the right choice. Implement Get
and Transform feature of Excel for combining the multiple files having the exact same schema, from a
single folder into a single table.
Option A is incorrect. You need to use the Combine Files command rather than the Append Queries
command.
Option B is correct. Adding a folder data source and using the Combine Files Command is the right
choice to achieve the goal.
Option C is incorrect. Adding every single file to the model and then using Merge Queries Command is
not the right choice.
Option D is incorrect. Adding a Microsoft Excel Data Source and selecting all files of the folder is not the
right choice.
Option E is incorrect. You need to use the Combine Files command rather than the Merge Queries
command.
Reference:
To know more about combining files, please refer to the doc below:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-ie/office/combine-files-in-a-folder-with-combine-binaries-power-query-
94b8023c-2e66-4f6b-8c78-6a00041c90e4
2. Question
You have a 200 GB data warehouse that has data consolidated from several applications and runs on SQL
Server 2017 Enterprise Edition. You notice that with your reports, there is a default limitation of eight daily
refreshes. Your manager asks you to ensure that the reports are never more outdated than 1 hour. Which
of the following can help you in achieving the same?
A. Building an application for monitoring the changes in the database and pushing them out utilizing
the real-time streaming API
B. Migrating the content to Power BI Premium
C. Adding an SSAS tabular layer on top and enabling the Live connections
D. Convert to DirectQuery to access the data warehouse
Unattempted
While connecting to the data source in Power BI Desktop, it is always possible to import a copy of data in
the Power BI Desktop. DirectQuery is another approach that you can use to connect directly to the data
source. In DirectQuery, no data is copied or imported into Power BI Desktop. As you build a visualization
or interact with any visual, Power BI Desktop queries the underlying data source and therefore you
always view the current data.
With other connecting modes, Underlying data changes might demand a refresh of data and for some
reports, there may be a need for large data transfers to show the current data that might make
reimporting data unfeasible. On the other hand, DirectQuery reports always use the current data and
therefore you dont need to deal with such problems. Also, DirectQuery has no limitation of the 1-GB
dataset.
Option A is incorrect. Building an application for monitoring the changes in the database and pushing
them out utilizing the real-time streaming API is not the right choice. Instead, you should Convert to
DirectQuery to access the data warehouse.
Option B is incorrect. Migrating the content to Power BI Premium wont help in achieving the goal.
Option C is incorrect. Adding an SSAS tabular layer on top and enabling the Live connections wont help
in achieving the goal.
Option D is correct. Convert to DirectQuery to access the data warehouse is the right approach to
achieve the goal.
Reference:
To know more about the DirectQuery approach, please refer to the link below:
3. Question
Suppose you have developed a query named consumers in Power BI Desktop to append the rows from 3
external tables with consumer data into a single table consumer.
Now you want to ensure that each row in the consumer table has a unique ID value. Which of the following
is the best way to add a new fabricated ID column to the consumer table?
A. Changing the data model by extending the consumers table with an Index column
B. Changing the data model by extending consumer table with a Counter column
C. Modifying the consumers query by adding an Index column
D. Modifying the consumers query by adding a Counter column
Unattempted
Query editor has an option Index Column to add an indexed column starting from 1,0 or any custom
number. Insert Index Column is present in the Add Column tab that allows the creation of a new
index column starting from 0, 1, or any custom number. Users can customize the starting value and row
increment for the index.
Option A is incorrect. Modifying the consumers query by adding an Index column is the best way to add
a new ID column to the consumer table.
Option B is incorrect. Modifying the consumers query by adding an Index column is the best way to add
Option C is correct. Modifying the consumers query by adding an Index column is the best way to add a
new ID column to the consumer table.
Option D is incorrect. Modifying the consumers query by adding an Index column is the best way to add
Reference:
To know more about Insert Index Column, please refer to the link below:
https://powerbi.microsoft.com/fr-fr/blog/4-new-updates-in-power-query/
4. Question
Why is it advised to avoid the NULL values in the numeric column?
A. DAX expression having SUM function on such data will provide incorrect results
B. DAX expression having MAX function on such data will provide incorrect results
C. DAX expression having an AVERAGE function on such data will provide incorrect results
D. DAX Expressions cant be applied if a numeric column has one or multiple NULL values
E. All the above
Unattempted
AVERAGE function calculates the average by considering the total and dividing that by the number of
non-null values. As Null values wont be considered, the returned average will be greater than the
accurate average.
Option A is incorrect as the SUM function will ignore the null values. As Null values are just like zero, it
will return the accurate result.
Option B is incorrect as the MAX expression will take the maximum non-null value and therefore return
the correct result.
Option C is correct as the AVERAGE function calculates the average by considering the total and dividing
that total by the number of non-null values. As Null values wont be considered, the returned average will
be greater than the accurate average.
Option D is incorrect as DAX expressions can be applied even if the column has null values and the
expressions like SUM and MAX return the correct result even in the case of NULL values.
Option E is incorrect. Option C is the correct answer.
Reference:
To know more about DAX expressions and data shaping, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/clean-data-power-bi/2-shape-data
5. Question
Consider the following table:
After you pivot the columns, the table appears as shown below:
As you can see, there is an Error in the 3rd row. How would you fix this error? The solution needs to
preserve all the data.
A. For the key column, use Duplicate Values
B. Rename column3
C. Use Remove Errors for Column3
D. Modify the Data Type of the Value Column
E. Change the Aggregate Value Function of the Pivot
Unattempted
Changing the Aggregate Value Function of the Pivot is the right answer. While using the Pivot feature,
you need to take care of the Aggregate Value Functions shown in the Advanced options; if you are
interested in preserving all duplicated values, dont choose the Sum option:
Option A is incorrect. Using duplicate values wont help in resolving the issue.
Option B is incorrect. Renaming the column wont help in resolving the issue.
Option C is incorrect. Using Remove Error is not the correct choice.
Option D is incorrect. Modifying the Data Type of the Value column won‘t help in resolving the issue.
Option E is correct. Changing the Aggregate Value Function of the Pivot is the right answer. While using
the Pivot feature, you need to take care of the Aggregate Value Functions.
Reference:
To know more about Pivot and Unpivot columns, please refer to the link below:
https://databear.com/power-bi-pivot-and-unpivot-columns/
6. Question
Which of the following are the valid reasons to design your data model as a star schema?
A. It makes it clear to the end-users or the report builders which business attributes or entities they
can slice and dice by
B. Performance as filtering on dimension rows, which are fewer, is generally faster than filtering
directly on a larger fact table
C. Star Schema minimizes data redundancy by avoiding the repetition of data values as much as
possible
D. Only Models designed with Star Schema can be published to Power BI service
E. It permits one to many relationships, which is the most recommended relationship type in Power
BI, between the tables
F. Having a Date dimension is a recommended practice methodology to perform time intelligence in

Power BI
Unattempted
Star Schema is the recommended data model design for Power BI for various reasons like Performance
and Usability. Time intelligence typically needs a date dimension table with continuous dates although it
can also be done using quick measures. Also, Star schema permits one to many relationships that is
preferred relationship type rather than many to many for a BI cube.
Although it is possible to avoid the repetition or redundancy by splitting out the attributes into their own
tables known as snowflake, in Star Schema, it is generally recommended to have an exploded dimension
table with repeated / redundant data values.
Option A is correct. Star schema makes it clear to the end-users or the report builders which business
attributes or entities they can slice and dice by.
Option B is correct. Star schema also enhances the Performance as filtering on dimension rows, which
are fewer, is generally faster than filtering directly on a larger fact table.
Option C is incorrect. Although it is possible to avoid the repetition or redundancy by splitting out the
attributes into their own tables known as snowflake, in Star Schema, it is generally recommended to
have an exploded dimension table with repeated / redundant data values.
Option D is incorrect. Even the models that are not designed with Star Schema can be published to
Power BI Service.
Option E is correct. Star Schema permits one to many relationships, which is the most recommended
relationship type in Power BI, between the tables.
Option F is correct. Having a Date dimension is a recommended practice methodology to perform time
intelligence in Power BI.
References:
To know more about Star Schema and its importance in Power BI, please refer to the below links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/design-model-power-bi/4-dimensions
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema
7. Question
Consider the statement below.
Row Level Security cant be applied in Power BI Desktop while connecting via a Live connection to
Analysis Services, these need to be set within the AS model.
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
You can configure Row-Level Security for the data models imported in Power BI through Power BI
Desktop. It is also possible to configure Row Level Security (RLS) on the datasets that use DirectQuery,
such as SQL Server. But for Analysis Services or Azure Analysis Services live connections, Row-level
security is configured within the model, not Power BI Desktop. The AS models hold RLS roles already
that can be used by Power BI via a Live connection.
Reference:
To know more about Row Level Security, please refer to the below link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-rls?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-5003635
8. Question
You need to write a measure that will calculate the ratio of a month of sales in a year. Which of the
following function can be used for the purpose?
A. FILTER
B. ALL
C. ENDOFYEAR
D. WHOLEYEAR
E. FIRSTDATE
Unattempted
ALL is the DAX function that can be used to calculate the ratio of a month of sales in a year. ALL is the
function that returns all the values in a column or all the rows in a table by removing or ignoring any
applied filter. This function is used to clear the filters and make calculations on all the rows in a table. In
the given case, ALL function will remove the filter applied on Month and will calculate the ratio.
Option A is incorrect. FILTER is a function that returns a table representing a subset of another table or

expression. In this case, you don‘t need the FILTER function.
Option B is correct. ALL function will remove the filter applied on Month and will calculate the desired
ratio.
Option C is incorrect. ENDOFYEAR function returns the last date of the year in the current context for the
specified column of dates. In the given scenario, ENDOFYEAR function wont work.
Option D is incorrect. There is no function like WHOLEYEAR in DAX.
Option E is incorrect. FIRSTDATE function returns the first date in the current context for the specified
column of dates. In the given scenario, the ENDOFYEAR function wont work.
References:
To know more about ALL DAX function, visit refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/all-function-dax
9. Question
Can you create a relationship between two columns having different DATA TYPE?
A. Yes, but the cardinality of the relationship needs to set as one to many
B. Yes, but the cardinality of the relationship needs to set as many to many
C. Yes, the latest versions of Power BI Desktops fully support creating relationships between such
columns
D. No, the columns in a relationship need to share the same data type
Unattempted
It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have different data types. Both
columns in the relationship need to share the same data type.
Option A is incorrect. It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have different
data types.
Option B is incorrect. It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have different
data types.
Option C is incorrect. It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have different
data types.
Option D is correct. It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have different
data types. Both columns in the relationship need to share the same data type.
Reference:
To know more about the relationships and model performance, please refer to the below link:
10. Question
You need to configure a Gauge chart. Where would you set the goal for this?
A. Format Settings
B. Power Query
C. Calculated Column
D. DAX Expression
Unattempted
In the Gauge chart, it is possible to set Maximum, Minimum, and Target values manually from the
Format pane.
Option A is correct. Format Settings is the right option to set the goal in the Gauge chart.
Option B is incorrect. Format Settings, not Power Query, is the right option to set the goal in the Gauge
chart.
Option C is incorrect. Format Settings, not Calculated Column, is the right option to set the goal in the
Gauge chart.
Option D is incorrect. Format Settings, not DAX Expression, is the right option to set the goal in the
Gauge chart.
Reference:
To know more about the Gauge chart, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-radial-gauge-charts
11. Question
There is a table Registrations that have the Registration data for Ph.D scholars from scholars throughout
the world. The below table shows the sample dataset:
Country Year No_of_registrations
US 2020 500
India 2020 350
UK 2020 450
New Zealand 2020 550
You try to develop a map to demonstrate the Registrations by Country, but you notice that the map does
not work. How would you fix the map visualization?
A. By adding a column that has longitude and latitude
B. Choose the Country field and change the data category from the Modeling tab
C. Choose the Country field and change the data type from the Modeling tab
D. Create another table named Area and make a relationship between Area and Registrations Tables
Unattempted
In the Data View or report View, You should specify or define the data category for a field or column to
make Power BI Desktop know how to treat the values of the column when in a visualization.
Option A is incorrect. Adding a column that has longitude and latitude won‘t fix the issue with the map
visualization.
Option B is correct. Choosing the Country field and changing the data category from the Modeling tab
will fix the issue with a map visualization.
Option C is incorrect. Choosing the Country field and changing the data type from the Modeling tab
wont help in fixing the map visualization.
Option D is incorrect. Creating another table named Area and making a relationship between Area and
Registrations Tables wont help in fixing the map visualization.
Reference:
To know more about the data categorization, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-data-categorization
12. Question
You have several dashboards. You want to ensure that when the users browse the available dashboards
from powerbi.com, they should be able to view which dashboards have personally identifiable information
(PII). The solution needs to minimize the configuration efforts and effect on the dashboard design.
Which of the following would you use?
A. Tiles
B. Comment
C. Active Directory groups
D. Data Classifications
E. Feedback
Unattempted
With the help of dashboard data classification, you can raise awareness with the viewers of the
dashboards about the level of security that should be utilized. You can tag your dashboards with
classifications mentioned by the IT department of your company, so everyone seeing the content will
have the same level of information and understanding around the sensitivity of the data.
Therefore, by using data classification, you can make sure that when the users browse the available
dashboards from powerbi.com, they can view which dashboards have personally identifiable information
(PII).
Option A is incorrect. Using data classification, not tiles, is the right solution.
Option B is incorrect. With the help of the Comment feature in the Power BI Dashboard, it is possible to
get feedback from the users and make those features visible to other users as well. Using data
classification is the right solution.
Option C is incorrect. Using data classification, not Active Directory Group , is the right solution.
Option D is correct. Using data classification, you can make sure that when the users browse the
available dashboards from powerbi.com, they can view which dashboards have personally identifiable
information (PII).
Option E is incorrect. Using data classification, not Feedback is the right solution.
Reference:
To know more about Dashboard Data Classification, please refer to the below link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-data-classification
13. Question
Which of the following statements are true regarding Slicer Visual in a Power BI report?
A. You can configure the slicer visual based on the Date column to utilize slider controls
B. The use of a slicer visual on Power BI reports is to offer the report consumers with interactive
filtering behavior
C. While adding a field to the Field Well of a slicer visual, you can use either a measure or a column
D. A slicer visual from the report can be pinned to a dashboard for making the dashboard interactive
E. All of the above
Unattempted
The use of a slicer visual on Power BI reports is to offer the report consumers with interactive filtering
behavior. You can configure the slicer visual based on Date column to utilize slider controls. But Slicer
visuals cant be pinned to the dashboard as dashboards are not interactive. Also, you cant use measures
in slicers.
Option A is correct. You can configure the slicer visual based on the Date column to utilize slider controls.
Option B is correct. The use of a slicer visual on Power BI reports is to offer the report consumers with
interactive filtering behavior.
Option C is incorrect. You cant use measures in a slicer visual.
Option D is incorrect. Slicer visuals cant be pinned to the dashboard as dashboards are not interactive.
Option E is incorrect. Slicer visuals cant be pinned to the dashboard as dashboards are not interactive.
Also, you cant use measures in slicers
Reference:
To know more about slicers in Power BI, please refer to the link below:
14. Question
Which of the following elements can you set in a bookmark?
A. The visibility property of some selected visuals in the selection pane
B. The visibility property of all visuals in the selection pane
C. The visibility properties of fields in the report pane
D. The list of visual types available in the visualization pane
E. The sort order on any visualizations that have been set
Unattempted
In a bookmark, you can set the visibility property of all visuals or the selected visuals in the selection
panel as well as the sort order on any visualizations that have been set.
Bookmarks dont capture the list of visuals available in the visualization pane as well as the visibility
property of the fields in the report pane.
Option A is correct. It is possible to set the visibility property of some selected visuals in the selection
pane.
Option B is correct. It is also possible to set the visibility property of all visuals in the selection pane.
Option C is incorrect. Bookmarks dont capture the visibility property of the fields in the report pane.
Option D is incorrect. Bookmarks dont capture the list of visuals available in the visualization pane.
Option E is correct. It is possible to set the sort order on any visualizations that have been set.
Reference:
To know more about bookmarks, please refer to the below link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-bookmarks
15. Question
You are working with Q&A visual to display the expensive items (that you know are defined in your store
as Rate>$140). But when you type this as a question, you got it underlined in Red. What can be done to
resolve this issue or get the expected outcome.
A. Go to Teach Q&A option in Q&A setup and define an adjective filter condition in Teach Q&A for
defining the expensive items
B. Build the visual just demonstrating the items ( without any filter condition in the question) and
after building the visual, apply a visual level filter on Rate
C. Build a calculated column or measure for expensive items using the filter condition in DAX and
utilize it in the question
D. It is not possible to resolve such type of issues
E. These issues can be resolved but none of the given issues will resolve the problem
Unattempted
All three given methods are the right ways to resolve the issue. Through Teach Q&A option of Q&A
setup, you can teach Q&A to consider natural-language terms and queries it has not recognized. To start,
you submit a query having a word or sequence of words that Q&A did not recognize. Q&A then asks you
to define those terms. You can either enter a filter or a field name corresponding to what that word or
term represents. Q&A then reinterprets the actual question and If you feel happy with the result, you can
save them.
Also, building the visual just demonstrating the items (without any filter condition in the question) and
after building the visual, apply a visual level filter on Rate and Building a calculated column or measure for
expensive items using the filter condition in DAX and utilize it in the question are also the right methods
to resolve the issue.
Option A is correct. Go to Teach Q&A option in Q&A setup and define an adjective filter condition in
Teach Q&A for defining the expensive items to resolve the issue.
Option B is correct. Build the visual just demonstrating the items ( without any filter condition in the
question) and after building the visual, apply a visual level filter on Rate will help in resolving the issue
and get the expected result.
Option C is correct. Build a calculated column or measure for expensive items using the filter condition in
DAX and using it in the question will help in resolving the issue and get the expected result.
Option D is incorrect. The above issue can be resolved with any of the given three ways.
Option E is incorrect. The given three ways in option a, b and C are correct methods to resolve the issue.
Reference:
To know more about Q&A feature, please refer to the doc below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/natural-language/q-and-a-tooling-teach-q-and-a?
16. Question
You need to create a histogram with a fixed number of bins in Power BI. Below are the few steps (given in
improper sequence) that you need for creating the histogram.
a. Choose New Group
b. Enter the bin count
c. Choose the clustered column chart icon on the visualization Pane
d. In the Fields Pane, right-click the data field that you need to analyze
e. Set the Group type option to Bin and Bin Type option to Number of bins
f. Drag the new Field (Buckets) into the axis of your chart and apply count measure on values.
Choose the right sequence of the steps that you will follow. [Build the suitable visualization type first]
A. a-b-c-d-e-f
B. a-c-b-d-e-f
C. a-c-b-e-d-f
D. c-d-a-e-b-f
E. c-a-d-e-b-f
F. c-a-d-b-e-f
Unattempted
The correct sequence to create a histogram with a fixed number of bins is: c-d-a-e-b-f
– Choose the clustered column chart icon on the visualization Pane
– In the Fields Pane, right-click the data field that you need to analyze
– Choose New Group
– Set the Group type option to Bin and Bin Type option to Number of bins
– Enter the bin count
– Drag the new Field (Buckets) into the axis of your chart and apply count measure on values.
Option A is incorrect as the given sequence is not the right sequence.
Option B is incorrect as the given sequence is not the right sequence.
Option C is incorrect as the given sequence is not the right sequence.
Option D is correct as the given sequence is the right sequence.
Option E is incorrect as the given sequence is not the right sequence.
Option F is incorrect as the given sequence is not the right sequence.
Reference:
To know more about the Histograms and Statistical Summary, please refer to the below link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-gb/learn/modules/perform-analytics-power-bi/2-statistical-summary?
17. Question
Consider the statement below.
The nodes in a decomposition tree (the fields through which the metric is analyzed by in the visuals) are
fixed and can‘t be modified by the end-users viewing the report.
A. True
B. False
Unattempted
By default, the nodes can be added or removed by the end-users to customize their data exploration. But
if needed, you can lock the nodes by clicking on the padlock icon available next to the title. AI splits are
also flexible in the context. For example, if you cross filter the decomposition tree visual with another
one, it will provide the lowest/highest node in that context being filtered. You can choose the lightbulb
icon in the visual for reverting it back to a non-AI node and it will lose this context sensitivity.
Reference:
To know more about decomposition tree visuals, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree?
18. Question
Which of the following reserved parameters respectively configure the start and end of where Incremental
refresh should happen?
A. Start and End parameters
B. StartRange and EndRange parameters
C. RangeStart and RangeEnd parameters
D. RefreshStart and RefreshEnd parameters
E. StartRefresh and EndRefresh parameters
Unattempted
RangeStart and RangeEnd parameters are used in Incremental Refresh to configure the start and end of
where Incremental refresh should happen.
Option A is incorrect. There are no such reserved parameters like Start and End in Incremental Refresh.
Option B is incorrect. There are no such reserved parameters like StartRange and EndRange in
Incremental Refresh. Instead, they are RangeStart and RangeEnd.
Option C is correct. RangeStart and RangeEnd parameters are used in Incremental Refresh to configure
the start and end of where Incremental refresh should happen.
Option D is incorrect. There are no such reserved parameters like RefreshStart and RefreshEnd in
Incremental Refresh.
Option E is incorrect. There are no such reserved parameters like StartRefresh and EndRefresh in
Incremental Refresh.
References:
To know more about the Incremental Refresh, please refer to the links below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/manage-datasets-power-bi/6-incremental-refresh
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-premium-incremental-refresh
19. Question
Your company is planning to utilize the Power BI Service to get multiple visualizations from data stored in a
custom application.
The developers ask to push the data into the Power BI Service from the custom app.
How would you ensure this task?
A. Go to Office 365 Admin portal and register a web application
B. Go to app.powerbi.com and build an empty report
C. Go to tenant settings from the Power BI admin portal and set the API permissions
D. Go to dev.powerbi.com/apps and register an application
Unattempted
1st step you need to perform is to register a new application and choose the Power BI APIs that your app
needs. This task can be achieved in 2 ways: From the Azure Portal and from the Power BI Application
Registration Tool.
Option A is incorrect. Go to Office 365 Admin portal and register a web application is not the right
solution to ensure the given task.
Option B is incorrect. Go to app.powerbi.com and build an empty report is not the right solution to
ensure the given task.
Option C is incorrect. Go to tenant settings from the Power BI admin portal and set the API permissions
is not the right solution to ensure the given task.
Option D is correct. Go to dev.powerbi.com/apps and register an application is the right solution to

ensure the given task.
Reference:
To know more about Registering Apps, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/developer/embedded/register-app?
tabs=customers%2CAzure#register-with-the-power-bi-application-registration-tool
20. Question
Which of the following cant be seen from the data lineage view in Power BI?
A. Where the dataflows are being utilized as a data source for datasets
B. The data sources that are being utilized by the dashboards/reports/datasets in a workspace
C. The credentials utilized to connect to datasets
D. Where gateways are being utilized as a data source for datasets
Unattempted
The data lineage view does not display the credentials utilized to connect to datasets. This view shows
the data sources that are being utilized by dashboards/reports/datasets in a workspace and where
gateways or dataflows are utilized.
Option A is incorrect. In the data lineage view, it is possible to see where the dataflows are being utilized
as a data source for datasets.
Option B is incorrect. In the data lineage view, it is possible to see the data sources that are being utilized
by the dashboards/reports/datasets in a workspace.
Option C is correct. In the data lineage view, it is not possible to see the credentials utilized to connect to
datasets.
Option D is incorrect. In the data lineage view, it is possible to see where the gateways are being utilized
as a data source for datasets.
Reference:
To know more about Data Lineage, please refer to the link below:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-data-lineage?WT.mc_id=DP-MVP-
5003635
21. Question
You decide to create a measure to accomplish the reporting requirement of the sales department. Which of
the following formulas would you include in the measure?
A. SUM(Sales[sale_id])
B. COUNTROWS(Sales)
C. COUNTCOLUMNS(Sales)
D. COUNTA(Sales[sale_id])
Unattempted
As per the case study, the sales department needs reports containing the number of sales transactions.
To accomplish that, you can create a measure with the COUNTROWS function. This function is used to
count the number of rows in a particular table, or in the table outlined by an expression.
Option A is incorrect. As we need to report the number of sales transactions that can be done by
counting the rows in the Sales table. SUM(Sales[sale_id]) is not the right function.
Option B is correct. COUNTROWS (Sales) is the right function to add the number of sales transactions in
the report.
Option C is incorrect. We need to count the rows, not the columns to meet the requirements. Therefore,
COUNTCOLUMNS(Sales) is not the right answer.
Option D is incorrect. COUNTA function is used to count the number of values present in a column. It
gives the no. of cells containing a non-blank value in a column.
Reference:
To know more about Countrows() in DAX, please visit the below-given link:
22. Question
Being the data administrator, you need to ensure that the sales managers are provided with the required
access (as per the case study).
Which of the following solutions would you implement?
A. Creating a security role with a table filter on the table Sales_Managers where username =
UserName()
B. Creating a security role with a table filter on the table Region_Managers where SM_id =
UserPrincipalName()
C. Creating a security role with a table filter on the table Sales_Managers where name = UserName()
D. Creating a security role with a table filter on the table Sales_Managers where username = SM_id
Unattempted
In the case study, it is stated that the region_id column is being managed by 1 sales manager only.
UserPrincipalName() or UserName() can be used in DAX with Row-Level Security. In Power BI Desktop,
the function UserName() returns a user in the DOMAIN\User format while UserPrincipalName() returns a
user in user@contoso.com format.
Option A is correct. Creating a security role with a table filter on the table Sales_Managers where
username = UserName() will ensure that the sales managers are provided with the required access.
Option B is incorrect. SM_id is an integer type and cant be converted/changed to a string datatype.
Option C is incorrect. UserPrincipalName() or UserName() can be used in DAX with Row-Level Security.
Option D is incorrect. Here, we need to create a security role to ensure that the sales managers are
provided with the required access, UserPrincipalName() or UserName() are the functions that are used in
DAX with Row-Level Security.
Reference:
To know more about row-level security, please visit the below-given link:
23. Question
As stated in the case study, Sales Executives need a visual that will demonstrate sales by region and for
that purpose, you need to develop the required relationship? Which of the following changes would you
make before creating the relationship?
A. Change the data type of sale_id column in the Sales table to Varchar
B. Change the data type of sale_id column in Sales table to Decimal
C. Change the data type of region_id column in the Sales table to a Decimal Number
D. Change the data type of region_id column in the Sales table to Integer
E. Add Sum(sale_amount) in the Sales table
Unattempted
As Sales Executives need a visual demonstrating the sales by region, therefore it is essential to change
the data type of region_id column in the Sales table from varchar to the Integer.
Option A is incorrect. sale_id column is already integer which is perfect. You dont need to change that.
Option B is incorrect. Changing the data type of the sale_id column in the Sales table wont help in
meeting the goal.
Option C is incorrect. To create the visual, the region_id should be changed to Integer, not a decimal
number.
Option D is correct. To create the visual, the region_id in the Sales table should be changed to Integer.
Option E is incorrect. Adding Sum(sale_amount) in the Sales table will not fulfill the requirement.
Reference:
To know about visuals in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a
24. Question
Which of the following visualization charts would you create to meet the requirements of Sales Managers?
A. Pie Chart
B. KPI
C. Key influencers
D. Card
E. Funnel chart
Unattempted
A Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a visual type that demonstrates the amount of progress
accomplished toward a measurable goal. As Sales managers need to analyze the sales performance v/s
sales targets, KPI is the best choice.
Option A is incorrect. Pie charts should be used when you need to compare the parts from the whole.
Therefore, the pie chart is not the right choice as per given requirement.
Option B is correct. As sales managers need to analyze the sales performance v/s sales targets, KPI is
the best choice.
Option C is incorrect. Key influencers help in understanding the factors that affect a key metric.
Option D is incorrect. Cards wont help in analyzing the sales performance v/s sales targets.
Option E is incorrect. Funnel charts are helpful in visualizing a process having stages where data flows
sequentially.
Reference:
To know about visuals in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
25. Question
You are supposed to create or manage the required relationships to accomplish the requirements of the
customer services department. As you are confused about what relations should be created, you take
advice from one of your friends. He advises you that one of the relations that you must create is:
One to many relationships between Dates[date_id] to Weekly_Return[week_id]
Will it help in meeting the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
It is not possible to create a relationship between date_id of Dates and week_id of Weekly_Return. The
customer services department needs a visual which can be filtered by both ship month and sales month
independently.
Power BI Desktop allows only one relationship to be active between a Dimension table and the Fact
table, therefore, one solution is to create an additional table and create suitable relationships for filtering.
Reference:
To know more about modeling relationships in Power BI Desktop, please visit the below-given link:
26. Question
After creating the profit and loss dataset, you want to ensure that the business analysts are able to view
the required/appropriate profit and loss data. Here are some tasks (not necessarily in the right order) that
you might need to perform to accomplish the goal.
a. From Power BI Desktop, create four roles
b. From BI Desktop, publish the dataset to powerbi.com
c. Using powerbi.com, add the specific role members to the defined roles.
d. Using Power BI Desktop, add a Table Filter – DAX Expression to the defined roles
Arrange the above-given tasks in the right order.
A. a-b-c-d
B. a-c-b-d
C. a-d-b-c
D. b-d-a-c
E. b-d-c-a
Unattempted
As per the case study, the business analysts must be able to view all the data the quarterly board sees,
except loss and profit data, which is restricted to only the business unit‘s data. It must also be possible
for the analysts to create new reports from the dataset containing the loss and profit data, but any
reports created by the analysts must not be added to the reports for the quarterly meeting. Analysts
should not be allowed to share these quarterly reports with anyone.
First, you need to create the roles, then create the rules with DAX to the defined roles and publish the
dataset and add every user to the assigned role.
These steps can be summarized into the following 4 steps in the following sequence:
a. From Power BI Desktop, create the four roles
d. From Power BI Desktop, add a Table Filter DAX Expression to the roles
b. From BI Desktop, publish the dataset to powerbi.com
c. Using powerbi.com, add the specific role members to the defined roles.
Option A is incorrect. The given sequence is an incorrect sequence.
Option B is incorrect. The given sequence is incorrect.
Option C is correct. This option gives the right sequence for the steps to be performed to accomplish the
goal.
Option D is incorrect. The sequence does not specify the steps in the right order.
Option E is incorrect. The given sequence is incorrect.
Reference:
To know more about Row-Level Security with Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
27. Question
Fill in the blanks to complete the following DAX expression that can be used in the balance sheet reports to
retrieve the ending balances.
.. (. (Balance Sheet [BalanceAmount]), ..( ‘Date‘[Date] ) )
A. CALCULATE, SUM and DATESQTD
B. CALCULATE, SUM and LASTDATE
C. SUM, CALCULATE and LASTDATE
D. CALCULATE, MAX and LASTDATE
Unattempted
As per the case study, there must be at least one balance sheet report in the quarterly reporting package
that will demonstrate the ending balance for the quarter and also the previous quarter.
Semi-additive calculations, like the balance at end of the month, apply LASTDATE Function.
Option A is incorrect. LASTDATE function should be used instead of DATESQTD.
Option B is correct. CALCULATE (SUM (BalanceSheet [BalanceAmount]), LASTDATE( ‘Date‘[Date] ) ) is

the right DAX expression.
Option C is incorrect. Here, SUM and CALCULATE are in the opposite order.
Option D is incorrect. Instead of MAX, you need to use the SUM function. MAX is used to get the
maximum value.
Reference:
To know more about semi-additive measures, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/create-measures-dax-power-bi/5-semi-additive-measures
28. Question
You have been asked to grant the required access to the business analysts. How would you configure the
permissions required in powerbi.com and permission for the loss and profit dataset respectively?
A. Assign the member role to the workspace and build permission for the loss and profit datasets
B. Assign the member role to the workspace and delete permission for the loss and profit datasets
C. Assign the member role to the workspace and reshare permission for the loss and profit datasets
D. Assign the viewer role to the workspace and build permission for the loss and profit datasets
E. Assign the viewer role to the workspace and delete permission for the loss and profit datasets
F. Assign the viewer role to the workspace and reshare permission for the loss and profit datasets
Unattempted
The Viewer role in the workspace provides its users with a read-only experience. They can see reports,
workbooks, or dashboards in the workspace, but are not able to browse the dataflows or datasets.
Also, as the case study states, reports should be available to the board through powerbi.com. The
analysts associated with every business unit must be able to view all the data the quarterly board sees,
except loss and profit data, which is restricted to only the business unit‘s data. It must also be possible
for the analysts to create new reports from the dataset containing the loss and profit data, but any
reports created by the analysts must not be added in the reports for the quarterly meeting. Analysts
should not be allowed to share these quarterly reports with anyone.
Therefore, build permission should be set for the loss and profit dataset.
Option A is incorrect. Assigning the member role is not the right choice. Instead, as per requirements,
assigning even the viewer role will meet the requirements.
Option B is incorrect. This option does not assign the right permissions.
Option C is incorrect. Analysts should be assigned viewer roles to the workspace and build permission
for loss and profit datasets.
Option D is correct. The viewer role to the workspace and build permission for the loss and profit dataset
is the right choice.
Option E is incorrect. You need to configure the build permission for the loss and profit dataset
Option F is incorrect. It doesn‘t grant the right permissions to the analysts.
References:
To know more about workspace roles and the capabilities of admins, contributors, members, and
viewers, please visit the below-given links:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/april19/business-
intelligence/power-bi-service/viewer-role
29. Question
Complete the following DAX measure that you would create in the data model to only allow users to view
projections at the proper level of granularity.
Total Projected Revenue = (NOT (. (Date [Date])), ..(Projection [Revenue Projection]))
A. IF, ISFILTERED and SUM
B. IF, KEEPFILTERED and SUM
C. IF, ISFILTERED and SUMX

D. ISFILTERED, IF and SUM
E. KEEPFILTERED, IF and SUM
Unattempted
As per the case study, Revenue projections have been set on a monthly basis and summed to
demonstrate the projections for the quarter.
ISFILTERED is a function that returns TRUE when the ColumnName is filtered directly. It returns False If
there isnt any filter on the column or if the filtering occurs because a different column in a related or the
same table is filtered.
Option A is correct. The right DAX expression will be
Total Projected Revenue = IF (NOT (ISFILTERED (Date [Date])), SUM (Projection [Revenue Projection]))
Option B is incorrect. Filling the given functions wont give the right DAX expression; KEEPFILTERED is
not the correct function.
Option C is incorrect. It must be SUM function, SUMX is incorrect.
Option D is incorrect. Filling the given values wont give the right DAX expression as the order of the
functions is incorrect.
Option E is incorrect. KEEPFILTERED is not the right function.
References:
To know more about DAX functions, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/if-function-dax
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sum-function-dax
30. Question
You want to calculate/ return the last day of the month in the BS data to make sure that the BS data can be
related to the Date table. Which of the following type of calculations would you use?
A. A DAX calculated column
B. A DAX calculated measure
C. An M custom column
Unattempted
To meet the requirement, you need to use a M custom column with the formula –
Date.EndOfMonth(#date([Year],[Month],1))
Option A is incorrect. A DAX calculated column wont ensure that BS data is related to the Date table.
Using an M custom column is the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. It is not possible to relate using a calculated measure. So, using a DAX calculated
measure is not the right choice.
Option C is correct. An M custom column with formula – Date.EndOfMonth(#date([Year],[Month],1)) can

be used to know the last day for the month in the BS data and meet the above said requirement.
Option D is incorrect. Using an M custom column will help in meeting the goal.
Reference:
To know more about M functions, please visit the below-given link:
31. Question
To return the % of late orders, you need to create a suitable measure.
Complete the below given DAX expression to meet the goal.
Late orders percent=
VAR OrderCount=
COUNTROWS(Orders)
VAR LateOrders=
_____________ COUNTROWS(Orders), __________(orders, ______________)
RETURN
DIVIDE(LateOrders, OrderCount)
A. CALCULATE, FILTER and Orders[ShippedDate]>=Orders[RequiredDate]
B. CALCULATETABLE, FILTER and Orders[ShippedDate]>=Orders[RequiredDate]
C. CALCULATE, FILTER and Orders[ShippedDate]>Orders[RequiredDate]
D. FILTER, CALCULATE, and Orders[ShippedDate]=Orders[RequiredDate]
Unattempted
CALCULATE is the function that evaluates an expression in a modified filter context. Syntax for
CALCULATE: CALCULATE([, [, [, ]]])
FILTER function returns a table representing a subset of another expression or table.
Syntax for FILTER: FILTER(
,)
As the Jacktrends considers the orders that are shipped after the required shipping date as the late
orders, the third value should be: Orders[ShippedDate]> Orders[RequiredDate]
Option A is incorrect. If the Orders[ShippedDate]= Orders[RequiredDate] then it wont be considered as

the late order. So, this is the incorrect option.
Option B is incorrect. CALCULATE should be used instead of CALCULATABLE function. And also, if the
Orders[ShippedDate]= Orders[RequiredDate] then it won‘t be considered as a late order.
Option C is correct. The right sequence of values to be filled is CALCULATE, FILTER and

Orders[ShippedDate]>Orders[RequiredDate].
Option D is incorrect. FILTER and CALCULATE are given in opposite order. And also, if the
Orders[ShippedDate]= Orders[RequiredDate] then it won‘t be considered as a late order.
References:
To know more about various DAX functions, please visit the below-given link:
32. Question
You have been asked to create an appropriate relationship in the dataset for RLS. What type of relationship
would you create between the Sales Employees table and the Suppliers table?
A. One-to-one
B. Many-to-one
C. One-to-many
D. Many-to-many
Unattempted
Every employee in the Sales Employees table is allocated to 1 sales region. Also, several employees can
be allocated to every region. Therefore, the suitable relationship between the Sales Employees table and
the Suppliers table is many-to-one.
Option A is incorrect. A one-to-one relationship states that you can assign only one employee to one
sales region. But the case study states that several employees can be assigned to a sales region.
Therefore, a one-to-one relationship is not the right answer.
Option B is correct. Many-to-one is the right relationship to be created between the Sales Employees
table and the Suppliers table is many-to-one.
Option C is incorrect. One-to-many relationship states that one employee can be allocated to many sales
regions, that is not possible as per the case study.
Option D is incorrect. Many-to-many relationship states that many employees can be assigned to each
region and one employee can be assigned to many regions, which is not possible.
Reference:
To know more about relationships in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
33. Question
As per the case study, you are supposed to create the Top Customers report. Which of the following type
of filters would you use at the visual level to meet the goal?
A. Basic
B. Advanced
C. TOP N
D. UPPER N
Unattempted
As per the reporting requirements, the report Top Customers needs to demonstrate the top twenty
customers depending upon the highest sale amounts in a chosen order quarter or month, sales region,
and product category.
The two most common types of filters are manual and automatic. Then, there comes some more
advanced filters.
As you drag to SKU to Visual level filter you would get an option Top N, selecting which will help you in
meeting the goal.
Option A is incorrect. Basic Filter wont help in getting the top 20 customers.
Option B is incorrect. Advanced Filters in Power BI utilize Wildcards for restricting the report data as per
the needs.
Option C is correct. TOP N filter will help in demonstrating the top twenty customers depending upon
the highest sale amounts in a chosen order quarter or month, sales region, and product category.
Option D is incorrect. There is no filter like UPPER N in Power BI.
References:
To know Top N filters in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/topn-function-dax
34. Question
You have been asked to create an On-Time Shipping report which must contain a visualization that
demonstrates the % of late orders.
Which of the following type of visualization would you create?
A. Scatterplot
B. Pie chart
C. Funnel Chart
D. Bar chart
Unattempted
The report “On-Time Shipping“ will demonstrate the below-given metrics for a chosen shipping quarter
or month:
% of orders shipped late by shipping region and the country
Customers had several late shipments in the last quarter
Column and Bar charts are the most commonly used visualizations in Power BI. In both charts, data is
represented with rectangular bars, where the bars size is proportional to the magnitudes of data values.
The only difference between these two charts is that in a bar chart, rectangles are horizontally stacked
while in a column chart, the rectangles are aligned vertically aligned.
Option A is incorrect. A scatter chart demonstrates the relationship between 2 numerical values.
Option B is incorrect. Pie charts should be used when you need to compare the parts from the whole.
Therefore, the pie chart is not the right choice as per the given requirement.
Option C is incorrect. Funnel charts are helpful in visualizing a process having stages where data flows
sequentially.
Option D is correct. The bar chart is ideal to demonstrate the % of late orders.
Reference:
To know various visualization types in Power BI, please visit the below-given link:
35. Question
Is it possible to create a relationship between the two columns i.e ProductID column of the Order Details
table and the ProductName column of the Products table?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
ProductID column of Order Details table is of type int whereas ProductName column of the Products
table is of NVARCHAR type. It is not possible to create a relationship between the columns that have
different data types. Both columns in the relationship need to share the same Data types.
Reference:
To know more about the relationships and model performance, visit the below-given link:
36. Question
You are working on the K sliding window for model training and stuck with the inference. You approach
your manager to know how many data points at a minimum should be accessible from the source file to
ensure valid outcomes at the time of inference. What did he suggest?
A. K+1 points
B. K-1 points
C. K*K points
D. K points
E. 1 point
Unattempted
In the case of the k sliding window for model training, minimum k points need to be accessible from the
source file at the time of inference to receive valid outcomes.
Option A is incorrect. K+1 is not the right answer as the question asks about the minimum data points.
Option B is incorrect. K-1 data points won‘t ensure that you get valid results.
Option C is incorrect. K is the right answer as the question asks about the minimum data points.
Option D is correct. In the case of the k sliding window for model training, minimum k points need to be
accessible from the source file at the time of inference to ensure valid outcomes.
Option E is incorrect. 1 point won‘t ensure valid results.
Reference:
To know more about Anomaly Detection, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cognitive-services/anomaly-detector/tutorials/learn-multivariate-
anomaly-detection
37. Question
There are several methods that can be used to fill/handle the missing values (known as nan) in the merged
table. Which of the following fillNAMethod would you use to fill the nan with the padding value?
A. Linear
B. Previous
C. Padding
D. Subsequent
E. Zero
F. Fixed
Unattempted
There are several methods that can be used to fill up the missing values in the merged table. These
options are Linear, Subsequent, Previous, Fixed, and Zero. Linear is the default value.
Below is the table with the available option and their method:
Option A is incorrect. In the Linear option, nan values are filled by linear interpolation.
Option B is incorrect. In the previous option, the last valid values are propagated to fill gaps.
Option C is incorrect. Padding is not a valid option. The corresponding option is Fixed.
Option D is incorrect. In the subsequent option, the next valid values are used to fill the gaps.
Option E is incorrect. Zero is used to fill the nan values with 0.
Option F is correct. Padding value is used to fill nan when fillNAMethod is Fixed.
Reference:
To know more about Multivariate Anomaly Detection, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cognitive-services/anomaly-detector/tutorials/learn-multivariate-
anomaly-detection
38. Question
While attempting to enable the security labels in Power BI, you receive an error message and are not able
to enable the security labels. Which of the following might be the possible reason?
A. You dont have an Azure Information Protection license
B. Sensitivity labels havent been migrated to the MS Information Protection version that Power BI
support
C. No MS Information Protection sensitivity labels are defined/specified in the organization
D. Any of the above
Unattempted
If you get an error message while attempting to enable the security label, it might happen because of any
of the below reasons:
You dont have an Azure Information Protection license.
Sensitivity labels havent been migrated to the MS Information Protection version that Power BI support.
No MS Information Protection sensitivity labels are defined/specified in the organization.
Option A is incorrect. Not having an Azure Information Protection license might be a possible reason but
the other two are also the possible reasons. Therefore, it is not the right choice.
Option B is incorrect. Any of the given three might be the possible reason for getting an error.
Option C is incorrect. You might get an error because no MS Information Protection sensitivity labels
are defined/specified in the organization but it is not the only possible reason.
Option D is correct. Any of the given three might be the reason for getting an error.
Reference:
To know more about how to enable sensitivity labels, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-security-enable-data-sensitivity-labels
39. Question
Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels allow the users to classify the sensitive/critical content in
Power BI without affecting the productivity or the collaborating ability.
These Sensitivity labels can be applied to which of the following items in Power BI Service?
A. Only datasets
B. Only reports
C. Only dashboards
D. Only dataflows
E. Only datasets and reports
F. All including reports, datasets, dataflows, and dashboards
Unattempted
In the Power BI service, you can apply sensitivity labels to reports, datasets, dataflows, and dashboards.
When the labeled data exits from Power BI, either through export to PowerPoint, PDF, Excel, or .pbix
files, or through other supported mechanisms, labels are automatically applied by Power BI to the
exported file, and also it is protected as per the file encryption settings of the label.
Option A is incorrect. In the Power BI service, you can apply sensitivity labels to reports, datasets,
dataflows, and dashboards.
Option B is incorrect. In the Power BI service, you can apply sensitivity labels to reports, datasets,
dataflows, and dashboards, not only reports.
Option C is incorrect. In the Power BI service, besides the dashboard, you can apply sensitivity labels to
reports, datasets, and dataflows also.
Option D is incorrect. In the Power BI service, you can apply sensitivity labels to reports, datasets,
Option E is incorrect. Besides, datasets and reports, you can apply sensitivity labels to dataflow and
dashboard as well.
Option F is correct. In the Power BI service, you can apply sensitivity labels to reports, datasets,
Reference:
To know more about sensitivity labels, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview
40. Question
As only a limited number of summaries can be created, Smart Narratives considers only the most
interesting stuff to summarize for the visual. Complete the sentence below by filling in the blanks.
Smart Narratives can create up to _______ summaries per visual and up to ______ summaries per page.
A. 1, 2
B. 1, 4
C. 4,1
D. 4, 16
E. 2, 8
Unattempted
As only a limited number of summaries can be created, Smart Narratives considers only the most
interesting stuff to summarize for the visual. Smart Narratives can generate up to 4 summaries per visual
and up to 16 summaries per page.
Option A is incorrect. Smart Narratives can generate up to 4 summaries per visual and up to 16
summaries per page.
Option B is incorrect. Smart Narratives can generate up to 4 summaries per visual and up to 16

summaries per page.
Option C is incorrect. 4,1 is not the right answer.
Option D is correct. Smart Narratives can generate up to 4 summaries per visual and up to 16
summaries per page.
Option E is incorrect. The given option is incorrect.
Reference:
To know more about creating smart narrative summaries, please visit the below-given link:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative
41. Question
While creating visuals for your Power BI dashboards, there is an opportunity to break down your visuals
into slices called small multiples.
Which of the following options cover the full list of visuals supporting small multiples?
A. Bar, column and line
B. Doughnut, bar, area and line
C. Bar, column, area and line
D. Pie, doughnut, bar, line
Unattempted
Option A is incorrect because, in addition to the visuals listed, the area chart also supports creating small
multiples.
Option B is incorrect because the small multiples option is currently not available for doughnut charts.
Option C is CORRECT because small multiples chart can currently been creatine on bar, column, line and
area visuals.
Option D is incorrect because creating small multiples is currently not available for pie or doughnut
charts.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-small-multiples#create-small-
multiples
42. Question
For your Power BI dashboard, you have just created a pie chart visualizing the actual sales figures by region
for the last year. In order to give decision makers a deeper insight, you want to extend the visual with a
breakdown by countries. You decide to use the small multiples feature as a comfortable way of exploding
visuals by a given dimension.
Is it a feasible solution?
A. Yes
B. No
Unattempted
Option A is incorrect because the small multiples option is currently available for bar, column, area and
line visuals, only.
Option B is CORRECT because enhancing the pie chart visual with small multiples is currently not
supported in Power BI.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-small-multiples#create-small-
multiples
43. Question
You have just created a bar chart visualizing the actual sales figures by region for the past years. In order to
give decision makers a deeper insight, you want to extend the visual with a breakdown by countries using
the small visuals feature, and you also want to enhance it by showing the trend lines.
Is it a feasible way of solving the problem?
A. Yes because all the formatting options available for visuals also work for small multiples
B. No because adding trend lines to small multiples charts is currently not available
C. Yes because while many formatting options doesnt work for small multiples, trend lines can be
applied with no limitation
D. No because bar charts cannot be broken down into small multiples
Unattempted
Option A is incorrect because there are several limitations regarding formatting small multiples, and
displaying trend lines is one of them.
Option B is CORRECT because the trend lines option in the analytics pane for small multiples is currently
disabled, i.e. cannot be applied.
Option C is incorrect because displaying trend lines on small multiples charts is an unsupported feature
currently
Option D is incorrect because the bar chart is one type of the visuals that can be broken down into small
multiples.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-small-multiples#formatting-
options
The End of Exam. SkillCertPro Wishes you all the

best for your exam.
Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Skillcertpro
   
Quick Links
ABOUT US
FAQ
CONTACT FORM
Important Links
REFUND POLICY
REFUND REQUEST
TERMS & CONDITIONS
PRIVACY POLICY
Privacy Policy

Microsoft Power BI PL-300 Exam Questions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Microsoft Power BI PL-300 Exam Questions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MEMORIAL DAY SALE IS ON 🔥 | FEW HOURS LEFT | BUY 2 & GET ADDITIONAL 25% OFF | Use Coupon -

Microsoft Power BI (PL-300) Exam Questions

Total Questions: 1013 – 16 Mock Exams

Your results are here!! for" PL-300 Practice Test 1 "

Your time: 00:00:04

Your Final Score is : 0

You have attempted : 0

Number of Correct Questions : 0 and scored 0

Number of Incorrect Questions : 0 and Negative marks 0

How can you achieve the task?

Append SchoolYearDate into the Date table.

Union SchoolYearDate and Date as one table.

The right answer is:

Append SchoolYearDate into the Date table.

Check the Append applications here:

How can you resolve the error in row 3?

The solution must preserve all the data.

Remove Errors from column 3.

Remove Duplicates from the Key Column.

Change the Data Type of the Value column.

Modify the Aggregate Value Function of the pivot.

The correct answer is:

Modify the Aggregate Value Function of the pivot.

Edit the on-premises gateway settings.

Configure the Data source settings.

Change manually the data source for each table.

Copy the model into another PowerBI Project.

The correct answer is:

Configure the Data source settings.

Fill, and then Down.

Date, and then Earliest.

The right answer is:

Fill, and then Down.

Check how to achieve this task here:

How can you achieve this task?

From Power Query, check the data profiling functionalities.

Create a DAX calculated column that uses the FILTER function.

The right answer is:

From Power Query, check the data profiling functionalities.

Check how can you get a Profiling Report in Power BI here:

Select the right command to use.

The right answer is:

The tables come from a Microsoft SQL Server database.

From Query Editor, filter the table by Enrollment_date.

In the Power BI Service, create a calculated table.

From Query Editor, create a custom column that SAMPLE Function.

The right answers are:

Read more here:

You want to configure the table as shown in picture 2:

Which command should you use?

From the Split Column menu, click By Delimiter.

From the Extract menu, click Text After Delimiter.

From the Format menu, click Trim.

From the Extract menu, click Last Characters.

The right answer is:

From the Extract menu, click Text After Delimiter.

Append queries when it is possible.

Create a group of queries to classify the data-transformations.

Re-name all the queries with a classification syntax.

The right answer is:

Create a group of queries to classify the data-transformations.

Check all the benefits of grouping queries here:

Which M function completes the following formula?

The right answer is: